Ge Kontaktor Katalog

NEMA Contactors & Starters 33-1
January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0019]
Starters
NEMA Contactors & Contents
Description
IT. Electro-Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
33-2
Contactors — Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-4
Starters — Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-7
IT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-34 33
Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-35
Starters — Non-combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-37
Starters — Combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-39
Freedom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-45
Contactors — Non-reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-47
Starters — 3-Phase Non-reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage . . . . . . . 33-50
0330000
Starters — 3-Phase Multispeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-53
Starters — Single-Phase Non-reversing, Full Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-54
Relays — Thermal Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-76
Relays — Current Sensing Protective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-82
Freedom, 3-Phase Magnetic — Enclosed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-84
Advantage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-147
Starters — Non-reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-149
Starters — Non-reversing, Two-Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-151
Advantage Control Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-161
PowerNet Communication Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-171
Advantage, 3-Phase Magnetic — Enclosed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-174
A200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-194
Starters — Non-reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-200
Starters — Two-Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-207
Relays — Thermal and Fast Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-220
Citation — Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-229
Type N — Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-232
Solenoids — Alternating Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-233
Shoe Brakes — AC and DC Magnetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-235
Pump Panels with 3R Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-239
Motor Control Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-249
NEMA Contactors and Starters
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com 0330000

33-2 NEMA Contactors & Starters
IT. Electro-Mechanical
January 2003
Product Family Overview Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0020]
Publications
Pub. MN03305002E IT. NEMA Overload Relay Setup and Troubleshooting Manual
Pub. MN03305001E IT. NEMA Contactor and Starter User Manual
Pub. MN03403002E IT. IEC Contactor and Starter User Manual
Pub. 50102 IT. NEMA Overload Relay Quick Setup Guide
33 Pub. 50140 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Contactor Size 00 and 0 Installation Guide
Pub. 50150 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Contactor Size 1 Installation Guide
Pub. 50160 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Contactor Size 2 Installation Guide
Pub. 50170 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Contactor Size 3 and 4 Installation Guide
NEMA, Size 0 Pub. 50180 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Contactor Size 5 Installation Guide
Full Voltage Non-reversing Starter
Pub. 50141 IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor Size 00 and 0 Installation Guide
Pub. 50151 IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor Size 1 Installation Guide
Product Description Pub. 50161 IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor Size 2 Installation Guide
Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Intelligent Pub. 50171 IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor Size 3 and 4 Installation Guide
Technologies (IT.) Electro-Mechanical
line of Contactors and Starters is the Pub. 50181 IT. NEMA Reversing Contactor Size 5 Installation Guide
result of a substantial engineering, Pub. 50142 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Starter Size 00 and 0 Installation Guide
manufacturing and marketing effort
Pub. 50152 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Starter Size 1 Installation Guide
involving extensive customer input,
combined with new advances in solid- Pub. 50162 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Starter Size 2 Installation Guide
state technology. IT. Electro-Mechanical Pub. 50172 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Starter Size 3 and 4 Installation Guide
products have greatly increased
functionality, significantly reduced Pub. 50182 IT. NEMA Non-reversing Starter Size 5 Installation Guide
size and utilize the benefits of 24V DC Pub. 50143 IT. NEMA Reversing Starter Size 00 and 0 Installation Guide
control. The exclusive Pulse Width
Modulation (PWM) control and digital Pub. 50153 IT. NEMA Reversing Starter Size 1 Installation Guide
microprocessor generate a minimized Pub. 50163 IT. NEMA Reversing Starter Size 2 Installation Guide
DC value which reduces energy to the Pub. 50173 IT. NEMA Reversing Starter Size 3 and 4 Installation Guide
contact block and provides the most
compact system available. Pub. 50183 IT. NEMA Reversing Starter Size 5 Installation Guide
Standards and Certifications For copies of these and other publications, contact the Literature Fulfillment Center
at 800-957-7050, Fax: 877-840-2371 or find on-line at:
■ Standard: Designed to meet or www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com/it.
exceed UL, NEMA and CSA
■ UL Listed: UL File #E1491, Guide For International, call: (630) 377-9798 (English only), Fax: (630) 377-1753.
#NLDX — Open, UL 508 E-mail: wcsorders@wallace.com
■ CSA Certified: CSA File #156828,
Class #3211 04 Open, C22.2 No. 14-95 Mail: Cutler-Hammer Fulfillment Center
■ CSA Certified for Elevator Duty 1750 Wallace Avenue
St. Charles, IL 60174-3404
■ CE
■ NEMA ICS1, ICS2, ICS5
ISO 9002 Certification

When you turn to Eaton’s Cutler-
Hammer Products, you turn to quality.
The International Standards Organiza-
tion (ISO) has established a series of
standards acknowledged by 91 indus-
trialized nations to bring harmony to
the international quest for quality. The
ISO Certification process covers 20
quality system elements in design,
production and installation that must
conform to achieve registration. This
commitment to quality will result in
increased product reliability and total
customer satisfaction.
For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com CA08102001E

January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0021] Catalog Number Selection
Catalog Number Selection (Open Components)

Table 33-1. IT. Electro-Mechanical Catalog Numbering System
N 101 B S0 J 3 A
Standard 33
N = NEMA
Overload Type
A = Standard
N = Contactor or Not Applicable
Configuration (Open Type)
02N = FVNR Coil Controller
03N = FVR Coil Controller
04N = Contact Block Pole Selection
05N = Solid-State Non-reversing Overload Relay 3 = 3-Pole
06N = Solid-State Reversing Overload Relay
071 = Stand-Alone Solid-State Overload Relay
101 = FVNR Starter Overload Full Amperes Adjustment
111 = FVNR Contactor (45 mm) (76 mm)
501 = FVR Starter A = .25 – .8 F = 5.0 – 16
511 = FVR Contactor B = .59 – 1.9 H = 8.4 – 27
C = 1.4 – 4.4 K = 14 – 45
D = 2.8 – 9.0 N = 31 – 100
Frame Width Designator (NEMA) G = 6.3 – 20
J = 10 – 32
B = 45 mm SA = Size 00
C = 54 mm S0 = Size 0 (54 mm) (105 mm)
D = 76 mm S1 = Size 1 A = .25 – .8 K = 14 – 45
E = 105 mm S2 = Size 2 B = .59 – 1.9 M = 28 – 90
F = 140 mm S3 = Size 3 C = 1.4 – 4.4 P = 42 – 135
S4 = Size 4 D = 2.8 – 9.0 R = 63 – 200
S5 = Size 5 F = 5.0 – 16
(140 mm)
H = 8.4 – 27
XC = Coil Controller P = 42 – 135
L = 16 – 50
XR = Overload S = 84 – 270
T = 125 – 400
X = Contact Block, Coil Controller,
Contactor or Not Applicable
Note: When using the Catalog Numbering System for Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer IT. Electro-Mechanical products, care should be exercised to
assure that the Catalog Number for the Overload Relay aligns with the IT. Contact Block selected for type, frame size and ampacity, if purchased
as separate components.
Examples:
N101BS0J3A — Full Voltage Non-reversing, Size 0 Starter with a 10 – 32 amp overload range
N111FS5X3N — Full Voltage Non-reversing, Size 5 Contactor
N501DS2K3A — Full Voltage Reversing Starter with a 14 – 45 amp overload range
N02NCXCXNN — Coil Controller 54 mm
N04NBSAX3N — Contact Block Size 00
CA08102001E For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com

January 2003
Contactors — Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0022]
Contents Product Description ■ Built-in logic to provide either 2- or

3-wire control, eliminating the need
Description Page to provide and wire auxiliary con-
The Cutler-Hammer Intelligent Tech-
Product Family Overview nologies (IT.) Electro-Mechanical Con- tacts to seal in and interlock the con-
tactor by Eaton Corporation consists of tactor coils
Product Description . . . . . . . 33-2
an IT. Electro-Mechanical Contact ■ Easy field assembly of control
Standards and Block and IT. Electro-Mechanical Coil wiring — plug and unplug lockable
Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . 33-2 Controller as a Full Voltage Non- control connector
33 Catalog Number reversing (FVNR) or Full Voltage ■ Optional mounting plates for Size
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-3 Reversing (FVR) device. Size 00 to Size 00 – 5.
Contactors — Non-reversing 4 Contact Blocks combined with Coil
■ Common accessories
and Reversing Controllers (factory or field assembled)
are stand-alone Contactors. Only the ■ Long-life silver nickel and silver tin
Product Description . . . . . . . 33-4 Size 5 Contactors have internal oxide contacts provide excellent
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-4 factory assembled coil controllers. conductivity and superior resistance
to welding and arc erosion
Product Selection . . . . . . . . 33-5
■ Environmentally friendly materials
Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-10 Features ■ Low wattage coils and minimal heat
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-13 ■ Size 00 – 5, 9 – 270A, 2 – 200 hp, dissipation
Auxiliary Contacts . . . . . . . . 33-15 460V ■ Front mounted Auxiliary Contacts:
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-25 ■ 24V DC Coil Control — safe, reliable 1NO, 1NC, 2NO, 2NC, 1NO/1NC and
global standard logic level
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-27
■ Compact DC coil control — Size 00, ■ 2- or 3-wire control
45 mm wide, 9A, 2 hp, 460V
■ Frame width (mm): 45, 54, 76, 105, Reversing Contactors
140 ■ Includes Reversing Power Wiring
■ No laminations, shading coils or ■ Mounting plates for Size 00 – 2
magnet noise ■ Exclusive internal electronic inter-
■ -40 to 149°F (-40 to 65°C) lock for reversing
operating temperature ■ Field installed Reversing Kits
■ No seal in auxiliary contacts ■ Unique coil controller/overload
required — control wiring is not energizes both forward and reverse
needed between the contactor and contactors — one control point for
overload relay wiring
■ Conformal coated PWM (coil con-
troller) board for environmental
toughness
■ Unique Pulse Width Modulated coil
utilizes minimum energy
NEMA Full Voltage Non-reversing
Contactor, Size 0, Cat. No. N111BS0X3N ■ Microprocessor-based control
■ Easily accessible mounting feet for
panel mounting
■ Highest immunity to ESD, harmonics
— minimal Total Harmonic Distortion
NEMA Full Voltage Reversing Contactor,

Size 0, Cat. No. N511BS0X3N

January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0023] Contactors — Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing
Product Selection
Non-reversing Contactors
When Ordering Specify
NEMA Size, Continuous Ampere Rating,
Voltage, kW/hp and Non-reversing or
Reversing 33
Note:
■ An N111 (Size 00 – 4) consists of an N04N
(Contact Block) and an N02N (Coil Controller),
factory assembled.
■ An N111F (Size 5) has an internal coil
controller, factory assembled.
Cat. No. N111BS0X3N
Table 33-2. Full Voltage 3-Pole DC-Operated Non-reversing Contactors 1

NEMA Continuous Max. UL Horsepower (hp) 60 Hz Max. UL 3-Pole Price
Size Ampere Rating Horsepower (hp) 50 Hz Non-reversing U.S. $
1-Phase 3-Phase 3-Phase
115V 230V 200V/ 230V/ 460V/ 575V/ 380V
208V 240V 480V 600V
00 9 1/3 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 1-1/2 N111BSAX3N 164.

0 18 1 2 3 3 5 5 5 N111BS0X3N 206.
1 27 2 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 N111CS1X3N 241.
2 45 3 7-1/2 10 15 25 25 25 N111DS2X3N 438.
3 90 7-1/2 15 25 30 50 50 50 N111ES3X3N 714.
4 135 — — 40 50 100 100 75 N111ES4X3N 1,704.
52 270 — — 75 100 200 200 150 N111FS5X3N —
1 24V DC coil voltage.
2 NEMA Size 5 information is preliminary.
Note:
■ If required, accessories are available on Page 33-13.
■ Consult factory for higher ampere ratings.
■ Integral solid-state auxiliary hold-in circuit.
■ Three main contacts.
■ See Table 33-7 for 24V DC power supply requirements.
■ Control inputs are rated 24V DC (3 – 5 mA).
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-13 – 33-24

Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-25 – 33-26
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-10 – 33-12
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-27 – 33-30
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1

January 2003
Contactors — Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0024]
Reversing Contactors
Voltage, kW/hp, and Non-reversing or
Reversing
Note:
33 ■ An N511 (Size 00 – 4) consists of two N04N
(Contact Blocks), an N03N (FVR Coil
Controller), Mechanical Interlock, Fanning
Strips and Mounting Plate, factory
assembled.
■ An N511F (Size 5) consists of two N111F
(Contactors), an Internal Reversing Coil
Controller, Mechanical Interlock, Crossover
Bus Bars and Wiring Harness, factory
assembled.
Cat. No. N511BS0X3N
Table 33-3. Full Voltage 3-Pole DC-Operated Reversing Contactors 1

NEMA Continuous Max. UL Horsepower (hp) 60 Hz Max. UL 3-Pole Price
Size Ampere Rating Horsepower (hp) 50 Hz Reversing U.S. $
1-Phase 3-Phase 3-Phase
115V 230V 200V/ 230V/ 460V/ 575V/ 380V
208V 240V 480V 600V
00 9 1/3 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 1-1/2 N511BSAX3N 425.

0 18 1 2 3 3 5 5 5 N511BS0X3N 509.
1 27 2 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 N511CS1X3N 587.
2 45 3 7-1/2 10 15 25 25 25 N511DS2X3N 1,112.
3 90 7-1/2 15 25 30 50 50 50 N511ES3X3N 1,836.
4 135 — — 40 50 100 100 75 N511ES4X3N 4,565.
52 270 — — 75 100 200 200 150 N511FS5X3N —
Note:
■ Consult factory for higher ampere ratings.
■ Integral solid-state auxiliary hold-in circuit.
■ Three main contacts.
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-13 – 33-24

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1

January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0025] Starters — Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing
Contents Product Description ■ IP20 Finger Protection

Description Page ■ Motor running thermal utilization
The Cutler-Hammer Intelligent Tech- indication
Product Family Overview nologies (IT.) Electro-Mechanical ■ Manual, Automatic or Remote Reset
Product Description . . . . . . 33-2 Starter by Eaton Corporation consists
■ Easy field assembly of control
of an IT. Electro-Mechanical Contact
Standards and wiring — plug and unplug lockable
Block or Contactor and IT. Electro-
Certifications . . . . . . . . . . 33-2 control connector
Mechanical Solid-State Overload Relay
Catalog Number as a Full Voltage Non-reversing (FVNR) ■ DIN rail mountable, Size 00 – 2 33
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-3 or Full Voltage Reversing (FVR) device. ■ Communication Interface with
Starters — Non-reversing Size 00 to Size 5 Starters are factory or Starter Network Adapter Product
and Reversing field assembled. (SNAP)
■ 2- or 3-wire control
Product Description . . . . . . 33-7
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-7 Features ■ Solid-state alarm output indication
■ Retrofit mounting plates for Cutler-
Product Selection . . . . . . . . 33-8 ■ 24V DC control power — safe, reliable Hammer Business A200, Freedom
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-10 global standard and Advantage
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-13 ■ Unique Pulse Width Modulated coil ■ Retrofit mounting plates for other
utilizes minimum energy manufacturers
Auxiliary Contacts . . . . . . . 33-15
■ Microprocessor based control ■ Optional mounting plates with
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-25 ■ Phase loss and current unbalance “Ease of Installation” slotted hole
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-31 protection design
■ Standard selectable Trip Class 10, 20 ■ Auxiliary Contacts: 1NO, 1NC,
(factory default) or 30 — no individ- 2NO, 2NC, 1NO/1NC, logic level
ual part numbers — no program- (1NO/1NC)
ming software ■ Stand-Alone Overload Relay — DIN
■ Ambient compensated or panel mounting
■ Motor temperature and power-up ■ Type 2 Coordination
protection with thermal memory ■ Conformal coated PWM overload
■ Front mounted auxiliary contacts board for environmental toughness
■ Easily accessible mounting feet for
panel mounting Reversing Starters
■ LED status indication — trip, trip ■ Includes Reversing Power Wiring
class, motor thermal state, reset, ■ Mounting plates for Size 00 – 4
overload state ■ Built-in electronic interlock for FVR
NEMA Full Voltage ■ Unique “Alarm without Trip” option units
Non-reversing Starter, Size 0 for critical must run applications ■ Unique overload board energizes
■ Lockable overload cover protects both forward and reverse starters —
against unauthorized adjustment one control point for wiring
and reset functions
■ No control wiring needed between
contactor and overload relay —
eliminates seal in auxiliary contacts
■ Minimal heat — no full voltage coils
■ -40° to 149°F (-40° – 65°C) operating
temperature
■ Wide 3.2:1 current adjustment range
■ Exclusive internal 24-bit floating
point math calculations with RMS
calibrated current measurement
■ Highest immunity to ESD, harmonics
— minimal Total Harmonic
Distortion
NEMA Full Voltage Reversing

Starter, Size 0

January 2003
Starters — Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0026]
Product Selection
Non-reversing Starters
Voltage, kW/hp, Non-reversing or
33 Reversing and Overload Adjustment
Range (Amperes)
Note:
■ An N101 (00 – 4) consists of an N04N (Contact
Block) and an N05N (Non-reversing Overload
Relay), factory assembled.
■ An N101 (Size 5) consists of an N111F
(Contactor) and an N05N (Non-reversing
Overload Relay), factory assembled. Cat. No. N101BS0G3A
Table 33-4. Full Voltage Non-reversing DC-Operated, Open Type Starters (Size 00 – 5),1 with 3-Pole Solid-State Overload Protection
NEMA Continuos Overload Max. UL Horsepower (hp) 60 Hz Max. UL 3-Pole Price
Size Ampere Adjustment Horsepower Non-reversing U.S. $
Rating Range (hp) 50 Hz
(Amperes) 1-Phase 3-Phase 3-Phase
115V 230V 200V/ 230V/ 460V/ 575V/ 380V
208V 240V 480V 600V
00 9 .25 – .8 1/3 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 1-1/2 N101BSAA3A 199.

.59 – 1.9 N101BSAB3A 199.
1.4 – 4.4 N101BSAC3A 199.
2.8 – 9.0 N101BSAD3A 199.
6.3 – 20 N101BSAG3A 199.
0 18 .25 – .8 1 2 3 3 5 5 5 N101BS0A3A 248.
.59 – 1.9 N101BS0B3A 248.
1.4 – 4.4 N101BS0C3A 248.
2.8 – 9.0 N101BS0D3A 248.
6.3 – 20 N101BS0G3A 248.
10 – 32 N101BS0J3A 248.
1 27 .25 – .8 2 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 N101CS1A3A 286.
.59 – 1.9 N101CS1B3A 286.
1.4 – 4.4 N101CS1C3A 286.
2.8 – 9.0 N101CS1D3A 286.
5.0 – 16 N101CS1F3A 286.
8.4 – 27 N101CS1H3A 286.
16 – 50 N101CS1L3A 286.
2 45 5.0 – 16 3 7-1/2 10 15 25 25 25 N101DS2F3A 518.
8.4 – 27 N101DS2H3A 518.
14 – 45 N101DS2K3A 518.
31 – 100 N101DS2N3A 518.
3 90 14 – 45 7-1/2 15 25 30 50 50 50 N101ES3K3A 846.
28 – 90 N101ES3M3A 846.
42 – 135 N101ES3P3A 846.
4 135 14 – 45 — — 40 50 100 100 75 N101ES4K3A 1,917.
28 – 90 N101ES4M3A 1,917.
42 – 135 N101ES4P3A 1,917.
63 – 200 N101ES4R3A 1,917.
52 270 42 – 135 — — 75 100 200 200 150 N101FS5P3A —
84 – 270 N101FS5S3A —
125 – 400 N101FS5T3A —
Note:
■ The standard IT. starter is for 3-phase applications only.


January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0027] Starters — Full Voltage, Non-reversing and Reversing
Reversing Starters
Voltage, kW/hp, Non-reversing or
Reversing and Overload Adjustment
Range (Amperes)
Note: 33
■ An N501 (Size 00 – 4) consists of two N04N
(Contact Blocks), N06N (Reversing Overload
Relay), Fanning Strips, Mechanical Interlock
and Mounting Plate, factory assembled.
■ An N501F (Size 5) consists of two N111F
(Contactors), N06N (Reversing Overload
Relay), Fanning Strips, Mechanical Interlock,
Crossover Bus Bars and Reversing Wiring
Harness, factory assembled. Cat. No. N501BS0G3A
Table 33-5. Full Voltage Reversing DC-Operated, Open Type Starters (Size 00 – 5), 1 with 3-Pole Solid-State Overload Protection
NEMA Continuos Overload Max. UL Horsepower (hp) 60 Hz Max. UL 3-Pole Price
Size Ampere Adjustment Horsepower Reversing U.S. $
Rating Range (hp) 50 Hz
(Amperes) 1-Phase 3-Phase 3-Phase
115V 230V 200V/ 230V/ 460V/ 575V/ 380V
208V 240V 480V 600V
00 9 .25 – .8 1/3 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 1-1/2 N501BSAA3A 474.

.59 – 1.9 N501BSAB3A 474.
1.4 – 4.4 N501BSAC3A 474.
2.8 – 9.0 N501BSAD3A 474.
6.3 – 20 N501BSAG3A 474.
0 18 .25 – .8 1 2 3 3 5 5 5 N501BS0A3A 562.
.59 – 1.9 N501BS0B3A 562.
1.4 – 4.4 N501BS0C3A 562.
2.8 – 9.0 N501BS0D3A 562.
6.3 – 20 N501BS0G3A 562.
10 – 32 N501BS0J3A 562.
1 27 .25 – .8 2 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 10 N501CS1A3A 641.
.59 – 1.9 N501CS1B3A 641.
1.4 – 4.4 N501CS1C3A 641.
2.8 – 9.0 N501CS1D3A 641.
5.0 – 16 N501CS1F3A 641.
8.4 – 27 N501CS1H3A 641.
16 – 50 N501CS1L3A 641.
2 45 5.0 – 16 3 7-1/2 10 15 25 25 25 N501DS2F3A 1,208.
8.4 – 27 N501DS2H3A 1,208.
14 – 45 N501DS2K3A 1,208.
31 – 100 N501DS2N3A 1,208.
3 90 14 – 45 7-1/2 15 25 30 50 50 50 N501ES3K3A 1,995.
28 – 90 N501ES3M3A 1,995.
42 – 135 N501ES3P3A 1,995.
4 135 14 – 45 — — 40 50 100 100 75 N501ES4K3A 4,867.
28 – 90 N501ES4M3A 4,867.
42 – 135 N501ES4P3A 4,867.
63 – 200 N501ES4R3A 4,867.
52 270 42 – 135 — — 75 100 200 200 150 N501FS5P3A —
84 – 270 N501FS5S3A —
125 – 400 N501FS5T3A —
Note:
■ The standard IT. starter is for 3-phase applications only.


January 2003
Technical Data and Specifications Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0028]
Table 33-6. Specifications

Description Size 00, 0 Size 1 Size 2 Size 3, 4 Size 5
Overall Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1 — w x h x d
Non-reversing 1.8 x 4.4 x 2.4 2.1 x 4.4 x 2.4 3.0 x 5.9 x 3.1 4.1 x 8.0 x 3.5 5.5 x 13.9 x 7.0
Contactor (45 x 111 x 60) (54 x 113 x 60) (76 x 150 x 79) (105 x 203 x 90) (140 x 354 x 178)
Reversing 3.8 x 5.9 x 2.7 4.5 x 5.9 x 2.6 6.2 x 7.4 x 3.3 8.5 x 9.5 x 3.8 11.7 x 13.9 x 7.2
Contactor (96 x 149 x 69) (114 x 149 x 67) (158 x 188 x 84) (216 x 242 x 97) (296 x 354 x 183)
33 Non-reversing 1.8 x 5.0 x 2.5 2.1 x 5.4 x 2.5 3.0 x 5.9 x 3.1 4.1 x 8.0 x 3.5 5.7 x 19.4 x 7.0
Starter (45 x 127 x 63) (54 x 138 x 63) (76 x 150 x 79) (105 x 203 x 90) (145 x 492 x 178)
Reversing 3.8 x 5.9 x 2.7 4.5 x 5.9 x 2.6 6.2 x 7.4 x 3.3 8.5 x 9.5 x 3.8 11.8 x 19.4 x 7.2
Starter (96 x 149 x 69) (114 x 149 x 67) (158 x 188 x 84) (216 x 242 x 97) (300 x 492 x 183)
Mounting Hole Spacing in Inches (mm) — w x h
Non-reversing 1.33 x 4.0 1.46 x 4.10 .94 x 2.87 1.33 x 4.13 1.75 x 13.0
Contactor (33.8 x 101) (37 x 104) (24 x 73) (33.8 x 105) (44.5 x 330)
Reversing 3.15 x 5.35 3.15 x 5.35 5.51 x 6.89 7.87 x 9.06 7.82 x 13
Contactor (80 x 136) (80 x 136) (140 x 175) (200 x 230) (198.5 x 330)
Non-reversing 1.33 x 4.62 1.46 x 5.04 .94 x 2.87 1.33 x 4.13 1.75 x 18.3
Starter (33.8 x 117.3) (37 x 128) (24 x 73) (33.8 x 105) (44.5 x 465)
Reversing 3.15 x 5.35 3.15 x 5.35 5.51 x 6.89 7.87 x 9.06 7.82 x 18.3
Starter (80 x 136) (80 x 136) (140 x 175) (200 x 230) (198.5 x 465)
Mounting Positions
Panel-Vertical Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Panel-Horizontal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
DIN Rail Mountable Yes 2 Yes 2 Yes 2 No No
Weights in Lb. (kg)
Non-reversing .7 .9 2.8 6.7 20.0
Contactor (.31) (.42) (1.27) (3.05) (9.1)
Reversing 1.9 2.6 6.9 16.9 48.0
Contactor (.86) (1.17) (3.13) (7.67) (21.8)
Non-reversing .9 1.2 2.9 7.1 27.0
Starter (.40) (.53) (1.32) (3.20) (12.3)
Reversing 2.0 2.6 7.1 16.8 55.0
Starter (.90) (1.20) (3.20) (7.60) (25.0)
Mechanical Operating Rate
Maximum 3/sec 3/sec 2/sec 2/sec 1/sec
Mechanical Life
10,000,000 10,000,000 8,000,000 8,000,000 5,000,000
Electrical Life @ 460V 3
AC-2, AC-3 1,000,000 – 3,000,000 1,000,000 – 2,000,000 800,000 – 2,000,000 800,000 – 1,500,000 500,000 – 1,000,000 4
(@ max. amps.)
AC-4 (@ max. amps.) 30,000 – 90,000 40,000 – 80,000 25,000 – 60,000 20,000 – 40,000 15,000 – 30,000 4
Insulation Voltage (Ui)
690V 690V 690V 690V 690V
Impulse Withstand Voltage (Uimp)
6 kV 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV
1 Auxiliaries add approximately 1.0" (25 mm) to depth for single, 1.2" (30 mm) for dual.
2 Non-reversing contactors and starters only.
3 See Page 33-12, Life-Load Curves, for maximum operations per frame size at various amperes.
4 Preliminary data.

January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0029] Technical Data and Specifications
Table 33-6. Specifications, continued

Description Size 00, 0 Size 1 Size 2 Size 3, 4 Size 5
Finger Protection
Front IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
At Terminals IP10 IP10 IP00 IP00 IP00
At Terminals with max. IP20 IP10 IP10 IP00 IP00
size wire installed
Terminals L1, L2, L3/T1, T2, T3 1
1 Wire per Terminal 14 – 8 AWG 14 – 4 AWG 14 – 1 AWG 6 – 250 MCM 4 – 600 MCM 33
(stranded or solid) (1.5 – 10 mm2) (1.5 – 16 mm2) (1.5 – 35 mm2) (16 – 120 mm2) (16 – 300 mm2)
2 Wires per Terminal 14 – 10 AWG 14 – 6 AWG 14 – 2 AWG 6 – 3/0 AWG 4 — 250 MCM
(stranded or solid) (1.5 – 4 mm2) (1.5 – 16 mm2) (1.5 – 25 mm2) (16 – 70 mm2) (16 — 120 mm2)
Strip Length .45" (11 mm) .5" (12 mm) .7" (18 mm) .8" (21 mm) 1.5" (40 mm)
Torque (max.) 20 lb-in (2.2 Nm) 35 lb-in (4.0 Nm) 45 lb-in (5.0 Nm) for 250 lb-in (28 Nm) 550 lb-in (62 Nm)
for 14 – 10 AWG for 14 – 10 AWG Single 14 – 8 AWG
(1.5 – 6 mm2); (1.5 – 6 mm2); (1.5 – 10 mm2);
25 lb-in (2.8 Nm) for 40 lb-in (4.5 Nm) for 100 lb-in (11 Nm) for
8 AWG (10 mm2) 8 AWG (10 mm2); Single 6 – 1 AWG
45 lb-in (5.0 Nm) for (16 – 35 mm2) and
6 – 4 AWG Dual Wire
(16 mm2) Combinations
Driver 2.5 mm Hex Key 3 mm Hex Key 5/32" (4 mm) Hex Key 5/16" (8 mm) Hex Key 5/16" (8 mm) Hex Key
Operation Performance
Coil Voltage (nominal) 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC 24V DC
Coil Operating 20 – 28 20 – 28 20 – 28 20 – 28 20 – 28
Voltage Range (V DC)
Control Terminals
(- and +) 14 – 12 AWG 14 – 12 AWG 14 – 12 AWG 14 – 12 AWG 14 – 12 AWG
1 Wire per Terminal (1.5 – 2.5 mm2) (1.5 – 2.5 mm2) (1.5 – 2.5 mm2) (1.5 – 2.5 mm2) (1.5 – 2.5 mm2)
(- and +) 14 AWG 14 AWG 14 AWG 14 AWG 14 AWG
2 Wires per Terminal (1.5 mm2) (1.5 mm2) (1.5 mm2) (1.5 mm2) (1.5 mm2)
(P, F, R, 1, 2, 3) 22 – 12 AWG 22 – 12 AWG 22 – 12 AWG 22 – 12 AWG 22 – 12 AWG
1 Wire per Terminal (0.5 – 2.5 mm2) (0.5 – 2.5 mm2) (0.5 – 2.5 mm2) (0.5 – 2.5 mm2) (0.5 – 2.5 mm2)
(P, F, R, 1, 2, 3) 18 – 14 AWG 18 – 14 AWG 18 – 14 AWG 18 – 14 AWG 18 – 14 AWG
2 Wires per Terminal (0.75 – 1.5 mm2) (0.75 – 1.5 mm2) (0.75 – 1.5 mm2) (0.75 – 1.5 mm2) (0.75 – 1.5 mm2)
Torque (max.) 4.5 lb-in (.5 Nm) 4.5 lb-in (.5 Nm) 4.5 lb-in (.5 Nm) 4.5 lb-in (.5 Nm) 4.5 lb-in (.5 Nm)
Strip Length .25 (7 mm) .25 (7 mm) .25 (7 mm) .25 (7 mm) .25 (7 mm)
Driver .13 (3.5 mm) Flat .13 (3.5 mm) Flat .13 (3.5 mm) Flat .13 (3.5 mm) Flat .13 (3.5 mm) Flat
Temperature 2
Operating -40° to +149°F -40° to +149°F -40° to +149°F -40° to +149°F -40° to +149°F
(-40° to +65°C) (-40° to +65°C) (-40° to +65°C) (-40° to +65°C) (-40° to +65°C)
Storage -58° to +176°F -58° to +176°F -58° to +176°F -58° to +176°F -58° to +176°F
(-50° to +80°C) (-50° to +80°C) (-50° to +80°C) (-50° to +80°C) (-50° to +80°C)
Environmental
Shock/Vibration 15G/5G 15G/5G 15G/5G 15G/5G 15G/5G 3
Altitude 2 6600 FT (2000M) 6600 FT (2000M) 6600 FT (2000M) 6600 FT (2000M) 6600 FT (2000M)
Pull-In Time (ms) @ 24V
Excl. Debounce Time 15 15 25 30 70 – 200 3
Incl. Debounce Time 75 80 88 95 120 – 250 3
Dropout Time (ms) @ 24V
Excl. Debounce Time 5 5 12 15 50 – 150 3
Incl. Debounce Time 65 70 75 80 70 – 200 3
1 Use Class B 75°C copper wire only (or 90°C Notes:
copper wire sized for 75°C operation per ■ Response time for Control Inputs = Debounce
NEC). Time
2 Consult factory for higher ratings. ■ The time between operating forward and
3 Preliminary data. reverse must be greater than the Debounce
Time.
Note: At other temperatures expressed in Table 33-7. 24V DC Power Supply Requirements @ 68°F (20°C) (see Note at left)
°C, for either inrush or sealed, use the 20°C
Contactor/Starter Size Sealed In Inrush
value from the table in the following
Catalog Size Wattage Amps Wattage Amps Duration
Number 4 (msecs)
Watts = W20 [1.1 – .005(T) and
Amps = A20 [1.1 – .005(T)] N_11B_ _X3N 00, 0 3.7 .15 80 3.3 50
For example, inrush requirements for a D N_01B_ _ _3A 00, 0 3.2 .13 80 3.3 50
Frame Starter at -25°C would be: N_11C_ _X3N 1 4.2 .18 90 3.8 50
Watts = 130 [1.1 – .005 (-25)] = 160 N_01C_ _ _3A 1 3.6 .15 90 3.8 50
Amps = 5.4 [1.1 – .005 (-25)] = 6.6 N_ _1D_ _ _3_ 2 5.0 .21 130 5.4 65
N_ _1E_ _ _3_ 3, 4 5.6 .23 140 5.8 85
N_ _1F_ _ _3_ 5 8.4 .35 200 8.3 250
N_01F_ _ _3_ 5 9.1 .38 200 8.3 250
4 _ indicates missing digit/character of the Catalog Number; may have multiple values.

January 2003
Electrical Life — AC-1, AC-2, AC-3 and AC-4 Utilization Categories

Table 33-8. Utilization Categories
The International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) has developed utilization categories for contactors and auxiliary contacts. The categories describe the
type of electrical load and the conditions for making and breaking the current.
Category Typical Application
AC-1 Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads: Resistance furnaces, heating.

33 AC-2 Slip-ring motors: Starting and stopping of running motors
AC-3 Squirrel cage motors: Starting, switching off motors during running (motors in most industrial applications typically fall into this category).
AC-4 Squirrel cage motors: Starting, plugging 1, inching 2 (very few applications in industry are totally AC-4).
1 Plugging is stopping or reversing the motor rapidly by reversing the connections while the motor
is running.
2 Inching or jogging is energizing the motor once or repeatedly for short durations to obtain small move-
ments of the motor driven load.
Life Load Curves — Eaton’s Cutler- Actual application life may vary, Trip Times
Hammer IT. Electro-Mechanical Series depending on environmental condi-
NEMA contactors have been designed tions and application duty cycle.
and manufactured for superior life per- 1000.0
formance. All testing has been based Contactor Choice —
on requirements as found in IEC ■ Decide what utilization category the
60947-4-1 and conducted by us. When application is and choose the
selecting a contactor, the specifier appropriate curve from Figure 33-1.
must give attention to the specific ■ Locate the intersection of the life-
load, utilization category and the load curve with the operational cur- 100.0
required electrical life. For a definition rent (le) of the application, as found
of Utilization Categories, see Table 33- on the horizontal axis.
Trip Time (Seconds)

8 above. ■ Read the estimated contact life
Note: AC-3 tests are conducted at rated along the vertical axis in number of
device currents and AC-4 tests are con- operations. 10.0 5
ducted at six-times rated device currents. 3
All tests have been run at 460V, 60 Hz. 6
1
4
2
NEMA Size 1.0
3
00 0 1 2 3 4 5
10,000,000
0.1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Contact Life (Number of Operations)
Multiples of FLA
1,000,000
1 Trip Class 10 Cold
2 Trip Class 10 Hot
4 Trip Class 20 Hot
6 Trip Class 30 Hot
100,000
Figure 33-2. Class 10, 20 and 30 Trip Curves
10,000
1 9 27 45 90 135 270
6 12 18 32 40 50 65 100 125 200 250 400
Rated Operational Current (Ie) AC-3 [A]
Figure 33-1. Electrical Life — AC-3 Utilization Category

3 Preliminary data.

January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0031] Accessories
Modular Components — Contactor Field Assembly
NEMA Non-reversing FVNR

Contact Block Coil Controller Contactor
33
EXAMPLE FOR A FULL VOLTAGE NON-REVERSING CONTACTOR:

N04NCS1X3N + N02NCXCXNN = N111CS1X3N
Reversing Kit
(2) NEMA Reversing Coil Mechanical Mounting FVR

Contact Blocks Controller Interlock (2) Fanning Strips Plate Contactor
EXAMPLE FOR A FULL VOLTAGE REVERSING CONTACTOR:

(2) N04NCS1X3N + N03NCXCXNN + EMRKTC (REVERSING KIT) = N511CS1X3N
Figure 33-3. Modular Contactor Assembly
Modular Components — Starter Field Assembly
NEMA Non-reversing FVNR

Contact Block Overload Relay Starter
EXAMPLE FOR A FULL VOLTAGE NON-REVERSING STARTER: Reversing Kit

N04NCS1X3N + N05NCXRL3A = N101CS1L3A
(2) NEMA Reversing Mechanical Mounting FVR

Contact Blocks Overload Relay Interlock (2) Fanning Strips Plate Starter
EXAMPLE FOR A FULL VOLTAGE REVERSING STARTER:

(2) N04NCS1X3N + N06NCXRL3A + EMRKTC (REVERSING KIT) = N501CS1L3A
Figure 33-4. Modular Starter Assembly

January 2003
Accessories Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0032]
NEMA Contact Block NEMA Coil Controller
33 Size 00-1 Non-reversing

(pictured)
Table 33-9. NEMA Contact Block Table 33-11. NEMA Coil Controller
SIZE Amperes Catalog Price Size Catalog Number Price U.S. $
Number U.S. $ Non-reversing
00 9 N04NBSAX3N — 00, 0 N02NBXCXNN —
0 18 N04NBS0X3N — 1 N02NCXCXNN —
1 27 N04NCS1X3N — 2 N02NDXCXNN —
2 45 N04NDS2X3N — 3, 4 N02NEXCXNN —
3 90 N04NES3X3N — 5 EMUCCF —
4 135 N04NES4X3N — Reversing
00, 0 N03NBXCXNN —
Note: 1 N03NCXCXNN —
■ N04N + N05N = N101; N04N + N02N = N111 (45 – 140 mm) 2 N03NDXCXNN —
■ N04N + N06N = N501; N04N + N03N = N511 (45 – 140 mm) 3, 4 N03NEXCXNN —
5 EMUCCF —
NEMA Solid-State Overload Relay — Non-reversing NEMA Solid-State Overload Relay — Reversing
Table 33-10. NEMA Solid-State Overload Relay — Non-reversing Table 33-12. NEMA Solid-State Overload Relay — Reversing
Size Overload Catalog Price Size Overload Catalog Price
Adjustment Range Number U.S. $ Adjustment Range Number U.S. $
(Amperes) (Amperes)
00, 0 .25 – .8 N05NBXRA3A — 00, 0 .25 – .8 N06NBXRA3A —
.59 – 1.9 N05NBXRB3A — .59 – 1.9 N06NBXRB3A —
1.4 – 4.4 N05NBXRC3A — 1.4 – 4.4 N06NBXRC3A —
2.8 – 9.0 N05NBXRD3A — 2.8 – 9.0 N06NBXRD3A —
6.3 – 20 N05NBXRG3A — 6.3 – 20 N06NBXRG3A —
0 10 – 32 N05NBXRJ3A — 0 10 – 32 N06NBXRJ3A —
1 .25 – .8 N05NCXRA3A — 1 .25 – .8 N06NCXRA3A —
.59 – 1.9 N05NCXRB3A — .59 – 1.9 N06NCXRB3A —
1.4 – 4.4 N05NCXRC3A — 1.4 – 4.4 N06NCXRC3A —
2.8 – 9.0 N05NCXRD3A — 2.8 – 9.0 N06NCXRD3A —
5.0 – 16 N05NCXRF3A — 5.0 – 16 N06NCXRF3A —
8.4 – 27 N05NCXRH3A — 8.4 – 27 N06NCXRH3A —
16 – 50 N05NCXRL3A — 16 – 50 N06NCXRL3A —
2 5.0 – 16 N05NDXRF3A — 2 5.0 – 16 N06NDXRF3A —
8.4 – 27 N05NDXRH3A — 8.4 – 27 N06NDXRH3A —
14 – 45 N05NDXRK3A — 14 – 45 N06NDXRK3A —
31 – 100 N05NDXRN3A — 31 – 100 N06NDXRN3A —
3, 4 14 – 45 N05NEXRK3A — 3, 4 14 – 45 N06NEXRK3A —
28 – 90 N05NEXRM3A — 28 – 90 N06NEXRM3A —
42 – 135 N05NEXRP3A — 42 – 135 N06NEXRP3A —
4 63 – 200 N05NEXRR3A — 4 63 – 200 N06NEXRR3A —
5 42 – 135 N05NFXRP3A — 5 42 – 135 N06NFXRP3A —
84 – 270 N05NFXRS3A — 84 – 270 N06NFXRS3A —
125 – 400 N05NFXRT3A — 125 – 400 N06NFXRT3A —
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1

January 2003
Auxiliary Contacts Table 33-15. IEC Ratings

DC-13 AC-15
Ue Voltage le Ue Voltage le
Amps. Amps.
24 5 48 8
48 2.5 120 6
125
250
1.1
.55
240
440
4
2
33
Table 33-16. NEMA A600 Ratings
Current AC Voltage
120 240 480 600
Auxiliary Contacts are available for mounting on Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Intelligent Make and 60 30 15 12
Technologies (IT.) Electro-Mechanical Contactors and Starters. The various choices Interrupting
available for non-reversing models are shown in Tables 33-13 and 33-14, and their Break 6 3 1.5 1.2
ratings in Tables 33-15 – 33-17. For reversing models, the number of auxiliaries Continuous 10 10 10 10
indicated is for each of the contactors/starters in the assembly.
Thermal 10 10 10 10
Table 33-13. Auxiliary Contact Availability — Sizes 00 – 5
Table 33-17. NEMA P300 Ratings
Top Mounted (Maximum Auxiliaries per Contactor/Starter) 2
Current DC Voltage
Contactor/Starter Size Contact Catalog Price
Type Number U.S. $ 125 250
Size 00, 0 Size 1 Size 2 Size 3, 4 Size 5
Make and 1.1 .55
3 3 3 3 — 1NO EMA13 20.90
Interrupting
3 3 3 3 — 1NC EMA14 20.90
Break 1.1 .55
2 21 3 3 — 1NO-1NC EMA15 28.00
Continuous 5 5
2 21 3 3 — 2NO EMA16 28.00
Thermal 5 5
2 21 3 3 — 2NC EMA17 28.00
2 3 3 3 3 Logic Level EMA70 33.00 Table 33-18. EMA70 Auxiliary Contact
1NO-1NC
DC-12 AC-12
1 One EMA70 contact may be used in the center position in conjunction with two EMA15, EMA16 or
Ue Ie Ue Ie
EMA17 contacts in the outer positions.
2 For reversers, multiply quantities by two. 30 .1 250 .1
EMA13 EMA14 EMA15 EMA16 EMA17 EMA70
3 1 13 21 13 23 11 21 4 2
NO NC NO NC NO NO NC NC NO NC
4 2 14 22 14 24 12 22 1 1
Common
Figure 33-5. Connecting Diagram — Sizes 00 – 5
Table 33-14. Auxiliary Contact — Size 5

Side Mounted 3 — Maximum (12) Total Circuits
Front Mounted — Maximum (6) Total Circuits
Size 5 Contact Description Catalog Price
Type Number U.S. $
1 1NO Base auxiliary (max. 1 per side) EMASB13 —

1 1NO-1NC Base auxiliary (max. 1 per side) EMASB15 —
2 1NO EMASB13 or EMASB15 required EMASA13 —
(max. 2 Add-on auxiliary per side)
2 1NC EMASB13 or EMASB15 required EMASA14 —
1 1NO-1NC EMASB13 or EMASB15 required EMASA15 —
3 1NO-1NC Front mounted only EMA70 33.00
3 Maximum (3) auxiliaries per side.
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1

January 2003
Mounting Plates Reversing Kits

Includes Fanning Strips, Mechanical Interlock, Mounting
Plate and hardware.
Table 33-21. Reversing Kits
NEMA Size Description Catalog Price
Number U.S. $
33 00, 0 For Contactor and Starter EMRKTB —
1 For Contactor and Starter EMRKTC —
2 For Contactor and Starter EMRKTD —
Table 33-19. Mounting Plates 3, 4 For Contactor and Starter EMRKTE —

5 For Contactor EMRCKTF —
NEMA Metal Reversing Metal Combo Stand-Alone
Size Contactor/Starter Device Plate Solid-State 5 For Starter EMRSKTF —
Plates Non-reversing Overload Panel/
DIN Note: Also order separately the appropriate contact blocks and
Catalog Price Catalog Price Catalog Price overload relay.
Number U.S. $ Number U.S. $ Number U.S. $
00, 0, 1 EMA9B — EMA10B — EMA11B —

2 EMA9D — EMA10C — EMA11C —
3, 4 EMA9E — EMA10D — EMA11D —
5 EMA9F — EMA10E — EMA11E —
EMA10F — EMA11F —
Fanning Strips
Table 33-20. Fanning Strips
NEMA Reversing Wye-Delta
Size Catalog Price Catalog Price
Number U.S. $ Number U.S. $
00, 0 EMFRB — EMFWB —

1 EMFRC — EMFWC —
2 EMFRD — EMFWD —
3, 4 EMFRE — EMFWE —
5 EMFRF — EMFWF —
Ring Terminals
Consult factory.

January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0035] Accessories — DSNAP
DeviceNet Starter Network General Features Table 33-22. NEMA SNAP Connectivity
Adapter Product (DSNAP) ■ Communication to DeviceNet con- NEMA N101, N501
suming one DeviceNet MAC ID Size Continuous Ampacity
■ Manually set MAC ID and baud rate; Rating
configuration using a software 00 9
application is not required for
0 18
normal operation
■ Advanced configuration using CH
1
2
27
45
33
Studio software
3 90
■ Includes pre-wired starter intercon-
nect cable and terminal adapter 4 135
5 270
Comprehensive Motor Data and Control
■ RMS average current Table 33-23. S751 SNAP Connectivity
■ % of operating FLA S751 Soft Start
■ % thermal memory 54 mm All Sizes
■ Integral contact position detection
■ Operating status and fault codes
■ At speed (soft starters)
Catalog Number D77B-DSNAP ■ START/STOP control
with 54 mm IT. Starter
■ RUN/FORWARD-REVERSE control
The DeviceNet Starter Network ■ Trip Reset
Adapter Product (DSNAP) is a front-
mount device that serves as a single Extended Starter Capabilities
node on DeviceNet, providing commu- ■ Ground fault detection (with
nication capability, control and moni- accessory)
toring to Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer ■ Fault log
Intelligent Technologies (IT.) Electro- ■ Current level warning (adjustable)
mechanical Starters, as well as
■ Underload warning (adjustable)
the S751 Soft Start, as listed in
Tables 33-22 – 33-23. Approvals (Pending)
The product greatly increases the func- ■ UL508
tionality of the IT. Electromechanical ■ CE
Starter and S751 Soft Start with the ■ CSAC22.2 No. 14-95
addition of enhanced features.
The IT. DSNAP is designed for use with
the same 24V DC power as the starter.
A starter power sensing circuit indi-
cates to the user that the starter does
not have 24V DC power, signaling a
fault or an E-Stop.
Application
In a typical application, the DSNAP
front mounts to an IT. starter or soft
start. The DSNAP connects directly to
DeviceNet, allowing for control and
monitoring of the starter/soft start. A
PC or PLC serves as the central control
IT. Combo and scans the DSNAP for motor con-
IT. Starter Starter with trol and monitoring information.
with Cover Control
DSNAP
DeviceNet
Figure 33-6. Typical DSNAP Application

January 2003
Accessories — DSNAP Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0036]
Table 33-24. DeviceNet Specifications

Front Side
DeviceNet Connections Group 2 Master Slave Connection Set
Polling
Bit Strobe
Explicit
No UCMM
DeviceNet Baud Rate 125K, 250K, 500K

33 Table 33-25. DSNAP Specifications 2.4
(62)
Description Specifications
Transportation/Storage
Temperature -58° to 176°F (-50° to 80°C)
Humidity 0 – 95% non-condensing
Operating
Temperature -40° to 149°F (-40° to 65°C) 1.0 1.9
Humidity 0 – 95% non-condensing (26) (49)
Altitude Above 2000 meters (6600 feet) consult fac- Figure 33-7. DSNAP Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
tory
Shock 15 g’s half-wave sinusoidal 11 msecs Table 33-26. Product Selection
Vibration 5 – 57.5 Hz (100 – 17 msecs) @ Description Catalog Price
.3 mm SA Number U.S. $
57.5 – 150 Hz (17 – 6.7 msecs) @
.35 mm SA DeviceNet Starter Network Adapter, D77B-RJJ1 D77B-DSNAPX1 250.
Pollution Degree 3 Interconnect Cable and D77B-TC8 Terminal
Adapter
Enclosure IP20
DeviceNet Starter Network Adapter D77B-DSNAP 210.
Table 33-27. Accessories

Description Catalog Price
Number U.S. $
SNAP Interconnect Cable D77B-RJJ1 32.

FVNR and FVR Starters 45 mm to 140 mm D77B-TC8 46.
Terminal Adapter
Sample part number:

When ordering a DSNAP for an S751 soft start or the E101,
E111, E501, E511, N101, N111, N501, N511 IT. starters, use
the D77B-DSNAPX1 part number. This part number is an
assembly of the D77B-DSNAP, D77B-RJJ1 interconnect cable
and the D77B-TC8 terminal adapter.

January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0037] Accessories — QSNAP
QCPort Starter Network Adapter General Features Table 33-28. NEMA SNAP Connectivity
Product (QSNAP) ■ Communication to QCPort consum- NEMA N101, N501
ing a single QCPort ID Size Continuous Ampacity
■ Manually set Group ID; Rating
configuration using a software 00 9
application is not required for
0 18
normal operation
■ Advanced configuration using CH
1
2
27
45
33
Studio software
3 90
■ Includes pre-wired starter intercon-
nect cable and terminal adapter 4 135
5 270
Comprehensive Motor Data and Control
■ RMS average current Table 33-29. S751 SNAP Connectivity
■ % of operating FLA S751 Soft Start
■ % thermal memory 54 mm All Sizes
■ Integral contact position detection
■ Operating status and fault codes
Catalog Number D77B-QSNAP
■ At speed (soft starters)
with 54 mm IT. Starter ■ START/STOP control
■ RUN/FORWARD-REVERSE control
The QCPort Starter Network Adapter ■ Trip Reset
Product (CSNAP) is a front-mount
device that serves as a single QCPort Extended Starter Capabilities
device, providing communication ■ Ground fault detection (with
capability, control and monitoring to accessory)
Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Intelligent ■ Fault log
Technologies (IT.) Electromechanical
■ Current level warnings (adjustable)
Starters, as well as the S751 Soft Start,
as listed Tables 33-28 – 33-29. ■ Underload warnings (adjustable)
The product greatly increases the func- Approvals (Pending)

tionality of the IT. Electromechanical ■ UL508
Starter and S751 Soft Start with the ■ CE
addition of enhanced features.
■ CSAC22.2 No. 14-95
The IT. QSNAP is designed for use
with the same 24V DC power as the
starter. A starter power sensing circuit
indicates to the user that the starter
does not have 24V DC power, signaling
a fault or an E-Stop.
Application
In a typical application, the QSNAP
front mounts to an IT. starter or soft
start. The QSNAP connects directly
to QCPort, allowing for control and
monitoring of the starter/soft start. A
PC or PLC serves as the central
control, and scans the DeviceNet
Adapter (D77D-DNA), retrieving the
QSNAP’s motor control and
monitoring information.
Figure 33-8. Typical QSNAP Application

January 2003
Accessories — QSNAP Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0038]
Table 33-30. QSNAP Specifications

Description Specifications Front Side
Humidity 0 – 95% non-condensing
Operating
2.4
33 Temperature
Humidity
-40° to 149°F (-40° to 65°C)
0 – 95% non-condensing
(62)
Altitude Above 2000 meters (6600 feet) consult

factory
Shock 15 g’s half-wave sinusoidal 11 msecs
Vibration 5 – 57.5 Hz (100 – 17 msecs) @ 0.3 mm SA
57.5 – 150 Hz (17 – 6.7 msecs) @ 0.35 mm SA 1.0 1.3
(26) (32)
Pollution Degree 3
Enclosure IP20
Figure 33-9. QSNAP Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Table 33-31. Product Selection

Number U.S. $
QCPort Starter Network Adapter, D77B-RJJ1 D77B-QSNAPX1 170.

Interconnect Cable and D77B-TC8 Terminal
Adapter
QCPort Starter Network Adapter D77B-QSNAP 130.
Table 33-32. Accessories

Number U.S. $
SNAP Interconnect Cable D77B-RJJ1 32.

FVNR and FVR Starters 45 mm to 140 mm D77B-TC8 46.
Terminal Adapter
Sample part number:

When ordering a QSNAP for an S751 soft start or the E101,
E111, E501, E511, N101, N111, N501, N511 IT. starters, use
the D77B-QSNAPX1 part number. This part number is an
assembly of the D77B-QSNAP, D77B-RJJ1 interconnect cable
and the D77B-TC8 terminal adapter.

January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0039] Accessories — Cover Control
Cover Control Products Table 33-34. NEMA Cover Control Connectivity HCC – Standard Cover Control
NEMA N101, N501 The IT. HCC provides the most cost-
Size Continuous Ampacity effective approach to integrating a tra-
Rating ditional hard wired system into a cover
00 9 control solution. The customer wiring
0 18 includes forward, reverse, remote
reset, permissive and an alarm output.
1 27
2 45 Integrated Motor Control and Cover Control 33
3 90 ■ Local indication of control and sta-
4 135 tus for motor controller
IT. Cover Control
Catalog Number CCCF3 5 270 ■ Disconnect position control and
indication
Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Intelligent Table 33-35. S751 Cover Control Connectivity ■ Local pilot devices for HOA control
Technologies (IT.) Cover Control products Micro Soft Start S751 ■ Designed for mounting within an
connect to the IT. Electromechanical enclosed control solution
Starters and to the IT. S751 Soft Start- 54 mm All Sizes
ers, providing actuation control for a Integrated Field I/O
multitude of breaker/fusible discon- The following Cover Control products
are available: ■ Provides hard wire control in the
nect options, cover control options wired version (HCC)
and communications capabilities. Table 33-36. Cover Control Products ■ Provides mappable I/O for commu-
Moreover, the products extend the fea- nicating versions (DCC, QCC)
Catalog Product
ture set of the IT. Electromechanical Number ■ Four inputs/two outputs
Starters and IT. S751 Soft Starters.
DCC DeviceNet Cover Control Comprehensive Motor Data and Control
The Cover Control product greatly QCC QCPort Cover Control
increases the functionality of the IT. (DCC, QCC)
HCC Wired Cover Control ■ RMS average current
Electromechanical Starter and S751
Soft Starter. With the addition of four ■ % of operating FLA
general purpose inputs and two gen- DCC – DeviceNet Cover Control
■ % thermal memory
eral purpose outputs, the end result is The IT. DCC presents the motor con-
troller, I/O and cover control options to ■ Integral contact position detection
a complete enclosed control solution
for your applications. DeviceNet as a single DeviceNet node. ■ Operating status and fault codes
This allows the enclosed control solu- ■ At speed (soft starters)
Table 33-33. IEC Cover Control Connectivity tion to be controlled and monitored ■ LOCAL/REMOTE START/STOP
IEC E101, E501 from a PLC or PC based control system control
Frame Size Continuous over DeviceNet. All the monitoring,
diagnostic and control capabilities, ■ RUN/FORWARD-REVERSE control
Ampacity
Rating along with the extended feature set, ■ Trip Reset
are available to DeviceNet.
45 mm B 18 Amp Extended Starter Capabilities (DCC, CCC)
25 Amp QCC – QCPort Cover Control ■ Ground fault detection (with
32 Amp The IT. QCC provides the most cost- accessory)
54 mm C 40 Amp effective approach to integrating ■ Fault log
50 Amp DeviceNet into a motor control solution ■ Current level alarm (adjustable)
76 mm D 65 Amp
using multiple IT. motor controllers
and IT. D77A I/O products. The QCPort Approvals (Pending)
85 Amp
interconnect system provides a flexi- ■ UL508
100 Amp ble interconnect of the data and power ■ CE
105 mm E 125 Amp for all connected devices. The D77D
■ CSAC22.2 No. 14-95
160 Amp DeviceNet Adapter presents the com-
200 Amp bined data of the QCC and D77A
140 mm F 250 Amp I/O as a single DeviceNet node to a
control PC or PLC.
315 Amp
400 Amp

January 2003
Accessories — Cover Control Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0040]
Application
In a typical application, Cover Controls are mounted to a Enclosed Control Application – IT. Cover Control provides
MCC or Enclosed Control, which is connected to a DeviceNet local HOA, remote I/O (four in, two out), and comprehensive
subnet. A PC or PLC serves as the central control of the sub- diagnostics, monitoring and control capabilities, with
net, and scans the Cover Control for motor control and mon- enhanced starter functionality.
itoring information.
MCC Application – IT. Cover Control provides local HOA
33 (HAND/OFF/AUTO) with comprehensive diagnostics, moni-
toring and control capabilities with enhanced starter func-
tionality within a MCC.
DeviceNet
DeviceNet
Adapter
Control
PC or
PLC
I/O
Figure 33-10. Cover Control in a MCC
M M M
Control
PC or
PLC
DeviceNet
I/O
Figure 33-11. Cover Control in an Enclosed Control

January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0041] Accessories — Cover Control
Table 33-37. Cover Control Specifications

Description Specifications
Humidity 95% non-condensing
Operating
Temperature
Humidity
-40° to 149°F (-40° to 65°C)
95% non-condensing
33
Altitude Above 2000 meters (6600 feet) con-
sult factory Figure 33-14. N2 – FVNR Reset and STOP Cover Control with Indication
Shock 15 g’s half-wave sinusoidal 11 msecs
Vibration 5 – 57.5 Hz (100 – 17 msecs) @
0.3 mm SA
57.5 – 150 Hz (17 – 6.7 msecs) @
0.35 mm SA
Pollution Degree IEC60947-1 3
Enclosure IP20
1.31 Figure 33-15. N3 – FVNR START/STOP and Reset Cover Control with
(33.2) Indication
.59
(15.0)
.26
(6.5)
.51
(13.0)
6.93
(176.0)
.59
(15.0) 6.46 Figure 33-16. N4 – FVNR START/STOP/AUTO Cover Control with
(164.0)
.77 .039 1.81 Indication
(19.5) (1.0) (46.0)
1.97
(50.0)
1.89
(48.0)
.59 5.18
(15.0) (131.5)
#10 or NS Mounting Hardware
Figure 33-17. R1 – FVR Reset Only Cover Control with Indication
Figure 33-12. Standard Cover Control Approximate Dimensions
in Inches (mm)
Figure 33-18. R2 – FVR Reset and STOP Cover Control with Indication
Figure 33-13. N1 – FVNR Reset Only Cover Control with Indication

January 2003
Accessories — Cover Control Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0042]
Table 33-40. Cover Control Product Selection

Description Compact Full Product
Catalog Price Catalog Price
QCPort
FVNR RESET only D77C-QCSN1 — D77C-QCLN1 —
FVNR RESET/STOP D77C-QCSN2 — D77C-QCLN2 —
33 FVNR START/STOP/RESET
FVNR HAND/OFF/AUTO
D77C-QCSN3
D77C-QCSN4
—
—
D77C-QCLN3
D77C-QCLN4
—
—
FVR RESET only D77C-QCSR1 — D77C-QCLR1 —
Figure 33-19. R3 – FVR FORWARD/REVERSE FVR RESET/STOP D77C-QCSR2 — D77C-QCLR2 —
FVR FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP/RESET D77C-QCSR3 — D77C-QCLR3 —
and Reset Cover Control with Indication FVR FORWARD/REVERSE/OFF/AUTO D77C-QCSR4 — D77C-QCLR4 —
DeviceNet
FVNR RESET only D77C-DCSN1 — D77C-DCLN1 —
FVNR RESET/STOP D77C-DCSN2 — D77C-DCLN2 —
FVNR START/STOP/RESET D77C-DCSN3 — D77C-DCLN3 —
FVNR HAND/OFF/AUTO D77C-DCSN4 — D77C-DCLN4 —
FVR RESET only D77C-DCSR1 — D77C-DCLR1 —
FVR RESET/STOP D77C-DCSR2 — D77C-DCLR2 —
FVR FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP/RESET D77C-DCSR3 — D77C-DCLR3 —
FVR FORWARD/REVERSE/OFF/AUTO D77C-DCSR4 — D77C-DCLR4 —
Standard
Figure 33-20. R4 – FVR FORWARD/REVERSE/ FVNR RESET only D77C-HCSN1 — D77C-HCLN1 —
AUTO Cover Control with Indication FVNR RESET/STOP D77C-HCSN2 — D77C-HCLN2 —
FVNR START/STOP/RESET D77C-HCSN3 — D77C-HCLN3 —
FVNR HAND/OFF/AUTO D77C-HCSN4 — D77C-HCLN4 —
Table 33-38. General Reference
FVR RESET only D77C-HCSR1 — D77C-HCLR1 —
Catalog Number Product FVR RESET/STOP D77C-HCSR2 — D77C-HCLR2 —
FVR FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP/RESET D77C-HCSR3 — D77C-HCLR3 —
D77C-DCxx DeviceNet FVR FORWARD/REVERSE/OFF/AUTO D77C-HCSR4 — D77C-HCLR4 —
D77C-QCxx QCPort MCC I/O Module
D77C-HCxx Standard 4 pt 120V AC Input 2 pt Relay Output D77C-CCAC1 — D77C-CCAC1 —
4 pt 24V DC Input 2 pt Relay Output D77C-CCDC1 — D77C-CCDC1 —
Table 33-39. Breaker/Fusible Disconnect
Connectivity Note: Consult factory for correct linkage assembly and mounting dimensions.
Compact Full
Table 33-41. Cover Control Catalog Numbering System
HMCPE HMCPJ
E125H J250H
HKD/KDC D77C-QC S N 4
HLD/LDC
HMDL
HNK/NDC
HC = Standard 1 = RESET
Socemec K Switch 60/100/200/600/800 Amp QC = QCPort 2 = STOP/RESET
32 Amp Socomec 63/160/200/400 Amp DC = DeviceNet S = Compact 3 = START/STOP/RESET (FVNR);
L = Full FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP/
RESET (FVR)
4 = HAND/OFF/AUTO (FVNR);
N = Full Voltage FORWARD/REVERSE/OFF/
Non-reversing (FVNR) AUTO (FVR)
R = Full Voltage
Reversing (FVR)

January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0043] Renewal Parts
Contact Kits Din Rail Catch Lugs
33
Table 33-44. DIN Rail Catch Table 33-45. Lug Kits
NEMA Description Catalog Price NEMA Description Catalog Price
Size Number U.S. $ Size Number U.S. $
00, 0, 1 Catch with Leaf EMDRCB — 1 Lug EMLUGKTC —

Spring & Pad 2 Lug EMLUGKTD —
2 Catch with Leaf EMDRCD — 3, 4 Lug EMLUGKTE —
Spring & Pad
5 Horizontal Box EMLUGKTFA —
Table 33-42. Contact Kits Lug Kit
5 Vertical Box EMLUGKTFB —
NEMA Contact Kit Catalog Price
Lug Kit
Size Description Number U.S. $
5 Dual Lug Kit EMLUGKTFC —
1 40 Amp EMHCKT40 —
1 50 Amp EMHCKT50 — Overload Bus Bars
3, 4 125 Amp EMCKT125 —
3, 4 160 Amp EMCKT160 —
3, 4 200 Amp EMCKT200 —
5 250 Amp EMCKT250 —
Note: H = Hold-Open
Coils
Table 33-46. Bus Bars

NEMA Description Catalog Price
Size Number U.S. $
00, 0 For Contactors & Starters EMBBB —

1 For Starters EMBBC —
1 For Reversing Contactors & EMBBRC —
Reversing Starters
2 For Starters EMBBD —
2 For Reversing Contactors & EMBBRD —
Reversing Starters
Table 33-43. Coils
3, 4 For Starters EMBBE —
Description 1 Catalog Price 3, 4 For Reversing Contactors & EMBBRE —
Number U.S. $ Reversing Starters
Size 1 Coil EMCC — 5 Overload Relay EMBBOF —
Size 2 Coil EMCD —

Size 3, 4 Coil EMCE —
Size 5 Coil EMCF —
1 For reversing contactors and starters, order
two.
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1

January 2003
Renewal Parts Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0044]
Connectors
33
Table 33-47. Control Terminal Connectors
No. of Pitch Terminals Description Size Used With 2 Catalog Price
Pins (mm) Number 1 U.S. $
4 5 -+PF Size 00 – 1 Coil Controller 00 – 1 _ 02N _ XCXNN EMA78L —

8 5 -+PFR123 Size 2 – 4 Coil Controller 00 – 5 _ 02N _ XCXNN EMA76L —
8 5 -+PFR123 Reversing Coil Controller 00 – 5 _ 03N _ XCXNN EMA76L —
8 5 -+PFR123 Overload (except Size 5) 00 – 4 _ 05N _ XR _ 3A EMA76L —
8 5 -+PFR123 Reversing Overload (Size 5) 00 – 4 _ 06N _ XR _ 3A EMA76L —
(1) 5 5 -+PFR Size 5 Contactor 5 _ 111F _ X3N EMA77L —
(1) 5 5 RFP+- Size 5 Contactor 5 _ 111F _ X3N —
(2) 5 5 -+PFR Size 5 Reversing Contactor 5 _ 511F _ X3N EMA77L —
(2) 5 5 RFP+- Size 5 Reversing Contactor 5 _ 511F _ X3N —
(1) 8 5 -+PFR123 Size 5 Overload 5 _ 05NFXR _ 3A EMA76L —
(1) 5 5 RFP+- Size 5 Overload 5 _ 05NFXR _ 3A —
(1) 8 5 -+PFR123 Size 5 Reversing Overload 5 _ 05NFXR _ 3A EMA76L —
(1) 5 5 RFP+- Size 5 Reversing Overload 5 _ 05NFXR _ 3A —
(1) 8 5 -+PFR123 Size 5 Reversing Overload 5 _ 501F _ _ _ 3A EMA76L —
(2) 5 5 RFP+- Size 5 Reversing Overload 5 _ 501F _ _ _ 3A —
(1) 5 5 -+PFR Size 5 Reversing Overload 5 _ 501F _ _ _ 3A EMA77L —
1 Suffix L indicates locking.
2 _ indicates missing digit of the Catalog Number; may have multiple values.
Overload and Coil Controller Covers
Table 33-48. Overload and Coil Controller Covers

NEMA Description Catalog Price
Size Number U.S. $
00, 0 For Starters EMOCSB —

00, 0 For Reversing Contactors EMCCCB —
1 For Starters EMOCSC —
1 For Reversing Contactors EMCCCC —
2 For Starters EMOCSD —
2 For Contactors EMCCCD —
3, 4 For Starters EMOCSE —
3, 4 For Contactors EMCCCE —
5 For Starters EMOCSF —
5 For Contactors EMCCCF —

January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0045] Dimensions
Non-reversing Contactors (Sizes 00 – 1)

Table 33-49. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
NEMA Overall Mounting Holes Req. Mtg. Terminals
Size Width Height Depth Depth w/ Depth Width Height Mtg. DIN Rail Screws Control Line Load
Auxiliary added w/ Hole to to Top
DIN Rail Top
A B C D E F G H J K P Q R
33
00, 0 1.8 4.4 2.4 3.6 .1 1.33 4.0 .2 .9 (3) #8 .7 1.2 1.2
(45) (111) (60) (91) (3) (33.8) (101) (5) (23) M4 (19) (30) (30)
1 2.1 4.45 2.4 3.6 .1 1.46 4.1 .2 .8 (3) #8 .7 1.2 1.2
(54) (113) (60) (91) (3) (37) (104) (5) (20) M4 (19) (30) (30)
D H A
C F
Line Terminals Q
(1 L1, 3 L2, 5 L3)
J
Dual Auxiliary –
Reduce Dim “D”
.31 (8) for the
Standard Single Auxiliaries
DIN Rail
1.38 x .3 B G
(35 x 7.5)
(Optional Mounting)
Load Terminals
(2 T1, 4 T2, 6 T3)
E P Control
Terminal Block K
R
Size 1 Pictured
(Size 00, 0 Has Two Lower Mounting Feet,
Reference F – Width)
Figure 33-21. Approximate Dimensions — Inches (mm)

January 2003
Dimensions Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0046]
Non-reversing Contactors (Sizes 2 – 4)

Size Width Height Depth Depth w/ Depth Width Height Mtg. DIN Rail Screws Control Line Load
Auxiliary added w/ Hole to to Top
DIN Rail Top
A B C D E F G H J K P Q R
33
2 3.0 5.9 3.1 4.2 .2 .94 2.87 .5 .9 (4) #6 x 2 2.4 1.5 .6
(76) (150) (79) (107) (4) (24) (73) (13) (23) M3.5 x 50 (60) (37) (14)
3, 4 4.1 8.0 3.5 4.7 — 1.33 4.13 .6 — (4) #8 x 1.5 2.8 1.7 .3
(105) (203) (90) (119) (33.8) (105) (15) M4 x 40 (72) (42) (8)
D
Line Terminals
(1 L1, 3 L2, 5 L3) Q A
E F
H
J
Dual Auxiliary –
Reduce Dim “D”
Standard .31 (8) for the
DIN Rail Single Auxiliaries G
1.38 x .3 (35 x 7.5)
(Optional Mounting)
76mm (Size 2) Only
K
B
Control 2 T1 4 T2 6 T3
Load Terminals Terminal Block
(2 T1, 4 T2, 6 T3) R
P
C
Size 3, 4 Shown

January 2003
Reversing Contactors (Sizes 00 – 4)

Size Width Height Depth Depth w/ Width Height Mtg. Hole Screws Control Line Load
Auxiliary to Top
A B C D F G H K P Q R
00, 0 3.8 5.9 2.7 3.8 3.15 5.35 .3 (3) #10 2.0 1.5 .9 33
(96) (149) (69) (96) (80) (136) (7) M5 (50) (38) (22)
1 4.5 5.9 2.6 3.8 3.15 5.35 .3 (3) #10 2.0 1.5 .6
(114) (149) (67) (96) (80) (136) (7) M5 (50) (38) (16)
2 6.2 7.4 3.3 4.4 5.51 6.89 .2 (3) #10 2.6 1.9 .9
(158) (188) (84) (112) (140) (175) (6) M5 (67) (48) (22)
3, 4 8.5 9.5 3.8 4.9 7.87 9.06 .2 (3) #10 3.1 2.1 .7
(216) (242) (97) (125) (200) (230) (6) M5 (80) (54) (17)
D H K
Line Terminals Q
(1 L1, 3 L2, 5 L3)
Dual Auxiliary –
Reduce Dim “D”
.31 (8) for the
Single Auxiliaries B G
Control
Load Terminals R Terminal Block F
(2 T1, 4 T2, 6 T3)
P A
C

January 2003
Non-reversing Contactors (Size 5)

Frame Overall Mounting Holes Req. Mtg. Terminals
Size Width Length Depth Depth w/Logic Width w/Side Width Height Screws Control Line Load
Level Auxiliary Auxiliaries
A B C D E F G K P Q R
33 F 5.5 13.9 7.0 8.2 6.7 1.75 13.0 (4) 5/16-18 .8 4.3 4.3
(140) (354) (178) (208) (170) (44.5) (330) M8 (20) (110) (110)
D E
C A
Line Terminals Q F
(1 L1, 3 L2, 5 L3)
G B
Logic
Auxiliary
Control Terminal
Block
P K
R Load Terminals
(2 T1, 4 T2, 6 T3)
Figure 33-24. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Reversing Contactors (Size 5)

Frame Overall Mounting Holes Req. Mtg. Terminals
Size Width Length Depth Depth w/Logic Width w/Side Width Height Screws Control Line Load
A B C D E F G K P Q R
F 11.7 13.9 7.2 8.2 12.8 7.82 13.0 (6) 5/16-18 .8 2.6 2.6
(296) (354) (183) (208) (325) (198.5) (330) M8 (20) (67) (67)
D E
C A
Q F
G B
Logic
Auxiliary
P
Wiring Harness
R for Reverser

January 2003
Non-reversing Starters (Sizes 00 – 4)

NEMA Overall Mounting Holes Req. Mtg. Reset Button Terminals
Size Width Height Depth Depth w/ Depth Width Height Mtg. DIN Rail Screws Width Height Depth Control Line Load
Auxiliary added w/ Hole to Top
DIN Rail to Top
A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R
33
00, 0 1.8 5.0 2.5 3.6 .1 1.33 4.62 .2 .9 (3) #8 .6 3.6 2.5 1.7 1.2 .6
(45) (127) (63) (91) (3) (33.8) (117.3) (5) (23) M4 (14) (91) (63) (44) (30) (16)
1 2.1 5.4 2.5 3.6 .1 1.46 5.04 .2 .8 (3) #8 .7 3.7 2.4 1.8 1.2 .3
(54) (138) (63) (91) (3) (37) (128) (5) (20) M4 (17) (93) (62) (45) (30) (8)
2 3.0 5.9 3.1 4.2 .2 .94 2.87 .5 .9 (4) #6 x 2 .7 4.2 3.1 2.4 1.5 .6
(76) (150) (79) (107) (4) (24) (73) (13) (23) M3.5 x 50 (17) (106) (78) (60) (37) (14)
3, 4 4.1 8.0 3.5 4.7 — 1.33 4.13 .6 — (4) #8 x 1.5 .7 5.7 3.5 2.8 1.7 .3
(105) (203) (90) (119) (33.8) (105) (15) M4 x 40 (17) (146) (88) (72) (42) (8)
D H A
Line Terminals Q F
(1 L1, 3 L2, 5 L3)
J
Dual Auxiliary –
Reduce Dim “D”
.3 (7) for the
Standard Single Auxiliaries
DIN Rail M
1.38 x .3
(35 x 7.5)
(Optional Mounting) B G
K
(Sizes 2, 3
and 4)
Reset Button Reset Button
.015 (0.4)
Deflection to Reset
K
Load Terminals (Sizes 00, 0
(2 T1, 4 T2, 6 T3) L and 1)
E R
Control P
Terminal Block
N
C

January 2003
Reversing Starters (Sizes 00 – 4)

NEMA Overall Mounting Holes Req. Mtg. Reset Button Terminals
Size Width Length Depth Depth w/ Width Height Mtg. Screws Width Height Depth Control Line Load
Auxiliary Hole to
Top
A B C D F G H K L M N P Q R
33
00, 0 3.8 5.9 2.7 3.8 3.15 5.35 .28 (3) #10 1.6 3.8 2.7 2.0 1.5 .9
(96) (149) (69) (96) (80) (136) (7) M5 (40) (97) (68) (50) (38) (22)
1 4.5 5.9 2.6 3.8 3.15 5.35 .28 (3) #10 1.7 4.1 2.6 2.0 1.5 .6
(114) (149) (67) (96) (80) (136) (7) M5 (43) (104) (65) (50) (38) (16)
2 6.2 7.4 3.3 4.4 5.51 6.89 .24 (3) #10 2.3 5.5 3.3 2.6 1.9 .9
(158) (188) (84) (112) (140) (175) (6) M5 (58) (139) (83) (67) (48) (22)
3, 4 8.5 9.5 3.8 4.9 7.87 9.06 .24 (3) #10 2.9 7.2 3.7 3.1 2.1 .7
(216) (242) (97) (125) (200) (230) (6) M5 (73) (182) (94) (80) (54) (17)
D H K
Line Terminals Q
(1 L1, 3 L2, 5 L3)
Dual Auxiliary –
Reduce Dim “D”
.3 (7) for the
Single Auxiliaries M
B G
Reset Button Reset

.015 (0.4) Button
Deflection to Reset
Control
Load Terminals R Terminal Block L
(2 T1, 4 T2, 6 T3)
P F
N A
C

January 2003
Non-reversing Starter (Size 5)

Frame Overall Mounting Holes Req. Mtg. Reset Button Terminals
Size Width Length Depth Depth w/Logic Width w/Side Width Height Screws Width Height Depth Control Line Load Load
A B C D E F G K L M N P Q R S
F 5.7 19.4 7.0 8.2 6.7 1.75 18.3 (4) 5/16-18 2.4 12.5 5.3 5.0 4.3 2.9 3.9 33
(145) (492) (178) (208) (170) (44.5) (465) M8 (61) (316) (135) (126) (110) (74) (100)
D E
C A
Q F
Logic G B
Auxiliary
Reset
Button
2 T1, 6 T3 R K
4 T2 S L
P
N
Reversing Starter (Size 5)

Frame Overall Mounting Holes Req. Mtg. Reset Button Terminals
Size Width Length Depth Depth w/Logic Width w/Side Width Height Screws Width Height Depth Control Line Load Load
A B C D E F G K L M N P Q R S
F 11.7 19.4 7.2 8.2 12.8 7.82 18.3 (6) 5/16-18 5.4 12.5 5.3 5.0 2.6 2.9 3.9
(296) (492) (183) (208) (325) (198.5) (465) M8 (138) (316) (135) (126) (67) (74) (100)
D E
C A
Q F
Logic G B
Auxiliary
Reset
Button
R L
S
P F
N

IT. Electro-Mechanical — Enclosed
January 2003
Contents
Description Page
Product Family Overview
Catalog Number
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-34
33 Contactors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-35
Non-combination Starters. . . . 33-37
Fusible and Non-fusible
Combination Starters . . . . . . 33-39
Combination Starters
with HMCP/E . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-43
NEMA IT. Enclosed 4
Catalog Number Selection

Table 33-58. NEMA Intelligent Technologies (IT.) Line Enclosed Control Catalog Numbering System
ECT 22 1 1 A A B - A ,
Design Modification Codes
T = IT. — NEMA
Solid-State 3
Class Overload Range
01 = Contactors
02 = Reversing Contactors Disconnect Fuse Clip
05 = Non-combination — FVNR Starter
06 = Non-combination — FVR Starter A= None G= 100A/600V
16 = Combination — Fusible FVNR Starter B= 30A/250V H= 200A/250V
17 = Combination — Fusible FVR Starter C= 30A/600V J= 200A/600V
22 = Combination — HMCPE FVNR Starter D= 60A/250V K= 400A/250V
23 = Combination — HMCPE FVR Starter E= 60A/600V L= 400A/600V
F= 100A/250V
Cover Control
HMCP/E or Breaker Ratings
A= None X= 70A
NEMA Size Enclosure Type Motor Voltage/ B= 3A G= 100A/RC3
A= Size 00 1= Type 1 — General Purpose Power Supply 1 C= 7A X= 100A/TC3
0= Size 0 4= Type 4X — Watertight B= 230V D= 15A H= 150A
1= Size 1 8= Type 12 — Dust-Tight C= 460V E= 30A J= 250A
2= Size 2 9= Type 12 — Dust-Tight with E= 200V F= 50A K= 400A
3= Size 3 Safety Door Interlock Q= 24V DC 2
4= Size 4 L= 380V/50 Hz
5= Size 5
1 If CPT is selected, Power Supply to be 120V – 24V DC.

2 Power supply omitted.
3 See Table 33-59, Solid-State Overload Range Codes.
4 Integrated cover control for combination with HMCP/E only.
Table 33-59. Solid-State Overload Range Codes

FLA Range Size
00 0 1 2 3 4 5
.25 – .80 A A A — — — —
.59 – 1.9 B B B — — — —
1.4 – 4.4 C C C — — — —
2.8 – 9.0 D D D — — — —
5.0 – 16 — — F — — — —
6.3 – 20 — G — — — — —
8.4 – 27 — — H — — — —
14 – 45 — — — K — — —
28 – 90 — — — — M — —
42 – 135 — — — — — P —
84 – 270 — — — — — — S

January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0053] Contactors
Features
■ Full Voltage
■ 3-Phase Electromechanical
Product Selection
Table 33-60. Class ECT01 — IT. NEMA Contactors — Non-reversing 33
NEMA Motor Max. Coil 1 3-Pole NEMA 1 3-Pole NEMA 3R 3-Pole NEMA 4X 3-Pole NEMA 12
Size Voltage hp Voltage Catalog Price Catalog Price Catalog Price Catalog Price
Number U.S. $ Number U.S. $ Number U.S. $ Number U.S. $
00 — — 24V DC ECT01A1QAA 163. ECT01A2QAA 260. ECT01A4QAA 397. ECT01A8QAA 260.

200/208 1-1/2 ECT01A1EAA 356. ECT01A2EAA 453. ECT01A4EAA 610. ECT01A8EAA 453.
230/240 1-1/2 ECT01A1BAA 356. ECT01A2BAA 453. ECT01A4BAA 610. ECT01A8BAA 453.
460/480 2 ECT01A1CAA 356. ECT01A2CAA 453. ECT01A4CAA 610. ECT01A8CAA 453.
380/50 Hz 1-1/2 ECT01A1LAA 356. ECT01A2LAA 453. ECT01A4LAA 610. ECT01A8LAA 453.
0 — — 24V DC ECT0101QAA 232. ECT0102QAA 323. ECT0104QAA 495. ECT0108QAA 323.
200/208 3 ECT0101EAA 425. ECT0102EAA 520. ECT0104EAA 610. ECT0108EAA 520.
230/240 3 ECT0101BAA 425. ECT0102BAA 520. ECT0104BAA 610. ECT0108BAA 520.
460/480 5 ECT0101CAA 425. ECT0102CAA 520. ECT0104CAA 610. ECT0108CAA 520.
380/50 Hz 5 ECT0101LAA 425. ECT0102LAA 520. ECT0104LAA 610. ECT0108LAA 520.
200/208 7-1/2 ECT0111EAA 463. ECT0112EAA 555. ECT0114EAA 740. ECT0118EAA 555.
230/240 7-1/2 ECT0111BAA 463. ECT0112BAA 555. ECT0114BAA 740. ECT0118BAA 555.
460/480 10 ECT0111CAA 463. ECT0112CAA 555. ECT0114CAA 740. ECT0118CAA 555.
380/50 Hz 10 ECT0111LAA 463. ECT0112LAA 555. ECT0114LAA 740. ECT0118LAA 555.
2 — — 24V DC ECT0121QAA 545. ECT0122QAA 715. ECT0124QAA 1,090. ECT0128QAA 715.
200/208 10 ECT0121EAA 740. ECT0122EAA 910. ECT0124EAA 1,280. ECT0128EAA 910.
230/240 15 ECT0121BAA 740. ECT0122BAA 910. ECT0124BAA 1,280. ECT0128BAA 910.
460/480 25 ECT0121CAA 740. ECT0122CAA 910. ECT0124CAA 1,280. ECT0128CAA 910.
380/50 Hz 25 ECT0121LAA 740. ECT0122LAA 910. ECT0124LAA 1,280. ECT0128LAA 910.
3 — — 24V DC ECT0131QAA 910. ECT0132QAA 1,105. ECT0134QAA 1,670. ECT0138QAA 1,105.
200/208 25 ECT0131EAA 1,315. ECT0132EAA 1,510. ECT0134EAA 2,075. ECT0138EAA 1,510.
230/240 30 ECT0131BAA 1,315. ECT0132BAA 1,510. ECT0134BAA 2,075. ECT0138BAA 1,510.
460/480 50 ECT0131CAA 1,315. ECT0132CAA 1,510. ECT0134CAA 2,075. ECT0138CAA 1,510.
380/50 Hz 50 ECT0131LAA 1,315. ECT0132LAA 1,510. ECT0134LAA 2,075. ECT0138LAA 1,510.
4 — — 24V DC ECT0141QAA 2,110. ECT0142QAA 2,750. ECT0144QAA 3,415. ECT0148QAA 2,750.
1 All IT. Contactors and Starters are furnished with 24V DC coil and control power supply. The eighth digit Q denotes separate 24V DC control source.
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-115

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-13 – 33-24
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-25 – 33-26

January 2003
Contactors Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0054]
Table 33-61. Class ECT02 — IT. NEMA Contactors — Reversing

00 — — 24V DC ECT02A1QAA 473. ECT02A2QAA 610. ECT02A4QAA 775. ECT02A8QAA 610.

200/208 1-1/2 ECT02A1EAA 670. ECT02A2EAA 800. ECT02A4EAA 965. ECT02A8EAA 800.
230/240 1-1/2 ECT02A1BAA 670. ECT02A2BAA 800. ECT02A4BAA 965. ECT02A8BAA 800.
33 460/480
380/50 Hz
2
1-1/2
ECT02A1CAA
ECT02A1LAA
670.
670.
ECT02A2CAA
ECT02A2LAA
800.
800.
ECT02A4CAA
ECT02A4LAA
965.
965.
ECT02A8CAA
ECT02A8LAA
800.
800.
200/208 3 ECT0201EAA 770. ECT0202EAA 915. ECT0204EAA 1,120. ECT0208EAA 915.
230/240 3 ECT0201BAA 770. ECT0202BAA 915. ECT0204BAA 1,120. ECT0208BAA 915.
1 — — 24V DC ECT0211QAA 675. ECT0212QAA 800. ECT0214QAA 1,145. ECT0218QAA 800.
200/208 7-1/2 ECT0211EAA 870. ECT0212EAA 990. ECT0214EAA 1,340. ECT0218EAA 990.
230/240 7-1/2 ECT0211BAA 870. ECT0212BAA 990. ECT0214BAA 1,340. ECT0218BAA 990.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-13 – 33-24

January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0055] Starters — Non-combination
Features
■ Full Voltage
■ Solid-State Overload Relay
Product Selection 33
Table 33-62. Class ECT05 — IT. NEMA Non-combination Starters — Non-reversing
Number 2 U.S. $ Number 2 U.S. $ Number 2 U.S. $ Number 2 U.S. $
00 — — 24V DC ECT05A1QAA-_ 219. ECT05A2QAA-_ 303. ECT05A4QAA-_ 462. ECT05A8QAA-_ 303.

200/208 1-1/2 ECT05A1EAA-_ 410. ECT05A2EAA-_ 494. ECT05A4EAA-_ 655. ECT05A8EAA-_ 494.
230/240 1-1/2 ECT05A1BAA-_ 410. ECT05A2BAA-_ 494. ECT05A4BAA-_ 655. ECT05A8BAA-_ 494.
460/480 2 ECT05A1CAA-_ 410. ECT05A2CAA-_ 494. ECT05A4CAA-_ 655. ECT05A8CAA-_ 494.
380/50 Hz 1-1/2 ECT05A1LAA-_ 410. ECT05A2LAA-_ 494. ECT05A4LAA-_ 655. ECT05A8LAA-_ 494.
0 — — 24V DC ECT0501QAA-_ 271. ECT0502QAA-_ 361. ECT0504QAA-_ 535. ECT0508QAA-_ 361.
200/208 3 ECT0501EAA-_ 463. ECT0502EAA-_ 555. ECT0504EAA-_ 725. ECT0508EAA-_ 555.
230/240 3 ECT0501BAA-_ 463. ECT0502BAA-_ 555. ECT0504BAA-_ 725. ECT0508BAA-_ 555.
460/480 5 ECT0501CAA-_ 463. ECT0502CAA-_ 555. ECT0504CAA-_ 725. ECT0508CAA-_ 555.
380/50 Hz 5 ECT0501LAA-_ 463. ECT0502LAA-_ 555. ECT0504LAA-_ 725. ECT0508LAA-_ 555.
200/208 7-1/2 ECT0511EAA-_ 505. ECT0512EAA-_ 590. ECT0514EAA-_ 780. ECT0518EAA-_ 590.
230/240 7-1/2 ECT0511BAA-_ 505. ECT0512BAA-_ 590. ECT0514BAA-_ 780. ECT0518BAA-_ 590.
460/480 10 ECT0511CAA-_ 505. ECT0512CAA-_ 590. ECT0514CAA-_ 780. ECT0518CAA-_ 590.
380/50 Hz 10 ECT0511LAA-_ 505. ECT0512LAA-_ 590. ECT0514LAA-_ 780. ECT0518LAA-_ 590.
2 — — 24V DC ECT0521QAA-K 625. ECT0522QAA-K 780. ECT0524QAA-K 1,150. ECT0528QAA-K 780.
200/208 10 ECT0521EAA-K 815. ECT0522EAA-K 970. ECT0524EAA-K 1,345. ECT0528EAA-K 970.
230/240 15 ECT0521BAA-K 815. ECT0522BAA-K 970. ECT0524BAA-K 1,345. ECT0528BAA-K 970.
460/480 25 ECT0521CAA-K 815. ECT0522CAA-K 970. ECT0524CAA-K 1,345. ECT0528CAA-K 970.
380/50 Hz 25 ECT0521LAA-K 815. ECT0522LAA-K 970. ECT0524LAA-K 1,345. ECT0528LAA-K 970.
3 — — 24V DC ECT0531QAA-M 1,020. ECT0532QAA-M 1,215. ECT0534QAA-M 1,770. ECT0538QAA-M 1,215.
200/208 25 ECT0531EAA-M 1,425. ECT0532EAA-M 1,620. ECT0534EAA-M 2,175. ECT0538EAA-M 1,620.
230/240 30 ECT0531BAA-M 1,425. ECT0532BAA-M 1,620. ECT0534BAA-M 2,175. ECT0538BAA-M 1,620.
460/480 50 ECT0531CAA-M 1,425. ECT0532CAA-M 1,620. ECT0534CAA-M 2,175. ECT0538CAA-M 1,620.
380/50 Hz 50 ECT0531LAA-M 1,425. ECT0532LAA-M 1,620. ECT0534LAA-M 2,175. ECT0538LAA-M 1,620.
4 — — 24V DC ECT0541QAA-P 2,280. ECT0542QAA-P 2,925. ECT0544QAA-P 3,580. ECT0548QAA-P 2,925.
200/208 40 ECT0541EAA-P 2,683. ECT0542EAA-P 3,330. ECT0544EAA-P 3,985. ECT0548EAA-P 3,330.
230/240 50 ECT0541BAA-P 2,683. ECT0542BAA-P 3,330. ECT0544BAA-P 3,985. ECT0548BAA-P 3,330.
460/480 100 ECT0541CAA-P 2,683. ECT0542CAA-P 3,330. ECT0544CAA-P 3,985. ECT0548CAA-P 3,330.
380/50 Hz 75 ECT0541LAA-P 2,683. ECT0542LAA-P 3,330. ECT0544LAA-P 3,985. ECT0548LAA-P 3,330.
5 — — 24V DC ECT0551QAA-S 5,380. ECT0552QAA-S 6,030. ECT0554QAA-S 7,010. ECT0558QAA-S 6,030.
200/208 75 ECT0551EAA-S 5,780. ECT0552EAA-S 6,430. ECT0554EAA-S 7,420. ECT0558EAA-S 6,430.
230/240 100 ECT0551BAA-S 5,780. ECT0552BAA-S 6,430. ECT0554BAA-S 7,420. ECT0558BAA-S 6,430.
460/480 200 ECT0551CAA-S 5,780. ECT0552CAA-S 6,430. ECT0554CAA-S 7,420. ECT0558CAA-S 6,430.
380/50 Hz 150 ECT0551LAA-S 5,780. ECT0552LAA-S 6,430. ECT0554LAA-S 7,420. ECT0558LAA-S 6,430.
2 A “_” denotes Catalog Numbers are incomplete without the Solid-State Overload Range Code. To complete the Catalog Number, select the appropriate
Code from the following table:
FLA Range Size
00 0 1 2 3 4 5
.25 – .80 A A A — — — —
.59 – 1.9 B B B — — — —
1.4 – 4.4 C C C — — — —
2.8 – 9.0 D D D — — — —
5.0 – 16 — — F — — — —
6.3 – 20 — G — — — — —
8.4 – 27 — — H — — — —
14 – 45 — — — K — — —
28 – 29 — — — — M — —
42 – 135 — — — — — P —
84 – 270 — — — — — — S

Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-25 – 33-26

January 2003
Starters — Non-combination Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0056]
Table 33-63. Class ECT06 — IT. NEMA Non-combination Starters — Reversing

00 — — 24V DC ECT06A1QAA-_ 443. ECT06A2QAA-_ 635. ECT06A4QAA-_ 820. ECT06A8QAA-_ 635.

200/208 1-1/2 ECT06A1EAA-_ 635. ECT06A2EAA-_ 830. ECT06A4EAA-_ 1,015. ECT06A8EAA-_ 830.
230/240 1-1/2 ECT06A1BAA-_ 635. ECT06A2BAA-_ 830. ECT06A4BAA-_ 1,015. ECT06A8BAA-_ 830.
33 460/480
380/50 Hz
2
1-1/2
ECT06A1CAA-_
ECT06A1LAA-_
635.
635.
ECT06A2CAA-_
ECT06A2LAA-_
830.
830.
ECT06A4CAA-_
ECT06A4LAA-_
1,015.
1,015.
ECT06A8CAA-_
ECT06A8LAA-_
830.
830.
200/208 3 ECT0601EAA-_ 815. ECT0602EAA-_ 940. ECT0604EAA-_ 1,145. ECT0608EAA-_ 940.
230/240 3 ECT0601BAA-_ 815. ECT0602BAA-_ 940. ECT0604BAA-_ 1,145. ECT0608BAA-_ 940.
460/480 5 ECT0601CAA-_ 815. ECT0602CAA-_ 940. ECT0604CAA-_ 1,145. ECT0608CAA-_ 940.
380/50 Hz 5 ECT0601LAA-_ 815. ECT0602LAA-_ 940. ECT0604LAA-_ 1,145. ECT0608LAA-_ 940.
1 — — 24V DC ECT0611QAA-_ 710. ECT0612QAA-_ 845. ECT0614QAA-_ 1,180. ECT0618QAA-_ 845.
200/208 7-1/2 ECT0611EAA-_ 905. ECT0612EAA-_ 1,040. ECT0614EAA-_ 1,375. ECT0618EAA-_ 1,040.
230/240 7-1/2 ECT0611BAA-_ 905. ECT0612BAA-_ 1,040. ECT0614BAA-_ 1,375. ECT0618BAA-_ 1,040.
460/480 10 ECT0611CAA-_ 905. ECT0612CAA-_ 1,040. ECT0614CAA-_ 1,375. ECT0618CAA-_ 1,040.
380/50 Hz 10 ECT0611LAA-_ 905. ECT0612LAA-_ 1,040. ECT0614LAA-_ 1,375. ECT0618LAA-_ 1,040.
2 — — 24V DC ECT0621QAA-K 1,360. ECT0622QAA-K 1,585. ECT0624QAA-K 2,130. ECT0628QAA-K 1,585.
200/208 10 ECT0621EAA-K 1,550. ECT0622EAA-K 1,780. ECT0624EAA-K 2,320. ECT0628EAA-K 1,780.
230/240 15 ECT0621BAA-K 1,550. ECT0622BAA-K 1,780. ECT0624BAA-K 2,320. ECT0628BAA-K 1,780.
460/480 25 ECT0621CAA-K 1,550. ECT0622CAA-K 1,780. ECT0624CAA-K 2,320. ECT0628CAA-K 1,780.
380/50 Hz 25 ECT0621LAA-K 1,550. ECT0622LAA-K 1,780. ECT0624LAA-K 2,320. ECT0628LAA-K 1,780.
3 — — 24V DC ECT0631QAA-M 2,260. ECT0632QAA-M 2,750. ECT0634QAA-M 3,415. ECT0638QAA-M 2,750.
230/240 30 ECT0631BAA-M 2,665. ECT0632BAA-M 3,150. ECT0634BAA-M 3,820. ECT0638BAA-M 3,150.
4 — — 24V DC ECT0641QAA-P 5,390. ECT0642QAA-P 6,160. ECT0644QAA-P 7,425. ECT0648QAA-P 6,160.
5 — — 24V DC ECT0651QAA-S 11,820. ECT0652QAA-S 13,460. ECT0654QAA-S 15,550. ECT0658QAA-S 13,460.
FLA Range Size

00 0 1 2 3 4 5
.25 – .80 A A A — — — —
.59 – 1.9 B B B — — — —
1.4 – 4.4 C C C — — — —
2.8 – 9.0 D D D — — — —
5.0 – 16 — — F — — — —
6.3 – 20 — G — — — — —
8.4 – 27 — — H — — — —
14 – 45 — — — K — — —
28 – 29 — — — — M — —
42 – 135 — — — — — P —
84 – 270 — — — — — — S
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-116


January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0057] Starters — Combination, Fusible and Non-fusible
Features
■ Full Voltage ■ Solid-State Overload Relay
Product Selection
Table 33-64. Class ECT16 — IT. NEMA Fusible Combination Starters — Non-reversing
Coil 1
Motor
Voltage
Max.
hp Voltage
Dis-
connect
3-Pole NEMA 1 3-Pole NEMA 3R 3-Pole NEMA 4X 3-Pole NEMA 12
33
Catalog Price Catalog Price Catalog Price Catalog Price
NEMA Size 0
— — 24V DC 30A ECT1601QAB-_ 715. ECT1602QAB-_ 895. ECT1604QAB-_ 1,430. ECT1608QAB-_ 895.
— — ECT1601QAC-_ 730. ECT1602QAC-_ 910. ECT1604QAC-_ 1,445. ECT1608QAC-_ 910.
200/208 3 ECT1601EAB-_ 910. ECT1602EAB-_ 1,085. ECT1604EAB-_ 1,625. ECT1608EAB-_ 1,085.
230/240 3 ECT1601BAB-_ 910. ECT1602BAB-_ 1,085. ECT1604BAB-_ 1,625. ECT1608BAB-_ 1,085.
460/480 5 ECT1601CAC-_ 925. ECT1602CAC-_ 1,100. ECT1604CAC-_ 1,640. ECT1608CAC-_ 1,100.
380/50 Hz 5 ECT1601LAC-_ 925. ECT1602LAC-_ 1,100. ECT1604LAC-_ 1,640. ECT1608LAC-_ 1,100.
NEMA Size 1
— — 24V DC 30A ECT1611QAB-_ 750. ECT1612QAB-_ 930. ECT1614QAB-_ 1,465. ECT1618QAB-_ 930.
— — ECT1611QAC-_ 765. ECT1612QAC-_ 945. ECT1614QAC-_ 1,475. ECT1618QAC-_ 945.
200/208 7-1/2 ECT1611EAB-_ 940. ECT1612EAB-_ 1,120. ECT1614EAB-_ 1,660. ECT1618EAB-_ 1,120.
230/240 7-1/2 ECT1611BAB-_ 940. ECT1612BAB-_ 1,120. ECT1614BAB-_ 1,660. ECT1618BAB-_ 1,120.
460/480 10 ECT1611CAC-_ 955. ECT1612CAC-_ 1,135. ECT1614CAC-_ 1,670. ECT1618CAC-_ 1,135.
380/50 Hz 10 ECT1611LAC-_ 955. ECT1612LAC-_ 1,135. ECT1614LAC-_ 1,670. ECT1618LAC-_ 1,135.
NEMA Size 2
— — 24V DC 60A ECT1621QAB-K 1,135. ECT1622QAB-K 1,330. ECT1624QAB-K 2,275. ECT1628QAB-K 1,330.
— — ECT1621QAC-K 1,200. ECT1622QAC-K 1,450. ECT1624QAC-K 2,295. ECT1628QAC-K 1,450.
200/208 10 ECT1621EAB-K 1,370. ECT1622EAB-K 1,525. ECT1624EAB-K 2,465. ECT1628EAB-K 1,525.
230/240 15 ECT1621BAB-K 1,370. ECT1622BAB-K 1,525. ECT1624BAB-K 2,465. ECT1628BAB-K 1,525.
460/480 25 ECT1621CAC-K 1,390. ECT1622CAC-K 1,645. ECT1624CAC-K 2,490. ECT1628CAC-K 1,645.
380/50 Hz 25 ECT1621LAC-K 1,390. ECT1622LAC-K 1,645. ECT1624LAC-K 2,490. ECT1628LAC-K 1,645.
NEMA Size 3
— — 24V DC 100A ECT1631QAB-M 1,970. ECT1632QAB-M 2,295. ECT1634QAB-M 3,895. ECT1638QAB-M 2,295.
— — ECT1631QAC-M 2,015. ECT1632QAC-M 2,340. ECT1634QAC-M 3,925. ECT1638QAC-M 2,340.
200/208 25 ECT1631EAB-M 2,375. ECT1632EAB-M 2,700. ECT1634EAB-M 4,300. ECT1638EAB-M 2,700.
230/240 30 ECT1631BAB-M 2,375. ECT1632BAB-M 2,700. ECT1634BAB-M 4,300. ECT1638BAB-M 2,700.
460/480 50 ECT1631CAC-M 2,420. ECT1632CAC-M 2,745. ECT1634CAC-M 4,330. ECT1638CAC-M 2,745.
380/50 Hz 50 ECT1631LAC-M 2,420. ECT1632LAC-M 2,745. ECT1634LAC-M 4,330. ECT1638LAC-M 2,745.
NEMA Size 4
— — 24V DC 200A ECT1641QAB-P 3,770. ECT1642QAB-P 4,680. ECT1644QAB-P 6,240. ECT1648QAB-P 4,680.
— — ECT1641QAC-P 3,805. ECT1642QAC-P 4,705. ECT1644QAC-P 6,280. ECT1648QAC-P 4,705.
200/208 40 ECT1641EAB-P 4,175. ECT1642EAB-P 5,090. ECT1644EAB-P 6,640. ECT1648EAB-P 5,090.
230/240 50 ECT1641BAB-P 4,175. ECT1642BAB-P 5,090. ECT1644BAB-P 6,640. ECT1648BAB-P 5,090.
460/480 100 ECT1641CAC-P 4,210. ECT1642CAC-P 5,110. ECT1644CAC-P 6,680. ECT1648CAC-P 5,110.
380/50 Hz 75 ECT1641LAC-P 4,210. ECT1642LAC-P 5,110. ECT1644LAC-P 6,680. ECT1648LAC-P 5,110.
NEMA Size 5
— — 24V DC 400A ECT1651QAB-S 8,460. ECT1652QAB-S 10,660. ECT1654QAB-S 14,730. ECT1658QAB-S 10,660.
— — ECT1651QAC-S 8,460. ECT1652QAC-S 10,660. ECT1654QAC-S 14,730. ECT1658QAC-S 10,660.
200/208 75 ECT1651EAB-S 8,870. ECT1652EAB-S 11,060. ECT1654EAB-S 15,140. ECT1658EAB-S 11,060.
230/240 100 ECT1651BAB-S 8,870. ECT1652BAB-S 11,060. ECT1654BAB-S 15,140. ECT1658BAB-S 11,060.
460/480 200 ECT1651CAC-S 8,870. ECT1652CAC-S 11,060. ECT1654CAC-S 15,140. ECT1658CAC-S 11,060.
380/50 Hz 150 ECT1651LAC-S 8,870. ECT1652LAC-S 11,060. ECT1654LAC-S 15,140. ECT1658LAC-S 11,060.
FLA Range Size

00 0 1 2 3 4 5
.25 – .80 A A A — — — —
.59 – 1.9 B B B — — — —
1.4 – 4.4 C C C — — — —
2.8 – 9.0 D D D — — — —
5.0 – 16 — — F — — — —
6.3 – 20 — G — — — — —
8.4 – 27 — — H — — — —
14 – 45 — — — K — — —
28 – 29 — — — — M — —
42 – 135 — — — — — P — Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-115
84 – 270 — — — — — — S Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-13 – 33-24
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-10 – 33-12

January 2003
Starters — Combination, Fusible and Non-fusible Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0058]
Table 33-65. Class ECT16-NF — IT. NEMA Non-fusible Combination Starters — Non-reversing
Motor Max. Coil 1 Dis- 3-Pole NEMA 1 3-Pole NEMA 3R 3-Pole NEMA 4X 3-Pole NEMA 12
Voltage hp Voltage connect Catalog Price Catalog Price Catalog Price Catalog Price
NEMA Size 0
— — 24V DC 30A ECT1601QAA-_ 670. ECT1602QAA-_ 840. ECT1604QAA-_ 1,365. ECT1608QAA-_ 840.
200/208 3 ECT1601EAA-_ 856. ECT1602EAA-_ 1,026. ECT1604EAA-_ 1,551. ECT1608EAA-_ 1,026.
33 230/240
460/480
3
5
ECT1601BAB-_
ECT1601CAA-_
856.
856.
ECT1602BAB-_
ECT1602CAA-_
1,026.
1,026.
ECT1604BAB-_
ECT1604CAA-_
1,551.
1,551.
ECT1608BAB-_
ECT1608CAA-_
1,026.
1,026.
NEMA Size 1
— — 24V DC 30A ECT1611QAA-_ 705. ECT1612QAA-_ 875. ECT1614QAA-_ 1,395. ECT1618QAA-_ 875.
200/208 7-1/2 ECT1611EAA-_ 891. ECT1612EAA-_ 1,061. ECT1614EAA-_ 1,581. ECT1618EAA-_ 1,061.
230/240 7-1/2 ECT1611BAA-_ 891. ECT1612BAA-_ 1,061. ECT1614BAA-_ 1,581. ECT1618BAA-_ 1,061.
460/480 10 ECT1611CAA-_ 891. ECT1612CAA-_ 1,061. ECT1614CAA-_ 1,581. ECT1618CAA-_ 1,061.
NEMA Size 2
— — 24V DC 60A ECT1621QAA-K 1,105. ECT1622QAA-K 1,350. ECT1624QAA-K 2,170. ECT1628QAA-K 1,350.
NEMA Size 3
— — 24V DC 100A ECT1631QAA-M 1,830. ECT1632QAA-M 2,150. ECT1634QAA-M 3,690. ECT1638QAA-M 2,150.
NEMA Size 4
— — 24V DC 200A ECT1641QAA-P 3,520. ECT1642QAA-P 4,395. ECT1644QAA-P 5,900. ECT1648QAA-P 4,395.
NEMA Size 5
— — 24V DC 400A ECT1651QAA-S 7,900. ECT1652QAA-S 10,030. ECT1654QAA-S 13,960. ECT1658QAA-S 10,030.
FLA Range Size

00 0 1 2 3 4 5
.25 – .80 A A A — — — —
.59 – 1.9 B B B — — — —
1.4 – 4.4 C C C — — — —
2.8 – 9.0 D D D — — — —
5.0 – 16 — — F — — — —
6.3 – 20 — G — — — — —
8.4 – 27 — — H — — — —
14 – 45 — — — K — — —
28 – 29 — — — — M — —
42 – 135 — — — — — P —
84 – 270 — — — — — — S

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-10 – 33-12

January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0059] Starters — Combination, Fusible and Non-fusible
Table 33-66. Class ECT17 — IT. NEMA Fusible Combination Starters — Reversing
NEMA Size 0
— — 24V DC 30A ECT1701QAB-_ 1,145. ECT1702QAB-_ 1,400. ECT1704QAB-_ 2,055. ECT1708QAB-_ 1,400.
— — ECT1701QAC-_ 1,155. ECT1702QAC-_ 1,420. ECT1704QAC-_ 2,075. ECT1708QAC-_ 1,420.
200/208
230/240
3
3
ECT1701EAB-_
ECT1701BAB-_
1,340.
1,340.
ECT1702EAB-_
ECT1702BAB-_
1,590.
1,590.
ECT1704EAB-_
ECT1704BAB-_
2,250.
2,250.
ECT1708EAB-_
ECT1708BAB-_
1,590.
1,590.
33
460/480 5 ECT1701CAC-_ 1,350. ECT1702CAC-_ 1,615. ECT1704CAC-_ 2,265. ECT1708CAC-_ 1,615.
380/50 Hz 5 ECT1701LAC-_ 1,350. ECT1702LAC-_ 1,615. ECT1704LAC-_ 2,265. ECT1708LAC-_ 1,615.
NEMA Size 1
— — 24V DC 30A ECT1711QAB-_ 1,220. ECT1712QAB-_ 1,470. ECT1714QAB-_ 2,125. ECT1718QAB-_ 1,470.
— — ECT1711QAC-_ 1,245. ECT1712QAC-_ 1,485. ECT1714QAC-_ 2,135. ECT1718QAC-_ 1,485.
200/208 7-1/2 ECT1711EAB-_ 1,410. ECT1712EAB-_ 1,665. ECT1714EAB-_ 2,315. ECT1718EAB-_ 1,665.
230/240 7-1/2 ECT1711BAB-_ 1,410. ECT1712BAB-_ 1,665. ECT1714BAB-_ 2,315. ECT1718BAB-_ 1,665.
460/480 10 ECT1711CAC-_ 1,440. ECT1712CAC-_ 1,675. ECT1714CAC-_ 2,325. ECT1718CAC-_ 1,675.
380/50 Hz 10 ECT1711LAC-_ 1,440. ECT1712LAC-_ 1,675. ECT1714LAC-_ 2,325. ECT1718LAC-_ 1,675.
NEMA Size 2
— — 24V DC 60A ECT1721QAB-K 2,025. ECT1722QAB-K 2,355. ECT1724QAB-K 3,415. ECT1728QAB-K 2,355.
— — ECT1721QAC-K 2,050. ECT1722QAC-K 2,375. ECT1724QAC-K 3,435. ECT1728QAC-K 2,375.
200/208 10 ECT1721EAB-K 2,220. ECT1722EAB-K 2,550. ECT1724EAB-K 3,605. ECT1728EAB-K 2,550.
230/240 15 ECT1721BAB-K 2,220. ECT1722BAB-K 2,550. ECT1724BAB-K 3,605. ECT1728BAB-K 2,550.
460/480 25 ECT1721CAC-K 2,245. ECT1722CAC-K 2,565. ECT1724CAC-K 3,625. ECT1728CAC-K 2,565.
380/50 Hz 25 ECT1721LAC-K 2,245. ECT1722LAC-K 2,565. ECT1724LAC-K 3,625. ECT1728LAC-K 2,565.
NEMA Size 3
— — 24V DC 100A ECT1731QAB-M 3,365. ECT1732QAB-M 3,805. ECT1734QAB-M 5,810. ECT1738QAB-M 3,805.
— — ECT1731QAC-M 3,415. ECT1732QAC-M 3,850. ECT1734QAC-M 5,850. ECT1738QAC-M 3,850.
200/208 25 ECT1731EAB-M 3,770. ECT1732EAB-M 4,210. ECT1734EAB-M 6,220. ECT1738EAB-M 4,210.
460/480 50 ECT1731CAC-M 3,820. ECT1732CAC-M 4,250. ECT1734CAC-M 6,260. ECT1738CAC-M 4,250.
380/50 Hz 50 ECT1731LAC-M 3,820. ECT1732LAC-M 4,250. ECT1734LAC-M 6,260. ECT1738LAC-M 4,250.
NEMA Size 4
— — 24V DC 200A ECT1741QAB-P 7,020. ECT1742QAB-P 8,210. ECT1744QAB-P 10,100. ECT1748QAB-P 8,210.
— — ECT1741QAC-P 7,060. ECT1742QAC-P 8,230. ECT1744QAC-P 10,140. ECT1748QAC-P 8,230.
200/208 40 ECT1741EAB-P 7,430. ECT1742EAB-P 8,620. ECT1744EAB-P 10,500. ECT1748EAB-P 8,620.
230/240 50 ECT1741BAB-P 7,430. ECT1742BAB-P 8,620. ECT1744BAB-P 10,500. ECT1748BAB-P 8,620.
460/480 100 ECT1741CAC-P 7,470. ECT1742CAC-P 8,640. ECT1744CAC-P 10,540. ECT1748CAC-P 8,640.
380/50 Hz 75 ECT1741LAC-P 7,470. ECT1742LAC-P 8,640. ECT1744LAC-P 10,540. ECT1748LAC-P 8,640.
NEMA Size 5
— — 24V DC 400A ECT1751QAB-S 13,720. ECT1752QAB-S 16,520. ECT1754QAB-S 21,550. ECT1758QAB-S 16,520.
— — ECT1751QAC-S 13,720. ECT1752QAC-S 16,520. ECT1754QAC-S 21,550. ECT1758QAC-S 16,520.
200/208 75 ECT1751EAB-S 14,120. ECT1752EAB-S 16,930. ECT1754EAB-S 21,960. ECT1758EAB-S 16,930.
230/240 100 ECT1751BAB-S 14,120. ECT1752BAB-S 16,930. ECT1754BAB-S 21,960. ECT1758BAB-S 16,930.
460/480 200 ECT1751CAC-S 14,120. ECT1752CAC-S 16,930. ECT1754CAC-S 21,960. ECT1758CAC-S 16,930.
380/50 Hz 150 ECT1751LAC-S 14,120. ECT1752LAC-S 16,930. ECT1754LAC-S 21,960. ECT1758LAC-S 16,930.
FLA Range Size

00 0 1 2 3 4 5
.25 – .80 A A A — — — —
.59 – 1.9 B B B — — — —
1.4 – 4.4 C C C — — — —
2.8 – 9.0 D D D — — — —
5.0 – 16 — — F — — — —
6.3 – 20 — G — — — — —
8.4 – 27 — — H — — — —
14 – 45 — — — K — — —
28 – 29 — — — — M — —
42 – 135 — — — — — P —
84 – 270 — — — — — — S


January 2003
Starters — Combination, Fusible and Non-fusible Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0060]
Table 33-67. Class ECT17-NF — IT. NEMA Non-fusible Combination Starters — Reversing
NEMA Size 0
— — 24V DC 30A ECT1701QAA-_ 1,125. ECT1702QAA-_ 1,380. ECT1704QAA-_ 2,035. ECT1708QAA-_ 1,380.
200/208 3 ECT1701EAA-_ 1,320. ECT1702EAA-_ 1,570. ECT1704EAA-_ 2,230. ECT1708EAA-_ 1,570.
33 230/240
460/480
3
5
ECT1701BAB-_
ECT1701CAA-_
1,320.
1,320.
ECT1702BAB-_
ECT1702CAA-_
1,570.
1,570.
ECT1704BAB-_
ECT1704CAA-_
2,230.
2,230.
ECT1708BAB-_
ECT1708CAA-_
1,570.
1,570.
380/50 Hz 5 ECT1701LAA-_ 1,320. ECT1702LAA-_ 1,570. ECT1704LAA-_ 2,230. ECT1708LAA-_ 1,570.
NEMA Size 1
— — 24V DC 30A ECT1711QAA-_ 1,200. ECT1712QAA-_ 1,455. ECT1714QAA-_ 2,105. ECT1718QAA-_ 1,455.
200/208 7-1/2 ECT1711EAA-_ 1,390. ECT1712EAA-_ 1,645. ECT1714EAA-_ 2,295. ECT1718EAA-_ 1,645.
230/240 7-1/2 ECT1711BAA-_ 1,390. ECT1712BAA-_ 1,645. ECT1714BAA-_ 2,295. ECT1718BAA-_ 1,645.
460/480 10 ECT1711CAA-_ 1,390. ECT1712CAA-_ 1,645. ECT1714CAA-_ 2,295. ECT1718CAA-_ 1,645.
380/50 Hz 10 ECT1711LAA-_ 1,390. ECT1712LAA-_ 1,645. ECT1714LAA-_ 2,295. ECT1718LAA-_ 1,645.
NEMA Size 2
— — 24V DC 60A ECT1721QAA-K 1,990. ECT1722QAA-K 2,315. ECT1724QAA-K 3,375. ECT1728QAA-K 2,315.
NEMA Size 3
— — 24V DC 100A ECT1731QAA-M 3,070. ECT1732QAA-M 3,730. ECT1734QAA-M 5,720. ECT1738QAA-M 3,730.
NEMA Size 4
— — 24V DC 200A ECT1741QAA-P 6,910. ECT1742QAA-P 8,090. ECT1744QAA-P 9,980. ECT1748QAA-P 8,090.
NEMA Size 5
— — 24V DC 400A ECT1751QAA-S 13,440. ECT1752QAA-S 16,260. ECT1754QAA-S 21,270. ECT1758QAA-S 16,260.
FLA Range Size

00 0 1 2 3 4 5
.25 – .80 A A A — — — —
.59 – 1.9 B B B — — — —
1.4 – 4.4 C C C — — — —
2.8 – 9.0 D D D — — — —
5.0 – 16 — — F — — — —
6.3 – 20 — G — — — — —
8.4 – 27 — — H — — — —
14 – 45 — — — K — — —
28 – 29 — — — — M — —
42 – 135 — — — — — P —
84 – 270 — — — — — — S


January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0061] Starters — Combination with HMCP or HMCPE
Features
■ Full Voltage ■ Solid-State Overload Relay
■ 3-Phase Electromechanical ■ Integrated Cover Control (NEMA 1/12)
Product Selection
Table 33-68. Class ECT22 — IT. NEMA Combination Starters with HMCP/E — Non-reversing
Motor Max.
Voltage hp
Magnet
Coil
Circuit
Breaker
3-Pole NEMA 1
General Purpose
3-Pole NEMA 3R
Rainproof
3-Pole NEMA 4X
Watertight
3-Pole NEMA 12
Dust-Tight
33
Voltage Type Catalog Price Catalog Price Catalog Price Catalog Price
1
NEMA Size 0
200 1 24V DC HMCPE 7A ECT2201EAC-_ 1,145. ECT2202EAC-_ 1,330. ECT2204EAC-_ 1,870. ECT2208EAC-_ 1,330.
3 HMCPE 15A ECT2201EAD-_ 1,145. ECT2202EAD-_ 1,330. ECT2204EAD-_ 1,870. ECT2208EAD-_ 1,330.
230 1 24V DC HMCPE 7A ECT2201BAC-_ 1,145. ECT2202BAC-_ 1,330. ECT2204BAC-_ 1,870. ECT2208BAC-_ 1,330.
3 HMCPE 15A ECT2201BAD-_ 1,145. ECT2202BAD-_ 1,330. ECT2204BAD-_ 1,870. ECT2208BAD-_ 1,330.
460 1 24V DC HMCPE 3A ECT2201CAB-_ 1,145. ECT2202CAB-_ 1,330. ECT2204CAB-_ 1,870. ECT2208CAB-_ 1,330.
3 HMCPE 7A ECT2201CAC-_ 1,145. ECT2202CAC-_ 1,330. ECT2204CAC-_ 1,870. ECT2208CAC-_ 1,330.
5 HMCPE 15A ECT2201CAD-_ 1,145. ECT2202CAD-_ 1,330. ECT2204CAD-_ 1,870. ECT2208CAD-_ 1,330.
NEMA Size 1
5 HMCPE 30A ECT2211EAE-_ 1,190. ECT2212EAE-_ 1,370. ECT2214EAE-_ 1,910. ECT2218EAE-_ 1,370.
7-1/2 HMCPE 50A ECT2211EAF-_ 1,190. ECT2212EAF-_ 1,370. ECT2214EAF-_ 1,910. ECT2218EAF-_ 1,370.
5 HMCPE 30A ECT2211BAE-_ 1,190. ECT2212BAE-_ 1,370. ECT2214BAE-_ 1,910. ECT2218BAE-_ 1,370.
7-1/2 HMCPE 50A ECT2211BAF-_ 1,190. ECT2212BAF-_ 1,370. ECT2214BAF-_ 1,910. ECT2218BAF-_ 1,370.
10 HMCPE 30A ECT2211CAE-_ 1,190. ECT2212CAE-_ 1,370. ECT2214CAE-_ 1,910. ECT2218CAE-_ 1,370.
NEMA Size 2
200 10 24V DC HMCPE 50A ECT2221EAF-K 1,610. ECT2222EAF-K 1,855. ECT2224EAF-K 2,705. ECT2228EAF-K 1,855.
230 10 24V DC HMCPE 50A ECT2221BAF-K 1,610. ECT2222BAF-K 1,855. ECT2224BAF-K 2,705. ECT2228BAF-K 1,855.
15 HMCPE 70A ECT2221BAW-K 1,610. ECT2222BAW-K 1,855. ECT2224BAW-K 2,705. ECT2228BAW-K 1,855.
460 25 24V DC HMCPE 50A ECT2221CAF-K 1,610. ECT2222CAF-K 1,855. ECT2224CAF-K 2,705. ECT2228CAF-K 1,855.
NEMA Size 3
200 20 24V DC HMCPE 100A ECT2231EAG-M 2,445. ECT2232EAG-M 2,770. ECT2234EAG-M 4,360. ECT2238EAG-M 2,770.
25 HMCPE 100A ECT2231EAX-M 2,445. ECT2232EAX-M 2,770. ECT2234EAX-M 4,360. ECT2238EAX-M 2,770.
230 25 24V DC HMCPE 100A ECT2231BAG-M 2,445. ECT2232BAG-M 2,770. ECT2234BAG-M 4,360. ECT2238BAG-M 2,770.
30 HMCPE 100A ECT2231BAX-M 2,445. ECT2232BAX-M 2,770. ECT2234BAX-M 4,360. ECT2238BAX-M 2,770.
460 50 24V DC HMCPE 100A ECT2231CAG-M 2,445. ECT2232CAG-M 2,770. ECT2234CAG-M 4,360. ECT2238CAG-M 2,770.
NEMA Size 4
200 40 24V DC HMCP 150A ECT2241EAH-P 4,865. ECT2242EAH-P 5,770. ECT2244EAH-P 7,330. ECT2248EAH-P 5,770.
230 50 24V DC HMCP 150A ECT2241BAH-P 4,865. ECT2242BAH-P 5,770. ECT2244BAH-P 7,330. ECT2248BAH-P 5,770.
460 100 24V DC HMCP 150A ECT2241CAH-P 4,865. ECT2242CAH-P 5,770. ECT2244CAH-P 7,330. ECT2248CAH-P 5,770.
NEMA Size 5
200 50 24V DC HMCP 250A ECT2251EAJ-S 10,740. ECT2252EAJ-S 12,380. ECT2254EAJ-S 17,000. ECT2258EAJ-S 12,380.
75 HMCP 400A ECT2251EAK-S 10,740. ECT2252EAK-S 12,380. ECT2254EAK-S 17,000. ECT2258EAK-S 12,380.
230 60 24V DC HMCP 250A ECT2251BAJ-S 10,740. ECT2252BAJ-S 12,380. ECT2254BAJ-S 17,000. ECT2258BAJ-S 12,380.
100 HMCP 400A ECT2251BAK-S 10,740. ECT2252BAK-S 12,380. ECT2254BAK-S 17,000. ECT2258BAK-S 12,380.
460 125 24V DC HMCP 250A ECT2251CAJ-S 10,740. ECT2252CAJ-S 12,380. ECT2254CAJ-S 17,000. ECT2258CAJ-S 12,380.
200 HMCP 400A ECT2251CAK-S 10,740. ECT2252CAK-S 12,380. ECT2254CAK-S 17,000. ECT2258CAK-S 12,380.
FLA Range Size FLA Range Size

00 0 1 2 3 4 5 00 0 1 2 3 4 5
.25 – .80 A A A — — — — 28 – 29 — — — — M — —
.59 – 1.9 B B B — — — — 42 – 135 — — — — — P —
1.4 – 4.4 C C C — — — — 84 – 270 — — — — — — S
2.8 – 9.0 D D D — — — —
5.0 – 16 — — F — — — —
6.3 – 20 — G — — — — —
8.4 – 27 — — H — — — — Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-115
14 – 45 — — — K — — — Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-13 – 33-24

January 2003
Starters — Combination with HMCP or HMCPE Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0062]
Table 33-69. Class ECT23 — IT. NEMA Combination Starters with HMCP/E — Reversing
Motor Max. Magnet Circuit 3-Pole NEMA 1 3-Pole NEMA 3R 3-Pole NEMA 4X 3-Pole NEMA 12
Voltage hp Coil Breaker General Purpose Rainproof Watertight Dust-Tight
Voltage Type Catalog Price Catalog Price Catalog Price Catalog Price
1
NEMA Size 0
33 3 HMCPE 15A ECT2301EAD-_ 1,540. ECT2302EAD-_ 1,795. ECT2304EAD-_ 2,445. ECT2308EAD-_ 1,795.
NEMA Size 1
5 HMCPE 30A ECT2311EAE-_ 1,635. ECT2312EAE-_ 1,885. ECT2314EAE-_ 2,540. ECT2318EAE-_ 1,885.
7-1/2 HMCPE 50A ECT2311EAF-_ 1,635. ECT2312EAF-_ 1,885. ECT2314EAF-_ 2,540. ECT2318EAF-_ 1,885.
5 HMCPE 30A ECT2311BAE-_ 1,635. ECT2312BAE-_ 1,885. ECT2314BAE-_ 2,540. ECT2318BAE-_ 1,885.
7-1/2 HMCPE 50A ECT2311BAF-_ 1,635. ECT2312BAF-_ 1,885. ECT2314BAF-_ 2,540. ECT2318BAF-_ 1,885.
10 HMCPE 30A ECT2311CAE-_ 1,635. ECT2312CAE-_ 1,885. ECT2314CAE-_ 2,540. ECT2318CAE-_ 1,885.
NEMA Size 2
200 10 24V DC HMCPE 50A ECT2321EAF-K 2,390. ECT2322EAF-K 2,810. ECT2324EAF-K 3,860. ECT2328EAF-K 2,810.
230 10 24V DC HMCPE 50A ECT2321BAF-K 2,390. ECT2322BAF-K 2,810. ECT2324BAF-K 3,860. ECT2328BAF-K 2,810.
15 HMCPE 70A ECT2321BAW-K 2,390. ECT2322BAW-K 2,810. ECT2324BAW-K 3,860. ECT2328BAW-K 2,810.
460 25 24V DC HMCPE 50A ECT2321CAF-K 2,390. ECT2322CAF-K 2,810. ECT2324CAF-K 3,860. ECT2328CAF-K 2,810.
NEMA Size 3
200 20 24V DC HMCPE 100A ECT2331EAG-M 3,820. ECT2332EAG-M 4,250. ECT2334EAG-M 6,260. ECT2338EAG-M 4,250.
25 HMCPE 100A ECT2331EAX-M 3,820. ECT2332EAX-M 4,250. ECT2334EAX-M 6,260. ECT2338EAX-M 4,250.
230 25 24V DC HMCPE 100A ECT2331BAG-M 3,820. ECT2332BAG-M 4,250. ECT2334BAG-M 6,260. ECT2338BAG-M 4,250.
30 HMCPE 100A ECT2331BAX-M 3,820. ECT2332BAX-M 4,250. ECT2334BAX-M 6,260. ECT2338BAX-M 4,250.
460 50 24V DC HMCPE 100A ECT2331CAG-M 3,820. ECT2332CAG-M 4,250. ECT2334CAG-M 6,260. ECT2338CAG-M 4,250.
NEMA Size 4
200 40 24V DC HMCP 150A ECT2341EAH-P 8,130. ECT2342EAH-P 9,300. ECT2344EAH-P 11,190. ECT2348EAH-P 9,300.
230 50 24V DC HMCP 150A ECT2341BAH-P 8,130. ECT2342BAH-P 9,300. ECT2344BAH-P 11,190. ECT2348BAH-P 9,300.
460 100 24V DC HMCP 150A ECT2341CAH-P 8,130. ECT2342CAH-P 9,300. ECT2344CAH-P 11,190. ECT2348CAH-P 9,300.
NEMA Size 5
200 50 24V DC HMCP 250A ECT2351EAJ-S 16,010. ECT2352EAJ-S 18,820. ECT2354EAJ-S 23,830. ECT2358EAJ-S 18,820.
75 HMCP 400A ECT2351EAK-S 16,010. ECT2352EAK-S 18,820. ECT2354EAK-S 23,830. ECT2358EAK-S 18,820.
230 60 24V DC HMCP 250A ECT2351BAJ-S 16,010. ECT2352BAJ-S 18,820. ECT2354BAJ-S 23,830. ECT2358BAJ-S 18,820.
100 HMCP 400A ECT2351BAK-S 16,010. ECT2352BAK-S 18,820. ECT2354BAK-S 23,830. ECT2358BAK-S 18,820.
460 125 24V DC HMCP 250A ECT2351CAJ-S 16,010. ECT2352CAJ-S 18,820. ECT2354CAJ-S 23,830. ECT2358CAJ-S 18,820.
200 HMCP 400A ECT2351CAK-S 16,010. ECT2352CAK-S 18,820. ECT2354CAK-S 23,830. ECT2358CAK-S 18,820.
FLA Range Size

00 0 1 2 3 4 5
.25 – .80 A A A — — — —
.59 – 1.9 B B B — — — —
1.4 – 4.4 C C C — — — —
2.8 – 9.0 D D D — — — —
5.0 – 16 — — F — — — —
6.3 – 20 — G — — — — —
8.4 – 27 — — H — — — —
14 – 45 — — — K — — —
28 – 29 — — — — M — —
42 – 135 — — — — — P — Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-116
84 – 270 — — — — — — S Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-13 – 33-24

Freedom
January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0063] Product Family Overview
Application Description ■ Screw type power terminals have

captive, backed-out self-lifting pres-
sure plates with ± screws — reduced
The Freedom to Choose the Right wiring time.
Product for the Application ■ Accessible terminals for easy wir-
Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer has been sup- ing. Optional fingerproof shields
plying quality industrial control prod- available to prevent electrical shock.
ucts for more than 100 years — the
Freedom Series of Contactors and
■ Top located coil terminals conve- 33
nient and readily accessible. 45 mm
Starters continue in this tradition. They contactor magnet coils have three
offer something no other electrical terminals, permitting either top or
control line in the world can — the diagonal wiring — easy to replace
Freedom to choose contactors and European or U.S. style starters
starters designed to either NEMA or or contactors without changing
NEMA AN16DN0AB IEC standards from one family. There
NEMA Size 1
wiring layout.
are many difficult choices to be made ■ Encapsulated dual voltage/
today in matching electrical control to frequency magnet coils —
a specific application, but the Eaton’s
Product Description Cutler-Hammer Freedom Series makes
permanently marked with voltage,
frequency and part number. NEMA
The “Freedom Series” starters and it easy. Sizes 00 – 0 have non-encapsulated
contactors listed in this catalog feature coils as standard.
a compact, space-saving design, using Features ■ Designed to meet or exceed NEMA,
state-of-the-art technology and the UL, CSA, IEC, VDE, BS and other
latest in high strength, impact and
temperature resistant insulating
Freedom Family international standards and listings.
■ A single family of contactors and ■ American engineering — built by
materials. Starters and contactors are
starters suitable for application in Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer, using the
available in two rating/configuration
both the IEC and NEMA markets. latest in statistical process control
styles — NEMA (National Electrical
“Two lines, One family” — the best methods to produce high quality,
Manufacturers Association) and IEC
of both worlds. reliable products.
(International Electrotechnical
Commission). See Category 34 for IEC ■ Adjustable Bimetallic Ambient
Rated Contactors & Starters. Compensated Overload relays with
Freedom NEMA
interchangeable heater packs — Freedom NEMA contactors and starters
The NEMA devices are sized based on are designed to NEMA standards and
available in three basic sizes,
traditional NEMA classifications and are extremely rugged products and
covering applications up to 900 hp
the IEC devices on international built for any application. Their long
— reducing the number of different
ratings. Internationally rated starters electrical/mechanical life is extended
contactor/overload relay combina-
and contactors, as compared to NEMA through easy maintainability.
tions that have to be stocked. Fixed
devices, generally are physically
heater overloads are optional.
down-sized to provide higher ratings ■ Meets and exceeds all NEMA, UL
in a smaller package. However, ■ A full line of snap-on accessories and CSA standards.
electrical load/life ratings are common to both IEC and NEMA
■ Sized based on standard NEMA
correspondingly reduced. Careful devices — top and side mounted
classifications.
consideration should be given to the auxiliary contacts, solid-state and
pneumatic timers, etc. ■ Designed and built for a variety of
selection of the proper device for a demanding applications.
specific application. Parameters, such ■ Straight-through wiring — line lugs
as type of load, severity of duty, at top, load lugs at bottom. ■ Easy coil change and inspectable/
electrical load/life cycles required, etc., replaceable contacts.
■ Horizontal or vertical mounting
must be evaluated before choosing on upright panel for application ■ Adjustable/interchangeable heater
either the IEC or NEMA designs. Since freedom. packs for flexibility.
the IEC devices are typically smaller ■ Available in Open and NEMA 1, 3R,
than the equivalent NEMA device, 4/4X and 12 enclosures.
there is a cost advantage over the
NEMA starters and contactors.

Freedom
January 2003
33
NEMA Size 1 Contactor Series B1 32A Overload Series B1 75A Overload
Freedom Enhancements Class 10 and 20 Heater Packs ISO 9000 Certification

Because of improvements in the over- When you turn to Eaton’s Cutler-
Accessible Power Terminations to load relays, the Class 10 and 20 inter- Hammer Products, you turn to quality.
Facilitate Installation changeable heater packs have been The International Standards Organiza-
The 65 mm contactor housing has modified. They can be used with the tion (ISO) has established a series of
been completely redesigned to open new overload relays (Series B1) directly standards acknowledged by 91 indus-
up the line/load terminal access area, or with the existing relays (Series A1) trialized nations to bring harmony to
allowing better visibility when wiring. when using an adapter lug kit. the international quest for quality. The
This also aids in maintenance. IP20 fin- ISO certification process covers 20
gerproofing is available through add- Easy Magnet Coil Change
quality system elements in design,
on shields. This change affects NEMA The 65 mm contactor and the connec- production and installation that must
Sizes 1 and 2. tions on the 45 and 65 mm starters have conform to achieve registration. This
been modified to allow easy coil commitment to quality will result in
Load Lugs on Overload Relay Base changes at the distributor or in the field. increased product reliability and total
The load lugs have been moved from customer satisfaction.
the heater pack housing to the sensor
base of the 32A and 75A overload
Standards and Certifications
Short Circuit Protection
relays. This permits wiring of the ■ Standard: Designed to meet or
starter prior to heater pack installation. Fuses and Inverse-Time Circuit Break-
exceed UL, NEMA, IEC, CSA, VDE
These overload relays are used on ers may be selected per Article 430,
and BS.
NEMA Sizes 00 – 2 and 5 – 8. Part D of the National Electrical Code to
■ UL listed: UL File #E1491, Guide protect motor branch circuits from fault
Auxiliary Contact Markings #NLDX — Open and NEMA 1, 4, 12 conditions. If higher ratings or settings
CENELEC EN50012 — All auxiliary con- Enclosed are required to start the motor, do not
tact blocks are identified by a two-digit ■ CSA Certified: CSA File #LR353, exceed the maximum as listed in
contact configuration code. Auxiliary Class #321104 Open and NEMA 1 Exception No. 2, Article 430-52.
contact terminals are also identified by Enclosed
a two-digit number in accordance with ■ IEC: IEC 947-4-1, Sizes 6 – 8;
International Standards approved by IEC 158; IEC 947 Pending
CENELEC.
Certified Type 2 Coordination
Auxiliary Contact Ratings
All side and top auxiliary contact Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Freedom
blocks are now rated NEMA/UL P300 Series IEC starters and NEMA start-
DC ratings and IEC 947 AC-15/DC-13 ers are now UL Certified to achieve
ratings. IEC 947 Type 2 coordination against
100,000A short circuit fault currents.
Any brand of properly selected fuse
can be used. Type 2 coordination
means that the starter will be suit-
able for further use following a short
circuit fault.

Freedom
January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0065] Contactors — Non-reversing and Reversing
Contents Technical Data

Description Page
Table 33-70. Wire (75°C) Sizes — AWG or
Product Family Overview kcmil — Open and Enclosed
Product Description . . . . . . 33-45 NEMA Power Terminals Control
Size Line or Load Terminals
Application Description . . . 33-45 Cu Only
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-45 00 12 – 16 stranded; 12 – 16 33
Standards and 12 – 14 solid Cu stranded
Certifications . . . . . . . . . . 33-46 0 8 – 16 stranded; 12 – 14
10 – 14 solid Cu solid
Contactors — Non-reversing NEMA Size 1
and Reversing Cat. No. CN55DN3AB 1 8 – 14 stranded or
solid Cu
Reversing 2 3 – 14 (upper) and/or
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-47 6 – 14 (lower) stranded
Reversing contactors are used prima- or solid 1 Cu
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . 33-47 rily for reversing single- or three-phase 3 1/0 – 14 Cu/Al
Product Selection — motors in applications where running 4 250 mcm – 6
3-Pole Contactors . . . . . . 33-48 overcurrent protection is either not
5 750 kcmil – 2, or
Product Selection — required or is provided separately. (2) 250 kcmil – 3/0 Cu/Al
2-, 4- and 5-Pole They consist of two contactors
6 (2) 750 kcmil – 3/0 Cu/Al
Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-49 mechanically and electrically inter-
locked to prevent line shorts and 7 (3) 750 kcmil – 3/0 Cu/Al
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-55 8 (4) 750 kcmil – 4/0 Cu/Al
energization of both contactors
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-58 simultaneously. 1 Two compartment box lug.
Auxiliary Contacts . . . . . . . 33-62
Table 33-71. Plugging and Jogging Service
DC Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . 33-64 Features Horsepower Ratings 2
Mounting Plates . . . . . . . . . 33-65 NEMA 200V 230V 460V 575V
■ Designed specifically for use in Size
Special Modifications . . . . . . . 33-66 applications requiring NEMA rat-
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-67 ings. Contactors meet or exceed 00 — 1/2 1/2 1/2
NEMA standards ICS 2-1993. 0 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-70 1 3 3 5 5
■ Long life twin break, silver cadmium 2 7-1/2 10 15 15
oxide contacts — provide excellent 3 15 20 30 30
conductivity and superior resistance 4 25 30 60 60
to welding and arc erosion. 5 60 75 150 150
6 125 150 300 300
■ Designed to 3,000,000 electrical
2 Maximum horsepower where operation is
operations at maximum hp ratings
interrupted more than 5 times per minute or
up through 25 hp at 600V. more than 10 times in a 10 minute period.
■ Steel mounting plate standard on all NEMA standard ICS 2-1993 table 2-4-3.
open type contactors.
Non-reversing Kits and Accessories

■ Holding circuit contact(s) supplied ■ Auxiliary Contacts, contactor
as standard: mounted — Pages 33-62 – 33-63.
❑ Sizes 00 – 3 have NO auxiliary ■ Transient Suppressor, for magnet
contact block mounted on right coil — Pages 33-60.
NEMA Size 1 — Cat. No. CN15DN3AB
hand side (on Size 00, contact ■ Timers — Solid-State and
occupies 4th power pole position Pneumatic, mount on contactor —
Product Description — no increase in width). Page 33-59.
❑ Sizes 4 – 5 have a NO contact
Non-reversing block mounted on left side. Renewal Parts Publication
Contactors are most commonly used ❑ Sizes 6 – 7 have a 2NO/2NC
to switch motor loads in applications contact block on top left.
Numbers
where running overcurrent protection ■ See Page 33-67.
❑ Size 8 has a NO/NC contact block
is either not required or is provided
on top left back and a NO contact
separately. Contactors consist of a
block on top right back.
magnetically actuated switch which
can be remotely operated by a push-
button station or pilot device such as
Reversing
a proximity switch, limit switch, float ■ One NO-NC side mounted interlock
switch, auxiliary contacts, etc. supplied as standard on each con-
tactor for Sizes 00 – 8.

Freedom
January 2003
Contactors — Non-reversing and Reversing Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0066]
33
NEMA Size 00 NEMA Size 0 NEMA Size 3

3-Pole Contactor 3-Pole Contactor 3-Pole Contactor
Cat. No. CN55AN3AB Cat. No. CN15BN3AB Cat. No. CN15KN3A
Product Selection — 3-Pole Contactors

Table 33-72. Type CN15/CN55 NEMA Contactors — 3-Pole Non-reversing and Reversing
NEMA Continuous Maximum UL Horsepower 1
Size Ampere 1-Phase 3-Phase 3-Pole 3-Pole
Rating
115V 230V 208V 240V 480V 600V Non-reversing Price Reversing Price
U.S. $ U.S. $
00 9 1/3 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 CN15AN3_B 167. CN55AN3_B 432.

0 18 1 2 3 3 5 5 CN15BN3_B 210. CN55BN3_B 520.
1 27 2 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 CN15DN3_B 245. CN55DN3_B 600.
2 45 3 7-1/2 10 15 25 25 CN15GN3_B 445. CN55GN3_B 1,130.
3 90 25 30 50 50 CN15KN3_ 725. CN55KN3_ 1,865.
4 135 40 50 100 100 CN15NN3_ 1,730. CN55NN3_ 4,635.
5 270 75 100 200 200 CN15SN3_ 3,750. CN55SN3_ 8,350.
6 540 150 200 400 400 CN15TN3_B 10,230. CN55TN3_B 20,990.
7 810 200 300 600 600 CN15UN3_ 14,580. CN55UN3_ 29,640.
82 1215 400 450 900 900 CN15VN3_ 22,940. CN55VN3_ 42,640.
1 Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications:
NEMA Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Horsepower 1-1/2 5 10 25 50 75 150 300 600 900

2 Common control. For separate 120V control, insert letter D in 7th position of listed Catalog Number.
EXAMPLE: CN15VND3C.
Magnet Coils — AC and DC Table 33-73. AC Suffix Code

Contactor coils listed in this section Coil Volts and Hertz Code Suffix
also have a 50 Hz rating as shown in 120/60 or 110/50 A
the adjacent table. Select required con- 240/60 or 220/50 B
tactor by Catalog Number and replace 480/60 or 440/50 C
the magnet coil alpha designation in 600/60 or 550/50 D
the Catalog Number (_) with the 208/60 E
proper Code Suffix from the adjacent 277/60 H
table. 208 – 240/60 3 J
240/50 K
For Sizes 00 – 2, the magnet coil alpha 380 – 415/50 L
designation will be the next to the last 550/50 N
digit of the listed Catalog Number. 24/60, 24/50 4 T
24/50 U
EXAMPLE: For a 380V, 50 Hz coil,
change CN15AN3_B to CN15AN3LB. 32/50 V
48/60 W
For all other sizes, the magnet coil 48/50 Y
alpha designation will be the last digit 3 NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only.
of the listed Catalog Number. 4 NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1 – 8 are
For DC Magnet Coils, see Accessories, 24/60 only.
Pages 33-64 – 33-65. Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-70 – 33-71
Special Modifications. . . . . . . Page 33-66

Freedom
January 2003
Product Selection — 2-, 4- and 5-Pole Contactors

Table 33-74. Type CN15 NEMA Contactors — 2-, 4- and 5-Pole Non-reversing
NEMA Continuous Maximum UL Horsepower Non-reversing
Size Ampere 1-Phase (2-Pole) 3-Phase
Rating
115V 230V 208V 240V 480V 600V 2-Pole Price 4-Pole Price 5-Pole Price
U.S. $ U.S. $ U.S. $
00 9 1/3 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 CN15AN2_B 145. CN15AN4_B 188. — —

33
0 18 1 2 2 3 5 5 CN15BN2_B 188. — — — —
1 27 2 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 CN15DN2_B 223. CN15DN4_B 302. CN15DN5_B 380.
2 45 3 7-1/2 10 15 25 25 CN15GN2_B 417. CN15GN4_B 585. CN15GN5_B 870.
3 90 25 30 50 50 CN15KN2_ 675. — — — —
4 135 40 50 100 100 CN15NN2_ 1,600. — — — —
5 270 75 100 200 200 CN15SN2_ 3,450. — — — —
6 540 150 200 400 400 CN15TN2_B 8,760. — — — —
Magnet Coils — AC or DC Table 33-75. AC Suffix Code

Select required starter by Catalog Coil Volts and Hertz Code Suffix
Number and replace the magnet coil 120/60 or 110/50 A
alpha designation in the Catalog Num- 240/60 or 220/50 B
ber (_) with the proper Code Suffix 480/60 or 440/50 C
from the adjacent table. 600/60 or 550/50 D
208/60 E
For Sizes 00 – 2, the magnet coil alpha 277/60 H
designation will be the next to the last 208 – 240/60 1 J
digit of the listed Catalog Number. 240/50 K
EXAMPLE: For a 380V, 50 Hz coil, 380 – 415/50 L
change CN15BN3_B to CN15BN3LB. 550/50 N
For all other sizes, the magnet coil 24/60, 24/50 2 T
24/50 U
NEMA Size 2 alpha designation will be the last digit
of the listed Catalog Number. 32/50 V
5-Pole Contactor 48/60 W
Cat. No. CN15GN5AB 48/50 Y
For DC Magnet Coils, see Accessories,
Pages 33-64 – 33-65. 1 NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only.
2 NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1 – 8 are
24/60 only.
Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-55 – 33-57

Special Modifications . . . . . . Page 33-66

Freedom
January 2003
Starters — 3-Phase Non-reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0068]
Contents Features
Description Page
■ Bimetallic Ambient Compensated
Product Family Overview Overload relays — available in three
Product Description . . . . . . . 33-45 basic sizes covering applications up
to 900 hp — reducing number of
Application Description. . . . 33-45 different contactor/overload relay
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-45 combinations that have to be
33 stocked.
Standards and
Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . 33-46 These overload relays feature:
Starters — 3-Phase Non-reversing ❑ Selectable Manual or Automatic
and Reversing, Full Voltage Reset operation.
Product Description . . . . . . . 33-50 ❑ Interchangeable heater packs
NEMA Size 1 — Cat. No. AN16DN0AB adjustable ±24% to match motor
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-50 FLA and calibrated for 1.0 and
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . 33-51 1.15 service factors. Heater packs
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . 33-51
Product Description for smaller overload relay will
mount in larger overload relay —
Product Selection . . . . . . . . 33-52 Non-reversing useful in derating applications
Starters — 3-Phase Multispeed Three-phase, full voltage magnetic such as jogging.
Product Selection . . . . . . . . 33-53 starters are most commonly used to ❑ Load lugs built into relay base.
Starters — Single-Phase switch AC motor loads. Starters con- ❑ Single-phase protection, Class 20
Non-reversing, Full Voltage sist of a magnetically actuated switch or Class 10 trip time.
(contactor) and an overload relay
Product Description . . . . . . . 33-54 assembled together. ❑ Overload trip indication.
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . 33-54 ❑ Electrically isolated NO-NC con-
Product Selection . . . . . . . . 33-54 tacts (pull RESET button to test).
Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-55 ■ Long life twin break, silver cadmium
oxide contacts — provide excellent
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-58
conductivity and superior resistance
Auxiliary Contacts . . . . . . . . 33-62 to welding and arc erosion. Gener-
DC Magnet Coils . . . . . . . . . 33-64 ously sized for low resistance and
Mounting Plates. . . . . . . . . . 33-65 cool operation.
■ Designed to 3,000,000 electrical
Special Modifications. . . . . . . . 33-66
operations at maximum hp ratings
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-67 up through 25 hp at 600V.
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-70 ■ Steel mounting plate standard on all
NEMA Size 1 — Cat. No. AN56DN0AB open type starters.
■ Wired for separate or common
control.
Reversing
Three-phase, full voltage magnetic Non-reversing
starters are used primarily for revers- ■ Holding circuit contact(s) supplied
ing of 3-phase squirrel cage motors. as standard:
They consist of two contactors and a
❑ Sizes 00 – 3 have a NO auxiliary
single overload relay assembled
contact block mounted on right-
together. The contactors are mechani-
hand side (on Size 00, contact
cally and electrically interlocked to
occupies 4th power pole position
prevent line shorts and energization
— no increase in width).
of both contactors simultaneously.
❑ Sizes 4 – 5 have a NO contact
block mounted on left side.
❑ Sizes 6 – 7 have a 2NO/2NC
contact block on top left.
❑ Size 8 has a NO/NC contact block
on top left back and a NO on top
right back.
Reversing
■ Each contactor (Size 00 – 8)
supplied with one NO-NC side
mounted contact block as standard.
NC contacts are wired as electrical
interlocks.

Freedom
January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0069] Starters — 3-Phase Non-reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage
Technical Data Table 33-78. Plugging and Jogging Service

Horsepower Ratings 4
Table 33-76. Wire (75°C) Sizes — AWG or kcmil — NEMA Sizes 00 – 2 — Open and Enclosed NEMA 200V 230V 460V 575V
NEMA Size Wire Size 2 Cu Only Size
Power Terminals — Line 00 — 1/2 1/2 1/2

00 12 – 16 AWG stranded, 12 – 14 AWG solid 0 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2
0 8 – 16 AWG stranded, 10 – 14 AWG solid 1 3 3 5 5
1
2
8 – 14 AWG stranded or solid
3 – 14 AWG (upper) and/or 6 – 14 AWG (lower) stranded or solid 1
2
3
7-1/2
15
10
20
15
30
15
30 33
Power Terminals — Load — Cu Only (stranded or solid) 4 25 30 60 60
5 60 75 150 150
00 – 0 14 – 6 AWG stranded or solid 6 125 150 300 300
1–2 14 – 2 AWG stranded or solid
4 Maximum horsepower where operation is
Control Terminals — Cu Only interrupted more than 5 times per minute, or
12 – 16 AWG stranded, 12 – 14 AWG solid more than 10 times in a 10 minute period.
1
NEMA Standard ICS2-1993 table 2-4-3.
Two compartment box lug.
2 Minimum per NEC. Maximum wire size: Sizes 00 and 0 to 8 AWG and Sizes 1 – 2 to 2 AWG.
Table 33-77. Wire (75°C) Sizes — AWG or kcmil — NEMA Sizes 3 – 8 — Open and Enclosed
Kits and Accessories
NEMA Size Wire Size 3 ■ Auxiliary Contacts, contactor
Power Terminals — Line and Load mounted — Pages 33-62 – 33-63.
3 1/0 – 14 AWG Cu/Al ■ Transient Suppressor, for magnet
4 Open — 3/0 – 8 AWG Cu; Enclosed — 250 kcmil — 6 AWG Cu/Al coil — Pages 33-60.
5 750 kcmil — 2 AWG; or (2) 250 kcmil — 3/0 AWG Cu/Al ■ Timers — Solid-State and
6 (2) 750 kcmil — 3/0 AWG Cu/Al Pneumatic, mount on contactor —
7 (3) 750 kcmil — 3/0 AWG Cu/Al Page 33-59.
8 (4) 750 kcmil — 1/0 AWG Cu/Al
Control Terminals — Cu Only
12 – 16 AWG stranded, 12 – 14 AWG solid
Renewal Parts Publication
3 Minimum per NEC. Maximum wire size: Sizes 00 and 0 to 8 AWG and Sizes 1 – 2 to 2 AWG. Numbers
Wiring Diagrams ■ See Page 33-67.
L1 L2 L3 Remote Pilot Devices L1 L2

1 2 2 Wire
A1 A2 Control 1 3
Not for Use with
A2 Auto Reset OL Relays
Separate Control 3
98 3 Wire Start
Remove Wire “c” Control
when it is supplied. 97 3
“c” 2
Connect separate 96 Stop
control lines to the 95 1 T1 T2
No. 1 Terminal on T1 T2 T3
the remote pilot T1 T2 T3 When more than Field Conversion
one pushbutton Start Start
device and Terminal to 1-Phase, Add
96 on the overload station is used, 3 Dotted Connections
relay. omit Connector 2
“A” and connect Stop Stop T1 T2
Motor 1
per sketch.
“A”
NEMA Size 00 Motor
L1 L2 L3 Remote Pilot Devices L1 L2

“c”
1 2 Wire
A1 A2 Control 1 3
2 Not for Use with
3 Auto Reset OL Relays
Separate Control
3 Wire Start
Remove Wire “c” 98 Control
when it is supplied. 97 3
Connect separate 2
96 Stop
control lines to the 1 T1 T2
95
No. 1 Terminal on T1 T2 T3
the remote pilot T1 T2 T3 When more than Field Conversion
one pushbutton Start Start
device and Terminal to 1-Phase, Add
96 on the overload station is used, 3 Dotted Connections
relay. omit Connector 2
“A” and connect Stop Stop T1 T2
Motor 1
per sketch.
“A”
NEMA Sizes 0, 1 and 2 Motor
Figure 33-30. Typical Wiring Diagrams — Three-Phase and Single-Phase Applications

Freedom
January 2003
Starters — 3-Phase Non-reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0070]
Product Selection
When Ordering Supply
■ Catalog Number
■ Heater pack number (see selection
table, Pages 33-80 – 33-81) or full load
current.
33
Size 0 Size 1 Size 3 Vertical

Non-reversing Starter Reversing Starter Reversing Starter
Table 33-79. Type AN16/AN56 NEMA — Manual or Automatic Reset Overload Relay — Non-reversing and Reversing
NEMA Continuous Service-Limit Maximum UL Horsepower 1
Size Ampere Current Rating 2 1-Phase 3-Phase 3-Pole Price 3-Pole Vertical Price
Rating (Amperes)
115V 230V 208V 240V 480V 600V Non-reversing U.S. $ Reversing Reversing U.S. $
00 9 11 1/3 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 AN16AN0_C 196. AN56AN0_C — 467.

0 18 21 1 2 3 3 5 5 AN16BN0_C 245. AN56BN0_C AN56BNV0_ 555.
1 27 32 2 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 AN16DN0_B 282. AN56DN0_B AN56DNV0_ 635.
2 45 52 3 7-1/2 10 15 25 25 AN16GN0_B 515. AN56GN0_B AN56GNV0_ 1,195.
3 90 104 — — 25 30 50 50 AN16KN0_ 835. AN56KN0_ AN56KNV0_ 1,970.
4 135 156 — — 40 50 100 100 AN16NN0_ 1,890. AN56NN0_ AN56NNV0_ 4,800.
5 270 311 — — 75 100 200 200 AN16SN0_B 4,615. AN56SN0_B — 9,220.
6 540 621 — — 150 200 400 400 AN16TN0_C 10,640. AN56TN0_C — 21,420.
7 810 932 — — 200 300 600 600 AN16UN0_B 15,180. AN56UN0_B — 31,070.
83 1215 1400 — — 400 450 900 900 AN16VN0_B 23,590. AN56VN0_B — 45,660.
Note: Starter Catalog Numbers do not include heater packs. Select one carton of three heater packs. Heater pack selection, Pages 33-80 – 33-81.
NEMA Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Horsepower 1-1/2 5 10 25 50 75 150 300 600 900

2 The service-limit current ratings represent the maximum rms current, in amperes, which the controller shall be permitted to carry for protracted periods
in normal service. At service-limit current ratings, temperature rises shall be permitted to exceed those obtained by testing the controller at its
continuous current rating. The current rating of overload relays or trip current of other motor protective devices used shall not exceed the service-limit
current rating of the controller.
3 Common control. For separate 120V control, insert letter D in 7th position of listed Catalog Number. EXAMPLE: AN56VND0CB.
Magnet Coils — AC or DC Table 33-80. AC Suffix Code

Starter coils listed in this section also Coil Volts and Hertz Code Suffix
have a 50 Hz rating as shown in the 120/60 or 110/50 A
adjacent table. Select required starter 240/60 or 220/50 B
by Catalog Number and replace the 480/60 or 440/50 C
magnet coil alpha designation in the 600/60 or 550/50 D
Catalog Number (_) with the proper 208/60 E
Code Suffix from the adjacent table. 277/60 H
208 – 240/60 4 J
For Sizes 00 – 2 and 5 – 8, the magnet 240/50 K
coil alpha designation will be the next 380 – 415/50 L
NEMA Size 0 to last digit of the listed Catalog Num- 550/50 N
Cat. No. AN56BN0AC ber. EXAMPLE: For a 380V, 50 Hz coil, 24/60, 24/50 5 T
24/50 U
change AN16BN0_C to AN16BN0LC.
For all other sizes, the magnet coil 32/50 V
48/60 W
alpha designation will be the last digit 48/50 Y
of the listed Catalog Number. 4 NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only.
5
For DC Magnet Coils, see Accessories, NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1 – 8 are
Pages 33-64 – 33-65. 24/60 only.

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-72 – 33-74
Special Modifications. . . . . . Page 33-66
Heater Packs . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-80 – 33-81

Freedom
January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0071] Starters — 3-Phase Multispeed
33
Catalog Number AN700BN0218 Catalog Number AN700DN0218 Catalog Number AN700DN022

NEMA Size 0, Open Type NEMA Size 1, Open Type NEMA Size 1, Open Type
Two-Speed, Reconnectable Two-Speed, Reconnectable Winding Two-Speed, Two-Winding
(One-Winding) (One-Winding) Separate Winding) Wye-Wye Motor
Product Selection For 2-Speed other than Selective Note: 2-speed starters are designed for
starting and controlling both separate
Control:
(2-winding) and reconnectable (1-winding)
■ Catalog Number plus magnet coil motors. Separate winding, WYE-WYE
For 2-Speed Selective Control: Code Suffix and option required. motors have a separate winding for each
Example: AN700BN022B except speed. Reconnectable, consequent pole
■ Catalog Number plus magnet coil motors use the same winding for both
Code Suffix. Example: Size 0 — Compelling.
speeds. All standard starters are wired for
AN700BN022B. ■ Heater pack number or full load selective control.
■ Heater pack number or full load current for each speed.
current for each speed.
Table 33-81. Product Selection — 2-Speed — Selective Control — Separate Winding 1
Maximum Horsepower — 60/50 Hertz NEMA Open Type
Constant or Variable Torque Constant Horsepower Size Catalog Price
115V 200V 230V 460V/575V 115V 200V 230V 460/575V Number U.S. $
1-1/2 3 3 5 1 2 2 3 0 AN700BN022_ 765.

3 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 2 5 5 7-1/2 1 AN700DN022_ 855.
— 10 15 25 — 7-1/2 10 20 2 AN700GN022_ 1,485.
— 25 30 50 — 20 25 40 3 AN700KN022_ 2,305.
— 40 50 100 — 30 40 75 4 AN700NN022_ 5,760.
— 75 100 200 — 60 75 150 5 AN700SN022_ 13,650.
Prices of starters do not include heater packs. Select 2 packs (2 overload relays, one for each speed). Heater pack selection, Pages 33-80 – 33-81.
1 If branch circuit protective device is 45A or greater, C320FBR1 fuse kit(s) may be required for circuit protection per NEC 530-072.
Table 33-82. Product Selection — 2-Speed — Selective Control — Reconnectable Winding 2
Maximum Horsepower — 60/50 Hertz NEMA Open Type

Constant or Variable Torque Constant Horsepower Size Constant or Constant Price
Variable Torque Horsepower U.S. $
115V 200V 230V 460V/575V 115V 200V 230V 460/575V Catalog Catalog
Number Number
1-1/2 3 3 5 1 2 2 3 0 AN700BN0218_ AN700BN0219_ 1,085.

3 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 2 5 5 7-1/2 1 AN700DN0218_ AN700DN0219_ 1,160.
— 10 15 25 — 7-1/2 10 20 2 AN700GN0218_ AN700GN0219_ 2,050.
— 25 30 50 — 20 25 40 3 AN700KN0218_ AN700KN0219_ 3,075.
— 40 50 100 — 30 40 75 4 AN700NN0218_ AN700NN0219_ 8,360.
Prices of starters do not include heater packs. Select 2 packs (2 overload relays, one for each speed). Heater pack selection, Pages 33-80 – 33-81.
2 If branch circuit protective device is 45A or greater, C320FBR1 fuse kit(s) may be required for circuit protection per NEC 530-072.
Table 33-83. Magnetic Coils — AC or DC

Coil Voltage and Hz Code Suffix Coil Voltage and Hz Code Suffix Coil Voltage and Hz Code Suffix
120/60 or 110/50 A 277/60 H 24/60, 24/50 3 T

240/60 or 220/50 B 208 – 240/60 J 24/50 U
480/60 or 440/50 C 240/50 K 32/50 V
600/60 or 550/50 D 380 – 415/50 L 48/60 W
208/60 E 550/50 N 48/50 Y
3 NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1 – 5 are 24/60 only.
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-75

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1

Freedom
January 2003
Starters — Single-Phase Non-reversing, Full Voltage Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0072]
Wiring Diagrams
AC Lines
1 3 “C”
L1 L2
1
A1 A2 2/13
M
33 3/14
98
97
OL 96
Reset
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 95
T1 T2
2 4
Separate Control
Remove Wire “C” if supplied and connect separate control
NEMA Size 1 — Cat. No. BN16DN0AB lines to the Number 1 Terminal on the remote pilot device
and to the Number 96 Terminal on the overload relay.
Front View of Panel
T1 T2
Product Description
Single-phase, full voltage magnetic starters connect the 1 Phase Motor
motor directly across the line, allowing it to draw full inrush
current during start-up. These starters are most commonly 3/14 START
1 3/14
used for control of self-starting single-phase motors up to 2/13
Not for Use with STOP
15 horsepower at 230V. They consist of a 2-pole electromag- Auto Reset OL Relays 1
netic contactor to make and break the motor power circuit 2 Wire Control 3 Wire Control
and an overload relay to provide running overload protec-
When more than
tion. Starters listed in the table include: one pushbutton START “A” START
station is used, 3/14
■ Two-pole Freedom Series contactor with long life twin omit Connector “A” 2/13
and connect per STOP STOP
break, silver cadmium oxide contacts. Generously sized sketch at right. 1
for low resistance and cool operation. Designed to 3 mil-
lion electrical operations at maximum hp and 30 million Figure 33-31. Typical Wiring Diagrams — Single-Phase Applications
mechanical operations to Size 0, 10 million operations to (Factory Wired)
Size 2 and 6 million operations to Size 3.
■ Three-pole Freedom Series overload with poles 2 and 3 Product Selection
wired in series for motor overload protection. This over-
load is ambient compensated, selectable Manual or Auto- When Ordering Specify
matic reset, interchangeable Class 10 or 20 heater packs, ■ Catalog Number
1.0 or 1.15 service factor selectability, overload trip indica- ■ Heater Pack Number (see selection table, Pages 33-80 –
tion and electrically isolated NO-NC contacts (pull RESET 33-81) or full load current.
button to test).
■ Holding circuit NO auxiliary contact supplied as standard.
Table 33-84. Type BN16 NEMA — Manual or Automatic Reset
On Size 00, the contact occupies the 4th power pole position. Overload Relay
Sizes 0 – 3 have the NO auxiliary mounted on the right NEMA Maximum Horsepower Magnet Open Type 2-Pole
side of the contactor. Size Motor 1-Phase Coil Voltage Catalog Price
Voltage (60 Hz) Number U.S. $
■ Steel mounting plate as standard on all open type starters.
Wired for separate or common control. 00 115 1/3 120 1 BN16AN0AC 196.
230 1 240 BN16AN0BC 196.
0 115 1 120 1 BN16BN0AC 220.
230 2 240 BN16BN0BC 220.
1 115 2 120 1 BN16DN0AB 257.
230 3 240 BN16DN0BB 257.
1P 115 3 120 1 BN16PN0AB 334.
230 5 240 BN16PN0BB 334.
2 115 3 120 1 BN16GN0AB 464.
230 7-1/2 240 BN16GN0BB 464.
3 115 7-1/2 120 1 BN16KN0A 725.
230 15 240 BN16KN0B 725.
Note: Starter Catalog Numbers do not include heater packs. Select 1
carton of 3 heater packs. Heater pack selection, Pages 33-80 – 33-81.
1 For separate 120V control circuit. For maximum hp at listed motor volt-
ages, use the rating of other starters of same size.


Freedom
January 2003
Table 33-85. Coil Data Notes All data is based on a standard contac-
P.U. Pick-up time is the average time taken tor with no auxiliary devices and a
from closing of the coil circuit to main 120V AC or 24V DC magnet coil. Coil
contact touch. data has a ±5% range depending on
D.O. Drop-out time is the average time taken the application, therefore specific data
from opening of the coil circuit to main may vary.
contact separation.
Cold Coil data with a cold coil.
Hot Coil data with a hot coil.
33
Table 33-86. Specifications — Sizes 00 – 3
Description Contactor Catalog Number/Size
CN15A CN15B CN15D CN15G CN15K
NEMA Size 00 NEMA Size 0 NEMA Size 1 NEMA Size 2 NEMA Size 3
Configuration
Number of Poles 2, 3, 4 2, 3 2, 3, 4, 5 2, 3, 4, 5 2, 3
Auxiliary Contacts, Standard 4th Pole NO (1) Side NO (1) Side NO (1) Side NO (1) Side NO (1)
Add-On Auxiliary Contacts Top (4) or Side (4) Top (4) or Side (3) Top (4) or Side (3) Top (4) or Side (3) Left Side (4) or Right Side (3)
Frame Size 45 mm 45 mm 65 mm 65 mm 90 mm
Maximum Voltage Rating 600V AC 600V AC 600V AC 600V AC 600V AC
Continuous Ampere Ratings (I) 9A 18A 27A 45A 90A
Maximum Horsepower (hp)
1-Phase 115V 1/3 1 2 3 7-1/2
230V 1 2 3 7-1/2 15
3-Phase 200V 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 10 25
230V 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 15 30
460V 2 5 10 25 50
575V 2 5 10 25 50
AC Magnet Coil Data
Pick-Up Volts — Cold 74% 74% 74% 74% 72%
Pick-Up Volts — Hot 78% 78% 78% 78% 76%
Pick-Up Voltamperes 80 100 230 230 390
Pick-Up Watts 49 65 95 95 112
Sealed Voltamperes 7.5 10 28 28 49.8
Sealed Watts 2.4 3.1 7.8 7.8 13
Drop-Out Volts — Cold 45% 45% 49% 49% 50%
Drop-Out Volts — Hot 46% 46% 50% 50% 52%
Maximum Operation Rate — Ops/Hour 12,000 12,000 12,000 12,000 7,200
Pick-Up Time (mS) 12 12 20 20 14
Drop-Out Time (mS) 12 12 14 14 11
Coil Operating Range -15% to +10% -15% to +10% -15% to +10% -15% to +10% -15% to +10%
% of Rated Voltage
DC Magnet Coil Data For DC Magnet Coils (and coil data), see Accessories, Pages 33-64 – 33-65.
Operating Temperature -20° to 65°C -20° to 65°C -20° to 65°C -20° to 65°C -20° to 65°C
Maximum Operating Altitude (ft.) 6,000 6,000 6,000 6,000 6,000
Mechanical Life 20,000,000 20,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000 6,000,000
Electrical Life (480V/60 Hz)
AC-3 4,000,000 3,000,000 5,000,000 3,500,000 1,700,000
AC-4 90,000 85,000 200,000 62,000 80,000
Wire Range
Power Terminals 12 – 16 stranded, 8 – 16 stranded, 8 – 14 stranded 2 – 14 (upper) and/or 1/0 – 14 Cu
12 – 14 solid Cu 10 – 14 solid Cu or solid Cu 6 – 14 (lower)
stranded or solid Cu
Control Terminals 12 – 16 stranded, 12 – 16 stranded, 12 – 16 stranded, 12 – 16 stranded, 12 – 16 stranded
12 – 14 solid Cu 12 – 14 solid Cu 12 – 14 solid Cu 12 – 14 solid Cu 12 – 14 solid Cu
Power Terminal Torque 7 15 20 40 (14 – 8 AWG) 35 (14 – 10 AWG)
Line and Load — lb-in 45 (6 – 4 AWG) 40 (8 AWG)
50 (3 AWG) 45 (6 – 4 AWG)
50 (3 – 1/0 AWG)
Auxiliary Contact Rating A600, P300

Freedom
January 2003
Table 33-87. Specifications — Sizes 4 – 8

Description Contactor Catalog Number/Size
CN15N CN15S CN15T CN15U CN15V
NEMA Size 4 NEMA Size 5 NEMA Size 6 NEMA Size 7 NEMA Size 8
Configuration
Number of Poles 2, 3 2, 3 3 3 3
Auxiliary Contacts, Standard Side NO (1) Side NO (1) Top left 2NO/2NC (1) Top left 2NO/2NC (1) Side 2NO/NC (1)
33 Add-On Auxiliary Contacts Left side (3) or
Right side (4)
Left side (3) or
Right side (4)
Top right 2NO/2NC (1) Top right 2NO/2NC (1) NO/NC (2)
Frame Size 180 mm 180 mm 280 mm 280 mm 334 mm

Maximum Voltage Rating 600V AC 600V AC 600V AC 600V AC 600V AC
Continuous Ampere Ratings (I) 135A 270A 540A 810A 1215A
Maximum Horsepower (hp)
1-Phase 115V — — — — —
230V — — — — —
3-Phase 200V 40 75 150 200 400
230V 50 100 200 300 450
460V 100 200 400 600 900
575V 100 200 400 600 900
AC Magnet Coil Data
Pick-Up Volts — Cold 72.5% 75% 75% 75% 75%
Pick-Up Volts — Hot 76% 77% 75% 75% 75%
Pick-Up Voltamperes 1158 1158 1600 1600 2450
Pick-Up Watts 240 240 1345 1345 2060
Sealed Voltamperes 100 100 25 25 75
Sealed Watts 27.2 27.2 22 22 60
Drop-Out Volts — Cold 54% 63% 1 1 1
Drop-Out Volts — Hot 56% 64% 1 1 1
Maximum Operation Rate — Ops/Hour 2,400 2,400 N/A N/A N/A
Pick-Up Time (mS) 28 25 105 105 70
Drop-Out Time (mS) 14 13 200 200 50
Coil Operating Range -15% to +10% -15% to +10% -15% to +10% -15% to +10% -15% to +10%
% of Rated Voltage
DC Magnet Coil Data For DC Magnet Coils (and coil data), see Accessories, Pages 33-64 – 33-65.
Operating Temperature -20° to 65°C -20° to 65°C -20° to 65°C -20° to 65°C -20° to 65°C
Maximum Operating Altitude (ft.) 6,000 6,000 6,000 6,000 6,000
Mechanical Life 5,000,000 5,000,000 5,000,000 5,000,000 5,000,000
Electrical Life (480V/60 Hz)
AC-3 800,000 500,000 590,000 450,000 420,000
AC-4 70,000 34,000 7,400 5,000 4,200
Wire Range Open — 3/0 – 8 Cu; 750 kcmil — 2 or (2) 750 kcmil – (3) 750 kcmil – (4) 750 kcmil –
Power Terminals Enclosed — (2) 250 kcmil – 3/0 Cu/Al 3/0 Cu/Al 1/0 Cu/Al
250 kcmil – 6 Cu/Al 3/0 Cu/Al
Control Terminals 12 – 16 stranded, 12 – 16 stranded, 12 – 16 stranded, 12 – 16 stranded, 12 – 16 stranded,
12 – 14 solid Cu 12 – 14 solid Cu 12 – 14 solid Cu 12 – 14 solid Cu 12 – 14 solid Cu
Power Terminal Torque 200 550 550 550 500
Line and Load — lb-in
Auxiliary Contact Rating A600, P300
1 20 – 30% of rated coil voltage.

Freedom
January 2003
Electrical Life — AC-3 and AC-4

100,000,000
Utilization Categories
Life Load Curves
The Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Freedom
Series NEMA contactors have been 10,000,000
designed and manufactured for supe-
Operations
rior life performance in any worldwide 33
application. All testing has been based
on requirements as found in NEMA and
UL standards and conducted by Eaton’s 1,000,000
Cutler-Hammer. Actual application life
may vary depending on environmental
Size 00
Size 2
Size 3
Size 0
Size 1
Size 4
Size 5
conditions and application duty cycle.
Utilization Categories 100,000
9 1827 45 90 135 270
AC-1 — Non-inductive or slightly 1 10 100 1000
inductive loads, such as resistance Break Amperes
furnaces and heating. NEMA AC-3 Load Life, Sizes 00 – 5, 480V 60 Hz
100,000,000
AC-2 — Starting of slip-ring motors.
AC-3 — Squirrel cage motors; starting,
switching off motors during running. 10,000,000
AC-4 — Squirrel cage motors; starting,
plugging, inching or jogging.
Operations
Note: AC-3 tests are conducted at rated 1,000,000

device currents and AC-4 tests are con-
ducted at six times rated device currents.
All tests have been run at 460V, 60 Hz.
100,000
Contactor Choice
Size 00
Size 0
Size 1
Size 2
Size 3
Size 4
Size 5
■ Decide what utilization category
your application is and choose the
10,000
appropriate curve. 54 108 153 270 540 822 1620
1 10 100 1000 10,000
■ Locate the intersection of the Break Amperes
life-load curve of the appropriate NEMA AC-4 Load Life, Sizes 00 – 5, 480V 60 Hz
contactor with the applications
operational current (Ie), as found on Figure 33-32. AC-3 and AC-4 Utilization Categories
the horizontal axis.
■ Read the estimated contact life
along the vertical axis in number of
operational cycles.

Freedom
January 2003
3-Pole Top Mounted Fuse Block Kit Mechanical Interlock and Reversing Kits
Mechanical interlocks and reversing kits are designed for
IEC Sizes A – K, NEMA Sizes 00 – 2
field assembly of reversing contactors or starters from
Field mount to Freedom Series starters and Freedom Series components. The Reversing Kits include a
contactors. Designed to save space and Mechanical Interlock, stabilizer bar and a pre-cut, trimmed
reduce installation costs. They provide and formed wire set. Auxiliary contacts, if required, must be
short circuit protection for branch circuits. ordered separately. See Page 33-62.
33
Mounted Fuse
Block Kit
Table 33-88. Fuse Block Kits Cat. No. Part No. Wire Set
C321KM60B 23-7165
Fuse Type Catalog Number Price
U.S. $ 23
Table 33-90. Mechanical Interlock Only
Class H — 30A 250V C350KH21 69.00 Application Catalog Price
Class R — 30A 250V C350KR21 80.50 Number U.S. $
NEMA Size IEC Size Contactor
Class G — 15A 300V C350KG37 87.00 Mounting
Class G — 20A 300V C350KG38 87.00
Class G — 30A 300V C350KG31 87.00 00 – 2 A–K Horizontal C321KM60B 16.70
Class G — 60A 300V C350KG32 131.00
3 L–N Horizontal C321KM30 54.50
Class T — 30A 300V C350KT31 87.00
3 to 4 N to P Horizontal C321KM43 59.00
Class T — 60A 300V C350KT32 101.00
4 P–S Horizontal C321KM40 54.50
Class J — 30A 600V C350KJ61 112.00
Class J — 60A 600V C350KJ62 131.00 4 to 5 — Horizontal C321KM45 54.50
Type M — 30A 600V 1 C350KM61 69.00 4 to 6 S to T/U Horizontal C321KM80 72.50
Class CC — 30A 600V C350KC63 69.00
5 — Horizontal C321KM50 54.50
Class T — 30A 600V C350KT61 101.00
Class T — 60A 600V C350KT62 112.00 5 to 6 — Horizontal C321KM56 72.50
1 6 T and U Horizontal C321KM70 72.50
Type M fuse block not approved for branch circuit protection.
6 to 7 T/U to V – X Horizontal C321KM90 72.50
Table 33-89. Approximate Dimensions 7 V, W and X Horizontal C321KM34 280.00
Fuse Block Dimensions in Inches (mm) 4 or 5 to 5 P – S to 5 Vertical C321KM55 54.50
Class Amperes Volts Wide A High B Deep C D 5 to 6 — Vertical C321KM65 59.00
G 15, 20, 30 300 2.40 (61.0) 3.00 (76.2) 2.04 (51.8) — 6 T and U Vertical C321KM66 70.00
60 300 2.62 (66.5) 4.25 (108.0) 2.08 (52.8) — 6 to 7 T/U to V – X Vertical C321KM67 280.00
H 30 250 3.00 (76.2) 3.10 (78.7) 2.23 (56.6) 3.62 (91.9) 2 Without cross-wiring.
J 30, 60 600 4.81 (122.2) 4.12 (104.6) 2.82 (71.6) — 3 For use with latest series product.
M, CC 30 600 2.40 (61.0) 3.00 (76.2) 2.04 (51.8) —
Table 33-91. Reversing Kits (Horizontal Contactor Mounting Only)
R 30 250 3.00 (76.2) 3.10 (78.7) 2.23 (56.6) 3.62 (91.9)
Application Catalog Price
T 30, 60 300 3.44 (87.4) 3.00 (76.2) 2.33 (59.2) — Number U.S. $
30 600 3.75 (95.3) 3.31 (84.1) 2.26 (57.4) — NEMA Size IEC Size
60 600 4.87 (123.7) 3.00 (76.2) 2.58 (65.5) —
00 A–C C321KM60K14B 36.00
0 D–F C321KM60K13B 36.00
1 — C321KM60K15B 54.50
D 2 G–K C321KM60K16B 54.50
A C 3 — C321KM60K17 4 72.50
— L and M C321KM60K21 4 72.50
— N C321KM60K18 4 72.50
4 — C321KM60K19 4 72.50
5 — C321KM60K20 4 72.50
B
— P–S C321KM60K44 4 72.50
4 Kit includes (2) NC auxiliary contacts.
Mounting
Plate
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C

Freedom
January 2003
Solid-State Timers Pneumatic Timers — Top Mounted Identification Markers

Attachment mounts on
IEC Sizes A – K, NEMA Sizes 00 – 2
top of any NEMA Size
00 – 2 or IEC Size A – K Designed to snap on the face of con-
Freedom Series starter or tactor for easy, personalized identifica-
contactor (top mounted tion of individual devices. Includes
auxiliary contacts can not holder and labels.
be installed on device when timer is Table 33-97. Product Selection 33
used). Timer unit has 1NO-1NC iso-
lated timed contacts — circuits in each Number U.S. $
pole must be the same polarity. Units
are convertible from OFF to ON DELAY Identification C320DL2 13.00
or vice-versa. Marker
Solid-State Timer Table 33-94. Product Selection Control Circuit Fuse Block
Solid-State ON DELAY Timer — Side Timing Range Catalog Price
Number U.S. $
These panel mounted fuse
Mounted on Freedom Series NEMA 00 – 2, holders, designed for
IEC A – K and C25D, C25E and C25F Frame .1 to 30 Seconds C320TP1 174.00 control circuit protection
This timer is designed to be wired in 10 to 180 Seconds C320TP2 174.00 or other similar low current
series with the load (typically a coil). requirements, have extractor
When the START button is pushed Table 33-95. Maximum Ampere Ratings type fuse caps. The Class CC
(power applied to timer), the ON Description Volts AC rejection type fuses (KTK-R) used in
DELAY timing function starts. At the 120 240 480 600 these holders are intended for use
completion of the set timing period, with equipment designated as being
timer and series wired load will both Make 30 15 7.5 6 suitable for use on systems having high
Break 3 1.5 .75 .6
be energized. available fault currents. If branch circuit
protective device is 45A or greater,
Table 33-92. Mounted Timer Product Locking Cover for Overload Relay C320FBR fuse kit may be required for
Selection — C306 Only control circuit protection per NEC 430-72.
Timing Range Catalog Price
Number 123 U.S. $ Snap-on transparent or Table 33-98. Product Selection
opaque plastic panel for Type Max. Catalog Price
.1 – 1.0 Seconds C320TDN1_ 90.50 covering access port to the Amperes Number U.S. $
1 – 30 Seconds C320TDN30_ 90.50 overload relay trip setting dial
30 – 300 Seconds C320TDN300_ 90.50 Fuse Holder 15 C320FB 1 18.10
5 – 30 Minutes C320TDN3000_ 90.50
— helps prevent accidental or
unauthorized changes to trip Only 30 C320FBR 2 36.00
1 Add operating voltage Suffix to Catalog 1
and reset setting. A fuse is not supplied, but holder will
Number. A = 120V, B = 240V, E = 208V accept a Bussman Type KTK or KTK-R
2 Rated .5 ampere pilot duty — not to be used (13/32" x 1-1/2") fuse, 600V maximum.
on larger contactors. Table 33-96. Product Selection 2 Includes a 5A, 600V KTK-R fuse.
3 Terminal connections are quick connects Description Min. Catalog Price
only. Two per side. Ordering Number U.S. $
1.88 (47.8)
Quantity
Shorting Bar Kits 1.25 (31.8)
(Std. Pkg.)
.97
These kits provide phase-to-phase Clear cover, no 50 C320PC3 0.94 (24.6)
power connections of contactors for accessibility
field assembly. The kits include bus Gray cover, no 50 C320PC4 0.94 .88 1.19
connections and mounting hardware. accessibility, (22.4) (30.2)
The shorting bars connect all three with Auto
phases of a single contactor. only nib Fuse
Gray cover, no 50 C320PC5 0.94
Table 33-93. Product Selection accessibility,
Description Catalog Price with Manual
Number U.S. $ only nib
Gray cover 50 C320PC6 0.94 2.06
NEMA Size 3, C321SB18 18.10 with FLA dial (52.3)
IEC Sizes L – N accessibility,
NEMA Size 4, C321SB19 21.70 A, B, C, D
IEC Sizes A – S positions and
NEMA Size 5 C321SB21 22.90 Auto only nib
NEMA Size 6, C321SB22 23.30
Gray cover 50 C320PC7 0.94
IEC Sizes T and U Figure 33-34. Approximate Dimensions
with FLA dial
accessibility, in Inches (mm)
A, B, C, D
positions and
Manual only nib

Freedom
January 2003
DIN Rail Mounting Channel — Adapter to DIN Rail Mount These devices mount directly to the
coil terminals of Freedom Series con-
35 mm NEMA 1 – 2 and IEC G – K Contactors tactors or starters NEMA Sizes 00 – 2,
Designed for DIN rail mounting of IEC Designed to allow DIN rail mounting of IEC Sizes A – K and lighting contactors
style contactors and starters. NEMA 1 – 2 and IEC G – K contactors. 10 – 60A. Reversing devices will
Includes all hardware required to con- require two.
vert contactors from panel mounting Table 33-102. Product Selection
33 to 35 mm DIN rail mounting.
Description Coil 1 Catalog Price
Table 33-101. Product Selection Voltage Number U.S. $
Catalog Number Price Transient 24/120V C320TS1 43.25
U.S. $ Suppressor 208/240V C320TS2 43.25
277/480V C320TS3 43.25
C320DN65 20.20
1 Suppressor is compatible with coil voltages/
DIN Rail
ranges as shown, both 50 and 60 Hz.
Table 33-99. Product Selection Transient Suppressor Kits
NEMA Sizes 3 – 5, IEC Sizes L – S
Description Catalog Price NEMA Sizes 00 – 2, IEC Sizes A – K
Number U.S. $ This device mounts
These kits limit high on top of any side
1 Meter Length MC382MA1 8.65 voltage transients mounted auxiliary
produced in the contact on Freedom
Finger Protection Shields control circuit when Series NEMA Sizes
power is removed 3 – 5, IEC Sizes L – S
Snap-on shields for both contactors
from the contactor and lighting contac-
and starters provide IEC Type IP20 Fin-
or starter coil. There tors 100 – 300A. It
ger Protection. Prevents accidental
are three separate Cat. No. C320TS2 connects across coil terminals on any
contact with line/load terminals.
suppressors for use 120V contactor or starter magnet coil
Table 33-100. Product Selection on 24 – 120V, 208 – 240V or 277 – 480V (reversing starters or contactors
Application Catalog Price coils respectively. require 2).
Number U.S. $
Limits high voltage transients pro-
NEMA Size 00, IEC Sizes C320LS1 3.75 duced in the circuit when power is
A–C removed from the coil.
NEMA Size 0, IEC Sizes C320LS2 3.75
D–F Table 33-103. Product Selection
NEMA Sizes 1 – 2, IEC Description Coil Catalog Price
Sizes G – K Voltage Number U.S. $
Contactors C320LS3 4.95
Reversing Contactors C320LS4 7.25 Transient 120V C320AS1 57.00
NEMA Size 1 Suppressor
Starters C320LS5 4.95
Reversing Starters C320LS6 7.25
NEMA Size 2, IEC Sizes
G–K
Starters C320LS7 4.95
Reversing Starters C320LS8 7.25

Freedom
January 2003
DC/AC Interface Module Table 33-104. Controller Coil Voltage Ranges Table 33-105. Product Selection
The Catalog Number Controller Catalog Controller Coil Coil Catalog Number Price
Number Prefix Size or Range Voltage U.S. $
C320DC Interface Rating Volts AC
Module is an optically 5V DC C320DC2V5 94.00
isolated solid-state AE16, AE17, AE56, A–F 24 – 240 6V DC C320DC2V6 94.00
switch which pro- AE57, CE15, CE55 G–K 48 – 240 9V DC C320DC2V9 94.00
L–N 110 – 240
vides a means of 12V DC C320DC2V12 94.00
operating AC coils AN16, AN56, CN15,
CN55
00 – 0
1–2
24 _ 240
48 – 240
24V DC
48V DC
C320DC2V24
C320DC2V48
94.00
94.00
33
with 5 – 48V DC con- Cat. No. C320DC 3 110 – 240
trol signal. It acts as a
CN35 10 – 30A 24 – 240
space saving interposing relay which 60A 48 – 240
can switch a specified 50/60 Hz AC 100A 110 – 240
source to the contactor or starter coil.
Contactor Coil
The module may be directly attached
to the coil terminals of any Freedom 24V DC Input
Series contactor or starter — NEMA Observe 24 – 240V AC
Polarity 50/60 Hz
Sizes 00 – 3, IEC Sizes A – N and light- on Module
ing contactors 10 – 100A. It also has
Solid-State Switch
provisions for DIN rail mounting.
Figure 33-35. Typical Application
The module will operate coils
within the voltage ranges shown
in Table 33-104. Adhesive Dust Cover
Design Characteristics NEMA Sizes 00 – 2, IEC Sizes A – K
■ DC Input: 5 – 48V DC at mA nominal These adhesive stickers come 25 Table 33-106. Product Selection
■ AC Operating Voltage: to a package and provide extra protec- Catalog Number Price
240V AC (360 VA) ±10% 50/60 Hz; tion from contaminants when applied U.S. $
■ DC Operating Voltage: to the sides of Freedom NEMA Sizes
00 – 2 and IEC Sizes A – K. Adhesive C320DSTCVR (25 to a package) 8.70
30V DC max. (.5A)
covers are easily applied to side open-
■ AC Current Rating
ing where auxiliaries are not installed
❑ 10A make (inrush) and provide extra protection from
❑ 1A break (sealed) metal filings and other debris.
Add-On Power Pole Kit

NEMA Sizes 00 – 2, IEC A – K
This device mounts on the side of
Freedom NEMA Size 00 – 2 and IEC
Size A – K contactors. One unit can be
mounted on each side and carries UL,
cUL and IEC ratings. The device is
rated for resistive, inductive and
lighting applications.
UL Ampere Rating IEC 947 Ampere Rating
Inductive Resistive Horsepower Locked Lighting AC-1 AC-3 AC-5a 1NO Price
600V 600V 1-Phase Rotor Ballast 600V 600V AC-5b Power U.S. $
115V 230V 240V Tungsten 480V Pole
480V Catalog
Number
15 20 1/2 2 96 20 20 12 18 C320PPD10 30.25

Freedom
January 2003
Auxiliary Contacts NEMA Sizes 3 – 8 — IEC Sizes L – Z

NEMA Sizes 00 – 2 — IEC Sizes A – K
Circuit Contact Catalog Number Price
The auxiliary contacts listed below are designed for installa- Configuration U.S. $
tion on Freedom Series starters and contactors. Snap-on Code 2
design facilitates quick, easy installation. Base Auxiliary Contacts — NEMA Sizes 3 – 5, IEC Sizes L – S
These bifurcated design contact blocks, featuring silver NEMA Size 3 NEMA Sizes 4 – 5
33 cadmium alloy contacts, are well suited for use in very low
IEC Sizes L – N IEC Sizes P – S
energy (logic level) circuits. NO 10 C320KGS31 C320KGS41 43.25

NO-NC 11 C320KGS32 C320KGS42 58.50
Auxiliary Contacts — NEMA Sizes 3 – 5, IEC Sizes L – S
Catalog Number
NO 10 C320KGS20 43.25
NC 01 C320KGS21 43.25
NO-NC 3 11 C320KGS22 58.50
Auxiliary Contacts — NEMA Sizes 6 – 8, IEC Sizes T – Z
Size Catalog Number
NO-NC 11 NEMA 8, IEC Z C320KA5 161.00
Side Mounted Top Mounted 2NO-2NC 22 NEMA 6 – 7 C320KA6 161.00
2NO-2NC 22 IEC T – X C320KA8 161.00
Table 33-108. Product Selection 2 For reference only — not part of Catalog Number. See below left.
3 NO-NC occupies two positions — L2 and L3, or R2 and R3.
Description Contact Catalog Price
Configuration Number U.S. $ See Figure 33-36 on Page 33-63.
Code 1
Side Mounted
1NO 10 C320KGS1 21.70
1NC 01 C320KGS2 21.70
1NO-1NC 11 C320KGS3 29.00
2NO 20 C320KGS4 29.00
2NC 02 C320KGS5 29.00
1NO-1NCI N/A C320KGS6 29.00
1NO (EC)-1NC (LO) N/A C320KGS7 29.00
1NCI N/A C320KGS8 29.00
Base Auxiliary Contact Auxiliary Contact
Top Mounted Cat. No. C320KGS42 Cat. No. C320KGS22
1NO 10 C320KGT1 21.70
1NC 01 C320KGT2 21.70 Auxiliary Contact Ratings (Amperes)
1NO-1NC 11 C320KGT3 29.00 Table 33-110. Ratings — NEMA A600
2NO 20 C320KGT4 29.00
2NC 02 C320KGT5 29.00 Current AC Volts
1NO-1NCI N/A C320KGT6 29.00 120V 240V 480V 600V
1NO (EC)-1NC (LO) N/A C320KGT7 29.00
1NCI N/A C320KGT8 29.00 Make and Interrupting 60 30 15 12
3NO 30 C320KGT9 58.50 Break 6 3 1.5 1
2NO-1NC 21 C320KGT10 58.50 Continuous 10 10 10 10
1NO-2NC 12 C320KGT11 58.50
3NC 03 C320KGT12 58.50 Table 33-111. Ratings — NEMA P300
4NO 40 C320KGT13 58.50
Continuous Thermal Rating: 5A
3NO-1NC 31 C320KGT14 58.50
2NO-2NC 22 C320KGT15 58.50 DC Volts Make/Break Amperes
1NO-3NC 13 C320KGT16 58.50
125 1.10
4NC 04 C320KGT17 58.50
250 .55
3NO-1NCI N/A C320KGT18 58.50
2NO-1NCI-1NC N/A C320KGT19 58.50 Table 33-112. Ratings — Logic Level
2NO-1NO (EC)-1NC (LO) N/A C320KGT20 58.50
1NO-1NC-1NO (EC)-1NC (LO) N/A C320KGT21 58.50 Minimum Ratings for Logic Level and Hostile Atmosphere Application
Note: NCI = Normally Closed early opening designed for use in Minimum Amperes 20 mA
reversing applications. EC = Early Closing. LO = Late Opening. Minimum Volts 24V AC/DC
1 For reference only — not part of Catalog Number. See below.
Contact Configuration Code

This two-digit code is found on the auxiliary contact to assist
in identifying the specific contact configuration. The first
digit indicates the quantity of NO contacts and the second
indicates the quantity of NC contacts.

Freedom
January 2003
Auxiliary Contact Location

NEMA Sizes 00 – 2, IEC Sizes A – K NEMA Sizes 3 – 8, IEC Sizes L – Z
The sketches below illustrate the maximum number of auxil- The sketches below illustrate the maximum number of auxil-
iary contacts that can be assembled to a contactor or starter iary contacts that can be assembled to a contactor and their
and their locations. locations.
Table 33-113. Auxiliary Contacts Note: A Base Auxiliary Contact must be added in position R1 before
Catalog Size Poles Available Mounting Positions 12
additional auxiliary contacts can be mounted on NEMA Size 3 and 33
Number
IEC Sizes L – N, or in L1 on NEMA Sizes 4 – 5 and IEC Sizes P – S.
Open Type Enclosed
AE16 A–K 3 T1, L1 L1

Table 33-114. Mounting Positions
AN16 00 3 T1, L1, R1 L1 Size Available Mounting Positions 3
0–2 3 T1, L1 L1
NEMA Size 3, IEC Sizes L – N R2, R3, L1, L2, L3
AE56 A–K 3 L1, R1 L1, R1
NEMA Sizes 4 – 5, IEC Sizes P – S L2, L3, R1, R2, R3
AN56 00 – 2 3 T1, T2 —
NEMA Sizes 6 – 7, IEC Sizes T – X R1
CE15 A–C 2–4 T1, L1, R1 L1, R1
NEMA Size 8, IEC Size Z L2, R2
D–K 3 T1, L1 L1
G–J 4 T1, R1 — 3 Available positions on contactors or starters other than what is factory
G–J 5 T1 — installed.
CN15 00 2–4 T1, L1, R1 L1
0–2 2–3 T1, L1 L1
1, 2 4 T1, L1 —
1, 2 5 T1, L1 — L1 L2 L3 R3 R2 R1
Rear
Rear
CN35 10A 2–4 T1, L1, R1 L1 Base Aux. Aux. Aux. Aux. Base
20 – 60A 2–3 T1, L1 L1 Aux. Cont. Cont. Cont. Cont. Aux.
60A 4 T1, L1 — Cont. Cont.
60A 5 T1, L1 —
CE55 A–K 3 L1, R1 L1, R1 Left Side Front Right Side
CN55 00 – 2 3 T1, T2 — of Contactor of Contactor of Contactor
1 Available positions on contactors or starters other than what is factory NEMA Sizes 3 – 5
installed. IEC Sizes L – S
2 When a pneumatic timer is mounted on contactor, only side mounted
auxiliary contact positions are available. The solid-state timer, when
added, takes up side mounted auxiliary contact position.
L1 R1
L1 R1 L1 R1
NEMA Sizes 6 – 7
IEC Sizes T, U, V, W and X
T1 T1 T2
Top View Top View
L1 R1
L2 R2
L1 T1 R1 L1 T1 T2 R1
NEMA Size 8
IEC Size Z
Front View Front View
Figure 33-37. Auxiliary Contact Location
Non-reversing Reversing
Contactors and Starters Contactors and Starters
Figure 33-36. Auxiliary Contact Location

Freedom
January 2003
DC Magnet Coils EXAMPLE: For Size 0 AC contactor Non-reversing Kit Consists of:
with a 24V DC coil, change ■ 1 Encapsulated DC magnet coil
When Ordering Specify AN16BN0AC to AN16BN0T1C.
■ 1 NCI or NO/NCI side mounted
Conversion Kit for Field Assembly Application auxiliary contact
■ Catalog Number ■ Connect for separate control Note: These kits are supplied with a
NO/NCI side mounted auxiliary contact
■ Not for use with cover control in place of the NCI contact.
Factory Installed DC Coil
switch operators
33 ■ For factory installed DC magnet ■ Use twin break, heavy-duty pilot ■ 2 Blue colored connection wires
coil on AC contactors or non- devices. ■ 1 Instruction publication
combination starters (open type ■ Designed for +10%, -20% rated volt-
only), substitute the Code Suffix Operation
age, continuous duty operation.
from table below for the magnet coil See next page for operation details.
identifier in the device Catalog
Number.

Contactor or Conversion Data Complete Conversion Kit Factory
Starter Size Volts Magnet Coil NCI Installed
NEMA IEC Coil Amps Watts Interlock Catalog Price Ship Wt. Code Adder
Number P.U./Seal P.U./Seal Number U.S. $ Lbs. (kg) Suffix U.S. $
Non-reversing — Kit includes NCI Side Mounted Auxiliary contact
00 and 0 A–F 12 9-2988-11 6.4/.28 76.8/3.36 C320KGD1 C335KD3R1 33.00 1.0 (.5) R1 36.25
CN35 – A, B, D 24 9-2988-12 3.2/.14 76.8/3.36 C320KGD1 C335KD3T1 33.00 T1 36.25
D15 Relays 48 9-2988-13 1.6/.07 76.8/3.36 C320KGD1 C335KD3W1 33.00 W1 36.25
120 9-2988-14 .64/.028 76.8/3.36 C320KGD1 C335KD3A1 33.00 A1 36.25
1 A–F 12 9-2988-11 6.4/.28 76.8/3.36 C320KGD2 1 C335KD3R4 54.50 1.0 (.5) R4 57.00
00 and 0 24 9-2988-12 3.2/.14 76.8/3.36 C320KGD2 1 C335KD3T4 54.50 T4 57.00
CN35 – A, B, D 48 9-2988-13 1.6/.07 76.8/3.36 C320KGD2 1 C335KD3W4 54.50 W4 57.00
D15 Relays 120 9-2988-14 .64/.028 76.8/3.36 C320KGD2 1 C335KD3A4 54.50 A4 57.00
1 and 2 G–K 12 9-2990-1 15.4/.42 185/4.98 C320KGD5 C335KD4R4 54.50 1.0 (.5) R4 62.50
CN35 – G 24 9-2990-2 7.7/.21 185/4.96 C320KGD5 C335KD4T4 54.50 T4 62.50
48 9-2990-3 3.9/.11 185/5.04 C320KGD5 C335KD4W4 54.50 W4 62.50
120 9-2990-4 1.5/.041 185/4.87 C320KGD5 C335KD4A4 54.50 A4 62.50
3 L–N 12 9-3002-1 24/.40 293/4.84 C320KGD3 C335KD5R1 81.50 2.0 (.9) R1 95.50
CN35 – K 24 9-3002-2 12/.20 288/4.75 C320KGD3 C335KD5T1 81.50 T1 95.50
48 9-3002-3 6.1/.097 295/4.67 C320KGD3 C335KD5W1 81.50 W1 95.50
120 9-3002-4 2.5/.038 298/4.57 C320KGD3 C335KD5A1 81.50 A1 95.50
4 and 5 P–S 24 9-2026-4 18/.22 400/5.3 C320KGD3 C335KA3T1 294.00 2.5 (1.1) T1B 337.00
CN35 – N, S 48 9-2026-3 9/.11 400/5.2 C320KGD3 C335KA3W1 294.00 W1B 337.00
120 9-2026-2 3.3/.05 450/5.4 C320KGD3 C335KA3A1 294.00 A1B 337.00
240 9-2026-1 1.7/.02 440/4.9 C320KGD3 C335KA3B1 294.00 B1B 337.00
Reversing
00 and 0 A–F 12 (2) 9-2988-1 6.4/.28 76.8/3.36 (2) C320KGD1 C335RD3R1 2 125.00 1.0 (.5) R1 3 130.00
CN35 – A, B, D 24 (2) 9-2988-2 3.2/.14 76.8/3.36 (2) C320KGD1 C335RD3T1 2 125.00 T1 3 130.00
D15 Relays 48 (2) 9-2988-3 1.6/.07 76.8/3.36 (2) C320KGD1 C335RD3W1 2 125.00 W1 3 130.00
120 (2) 9-2988-4 .64/.028 76.8/3.36 (2) C320KGD1 C335RD3A1 2 125.00 A1 3 130.00
1 and 2 G–K 12 (2) 9-2990-1 15.4/.42 185/4.98 (2) C320KGD3 4 R1 3 228.00
CN35 – G 24 (2) 9-2990-2 7.7/.21 185/4.96 (2) C320KGD3 T1 3 228.00
48 (2) 9-2990-3 3.9/.11 185/5.04 (2) C320KGD3 W1 3 228.00
120 (2) 9-2990-4 1.5/.041 185/4.87 (2) C320KGD3 A1 3 228.00
1 These kits are supplied with a NO/NCI side mounted auxiliary contact in place of the NCI contact.
2 Kit does not include mechanical interlock or crossover wiring. Two NO/NCI top mounted auxiliary contacts are supplied for electrical interlocking.
3 Factory installed DC coils on NEMA contactors and starters include a NO/NC top mounted auxiliary contact on each contactor for electrical interlock-
ing. On IEC contactors and starters, a NC top mounted auxiliary contact is supplied on each contactor for electrical interlocking.
4 Available factory assembled only.

Freedom
January 2003
Operation
A1 A2
Competitive Mounting Plates
These DC coil kits have separate pick- Hold Pick-Up
up and seal windings. A special (side 3
mounted) early-break NCI auxiliary NCI
contact is used to either disconnect the
pick-up winding or insert the seal
winding in series with the pick-up 2 3
a
winding, depending on the frame size
of the contactor. DC coil kits come in
NO 33
two styles, a suffix 1 and a suffix 4. The DC Coil Elementary Diagram
1 suffix contains only the special (side for NEMA Sizes 1 – 3 and IEC Sizes G – N
Contactors and Starters
mounted) early break NCI auxiliary
contact. The 4 suffix contains a NO Important
contact in the same package as the Incoming DC must be connected C321CMP1
special (side mounted) early-break NCI between A1 and Top A2 Terminal.
The C321 adapter plates permit direct
auxiliary contact. A1 A2 Top replacement of competitive starters with
Note: For NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 and IEC Freedom Series starters without drilling
Hold
Sizes A – F, contactors may utilize either suf- and tapping new mounting holes. Allen-
fix 1 or 4 DC coil kits; starters may utilize suf- Bradley 509, Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer A10
fix 4 DC coil kits only. For NEMA Sizes 1 and (adapter plate not required for replacing
2 and IEC Sizes G – K, both contactors and a 2 NCI
A10 Starter Sizes 1, 4 and 5), Furnas 14,
starters may utilize a suffix 4 DC coil kit only. NO
ESP100, General Electric CR206, CR306,
Pick-Up 3 Auxiliary Siemens SXL, Square D 8536, Westing-
On the above sizes only, when the Contact
A2 Bottom house A200, B200.
special auxiliary package is mounted
on the side of a contactor or starter, DC Coil Elementary Diagram Table 33-116. Product Selection
for NEMA Sizes 00, 0, 4 & 5
no standard auxiliary contact may be and IEC Sizes A – F & P – S Freedom Index Number 2
mounted on the same side. Contactors and Starters NEMA Size Catalog Price
Note: For NEMA Sizes 3 – 5 and IEC Sizes Number U.S. $
Figure 33-38. Elementary Diagrams
L – S, special coil NCI clearing contact is an 1 1NO available in Suffix 4 kits only. 00, 0 C321CMP0 10.90
add-on auxiliary (must mount on a base
mount auxiliary contact; normally a 1NO). 1 C321CMP1 10.90
This arrangement will normally account for 2 C321CMP2 10.90
two of the three contact positions on the 3 C321CMP3 18.10
side of each contactor or starter.
4 C321CMP4 24.10
5 C321CMP5 30.25
2 Handling Number Only — Does not appear
on product. The handling number is
stamped on the carton label only.

Freedom
January 2003
Table 33-117. Competitive Mounting Plates — Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights
NEMA Catalog Dimensions in Inches (mm) Ship Wt.
Size Number Wide A Deep B Lbs. (kg)
0 – 00 C321CMP0 3.25 (82.6) 8.50 (215.9) .63 (.29)

1 C321CMP1 3.75 (95.3) 9.50 (241.3) .90 (.41)
2 C321CMP2 3.75 (95.3) 10.25 (260.4) 1.20 (.54)
3 C321CMP3 6.00 (152.4) 12.75 (323.9) 2.40 (1.09)
33 4 C321CMP4 7.50 (190.5) 13.50 (342.9) 3.00 (1.36)
5 C321CMP5 11.00 (279.4) 19.00 (482.6) 6.63 (3.01)
A A
B B
A
Sizes 0 – 00 Size 1
A
A
B
B
Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5
Figure 33-39. Approximate Dimensions
Special Modifications
Table 33-118. For Catalog Numbers AE16, AE17, AN16, AE56, AE57, AN56, CE15, CN15, CN35, CE55, CN55
Addition or Special Feature Starter Size and Price Adder (U.S. $) — NEMA/IEC
00/ 0/ 1 2/ 3/ 4/ 5/ 6/ 7/ 8/
A–C D–F — G–K L–N P–S T–U V W–X Z
Control Circuit
Extra Auxiliary Circuit, Factory Installed NO or NC — 2
each contact 1
Transient Suppressor 1 2
Power Circuit
Contactor/Starter for Ring Lug Capability — 2
Add Mod Code T16 to Catalog Number
(Power Terminals Only, Control Terminals as Standard)
Standalone Overload Relays Can Not Accept Ring Lugs on Line Side
Factory Installed Dust Covers
Factory Installed C320DSTCVR — 2 NA NA NA NA NA NA
Add Mod Code -53 to Catalog Number 1
1 These modifications are generally available in Kit form at lower cost. See specific product sections for Kit listings.
2 Consult factory for prices.

Freedom
January 2003
Note: For a complete listing of parts, refer to the Renewal Parts Publication Number referenced below.
Table 33-119. For Catalog Numbers AN16, AN30, AN40, AN56, AN70, AN80, AN800, CN15, CN35 2 and CN55 Contactors and Starters
Description NEMA Price NEMA Price NEMA Price
Size 00-0 U.S. $ Size 00 U.S. $ Size 0 U.S. $
Series A1 Series B1 Series C1 Series B1 Series C1
Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No.
Renewal Parts Publication Number None None None None None
Contact Kits 33
2-Pole ........................ 1 1 1 1 1
3-Pole ........................ 1 1 1 1 1
4-Pole ........................ 1 1 1 1 1
5-Pole ........................ 1 1 1 1 1
Magnet Coils Coil Suffix

120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz . . A 9-2650-1 66.00 9-2875-1 9-2875-1 66.00 9-2876-1 9-2876-1 66.00
240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz . . B 9-2650-2 66.00 9-2875-2 9-2875-2 66.00 9-2876-2 9-2876-2 66.00
480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz . . C 9-2650-3 66.00 9-2875-3 9-2875-3 66.00 9-2876-3 9-2876-3 66.00
600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz . . D 9-2650-4 66.00 9-2875-4 9-2875-4 66.00 9-2876-4 9-2876-4 66.00
208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 9-2650-5 66.00 9-2875-5 9-2875-5 66.00 9-2826-5 9-2876-5 66.00
277V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H 9-2650-13 66.00 9-2875-12 9-2875-12 66.00 9-2826-12 9-2876-12 66.00
208/240V 60Hz . . . . . . . . . . J — — 9-2875-37 9-2875-37 66.00 9-2826-17 9-2876-17 66.00
240V 50Hz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K 9-2650-12 66.00 9-2875-11 9-2875-11 66.00 9-2826-11 9-2876-11 66.00
380 – 415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . L 9-2650-6 66.00 9-2875-6 9-2875-6 66.00 9-2826-6 9-2876-6 66.00
380V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L — — — — — — — —
415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M — — — — — — — —
550V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N — — — — — — — —
24V 60 Hz – 24V 50 Hz . . . . . T — — 9-2875-36 9-2875-36 66.00 9-2876-36 9-2876-36 66.00
24V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T 9-2650-7 66.00 — — — — — —
24V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U 9-2650-14 66.00 9-2875-36 9-2875-36 66.00 9-2876-36 9-2876-36 66.00
32V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V 9-2650-9 66.00 9-2875-16 9-2875-16 66.00 9-2876-16 9-2876-16 66.00
48V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W 9-2650-8 66.00 9-2875-8 9-2875-8 66.00 9-2876-8 9-2876-8 66.00
48V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y 9-2650-10 66.00 9-2875-9 9-2875-9 66.00 9-2876-9 9-2876-9 66.00
Magnet Frame Armature
Lower Magnet Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1 1 1
Upper Magnet Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1 1 1
Description NEMA Size 1 Price NEMA Size 2 Price NEMA Size 3 Price
Series A1 Series B1 U.S. $ Series A1 Series B1 U.S. $ U.S. $
Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No.
Renewal Parts Publication Number 20861 22177 20861 22177 20426
Contact Kits
2-Pole ........................ 6-65 6-65 69.00 6-65-7 6-65-7 132.00 6-43-5 214.00
3-Pole ........................ 6-65-2 6-65-2 110.00 6-65-8 6-65-8 196.00 6-43-6 321.00
4-Pole ........................ 6-65-9 6-65-9 145.00 6-65-15 6-65-15 260.00 — —
5-Pole ........................ 6-65-10 6-65-10 183.00 6-65-16 6-65-16 325.00 — —
120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz . . A 9-2703-1 9-2703-1 78.50 9-2703-1 9-2703-1 78.50 9-2756-1 127.00
240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz . . B 9-2703-2 9-2703-2 78.50 9-2703-2 9-2703-2 78.50 9-2756-2 127.00
480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz . . C 9-2703-3 9-2703-3 78.50 9-2703-3 9-2703-3 78.50 9-2756-3 127.00
600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz . . D 9-2703-4 9-2703-4 78.50 9-2703-4 9-2703-4 78.50 9-2756-4 127.00
208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 9-2703-9 9-2703-9 78.50 9-2703-9 9-2703-9 78.50 9-2756-5 127.00
277V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H 9-2703-7 9-2703-7 78.50 9-2703-7 9-2703-7 78.50 9-2756-9 127.00
208/240V 60Hz . . . . . . . . . . J — — — — — — — —
240V 50Hz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K 9-2703-14 9-2703-14 78.50 9-2703-14 9-2703-14 78.50 9-2756-13 127.00
380 – 415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . L 9-2703-8 9-2703-8 78.50 9-2703-8 9-2703-8 78.50 — —
380V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L — — — — — — 9-2756-12 127.00
415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M — — — — — — 9-2756-8 127.00
550V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N — — — — — — 9-2756-14 127.00
24V 60 Hz – 24V 50 Hz . . . . . T — — — — — — — —
24V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T 9-2703-6 9-2703-6 78.50 9-2703-6 9-2703-6 78.50 9-2756-6 127.00
24V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U 9-2703-12 9-2703-12 78.50 9-2703-12 9-2703-12 78.50 9-2756-11 127.00
32V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V 9-2703-10 9-2703-10 78.50 9-2703-10 9-2703-10 78.50 9-2756-10 127.00
48V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W 9-2703-11 9-2703-11 78.50 9-2703-11 9-2703-11 78.50 9-2756-15 127.00
48V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y 9-2703-13 9-2703-13 78.50 9-2703-13 9-2703-13 78.50 9-2756-7 127.00
Lower Magnet Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-18200 17-18200 19.80 17-18200 17-18200 19.80 17-8955-2 47.25
Upper Magnet Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48-1936 48-1936 18.30 48-1936 48-1936 18.30 48-1902 19.50
1 Replace with complete contactor.
2 CN35A = Size 00, CN35B and CN35D = Size 0, CN35G = Size 2, CN35K = Size 3, CN35N = Size 4, and CN35S = Size 5.
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C

Freedom
January 2003
Table 33-119. For Catalog Numbers AN16, AN30, AN40, AN56, AN70, AN80, AN800, CN15, CN35 1 and CN55 Contactors and Starters (Continued)
Description NEMA Size 4 NEMA Size 5 NEMA Size 6
Series A1 Series B1 Price Series A1 Series B1 Price Contactor Price Contactor Price
U.S. $ U.S. $ & Starter U.S. $ & Starter U.S. $
Series A1, Series B1,
Starter Starter
Series B1 Series C1
33 Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No.
Renewal Parts Publication Number 20428 20428 20429 20429 20146 23349
Contact Kits
2-Pole 6-44 6-26 448.00 6-45 6-45 820.00 6-601-2 2,050.00 — —
3-Pole 6-44-2 6-26-2 680.00 6-45-2 6-45-2 1,220.00 6-601 3,075.00 6-648 3,075.00
Magnet Coil
Coils Suffix
120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz. . . . . . A 9-1891-1 9-1891-1 130.00 9-1891-1 9-1891-1 130.00 9-2698 865.00 9-3006 615.00
240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz. . . . . . B 9-1891-2 9-1891-2 130.00 9-1891-2 9-1891-2 130.00 9-2698-2 865.00 9-3006-2 615.00
480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz. . . . . . C 9-1891-3 9-1891-3 130.00 9-1891-3 9-1891-3 130.00 9-2698-3 865.00 9-3006-3 615.00
600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz. . . . . . D 9-1891-4 9-1891-4 130.00 9-1891-4 9-1891-4 130.00 9-2698-4 865.00 9-3006-4 615.00
208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 9-1891-13 9-1891-13 130.00 9-1891-13 9-1891-13 130.00 9-2698-5 865.00 — —
277V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H 9-1891-26 9-1891-26 130.00 9-1891-26 9-1891-26 130.00 — — — —
208/240V 60Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J — — — — — — — — — —
240V 50Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K 9-1891-20 9-1891-20 130.00 9-1891-20 9-1891-20 130.00 — — — —
380 – 415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . L — — — — — — 9-2698-6 865.00 9-3006-7 615.00
380V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L 9-1891-14 9-1891-14 130.00 9-1891-14 9-1891-14 130.00 — — — —
415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M 9-1891-21 9-1891-21 130.00 9-1891-21 9-1891-21 130.00 — — — —
550V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N 9-1891-8 9-1891-8 130.00 9-1891-8 9-1891-8 130.00 — — — —
24V 60 Hz – 24V 50 Hz. . . . . . . . . T — — — — — — — — 9-3006-8 615.00
24V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T 9-1891-15 9-1891-15 130.00 9-1891-15 9-1891-15 130.00 — — — —
24V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U 9-1891-16 9-1891-16 130.00 9-1891-16 9-1891-16 130.00 — — — —
32V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V 9-1891-27 9-1891-27 130.00 9-1891-27 9-1891-27 130.00 — — — —
48V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W — — — — — — 9-2698-8 865.00 9-3006-9 615.00
48V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y 9-1891-18 9-1891-18 130.00 9-1891-18 9-1891-18 130.00 — — — —
Overload Relays
For replacement on existing starters 10-6530-4 10-6530-4 298.00 C306DN3B C306DN3B 76.00 C306DN3B 76.00 C306DN3B 76.00
3-Pole — Ambient Compensated
Bimetallic
Current Transformer
— — — 42-3564 42-3564 478.00 42-3598 352.00 42-3598 352.00
Lower Magnet Frame 48-1030 48-1030 98.50 48-1030 48-1030 98.50 — — — —
Upper Magnet Frame 48-1029-3 48-1029-3 76.50 48-1029-3 48-1029-3 76.50 — — — —
Feeder Group Renewal 3
Volts Hertz NEMA Size 4 NEMA Size 5 NEMA Size 6
Series A1 Series B1 Price Series A1 Series B1 Price Contactor Price Contactor Price
U.S. $ U.S. $ & Starter U.S. $ & Starter U.S. $
Series A1, Series B1,
Starter Starter
Series B1 Series C1
110 – 120 50/60 — — — — — — 9-2705 840.00 9-3007 765.00

220 – 240 50/60 — — — — — — 9-2705-2 840.00 9-3007-2 765.00
440 – 480 50/60 — — — — — — 9-2705-3 840.00 9-3007-3 765.00
550 – 600 50/60 — — — — — — 9-2705-4 840.00 9-3007-4 765.00
208 50/60 — — — — — — 9-2705-5 840.00 9-3007-5 765.00
380 – 415 50/60 — — — — — — 9-2705-6 840.00 9-3007-7 765.00
48 – 52 50/60 — — — — — — 9-2705-8 840.00 9-3007-6 765.00
2 Consult factory.
3 Voltage ratings of the main coils must match those of the feeder group for proper operation of the starter/contactor.

Freedom
January 2003
Table 33-119. For Catalog Numbers AN16, AN30, AN40, AN56, AN70, AN80, AN800, CN15, CN35 1 and CN55 Contactors and Starters (Continued)
Description NEMA Size 7 Price NEMA Size 8 Price
Series A1 Series B1 U.S. $ Series A1 Series B1 U.S. $
Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No.
Renewal Parts Publication Number 20848 20848 20849 20849
Contact Kits
2-Pole — — — — — — 33
3-Pole 6-613 6-613 4,575. 6-571 6-571 5,070.
120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . A 9-2698 9-2698 865. 9-2654 9-2654 1,425.
240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . B 9-2698-2 9-2698-2 865. 9-2654-2 9-2654-2 1,425.
480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . C 9-2698-3 9-2698-3 865. 9-2654-3 9-2654-3 1,425.
600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . D 9-2698-4 9-2698-4 865. 9-2654-4 9-2654-4 1,425.
208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 9-2698-5 9-2698-5 865. 9-2654-6 9-2654-6 1,425.
277V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H — — — — — —
208/240V 60Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J — — — — — —
240V 50Hz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K — — — — — —
380 – 415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L — — — — — —
380V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L 9-2698-6 9-2698-6 865. 9-2654-5 9-2654-5 1,425.
415V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M — — — — — —
550V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N — — — — — —
24V 60 Hz – 24V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . T — — — — — —
24V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T — — — — — —
24V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U — — — — — —
32V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V — — — — — —
48V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W — — — — — —
48V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Y — — — — — —
Overload Relays
For replacement on existing starters
3-Pole — Ambient Compensated Bimetallic C306DN3B C306DN3B 76. C306DN3B C306DN3B 76.
Current Transformer
42-3598-2 42-3598-2 352. 42-3598-3 42-3598-3 352.
Magnet Frame Armature 2
Lower Magnet Frame — — — — — —
Upper Magnet Frame — — — — — —
Feeder Group Renewal 3
Volts Hertz NEMA Size 7 NEMA Size 8
Series A1 Series B1 Price Series A1 Series B1 Price
U.S. $ U.S. $
110 – 120 50/60 9-2705 9-2705 840. — — —

220 – 240 50/60 9-2705-2 9-2705-2 840. — — —
440 – 480 50/60 9-2705-3 9-2705-3 840. — — —
550 – 600 50/60 9-2705-4 9-2705-4 840. — — —
208 50/60 9-2705-5 9-2705-5 840. — — —
380 – 415 50/60 9-2705-6 9-2705-6 840. — — —
48 – 52 50/60 9-2705-8 9-2705-8 840. — — —
120 50/60 — — — 9-2664 9-2664 1,850.
240 50/60 — — — 9-2664-2 9-2664-2 1,850.
480 50/60 — — — 9-2664-3 9-2664-3 1,850.
600 50/60 — — — 9-2664-4 9-2664-4 1,850.
380 50/60 — — — 9-2664-5 9-2664-5 1,850.
208 50/60 — — — 9-2664-6 9-2664-6 1,850.
415 50/60 — — — 9-2664-7 9-2664-7 1,850.
110 50/60 — — — 9-2664-8 9-2664-8 1,850.
220 50/60 — — — 9-2664-9 9-2664-9 1,850.
550 50/60 — — — 9-2664-10 9-2664-10 1,850.
440 50/60 — — — 9-2664-11 9-2664-11 1,850.
2 Consult factory.
3 Voltage ratings of the main coils must match those of the feeder group for proper operation of the starter/contactor.
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C

Freedom
January 2003
Non-reversing Contactors
Table 33-120. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights — Open Type
NEMA Number Dimensions in Inches (mm) Ship Wt.
Size of Poles Wide High Deep Mounting F G Lbs. (kg)
A B C D E
00 2–4 1.75 (44.5) 3.88 (98.6) 3.49 (88.6) 1.50 (38.1) 1 3.38 (85.9) 4.62 (117.3) .54 (13.7) 1.7 (.8)
33 0 2–3 1.75 (44.5) 3.88 (98.6) 3.49 (88.6) 1.50 (38.1) 1 3.38 (85.9) 4.62 (117.3) .54 (13.7) 1.8 (.8)
1–2 2–3 2.56 (65.0) 5.05 (128.3) 4.44 (112.8) 2.00 (50.8) 1 4.50 (114.3) 5.80 (147.3) .54 (13.7) 3.1 (1.4)
1–2 4 3.44 (87.4) 5.05 (128.3) 4.44 (112.8) 2.00 (50.8) 1 4.50 (114.3) 5.80 (147.3) .54 (13.7) 3.6 (1.6)
1–2 5 4.32 (109.7) 5.05 (128.3) 4.44 (112.8) 2.00 (50.8) 1 4.50 (114.3) 5.80 (147.3) .54 (13.7) 4.0 (1.8)
3 2–3 4.08 (103.6) 7.17 (182.1) 5.94 (150.9) 3.00 (76.2) 6.63 (168.4) — — 8.5 (3.9)
4 2–3 7.05 (179.1) 9.11 (231.4) 7.25 (184.2) 6.00 (152.4) 8.50 (215.9) — — 20.0 (9.1)
5 2–3 7.05 (179.1) 13.12 (333.2) 7.78 (197.6) 6.00 (152.4) 12.50 (317.5) — — 23.0 (10.4)
6 3 8.63 (219.2) 13.54 (343.9) 8.88 (225.6) 4.33 (110.0) 8.63 (219.2) — — 35.0 (15.9)
7 3 11.02 (279.9) 19.30 (490.2) 11.46 (291.1) 6.89 (175.0) 11.02 (279.9) — — 100.0 (45.4)
8 3 13.00 (330.2) 24.50 (622.3) 13.63 (346.2) 4.22 (107.2) 14.86 (377.4) — — 160.0 (72.6)
1 Center mounting slot at bottom supplied only on Size 00 and 0 contactors.
G A G F G A G F G A G F
C C C
A Top A Top Side A Top A Top Side A Top A Top Side

U Mtd. U E Mtd. Mtd. U Mtd. U E Mtd. Mtd. U Mtd. U E Mtd. Mtd.
Aux. Aux. Aux. B Aux. Aux. B Aux. Aux. Aux. B
X X X Aux. X X X
Auxiliary Auxiliary Auxiliary

D Contacts D Contacts D Contacts
Mtg. Holes for Mtg. Holes for Mtg. Holes for
#10-32 Screws #10-32 Screws #10-32 Screws
Sizes 00, 2- to 4-Pole Sizes 0 – 2, 2- and 3-Pole Sizes 0 – 2, 2- and 3-Pole
G A G F A C A C
C
A Top A Top Side

Mtd. Mtd. Mtd. Side
U U E B E Mtd. B E B
X Aux. X Aux. Aux.
Aux.
Auxiliary
D Contacts
D D
Mtg. Holes for Mtg. Holes for (3) Mtg. Holes for
#10-32 Screws 1/4-20 Screws (3) Screws
Sizes 1 – 2, 5-Pole Size 3 Sizes 4 – 5
A C
Mtg. Holes for (2)

5/16-18 Screws
E
B
D
Mtg. Slots for (2)
5/16-18 Screws
Size 6

Freedom
January 2003
NEMA Dimensions in Inches (mm) Ship Wt.
Size Wide High Deep Mounting F G Lbs. (kg)
A B C D E
00 – 0 4.20 (106.7) 4.35 (110.5) 3.52 (89.4) 3.50 (88.9) 3.86 (98.0) 4.90 (124.5) .54 (13.7) 3.3 (1.5)
1–2 5.71 (145.0) 5.05 (128.3) 4.44 (112.8) 5.25 (133.4) 3.63 (92.2) 5.80 (147.3) .54 (13.7) 7.8 (3.5) 33
3 8.70 (221.0) 7.17 (182.1) 5.94 (150.9) 7.00 (177.8) 6.63 (168.4) — — 17.0 (7.7)
4 14.68 (372.9) 9.11 (231.4) 7.25 (184.2) 13.50 (342.9) 8.50 (215.9) — — 47.0 (21.3)
5 14.50 (368.3) 12.25 (311.2) 7.78 (197.6) 13.50 (342.9) 11.50 (292.1) — — 63.0 (28.6)
6 19.77 (502.2) 16.61 (421.9) 9.90 (251.5) 18.00 (457.2) 12.00 (304.8) — — 80.0 (36.3)
7 28.00 (711.2) 26.75 (679.5) 1 12.75 (323.9) 12.75 (323.9) 11.00 (279.4) — — 260.0 (118.0)
8 30.13 (765.3) 39.00 (990.6) 1 14.69 (373.1) 14.13 (358.9) 15.00 (381.0) — — 350.0 (158.9)
1 Includes cross wiring.
G A G F A C
C
A Top Top A Top Side

U Mtd. Mtd. U Mtd. Mtd.
B
X Aux. Aux. X E Aux. Aux. E B
Auxiliary
D Contacts
Mtg. Holes for (3) D Mtg. Holes for (3)
#10-32 Screws 1/4-20 Screws
Sizes 00 – 2 Size 3
A C
A C
E
B B
E
D
D D
Mtg. for (4) Mtg. Holes for (6)
1/4-20 Screws 1/2-13 Screws
Sizes 4 – 5 Open Type — Sizes 7 – 8 Horizontal
A C
B
E
D Mtg. Holes for (4)

3/8-16 Screws
Size 6

Freedom
January 2003
NEMA Dimensions in Inches (mm) Ship. Wt.
Size Wide High Deep Mounting F G Lbs. (kg)
A B C D E
00 – 0 1.80 (45.7) 6.60 (167.6) 3.52 (89.4) — 6.07 (154.2) 4.90 (124.5) .54 (13.7) 2.2 (1.0)
33 1 – 1P 2.56 (65.0) 7.08 (179.8) 4.44 (112.8) 2.00 (50.8) 6.63 (168.4) 5.80 (147.3) .54 (13.7) 4.5 (2.0)
2 2.56 (65.0) 8.08 (205.2) 4.44 (112.8) 2.00 (50.8) 7.63 (193.8) 5.80 (147.3) .54 (13.7) 4.7 (2.1)
3 4.08 (103.6) 11.35 (288.3) 5.94 (150.9) 3.00 (76.2) 10.81 (274.6) — — 11.0 (5.0)
4 7.05 (179.1) 12.06 (306.3) 7.25 (184.2) 6.00 (152.4) 8.50 (215.9) — — 23.0 (10.4)
5 7.00 (177.8) 17.77 (451.4) 7.76 (197.1) 6.00 (152.4) 16.00 (406.4) — — 36.0 (16.3)
6 9.47 (240.5) 21.69 (550.9) 9.90 (251.5) 3.10 (78.7) 18.00 (457.2) — — 75.0 (34.1)
7 15.13 (384.3) 29.13 (739.9) 12.64 (321.1) 13.25 (336.6) 21.25 (539.8) — — 120.0 (54.5)
8 15.13 (384.3) 34.50 (876.3) 15.00 (381.0) 13.25 (336.6) 16.75 (425.5) — — 210.0 (95.3)
G A G Top F G A G Top F
Mtd. C Mtd. C
Aux. Aux.
A Top A Side A Top A Side

U Mtd. U Mtd. U Mtd. U Mtd.
X Aux. X Aux.
B
X Aux. X Aux.
B
E E
CL Auxiliary .13 CL Auxiliary

Contacts (3.3) Contacts
Mtg. Holes for #10-32 Screws

Mtg. Holes for
D
Sizes 00 – 0 a #10-32 Screws
Sizes 1 – 2
A C
G C A C
Aux.
Aux.
Cont. E
E B B E B
D D
A Mtg. Holes for (3) Mtg. Holes for
1/4-20 Screws 1/4-20 Screws D Mtg. Holes for
1/4-20 Screws
Size 3 Size 4 Size 5
A C
A C
E B
E B
D Mtg. Holes for

1/2-13 Screws
3/8-16 Screws Sizes 7 – 8
Size 6

1 Holding circuit contact for Size 00 occupies 4th power pole position — no increase in width.

Freedom
January 2003
Reversing Starters
NEMA Dimensions in Inches (mm) Ship.Wt.
Size Wide High Deep Mounting D1 E1 F G Lbs. (kg)
A B C D E
00 – 0 4.20 (106.7) 7.38 (187.5) 3.52 (89.4) 3.50 (88.9) 6.87 (174.5) — — 4.90 (124.5) .54 (13.7) 3.6 (1.6)
1 5.71 (145.0) 7.08 (179.8) 4.44 (112.8) 5.25 (133.4) 5.75 (146.1) — — 5.80 (147.3) .54 (13.7) 8.3 (3.8) 33
2 5.71 (145.0) 8.08 (205.2) 4.44 (112.8) 5.25 (133.4) 6.75 (171.5) — — 5.80 (147.3) .54 (13.7) 8.5 (3.9)
3 8.70 (221.0) 11.35 (288.3) 5.94 (150.9) 7.00 (177.8) 10.81 (274.6) — — — — 20.0 (9.1)
4 14.68 (372.9) 12.06 (306.3) 7.25 (184.2) 13.50 (342.9) 8.50 (215.9) — — — — 49.0 (22.2)
5 14.50 (368.3) 17.77 (451.4) 7.76 (197.1) 13.50 (342.9) 16.00 (406.4) — — — — 68.0 (30.9)
6 19.77 (502.2) 22.63 (574.8) 9.90 (251.5) 18.00 (457.2) 12.00 (304.8) 3.10 (78.7) 18.00 (457.2) — — 90.0 (40.9)
7 28.06 (712.7) 32.13 (816.1) 1 12.70 (322.6) 12.75 (323.9) 21.25 (539.8) — — — — 175.0 (79.5)
8 30.38 (771.7) 41.50 (1054.1) 1 14.70 (373.4) 14.13 (358.9) 16.75 (425.5) — — — — 430.0 (195.2)
1 Includes cross wiring overhang.
A C
CL
G A G F
C
E B
A Top Top A Top Side

CL Mtd.
U Mtd. Mtd. U Mtd.
X Aux. Aux. X Aux. Aux.
B
E
Auxiliary D Mtg. Holes for (3)

Contacts 1/4-20 Screws
b Size 3
.13 D Mtg. Holes for (3)

(3.3) #10-32 Screws
A C
Sizes 00 – 2
E B
A C
D

1/4-20 Screws
Sizes 4 – 5
E
E1 B
A C
E B
D1 Mtg. Holes for (6)

3/8-16 Screws D D Mtg. Holes for (6)
1/2-13 Screws
Size 6
Open Type — Sizes 7 – 8 Horizontal

2 See catalog listings for type and location of auxiliary contacts supplied with a particular starter.

Freedom
January 2003
Reversing Starters — Vertical Construction

Table 33-124. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights — AN56V Open Vertical Starter
NEMA Dimensions in Inches (mm) Ship. Wt.
Size Wide High Deep Mounting Wire Zone Lbs. (kg)
A B C Wide High
D E
33 0 4.25 (108.0) 12.05 (306.1) 3.84 (97.5) 2.00 (50.8) 11.50 (292.1) — 4.0 (1.8)
1 4.25 (108.0) 12.05 (306.1) 3.86 (98.0) 2.00 (50.8) 11.50 (292.1) 1.00 (25.4) 9.0 (4.1)
2 4.25 (108.0) 12.05 (306.1) 3.86 (98.0) 2.00 (50.8) 11.50 (292.1) 1.00 (25.4) 9.5 (4.3)
3 9.25 (235.0) 16.75 (425.5) 5.18 (131.6) 7.15 (181.6) 16.07 (408.2) 1 21.0 (9.5)
4 9.08 (230.6) 19.84 (503.9) 5.18 (131.6) 8.00 (203.2) 18.51 (470.2) 1.50 (38.1) 50.0 (22.7)
1 Wire overhang 1.00 mm left, 50 mm right.
A C
F A F C
E B E B

#10-32 Screws
D Mtg. Holes for (3) NEMA Sizes 1 – 2
#10-32 Screws
NEMA Size 0
F A F C F A F C
E B E B
D Mtg. Holes for (3) D Mtg. Holes for (4)

1/4-20 Screws 1/4-20 Screws
NEMA Size 3 NEMA Size 4

Freedom
January 2003
Multispeed Starters
Table 33-125. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights — AN700 Open Vertical Starter
NEMA Dimensions in Inches (mm) Ship Wt.
Size Wide High Deep Mounting Wire Lbs. (kg)
A B C Wide High Zone F
D E
2-Speed — Selective Control — Separate Winding
0 5.19 (132) 7.38 (188) 3.52 (89) 3.50 (89) 6.87 (175) .89 (23) 4.5 (2.0)
33
1 5.66 (144) 7.08 (180) 4.42 (112) 5.25 (133) 5.75 (146) 1.23 (31) 9.0 (4.1)
2 5.66 (144) 8.08 (205) 4.42 (112) 5.25 (133) 6.75 (165) 1.63 (41) 10.0 (4.5)
3 8.72 (221) 11.35 (288) 5.89 (150) 7.00 (178) 10.81 (275) 1.77 (45) 24.0 (10.9)
4 14.68 (373) 12.06 (306) 7.25 (184) 13.50 (343) 8.50 (216) 1.95 (50) 53.0 (24.1)
5 14.50 (368) 17.82 (453) 7.76 (197) 13.50 (343) 16.00 (406) 4.56 (116) 73.0 (33.1)
2-Speed — Selective Control — Reconnectable Winding
0 8.62 (219) 7.06 (179) 3.82 (81) 6.62 (168) 6.50 (165) .50 (13) 6.0 (2.7)
1 8.97 (228) 7.12 (181) 4.72 (120) 6.62 (168) 6.50 (165) 1.04 (26) 10.0 (4.5)
2 8.90 (226) 8.62 (219) 4.75 (121) 8.40 (213) 8.12 (206) 1.03 (26) 11.0 (5.0)
3 16.00 (406) 13.46 (342) 6.38 (162) 15.00 (381) 12.25 (311) 1.24 (31) 31.0 (14.1)
4 15.46 (393) 31.00 (787) 7.74 (197) 13.50 (343) 30.00 (762) 1.84 (47) 72.0 (32.7)
A
F A C F A C
F
E B B E B
E
a D C
a D
b D
Size“0” Multispeed Starter Size“1 – 2” Multispeed Starter Size“3” Multispeed Starter
2-Speed, 2-Winding 2-Speed, 2-Winding 2-Speed, 2-Winding
A
F A C F
D C
E
B
E B
D
c
Size“4” Multispeed Starter Size“5” Multispeed Starter
2-Speed, 2-Winding 2-Speed, 2-Winding
A
F A C F A C
F
E B E B
E B
a
D C a
D
a D
Size“0” Multispeed Starter Size“1” Multispeed Starter Size“2” Multispeed Starter
2-Speed, 1-Winding 2-Speed, 1-Winding 2-Speed, 1-Winding
A C
F A C
E B
E B
F D e
d
D
Size“3” Multispeed Starter Size“4” Multispeed Starter
2-Speed, 1-Winding 2-Speed, 1-Winding

1 Mounting holes for (3) #10 screws. 3 Mounting holes for (4) 1/4-20 screws. 5 Mounting holes for (4) 3/8 screws.
2 Mounting holes for (3) 1/4-20 screws. 4 Mounting holes for (4) 5/16 screws.

Freedom
January 2003
Relays — Thermal Overload Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0094]
Contents ■ Shrouded or fingerproof terminals Test for Trip Indication

to reduce possibility of electrical
Description Page shock. To test overload relay for trip indica-
tion when in manual reset, pull out the
Thermal Overload Relays ■ Meets UL 508 single-phasing
blue reset button. An orange flag will
Product Description . . . . . . . 33-76 requirements. appear indicating that the device has
■ UL listed, CSA certified, NEMA tripped. Push reset button in to reset.
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-76
compliance and CE mark.
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-76 Warning — To provide continued pro-
33 tection against fire or shock hazard,
Technical Information . . . . . 33-76
Operation the complete overload relay must be
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . 33-77 replaced if burnout of the heater
Factory Modifications . . . . . 33-78 C306 Overload Relay Setting element occurs.
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-78
Replacement Parts. . . . . . . . 33-78 1.0 1.15 Technical Information
Service Service
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-79 Factor Factor General
Product Selection . . . . . . . . 33-80 B C “Overload relays are provided to pro-
Heater Pack Selection . . . . . 33-80 tect motors, motor control apparatus
A D
and motor-branch circuit conductors
against excessive heating due to
motor overloads and failure to start.
This definition does not include:
Example of 12.0 FLA setting for
heater pack number H2011B showing 1) motor circuits over 600V, 2) short
position for 1.0 or 1.15 circuits, 3) ground faults and 4) fire
service factor motors. pump control.” (NEC Art. 430-31)
Figure 33-46. FLA Dial Adjustment Time Current Characteristics
For motors having a 1.15 service fac- The time-current characteristics of an
tor, rotate the FLA adjustment dial to overload relay is an expression of per-
correspond to the motor’s FLA rating. formance which defines its operating
Estimate the dial position when the time at various multiples of its current
motor FLA falls between two letter setting. Tests are run at Underwriters
32A Overload
values as shown in the example. Laboratories (UL) in accordance with
Cat. No. C306DN3B NEMA Standards and the NEC. UL
For motors having a 1.0 service factor, requires:
rotate the FLA dial one-half position
Product Description counterclockwise (CCW). ■ When tested at 100 percent of its
current rating, the overload relay
C306 Overload Relays are designed for shall trip ultimately.
use with CE or CN non-reversing and
A ■ When tested at 200 percent of its
reversing contactors. Four sizes are
current rating, the overload relay
available for overload protection up
M shall trip in not more than 8
to 144A.
minutes.
■ When tested at 600 percent of the
Features Example of setting for current rating, the overload relay
manual reset. shall trip in not more than 10 or 20
■ Selectable Manual or Automatic seconds, depending on the Class
Reset operation. of the relay.
Figure 33-47. Manual/Automatic Reset
■ Interchangeable Heater Packs
adjustable ±24% to match motor The overload relay is factory set at M “Current Rating” is defined as the
FLA and calibrated for use with 1.0 for manual reset operation. For auto- minimum current at which the relay
and 1.15 service factor motors. matic reset operation, turn the reset will trip. Per NEC, an overload must
Heater packs for 32A overload relay adjustment dial to the A position as ultimately trip at 125% of FLA current
will mount in 75A overload relay — shown in the illustration. (heater) setting for a 1.15 service factor
useful in derating applications such motor and 115% FLA for a 1.0 service
as jogging. Automatic reset is not intended for factor motor.
■ Class 10 or 20 heater packs. two-wire control devices.
“Current Setting” is defined as the FLA
■ Load lugs built into relay base. (Full Load Amperes) of the motor and
■ Bimetallic, ambient compensated thus the overload heater pack setting.
operated. Trip free mechanism. Example: 600% of current rating is
■ Electrically isolated NO-NC contacts defined as 750% (600 x 1.25) of FLA
(pull RESET button to test). current (heater) setting for a 1.15 ser-
(Electrical Ratings see Table 33-130 vice factor motor. A 10A heater setting
on Page 33-77). must trip in 20 seconds or less at 75A
■ Overload trip indication. motor current for a Class 20 relay.

Freedom
January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0095] Relays — Thermal Overload
10,000 10,000
5000 5000
4000 4000
3000 3000
2000 2000
1000 1000
500 500
400 400 From
300
200
From
Cold Start 300
200
Cold Start 33
Trip Time Trip Time
(Seconds) 100 From (Seconds) 100 From
50 Hot Start 50 Hot Start
40 40
30 30
20 20
10 10
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 2 4 6 8 10
Multiples of Current Setting Multiples of Current Setting
Class 10 Overload Relay 25°C Open Rating Class 20 Overload Relay 25°C Open Rating
Figure 33-48. Class 10 and Class 20 Trip Curves
Technical Data Table 33-128. Power Terminal Torque Line and Load Terminals
Terminal Catalog Number Torque in lb-in
Table 33-126. Wire (75°C) Sizes — AWG or kcmil — NEMA Sizes 00 – 2, 32A C306DT3B 20
IEC A – K — Open
75A C306GT3B 35 (14 – 10 AWG)
IEC NEMA Cu Only 40 (8 AWG)
Size Size 45 (6 – 4 AWG)
Power Terminals — Line 50 (3 – 2 AWG)
A, B, C 00 12 – 16 Stranded, 12 – 14 Solid 105A C306KN3 120 (3/16)
(Socket Head 200 (1/4)
D, E, F 0 8 – 16 Stranded, 10 – 14 Solid
Screw) 250 (5/16)
1 8 – 14 Stranded or Solid
G, H, J, K 2 3 – 14 (Upper) and/or 6 – 14 144A C306NN3 120 (3/16)
(Lower) Stranded or Solid 1 (Socket Head 200 (1/4)
Screw) 250 (5/16)
Power Terminals — Load — Cu Only (Stranded or Solid)
C306NN3 35 (14 – 10 AWG)
Catalog Terminal Wire Size (Slotted Head 40 (8 AWG)
Number Screw) 45 (6 – 4 AWG)
C306DN3B 32A 14 – 6 AWG 50 (3 – 1/0 AWG)
C306GN3B 75A 14 – 2 AWG
Table 33-129. Plugging and Jogging Service Horsepower Ratings 2
Control Terminals — Cu Only
NEMA Size 200V 230V 460V 575V
12 – 16 AWG Stranded, 12 – 14 AWG Solid
1 Two compartment box lug. 00 — 1/2 1/2 1/2
0 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2
Table 33-127. Wire (75°C) Sizes — AWG or kcmil — NEMA Sizes 3 – 8, 1 3 3 5 5
IEC L – N — Open 2 7-1/2 10 15 15
3 15 20 30 30
IEC Size NEMA Size Wire Size 4 25 30 60 60
Power Terminals — Line and Load 5 60 75 150 150
6 125 150 300 300
L 3 1/0 – 14 Cu/Al
2 Maximum horsepower where operation is interrupted more than 5
M — 1/0 – 8 Cu/Al
N — 3/0 – 8 Cu/Al times per minute or more than 10 times in a 10 minute period. NEMA
standard ICS 2-1993 table 2-4-3.
— 4 Open — 3/0 – 8 Cu
Enclosed — 250 kcmil — 6 Cu/Al Table 33-130. Overload Relay UL/CSA Contact Ratings Control Circuit 3
— 5 750 kcmil — 2 or AC Volts 120V 240V 480V 600V
(2) 250 kcmil — 3/0 Cu/Al
6–7 (2) 750 kcmil — 3/0 Cu/Al NC Contact B600
8 (2) 750 kcmil — 1/0 Cu/Al Make and Break Amps 30 15 7.5 6
Control Terminals — Cu Only Break Amps 3 1.5 .75 .6
12 – 16 AWG Stranded, 12 – 14 AWG Solid Continuous Amps 5 5 5 5
NO Contact C600
Make and Break Amps 15 7.5 3.375 3
Break Amps 1.5 .75 .375 .3
Continuous Amps 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
3 DC ratings cover Freedom Series coils only.

Freedom
January 2003
Factory Modifications Replacement Parts

C306 Thermal Overload Relays with Mounting Adapter Heater Pack Replacement
Consists of a thermal overload relay mounted to a terminal The heater pack series is determined by the 6th character of
base adapter — permits fast and easy installation. the Catalog Number. Series A or prior heater packs (identi-
fied by either “A” or “-” as the 6th character) have built-in
Table 33-131. Product Selection load lugs. Series B or later heater packs do not (load lugs are
33 Description Catalog Price on overload relay). Replacement of Series A or earlier heater
Number U.S. $ packs with Series B or later heater packs, requires the one
C306DN3B + C306TB1 C306DT3B 87.00 time addition of Lug Adapter Kit C3606KAL1-3B to the Series
C306GN3B + C306TB2B C306GT3B 152.00 A1 overload relay.
Accessories
DIN Rail and Panel Mounting Adapter
These adapters are required when
component overload relays are to be Superseded
separately mounted. The terminal base Series A Series B
adapter includes line terminals and Heater Pack Heater Pack
connects with the overload relays on
Page 33-80.
Cat. No. C306TB1 Table 33-134. Heater Pack Replacement Requirements

Existing Heater Pack Replacement Product Required
Table 33-132. Product Selection Catalog Numbers
Description Catalog Price H2001-3 – H2013-3 Lug Adapter Kit C3606KAL1-3B and Series B
Number U.S. $ H2001A-3 – H2013A-3 Heater Pack
For 32A Overload Relay C306TB1 10.90 H2001B-3 – H2013B-3 Series B Heater Pack
For 75A Overload Relay C306TB2B 4 21.70 H2014-3 When inventory is exhausted, replace with
4 This Series B adapter will accept Series A or B overload relays H2014A-3 Lug Adapter Kit C3606KAL1-3B and Series B
(C306GN3 or C306GN3B), C306TB2 can only be used with C306GN3. Heater Pack
H2014B-3 Series B Heater Pack
Locking Cover for Overload Relay — C306 Only H2015-3 – H2017-3 When inventory is exhausted, replace with
heater pack chosen from Table 33-135
Snap-on transparent or opaque plastic
panel for covering access port to the H2015A-3 – H2017A-3 When inventory is exhausted, replace with
Lug Adapter Kit C3606KAL1-3B and Series B
overload relay trip setting dial — helps Heater Pack
prevent accidental or unauthorized
H2015B-3 – H2017B-3 Series B Heater Pack
changes to trip and reset setting.
Table 33-135. Heater Pack Ratings
Motor Full Load Ampere Rating Order Price
Dial Position Heater Pack U.S. $
Catalog Number
A B C D
Overload Relay
29.0 32.5 36.0 39.5 H2015A-3 33.00
Cover 39.6 44.3 49.1 53.8 H2016A-3 33.00
Table 33-133. Product Selection 53.9 60.4 66.8 74.9 H2017A-3 33.00
Description Min. Catalog Price
Order Qty. Number U.S. $
(Std. Pkg.)
Clear cover, no accessibility 50 C320PC3 0.94

Gray cover, no accessibility 50 C320PC4 0.94
w/Auto only nib
Gray cover, no accessibility, 50 C320PC5 0.94
w/Manual only nib
Gray cover with FLA dial 50 C320PC6 0.94
accessibility, A, B, C, D positions
and Auto only nib
Gray cover with FLA dial 50 C320PC7 0.94
accessibility, A, B, C, D positions
and Manual only nib

Freedom
January 2003
Overload Relay Lug Adapter Kit Overload Relay Replacement —

Series A Only
When replacing a Catalog Number
C306DN3 (Part No. 10-6044) or
C306GN3 (10-6319) Series A overload
relay on a starter, order a Series B
overload relay and Series B heater
packs. 33
Cat. No. C306KAL1-3
Overload Relay Superseded 32A Series A
Lug Adapter Kit Overload Relay
Cat. No. C306DN3
These kits are used in conjunction with
Catalog Numbers H2001B – H2014B or
H2101B – H2114B heater packs as a
means of utilizing these Series B
heater packs in Catalog Numbers
C306DN3 and C306GN3 Series Al over-
load relays. The kit consists of 3 lug
adapters and installation instructions.
When installing Series B heater packs
plus lug adapters in Series A overload
relays, refer to heater pack FLA adjust-
ment tables originally supplied with Superseded 75A Series A
equipment (also supplied with kit). Overload Relay
Cat. No. C306GN3
Table 33-136. Product Selection — Overload
Relay Lug
Number U.S. $
Series Al Overload C306KAL1-3B 7.80

Relay Lug Adapter Kit
Dimensions
Table 33-137. Stand-Alone Overload Relays — Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight
Ampere Dimensions in Inches (mm) Ship. Wt.
Size Wide High Deep Mounting Lbs. (kg)
A B C D E F (Slot) G (Hole)
32A 1.77 (45.0) 4.13 (104.9) 3.69 (93.7) 1.36 (34.5) 3.74 (95.0) .18 x .30 (4.6 x 7.6) .18 (4.6) Dia. .8 (.4)
75A 2.54 (64.5) 4.69 (119.1) 3.74 (95.0) 2.00 (50.8) 3.45 (87.6) .22 x .26 (5.6 x 6.6) .21 (5.3) Dia. 1.4 (.6)
105 & 144A 4.00 (101.6) 7.17 (182.1) 4.91 (124.7) 3.00 (76.2) 6.62 (168.1) — — 4.0 (1.8)
Stand-Alone Overload Relays

A C
D G C
E
B
B E
A Mtg. Holes for (3)

F D 1/4-20 Screws
32A and 75A Sizes 105A and 144A Sizes
C306DT3B and C306GT3B C306KN3 and C306NN3
Figure 33-49. Approximate Dimensions — Stand-Alone Overload Relays

Freedom
January 2003
Product Selection
33
75A Overload 75A Overload 32A Overload 32A Overload

Cat. No. C306GN3B Cat. No. C306GT3B Cat. No. C306DT3B Cat. No. C306DN3B
Table 33-138. C306 Thermal Overload Relays

For Use with Freedom Maximum Number Open Type NEMA 1 Enclosed
Series Contactors Ampere of Poles
NEMA Rating Catalog Price Catalog Price
Size Number U.S. $ Number U.S. $
00, 0 32 2 3 C306DN3B 76. C306DG3B 105.

1, 2 75 2 3 C306GN3B 132. C306GG3B 188.
3 105 3 3 C306KN3 188. — —
4 144 3 3 C306NN3 260.
5–81 — — — —
1 NEMA Sizes 5 – 8 use the 32A overload in conjunction with CTs.
2 Series B overload relays have load lugs built into relay base and will only accept Series B heater packs. These relays can be directly attached to
contactor or they can be DIN rail or panel mounted using adapter on Page 33-78.
3 These relays can be panel mounted only.
Table 33-139. C306 Thermal Overload Relays Heater Pack Selection

For Stand-Alone Maximum Number Open Type
Applications Ampere of Poles Heater packs H2001B to H2017B and H2101B to H2117B are
NEMA Size Rating Catalog Price to be used only with Series B overload relays Catalog
Number U.S. $ Numbers C306DN3B (Part No. 10-7016) and C306GN3B
(Part No. 10-7020). The load lugs are built into the overload
00, 0, 1 4 32 3 C306DT3B 87.
14 75 3 C306GT3B 152.
relay base to allow load wiring prior to heater pack installa-
35 105 3 C306KN3 188. tion. The previous heater design had integral load lugs.
45 144 3 C306NN3 260. The Series B heater packs are electrically equivalent to the
5–86 — — — — previous heater design. Heaters H2018-3 to H2024-3 have
4 Overload relay assembled with mounting adapter for DIN rail or not changed.
panel mount.
5 Panel mount only. Table 33-140. Starters with Series B Overload Relays
6 NEMA Sizes 5 – 8 use the 32A overload in conjunction with CTs. NEMA — AN Type IEC — AE Type
Size Series Size Series
00 – 0 C A–F C
1–2 B G–K B
5 B
6 C
7–8 B
Note: The series of a starter is the last digit of the listed Catalog
Number. EXAMPLE: AN16DN0AB.
Heater Pack Heater Pack Heater Pack

H2001B – H2017B H2101B – H2117B H2018 – H2024
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-77

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-79
Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-78 – 33-79
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C

Freedom
January 2003
Table 33-141. Standard Trip — Class 20 Heater Selection Table 33-142. Fast Trip — Class 10 Heater Selection
Overload Motor Full Load Ampere Rating Catalog Price Overload Motor Full Load Ampere Rating Catalog Price
Relay Dial Position Number U.S. $ Relay Dial Position Number U.S. $
Size (Includes Size (Includes
A B C D 3 Heater A B C D 3 Heater
Packs) 1 Packs) 3
For Use with NEMA Sizes 00 – 0 Series C, NEMA Sizes 1 – 2 Series B; For Use with NEMA Sizes 00 – 0 Series C, NEMA Sizes 1 – 2 Series B;
IEC Sizes A – F Series C, IEC Sizes G – K Series B IEC Sizes A – F Series C, IEC Sizes G – K Series B
32A or .254 .306 .359 .411 H2001B-3 33. 32A or .260 .313 .367 .420 H2101B-3 33. 33
75A .375 .452 .530 .607 H2002B-3 33. 75A .384 .464 .543 .623 H2102B-3 33.
.560 .676 .791 .907 H2003B-3 33. .570 .688 .806 .924 H2103B-3 33.
.814 .983 1.15 1.32 H2004B-3 33. .846 1.02 1.20 1.37 H2104B-3 33.
1.20 1.45 1.71 1.96 H2005B-3 33. 1.28 1.55 1.83 2.10 H2105B-3 33.
1.79 2.16 2.53 2.90 H2006B-3 33. 1.92 2.33 2.74 3.15 H2106B-3 33.
2.15 2.60 3.04 3.49 H2007B-3 33. 2.30 2.79 3.28 3.77 H2107B-3 33.
3.23 3.90 4.56 5.23 H2008B-3 33. 3.38 4.10 4.82 5.54 H2108B-3 33.
4.55 5.50 6.45 7.40 H2009B-3 33. 4.96 6.03 7.09 8.16 H2109B-3 33.
6.75 8.17 9.58 11.0 H2010B-3 33. 7.07 8.58 10.1 11.6 H2110B-3 33.
9.14 10.8 12.4 14.0 H2011B-3 33. 9.60 11.2 12.8 14.4 H2111B-3 33.
14.0 16.9 19.9 22.8 H2012B-3 33. 14.4 17.5 20.7 23.8 H2112B-3 33.
18.7 22.7 26.7 30.7 H2013B-3 33. 18.7 21.8 25.0 28.1 H2113B-3 33.
23.5 28.5 33.5 38.5 H2014B-3 33. 23.5 27.3 31.0 34.8 H2114B-3 33.
For Use with NEMA Size 2, IEC Sizes G – K Only — Series B For Use with NEMA Size 2, IEC Sizes G – K Only — Series B
75A 29.0 34.0 39.1 44.1 H2015B-3 33. 75A 28.3 32.6 37.0 41.3 H2115B-3 33.
39.6 45.5 51.5 57.4 H2016B-3 33. 36.6 42.3 48.1 53.8 H2116B-3 33.
53.9 60.9 67.9 74.9 H2017B-3 33. 53.8 60.8 67.9 74.9 H2117B-3 33.
For Use with NEMA Sizes 3 – 4, IEC Sizes L – N Only — Series A For Use with Size 5 Starters Only — Series B and IEC P, R and S with 300/5 CT
105A or 8.0 9.2 10.3 11.5 H2025-3 33. 32A 4 51 61 72 82 H2104B-3 33.
144A 11.4 12.8 14.3 15.7 H2026-3 33. 77 93 110 126 H2105B-3 33.
14.3 15.7 17.4 19.0 H2027-3 33. 115 140 164 189 H2106B-3 33.
18.0 20.2 22.3 24.5 H2018-3 33. 138 167 197 226 H2107B-3 33.
24.6 27.6 30.5 33.4 H2019-3 33. 203 246 289 — H2108B-3 33.
33.5 37.5 41.5 45.6 H2020-3 33. For Use with Size 6 Starters Only — Series B and IEC T – V with 600/5 CT
45.7 51.2 56.7 62.1 H2021-3 33. 32A 4 154 186 220 252 H2105B-3 33.
62.2 69.7 77.1 84.6 H2022-3 33. 230 280 329 378 H2106B-3 33.
84.7 95.0 105.0 115.0 H2023-3 33. 276 335 394 452 H2107B-3 33.
106.0 118.0 131.0 144.0 H2024-3 33. 406 492 578 — H2108B-3 33.
For Use with Size 5 Starters — Series B and IEC P, R and S with 300/5 CT For Use with Size 7 Starters Only — Series B and IEC W – X with 1000/5 CT
32A 2 49 59 69 79 H2004B-3 33. 32A 4 169 204 240 274 H2104B-3 33.
72 87 103 118 H2005B-3 33. 256 310 366 420 H2105B-3 33.
107 130 152 174 H2006B-3 33. 384 466 543 630 H2106B-3 33.
129 156 182 209 H2007B-3 33. 460 558 656 754 H2107B-3 33.
194 234 274 — H2008B-3 33. 676 820 — — H2108B-3 33.
For Use with Size 6 Starters Only — Series B and IEC T – V with 600/5 CT For Use with Size 8 Starters Only — Series B and IEC Z with 1500/5 CT
32A 2 144 174 205 235 H2005B-3 33. 32A 4 254 306 360 411 H2104B-3 33.
215 259 304 348 H2006B-3 33. 384 465 549 630 H2105B-3 33.
258 312 365 419 H2007B-3 33. 576 699 822 945 H2106B-3 33.
388 468 547 627 H2008B-3 33. 690 837 984 1131 H2107B-3 33.
For Use with Size 7 Starters Only — Series B and IEC W – X with 1000/5 CT 1014 1230 — — H2108B-3 33.
32A 2 163 197 230 264 H2004B-3 33. 3 Heater packs are shipped 3 to a carton. Catalog Numbers and prices
240 290 342 392 H2005B-3 33. are for 3 heater packs.
358 432 506 580 H2006B-3 33. 4 Sizes 5 – 8 and IEC P – Z use the 32A overload relay with current
430 520 608 698 H2007B-3 33. transformers.
646 780 912 — H2008B-3 33.
For Use with Size 8 Starters Only — Series B and IEC Z with 1500/5 CT
32A 2 244 295 345 396 H2004B-3 33.
360 435 513 588 H2005B-3 33.
537 648 759 870 H2006B-3 33.
645 780 912 1047 H2007B-3 33.
969 1170 1368 — H2008B-3 33.
1 Heater packs are shipped 3 to a carton. Catalog Numbers and prices
are for 3 heater packs.
2 Sizes 5 – 8 and IEC P – Z use the 32A overload relay with current
transformers.

Freedom
January 2003
Relays — Current Sensing Protective Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0100]
Contents status, setpoint values and cause of Benefits

trip can be displayed remotely. The
Description Page IQ500 relay is ideal for a variety of ■ No external current transformers
Current Sensing Protective industrial applications such as mining, are required since they are internal
Relay timber, material handling, air to the IQ500.
conditioning compressors, wastewater ■ DIP switches used to select func-
Product Description . . . . . . . 33-82
treatment plants and petrochemical tions and settings on base relay are
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-82 industries.
33 Benefits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-82
clearly marked and covered with
screw-on plastic covers.
Standards and Features ■ On the automatic reset, the reset
Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . 33-82 times can be selected for long
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-83 ■ Overload class is adjustable using (90 second) or short (10 second)
DIP switches for 5, 10, 20 or 30 delay.
Product Selection . . . . . . . . 33-83 seconds, maximum trip times at six ■ Device can be set for different motor
times rated current full load currents without additional
■ Designed for 1000V and less parts or modules.
distribution systems
■ Form C (NO/NC) contact on output Optional Benefits
relay ■ With the addition of the IQ500M
■ Isolated alarm relay output contact Special Function Module, the
■ Communications capability using enhanced protection includes jam
IMPACC network (overtorque) and underload and
■ Manual or automatic reset (either a provides long acceleration time
true manual or remote electrical (high inertia load).
reset) — selectable ■ The underload and jam protection
■ Overload, Class II ground current, functions each have independent
Catalog Number IQ502A phase unbalance and single-phase Form C output relays as part of the
protection are standard module. In addition, the underload
and jam functions each have their
Product Description ■ LED indication (bi-colored — red/
own LEDs for status indication.
green) for device status, including
The IQ500 is a heaterless, current- overload, phase unbalance or ■ The underload and jam functions
sensing, solid-state motor protective ground current trip also have separate selectable trip
relay with optional communications levels and adjustable trip-delay and
■ Special Function Module adds
capabilities. Several functions are start-delay settings.
protection for underload and jam
incorporated into the base relay conditions, also provides for long ■ The IQ500M can be used as a load
(IQ502/IQ504) as standard: acceleration control module that allows “shed-
ding and restoring” a particular load
■ Overload (overcurrent) protection ■ Optional load control feature avail-
that contributes to the load being
able with special function module
■ Phase unbalance and phase loss monitored.
protection ■ Feed-through current transformer
■ The PONI (Product Operated Net-
windows for contactors, NEMA
■ Ground current protection (Class II) work Interface) card attaches
Sizes 1 – 4 (for Size 5 and larger,
directly to the base relay or special
The base relay can serve as the initial external current transformers can
function module for interfacing with
building block for a motor protection be used)
the Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Power-
system by adding the IQ500M Special ■ Fits mounting footprint of Eaton’s Net communications system.
Function Module. The module can Cutler-Hammer MORA relay
address application related motor load ■ Localized display can be achieved
■ Panel or starter mountable with the Central Monitoring Unit.
functions with the additional features:
■ Cause of trip is held in memory
■ Underload protection through a power loss
■ Long acceleration ■ Bell alarm contact available for
■ Jam protection remote status indication ■ UL File No. E19223
■ Load control ■ DIP switch provided for setting
operating frequency — 50 or 60 Hz
The IQ500 can provide a cost-effective ■ Plug-in terminal block for control
alternative to conventional protective power, trip relay and bell alarm
relays such as current relays, ground relay connections
fault relays and phase loss or phase
■ Operating temperature: -20° to 60°C
unbalance relays. Used with the
(-4° to 140°F)
PowerNet system, a low-cost, local
area communication network,
information such as current values,

Freedom
January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0101] Relays — Current Sensing Protective
Dimensions
4.88
(124)
33
2.5 3
(63.5) (76.2) 3.25
(82.6)
2.88
(73.2) .81
3.59 (20.6)
(91.2) Dia.
4.5 5.47
(114.3) (138.9)
IQ504
.19 (4.8) .5
Dia. (12.7)
4.88
.164-32 Tap (124)
2 Holes
.44 (11.2)
Dia. 1.19
.78 (30.2)
(19.8)
4.13 4.13
(104.9) (104.9)
2.75
(69.9)
.53
(13.5)
.5
1.88 (12.7)
(47.8) Dia.
3.59 5.47
(91.2) (138.9)
IQ500L and IQ502
Product Selection
Table 33-143. Current Sensing Protective Relay
Maximum Horsepower Ampere Catalog Number Price
Rating Control Voltage U.S. $
200V 230V 460 – 110/120V 220/240V

475V 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
20 25 50 3.4 to 66A IQ502A IQ502B 695.

60 75 150 10.8 to 207A IQ504A IQ504B 695.
— — — .32 to 5.4A IQ500LA 1 IQ500LB 1 695.
Special Function Module IQ500M 420.
1 Can be used with external CTs having 5A secondary.

Freedom, 3-Phase Magnetic — Enclosed
January 2003
Contents for a specific application. Parameters, Standards and Certifications

such as type of load, severity of duty,
Description Page electrical load/life cycles required, etc.,
must be evaluated before choosing
Certified Type 2 Coordination
either the IEC or NEMA designs. Since Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Freedom
Product Description . . . . . . . 33-84 Series IEC starters and NEMA starters
the IEC devices are typically smaller
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-84 than the equivalent NEMA device, are UL Certified to achieve IEC 947
Standards and there is a cost advantage over the Type 2 coordination against 100,000A
33 Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . 33-84 NEMA starters and contactors. short circuit fault currents. Any brand
of properly selected fuse can be used.
Catalog Number Type 2 coordination means that the
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-85 Features starter will be suitable for further use
Non-combination Starters . . . . 33-86 ■ A single family of starters suitable following a short circuit fault.
Combination Starters with for application in both the IEC and
Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . . . 33-92 NEMA markets. “Two lines, One ISO 9001 Certification
family” — the best of both worlds.
Combination Starters with When you turn to Eaton’s Cutler-
■ Adjustable Bimetallic Ambient Hammer Products, you turn to quality.
HMCP/E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-101
Compensated Overload Relays with The International Standards
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-113 interchangeable heater packs — Organization (ISO) has established a
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-115 available in three basic sizes, series of standards acknowledged by
Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-118 covering applications up to 900 hp 91 industrialized nations to bring
— reducing the number of different harmony to the international quest for
Modification Codes . . . . . . . . . 33-119 contactor/overload relay combi- quality. The ISO certification process
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-127 nations that have to be stocked. covers 20 quality system elements in
Fixed heater overloads optional. design, production and installation
■ A full line of snap-on accessories that must conform to achieve
common to both IEC and NEMA registration. The Enclosed Control is
devices — top and side mounted manufactured in our Fayetteville, NC
auxiliary contacts, solid-state and plant, and this facility is registered ISO
pneumatic timers, etc. 9001. This commitment to quality
■ Straight-through wiring — line lugs results in increased product reliability
at top, load lugs at bottom. and total customer satisfaction.
■ Horizontal or vertical mounting on Freedom NEMA starters are designed
upright panel for application freedom. to NEMA standards and are extremely
■ Screw type power terminals have rugged products built for any applica-
captive, backed-out self-lifting tion. Their long electrical/mechanical
pressure plates with ± screws — life is extended through easy
reduced wiring time. maintainability.
■ Accessible terminals for easy
wiring. Optional fingerproof shields ■ Meets and exceeds all NEMA, UL
Catalog Number ECN2208AAC available to prevent electrical shock. and CSA standards.
■ Top located coil terminals ■ Sized based on standard NEMA
classifications.
Product Description convenient and readily accessible.
45 mm contactor magnet coils have ■ Designed and built for a variety of
The “Freedom Series” starters feature three terminals, permitting either demanding applications.
a compact, space-saving design, using top or diagonal wiring — easy to ■ Easy coil change and inspectable/
state-of-the-art technology and the replace European or U.S. style replaceable contacts.
latest in high strength, impact and starters or contactors without ■ Adjustable/interchangeable heater
temperature resistant insulating changing wiring layout. packs for flexibility.
materials. Starters are available in two ■ Encapsulated dual voltage/
rating/configuration styles — NEMA ■ Available Open and in NEMA 1, 3R,
frequency magnet coils — perma- 4/4X, 7/9 and 12 enclosures.
(National Electrical Manufacturers nently marked with voltage, fre-
Association) and IEC (International quency and part number. IEC sizes A
Electrotechnical Commission). The Short Circuit Protection
– F have non-encapsulated coils as
NEMA devices are sized based on standard, encapsulated as optional. Fuses and Inverse-Time Circuit Breakers
traditional NEMA classifications and may be selected per Article 430, Part D
the IEC devices on international ■ Designed to meet or exceed NEMA, of the National Electrical Code to pro-
ratings. Internationally rated starters, UL, CSA, IEC, VDE, BS and other tect motor branch circuits from fault
as compared to NEMA devices, international standards and listings. conditions. If higher ratings or settings
generally are physically down-sized to ■ American engineering and manu- are required to start the motor, do not
provide higher ratings in a smaller facturing — built in the U.S.A. by exceed the maximum as listed in
package. However, electrical load/life Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer, using the Exception No. 2, Article 430-52.
ratings are correspondingly reduced. latest in statistical process control
Careful consideration should be given methods to produce high quality,
to the selection of the proper device reliable products.

January 2003

Table 33-144. NEMA Freedom Line Enclosed Control Catalog Numbering System
ECN 22 2 1 A A F -
Design Page Modification Codes
N - NEMA
V - Vacuum
33-84
a
(See Pages 33-119 – 33-126) 33
Cover Control
(Starters Only)
(See Pages 33-115 – 33-116)
NEMA Number of Poles

Class (Contactors Only)
Page
01 - Contactors a
02 - Reversing Contactors a Coil Voltage and/or Control Transformers
05 - FVNR Starter, Non-combination 33-86 (See Tables Below)
06 - Reversing, Non-combination 33-88
07 - FVNR Non-combination, with CPT 33-90
08 - Single-Phase FVNR (Freedom Only) a Disconnect Fuse Clip Ratings
16 - Combination with Disconnect Switch 33-92
17 - Reversing, Combination with Disconnect Switch 33-96 A None
- G- 100A/600V R N- 600A/600V R
18 - Combination with Disconnect Switch, with CPT 33-99 B - 30A/250V R H- 200A/250V R P- 800A/600V L
22 - Combination with HMCP/E 33-101 C - 30A/600V R J- 200A/600V R Q- 1200A/600V L
23 - Reversing, Combination with HMCP/E 33-105 D - 60A/250V R K- 400A/250V R R- 1600A/600V L
24 - Combination with HMCP/E with CPT 33-109 E - 60A/600V R L- 400A/600V R S- 2000A/600V L
33 - Multispeed 2S2W Non-combination a
F 100A/250V
- R M- 600A/250V R T- by Description
34 - Multispeed 2S1W CT or VT Non-combination a
HMCP/E or Breaker Ratings
35 - Multispeed 2S1W CH Non-combination a
36 - Multispeed with Disconnect Switch, 2S2W a
A- None G- 100A N- 1000A 5- 3Ab
37 - Multispeed with Disconnect Switch, 2S1W CT or VT a
B- 3A H- 150A P- 1200A 6- 7Ab
38 - Multispeed with Disconnect Switch, 2S1W CH a
C- 7A J- 250A Q- 2000A 7- 15Ab
39 - Multispeed with HMCP/E, 2S2W a
D- 15A K- 400A R- 3000A 8- 30Ab
40 - Multispeed with HMCP/E, 2S1W CT or VT a
E- 30A L- 600A T- by Description 9- 50Ab
41 - Multispeed with HMCP/E, 2S1W CH a
F- 50A M- 800A I- 100Ab
42 - Autotransformer, Non-combination a
43 - Autotransformer, with Disconnect Switch a
44 - Autotransformer, with HMCP/E a Enclosure Types
45 - Part-Winding, Non-combination a 1 - Type 1 – General Purpose
46 - Part-Winding, with Disconnect Switch a 2 - Type 3R – Rainproof
47 - Part-Winding, with Circuit Breaker a 3 - Type 4 – Watertight (Painted Steel)
48 - Y-D, Open Transition, Non-combination a 4 - Type 4X – Watertight (Stainless Steel)
49 - Y-D, Open Transition, with Disconnect Switch a 5 - Type 4X – Corrosion (nonmetallic)
50 - Y-D, Open Transition, with Circuit Breaker a 6 - Type 7/9 – Bolted Hazardous Location
51 - Y-D, Closed Transition, Non-combination a 7 - Type 7/9 – Threaded Hazardous Location
52 - Y-D, Closed Transition, with Disconnect Switch a 8 - Type 12 – Dust-Tight
53 - Y-D, Closed Transition, with Circuit Breaker a 9 - Type 12 – Dust-Tight with Safety Door Interlock
54 - Std Width Pump Panel, with Disconnect Switch 33-243
55 - Std Width Pump Panel, with HMCP/E 33-244
62 - Autotransformer Pump Panel, Disconnect Switch a
NEMA Size
63 - Autotransformer Pump Panel, HMCP/E a A - Size 00 5 - Size 5
64 - Part-Winding Pump Panel, Disconnect 33-245 0 - Size 0 6 - Size 6
65 - Part-Winding Pump Panel, Circuit Breaker 33-245 1 - Size 1 7 - Size 7
68 - Duplex, Non-combination a 2 - Size 2 8 - Size 8
69 - Duplex, with Disconnect Switch a 3 - Size 3 9 - Size 9
70 - Duplex, with HMCP/E a 4 - Size 4
1 Refer to Enclosed Control Product Guide, P.G.3.02.T.E. Table 33-146. Control Power Transformer Codes (System Voltage)
2 Use for Sizes 0 – 3, HMCP 600V applications only.
Code Primary Secondary
Table 33-145. Magnetic Coil Codes (System Voltage) 3 B 240/480 – 220/440 Wired for 240V 120/60 – 110/50
Code Magnet Coil Code Magnet Coil Code Magnet Coil C 240/480 – 220/440 Wired for 480V 120/60 – 110/50
D 600/60 – 550/50 120/60 – 110/50
A 120/60 110/50 K 240/50 U 24/50 E 208/60 120/60
B 240/60 220/50 L 380/50 V 32/50 H 277/60 120/60
C 480/60 440/50 M 415/50 W 48/60
L 380/50 110/50
D 600/60 550/50 P 12V DC X 104 – 120/60
M 415/50 110/50
E 208/60 Q 24V DC Y 48/50
Q 208/60 24
G 550/50 R 48V DC Z By Description
R 240/480 – 220/440 Wired for 240V 24
H 277/60 S 125V DC
S 240/480 – 220/440 Wired for 480V 24
J 208 – 240/60 T 24/60
3 T 600/60 24
When control power transformer modification codes (C1 – C11) are
U 277/60 24
used or when starter class includes CPT (i.e. ECN07, 18) see table to the
V 380/50 24
right for system voltage code.
W 415/50 24
X 240/480/600 Wired for 480V 120
Y 240/480/600 Wired for 480V 24
Z By Description

January 2003
Features and Product Selection

■ Full Voltage
■ Standard Interchangeable Heater OLR
■ Optional Electronic Overload
■ 600V Maximum
33 Table 33-147. Class ECN05 — NEMA — Non-combination — Non-reversing

Motor Max. Mag. 3-Pole, NEMA 1 3-Pole, NEMA 3R 3-Pole, NEMA 4X 3 3-Pole, NEMA 12 3-Pole, NEMA Type 7 and 9
Volt. hp Coil General Purpose Rainproof Watertight & Dust-Tight Industrial
Rating Volt. Dust-Tight External Reset
1 Stainless Steel (NEMA 3R) 2 Bolted Threaded Price
Catalog Price Catalog Price Catalog Price Catalog Price Catalog Catalog U.S. $
Number U.S. $ Number U.S. $ Number U.S. $ Number U.S. $ Number Number
NEMA Size 00
— — 120 ECN05A1AAA 210. (Select Starter from Size 0 Listing) — — —
200 1-1/2 208 ECN05A1EAA 210. — — —
230 1-1/2 240 ECN05A1BAA 210. — — —
460 2 480 ECN05A1CAA 210. — — —
575 2 600 ECN05A1DAA 210. — — —
NEMA Size 0
— — 120 ECN0501AAA 260. ECN0502AAA 346. ECN0504AAA 515. ECN0508AAA 346. ECN0506AAA ECN0507AAA 1,145.
200 3 208 ECN0501EAA 260. ECN0502EAA 346. ECN0504EAA 515. ECN0508EAA 346. ECN0506EAA ECN0507EAA 1,145.
230 3 240 ECN0501BAA 260. ECN0502BAA 346. ECN0504BAA 515. ECN0508BAA 346. ECN0506BAA ECN0507BAA 1,145.
460 5 480 ECN0501CAA 260. ECN0502CAA 346. ECN0504CAA 515. ECN0508CAA 346. ECN0506CAA ECN0507CAA 1,145.
575 5 600 ECN0501DAA 260. ECN0502DAA 346. ECN0504DAA 515. ECN0508DAA 346. ECN0506DAA ECN0507DAA 1,145.
NEMA Size 1
200 7-1/2 208 ECN0511EAA 295. ECN0512EAA 380. ECN0514EAA 560. ECN0518EAA 380. ECN0516EAA ECN0517EAA 1,180.
230 7-1/2 240 ECN0511BAA 295. ECN0512BAA 380. ECN0514BAA 560. ECN0518BAA 380. ECN0516BAA ECN0517BAA 1,180.
NEMA Size 2
— — 120 ECN0521AAA 590. ECN0522AAA 745. ECN0524AAA 1,105. ECN0528AAA 745. ECN0526AAA ECN0527AAA 1,580.
200 10 208 ECN0521EAA 590. ECN0522EAA 745. ECN0524EAA 1,105. ECN0528EAA 745. ECN0526EAA ECN0527EAA 1,580.
230 15 240 ECN0521BAA 590. ECN0522BAA 745. ECN0524BAA 1,105. ECN0528BAA 745. ECN0526BAA ECN0527BAA 1,580.
460 25 480 ECN0521CAA 590. ECN0522CAA 745. ECN0524CAA 1,105. ECN0528CAA 745. ECN0526CAA ECN0527CAA 1,580.
575 25 600 ECN0521DAA 590. ECN0522DAA 745. ECN0524DAA 1,105. ECN0528DAA 745. ECN0526DAA ECN0527DAA 1,580.
NEMA Size 3
— — 120 ECN0531AAA 980. ECN0532AAA 1,165. ECN0534AAA 1,705. ECN0538AAA 1,165. ECN0536AAA ECN0537AAA 2,830.
200 25 208 ECN0531EAA 980. ECN0532EAA 1,165. ECN0534EAA 1,705. ECN0538EAA 1,165. ECN0536EAA ECN0537EAA 2,830.
230 30 240 ECN0531BAA 980. ECN0532BAA 1,165. ECN0534BAA 1,705. ECN0538BAA 1,165. ECN0536BAA ECN0537BAA 2,830.
460 50 480 ECN0531CAA 980. ECN0532CAA 1,165. ECN0534CAA 1,705. ECN0538CAA 1,165. ECN0536CAA ECN0537CAA 2,830.
575 50 600 ECN0531DAA 980. ECN0532DAA 1,165. ECN0534DAA 1,705. ECN0538DAA 1,165. ECN0536DAA ECN0537DAA 2,830.
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages 33-80 – 33-81, List Price $33.00.
Starters with Electronic Overload, see Page 33-124 of Modification Codes.
NEMA Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Horsepower 1-1/2 5 10 25 50 75 150 300
2 Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed — see Page i-5
of P.G.3.02.T.E.
3 NEMA 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 0 – 6, NEMA 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 7 – 9.
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-127 – 33-146

Cover Mounted
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page 33-115
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 33-119 – 33-126
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 33-113 – 33-114,
33-58 – 33-66
Catalog Number ECN0511CBA Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-55 – 33-57
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-67 – 33-69
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . 1CD-1C

January 2003
Table 33-147. Class ECN05 — NEMA — Non-combination — Non-reversing (Continued)

NEMA Size 4 33
— — 120 ECN0541AAA 2,190. ECN0542AAA 2,805. ECN0544AAA 3,435. ECN0548AAA 2,805. ECN0546AAA ECN0547AAA 5,070.
200 40 208 ECN0541EAA 2,190. ECN0542EAA 2,805. ECN0544EAA 3,435. ECN0548EAA 2,805. ECN0546EAA ECN0547EAA 5,070.
230 50 240 ECN0541BAA 2,190. ECN0542BAA 2,805. ECN0544BAA 3,435. ECN0548BAA 2,805. ECN0546BAA ECN0547BAA 5,070.
460 100 480 ECN0541CAA 2,190. ECN0542CAA 2,805. ECN0544CAA 3,435. ECN0548CAA 2,805. ECN0546CAA ECN0547CAA 5,070.
575 100 600 ECN0541DAA 2,190. ECN0542DAA 2,805. ECN0544DAA 3,435. ECN0548DAA 2,805. ECN0546DAA ECN0547DAA 5,070.
NEMA Size 5
NEMA Size 6
200 150 208 ECN0561EAA 14,520. ECN0562EAA 16,440. ECN0564EAA 18,100. ECN0568EAA 16,440. — — —
230 200 240 ECN0561BAA 14,520. ECN0562BAA 16,440. ECN0564BAA 18,100. ECN0568BAA 16,440. — — —
460 400 480 ECN0561CAA 14,520. ECN0562CAA 16,440. ECN0564CAA 18,100. ECN0568CAA 16,440. — — —
575 400 600 ECN0561DAA 14,520. ECN0562DAA 16,440. ECN0564DAA 18,100. ECN0568DAA 16,440. — — —
NEMA Size 7
NEMA Size 8
NEMA Size 9
NEMA Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Horsepower 1-1/2 5 10 25 50 75 150 300
of P.G.3.02.T.E.

Cover Mounted
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page 33-115
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-119 – 33-126
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-113 – 33-114,
33-58 – 33-66
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-67 – 33-69
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . 1CD-1C

January 2003
Table 33-148. Class ECN06 — NEMA — Non-combination — Reversing

33 NEMA Size 00
— — 120 ECN06A1AAA 495. (Select Starter from Size 0 Listing)
200 1-1/2 208 ECN06A1EAA 495.
230 1-1/2 240 ECN06A1BAA 495.
460 2 480 ECN06A1CAA 495.
575 2 600 ECN06A1DAA 495.
NEMA Size 0
200 3 208 ECN0601EAA 590. ECN0602EAA 715. ECN0604EAA 915. ECN0608EAA 715. ECN0606EAA ECN0607EAA 1,840.
230 3 240 ECN0601BAA 590. ECN0602BAA 715. ECN0604BAA 915. ECN0608BAA 715. ECN0606BAA ECN0607BAA 1,840.
NEMA Size 1
— — 120 ECN0611AAA 680. ECN0612AAA 810. ECN0614AAA 1,135. ECN0618AAA 810. ECN0616AAA ECN0617AAA 1,930.
200 7-1/2 208 ECN0611EAA 680. ECN0612EAA 810. ECN0614EAA 1,135. ECN0618EAA 810. ECN0616EAA ECN0617EAA 1,930.
230 7-1/2 240 ECN0611BAA 680. ECN0612BAA 810. ECN0614BAA 1,135. ECN0618BAA 810. ECN0616BAA ECN0617BAA 1,930.
460 10 480 ECN0611CAA 680. ECN0612CAA 810. ECN0614CAA 1,135. ECN0618CAA 810. ECN0616CAA ECN0617CAA 1,930.
575 10 600 ECN0611DAA 680. ECN0612DAA 810. ECN0614DAA 1,135. ECN0618DAA 810. ECN0616DAA ECN0617DAA 1,930.
NEMA Size 2
NEMA Size 3
NEMA Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Horsepower 1-1/2 5 10 25 50 75 150 300
of P.G.3.02.T.E.

Cover Mounted
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-116
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-119 – 33-126
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-58 – 33-66

January 2003
Table 33-148. Class ECN06 — NEMA — Non-combination, Reversing (Continued)

NEMA Size 4 33
— — 120 ECN0641AAA 5,170. ECN0642AAA 5,900. ECN0644AAA 7,130. ECN0648AAA 5,900. — — —
NEMA Size 5
— — 120 ECN0651AAA 11,360. ECN0652AAA 12,930. ECN0654AAA 14,930. ECN0658AAA 12,930. — — —
NEMA Size 6
NEMA Size 7
NEMA Size 8
NEMA Size 9
NEMA Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Horsepower 1-1/2 5 10 25 50 75 150 300
of P.G.3.02.T.E.

Cover Mounted
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-116

January 2003
Table 33-149. Class ECN07 — NEMA — Non-combination with CPT — Non-reversing

NEMA Primary Max. hp Secondary 3-Pole, NEMA 1 3-Pole, NEMA 3R 3-Pole, NEMA 4X
Size Voltage Rating Voltage General Purpose Rainproof Watertight & Dust-Tight
3 1 Stainless Steel 4
Magnet Catalog Price Catalog Price Catalog Price
Coil Voltage Number U.S. $ Number U.S. $ Number U.S. $
0 208 3 120 ECN0701EAA 453. ECN0702EAA 545. ECN0704EAA 710.

33 240
480
3
5
ECN0701BAA
ECN0701CAA
453.
453.
ECN0702BAA
ECN0702CAA
545.
545.
ECN0704BAA
ECN0704CAA
710.
710.
600 5 ECN0701DAA 453. ECN0702DAA 545. ECN0704DAA 710.
1 208 7-1/2 120 ECN0711EAA 488. ECN0712EAA 585. ECN0714EAA 755.
240 7-1/2 ECN0711BAA 488. ECN0712BAA 585. ECN0714BAA 755.
480 10 ECN0711CAA 488. ECN0712CAA 585. ECN0714CAA 755.
600 10 ECN0711DAA 488. ECN0712DAA 585. ECN0714DAA 755.
2 208 10 120 ECN0721EAA 860. ECN0722EAA 1,020. ECN0724EAA 1,380.
240 15 ECN0721BAA 860. ECN0722BAA 1,020. ECN0724BAA 1,380.
480 25 ECN0721CAA 860. ECN0722CAA 1,020. ECN0724CAA 1,380.
600 25 ECN0721DAA 860. ECN0722DAA 1,020. ECN0724DAA 1,380.
3 208 25 120 ECN0731EAA 1,380. ECN0732EAA 1,565. ECN0734EAA 2,110.
240 30 ECN0731BAA 1,380. ECN0732BAA 1,565. ECN0734BAA 2,110.
480 50 ECN0731CAA 1,380. ECN0732CAA 1,565. ECN0734CAA 2,110.
600 50 ECN0731DAA 1,380. ECN0732DAA 1,565. ECN0734DAA 2,110.
7 240 300 120 ECN0771BAA 19,480. ECN0772BAA 21,850. ECN0773BAA 22,950.
1 Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications: 4 NEMA 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 0 – 5, NEMA 4 (Painted steel)
NEMA Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Sizes 6 – 9.
Horsepower 1-1/2 5 10 25 50 75 150 300

of P.G.3.02.T.E.
3 Other control power transformer primary and/or secondary voltages,
see Page 33-85.

Cover Mounted
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-115
ECN0712CAA Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-58 – 33-66

January 2003
Table 33-149. Class ECN07 — NEMA — Non-combination with CPT — Non-reversing (Continued)
NEMA Primary Max. hp Secondary 3-Pole, NEMA 12 3-Pole, NEMA Type 7 and 9
Size Voltage Rating Voltage Dust-Tight Industrial
3 1 External Reset (NEMA 3R) 2 Bolted Threaded Price
Magnetic U.S. $
Coil Voltage Catalog Price Catalog Catalog
Number U.S. $ Number Number
0 208 3 120 ECN0708EAA 545. ECN0706EAA ECN0707EAA 1,345.

240 3 ECN0708BAA 545. ECN0706BAA ECN0707BAA 1,345. 33
480 5 ECN0708CAA 545. ECN0706CAA ECN0707CAA 1,345.
600 5 ECN0708DAA 545. ECN0706DAA ECN0707DAA 1,345.
1 208 7-1/2 120 ECN0718EAA 585. ECN0716EAA ECN0717EAA 1,480.
240 7-1/2 ECN0718BAA 585. ECN0716BAA ECN0717BAA 1,480.
480 10 ECN0718CAA 585. ECN0716CAA ECN0717CAA 1,480.
600 10 ECN0718DAA 585. ECN0716DAA ECN0717DAA 1,480.
2 208 10 120 ECN0728EAA 1,020. ECN0726EAA ECN0727EAA 1,855.
240 15 ECN0728BAA 1,020. ECN0726BAA ECN0727BAA 1,855.
480 25 ECN0728CAA 1,020. ECN0726CAA ECN0727CAA 1,855.
600 25 ECN0728DAA 1,020. ECN0726DAA ECN0727DAA 1,855.
6 208 150 120 ECN0768EAA 17,140. — — —
240 200 ECN0768BAA 17,140. — — —
480 400 ECN0768CAA 17,140. — — —
600 400 ECN0768DAA 17,140. — — —
7 240 300 120 ECN0778BAA 21,850. — — —
480 600 ECN0778CAA 21,850. — — —
600 600 ECN0778DAA 21,850. — — —
8 240 450 120 ECN0788BAA 29,420. — — —
480 900 ECN0788CAA 29,420. — — —
600 900 ECN0788DAA 29,420. — — —
9 240 800 120 ECN0798BAA 44,320. — — —
480 1600 ECN0798CAA 44,320. — — —
600 1600 ECN0798DAA 44,320. — — —
NEMA Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Horsepower 1-1/2 5 10 25 50 75 150 300
of P.G.3.02.T.E.
3 Other control power transformer primary and/or secondary voltages,
see Page 33-85.

Cover Mounted
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-115

January 2003
Starters — Combination with Disconnect Switch Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0110]

■ Full Voltage
■ 600V Maximum
■ 100,000 RMS Short Circuit Rating with Fuses
33
Table 33-150. Class ECN16 — NEMA — Fusible Combination Disconnect Switch — Non-reversing
Motor Max. hp Magnet Fuse 3-Pole, NEMA 1 3-Pole, NEMA 3R 3-Pole, NEMA 4X 3-Pole, NEMA 12
Voltage Rating Coil Clip General Purpose Rainproof Watertight & Dust-Tight Dust-Tight Industrial
Dual Voltage Amps Stainless Steel External Reset
Element 1 (NEMA 3R) 234
Fuses Catalog Price Catalog Price Catalog Price Catalog Price
NEMA Size 0
200 3 208 30A ECN1601EAB 685. ECN1602EAB 855. ECN1604EAB 1,370. ECN1608EAB 855.
230 3 240 ECN1601BAB 685. ECN1602BAB 855. ECN1604BAB 1,370. ECN1608BAB 855.
460 5 480 ECN1601CAC 700. ECN1602CAC 870. ECN1604CAC 1,390. ECN1608CAC 870.
575 5 600 ECN1601DAC 700. ECN1602DAC 870. ECN1604DAC 1,390. ECN1608DAC 870.
NEMA Size 1
200 7-1/2 208 30A ECN1611EAB 715. ECN1612EAB 885. ECN1614EAB 1,410. ECN1618EAB 885.
230 7-1/2 240 ECN1611BAB 715. ECN1612BAB 885. ECN1614BAB 1,410. ECN1618BAB 885.
460 10 480 ECN1611CAC 730. ECN1612CAC 905. ECN1614CAC 1,420. ECN1618CAC 905.
575 10 600 ECN1611DAC 730. ECN1612DAC 905. ECN1614DAC 1,420. ECN1618DAC 905.
NEMA Size 2
200 10 208 60A ECN1621EAD 1,130. ECN1622EAD 1,370. ECN1624EAD 2,185. ECN1628EAD 1,370.
230 15 240 ECN1621BAD 1,130. ECN1622BAD 1,370. ECN1624BAD 2,185. ECN1628BAD 1,370.
460 25 480 ECN1621CAE 1,145. ECN1622CAE 1,395. ECN1624CAE 2,205. ECN1628CAE 1,395.
575 25 600 ECN1621DAE 1,145. ECN1622DAE 1,395. ECN1624DAE 2,205. ECN1628DAE 1,395.
NEMA Size 3
200 25 208 100A ECN1631EAF 1,890. ECN1632EAF 2,205. ECN1634EAF 3,740. ECN1638EAF 2,205.
230 30 240 ECN1631BAF 1,890. ECN1632BAF 2,205. ECN1634BAF 3,740. ECN1638BAF 2,205.
460 50 480 ECN1631CAG 1,935. ECN1632CAG 2,245. ECN1634CAG 3,770. ECN1638CAG 2,245.
575 50 600 ECN1631DAG 1,935. ECN1632DAG 2,245. ECN1634DAG 3,770. ECN1638DAG 2,245.
NEMA Size 4
200 40 208 200A ECN1641EAH 3,615. ECN1642EAH 4,495. ECN1644EAH 5,990. ECN1648EAH 4,495.
230 50 240 ECN1641BAH 3,615. ECN1642BAH 4,495. ECN1644BAH 5,990. ECN1648BAH 4,495.
460 100 480 ECN1641CAJ 3,655. ECN1642CAJ 4,520. ECN1644CAJ 6,010. ECN1648CAJ 4,520.
575 100 600 ECN1641DAJ 3,655. ECN1642DAJ 4,520. ECN1644DAJ 6,010. ECN1648DAJ 4,520.
1 Starters with 120V coil (for separate control) 3 All NEMA 12 enclosures are standardized 5 NEMA 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 0 – 5, NEMA
are available. To order, substitute the letter A with external reset. For internal reset, order 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.
for the 8th character of the listed Catalog Mod Code R5.
Number. 4 NEMA 12 enclosure is without safety door
2 Suitable for outdoor application when prop- interlock. When safety door interlock is
erly installed — see Page i-5 of P.G.3.02.T.E. required, change seventh character from 8
to 9, i.e. ECN1638EAF becomes
ECN1639EAF.

Cover Mounted
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page 33-115
33-58 – 33-66
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-55 – 33-57

January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0111] Starters — Combination with Disconnect Switch
Table 33-150. Class ECN16 — NEMA — Fusible Combination Disconnect Switch — Non-reversing (Continued)
Motor Max. Magnet Fuse 3-Pole, NEMA 1 3-Pole, NEMA 3R 3-Pole, NEMA 4X 5 3-Pole, NEMA 12
Voltage hp Coil Clip General Purpose Rainproof Watertight & Dust-Tight Dust-Tight Industrial
Rating Voltage Amps Stainless Steel External Reset
Dual 1 (NEMA 3R) 234
Element Catalog Price Catalog Price Catalog Price Catalog Price
Fuses Number U.S. $ Number U.S. $ Number U.S. $ Number U.S. $
NEMA Size 5
200 75 208 400A ECN1651EAK 8,110. ECN1652EAK 10,230. ECN1654EAK 14,140. ECN1658EAK 10,230.
33
230 100 240 ECN1651BAK 8,110. ECN1652BAK 10,230. ECN1654BAK 14,140. ECN1658BAK 10,230.
460 200 480 ECN1651CAL 8,110. ECN1652CAL 10,230. ECN1654CAL 14,140. ECN1658CAL 10,230.
575 200 600 ECN1651DAL 8,110. ECN1652DAL 10,230. ECN1654DAL 14,140. ECN1658DAL 10,230.
NEMA Size 6
200 150 208 600A ECN1661EAM 21,450. ECN1662EAM 23,910. ECN1663EAM 27,150. ECN1668EAM 23,910.
230 200 240 ECN1661BAM 21,450. ECN1662BAM 23,910. ECN1663BAM 27,150. ECN1668BAM 23,910.
460 400 480 ECN1661CAN 21,450. ECN1662CAN 23,910. ECN1663CAN 27,150. ECN1668CAN 23,910.
575 400 600 ECN1661DAN 21,450. ECN1662DAN 23,910. ECN1663DAN 27,150. ECN1668DAN 23,910.
NEMA Size 7
230 300 240 7 ECN1671BAU 32,710. ECN1672BAU 34,650. ECN1673BAU 36,280. ECN1678BAU 34,650.
460 600 480 ECN1671CAU 32,710. ECN1672CAU 34,650. ECN1673CAU 36,280. ECN1678CAU 34,650.
575 600 600 ECN1671DAU 32,710. ECN1672DAU 34,650. ECN1673DAU 36,280. ECN1678DAU 34,650.
NEMA Size 8
NEMA Size 9
460 1000 6 480 ECN1691CAU 63,790. ECN1692CAU 65,720. ECN1693CAU 67,360. ECN1698CAU 65,720.
1 Starters with 120V coil (for separate control) 4 NEMA 12 enclosure is without safety door 7 Supply hp, voltage, FLA and whether motor
are available. To order, substitute the letter A interlock. When safety door interlock is is design E or not when ordering the starter.
for the 8th character of the listed Catalog required, change seventh character from 8
Number. to 9, i.e. ECN1638EAF becomes
2 Suitable for outdoor application when prop- ECN1639EAF.
erly installed — see Page i-5 of P.G.3.02.T.E. 5 NEMA 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 0 – 5, NEMA 4
3 All NEMA 12 enclosures are standardized (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.
with external reset. For internal reset, order 6 For 1250 and 1600 hp ratings at 460V, con-
Mod Code R5. sult Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer.
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-127 – 33-146

Cover Mounted
Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page 33-115
Modifications. . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-119 – 33-126
33-58 – 33-66
Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-55 – 33-57

January 2003
Table 33-151. Class ECN16 — NEMA — Non-fusible Combination Disconnect Switch 5 — Non-reversing
Motor Max. hp Magnet Disconnect 3-Pole, NEMA 1 3-Pole, NEMA 3R 3-Pole, NEMA 4X 4 3-Pole, NEMA 12
Voltage Rating Coil Amps General Purpose Rainproof Watertight & Dust-Tight Dust-Tight Industrial
Voltage Stainless Steel External Reset
(NEMA 3R) 1 2 3
NEMA Size 0
33 — — 120 30A ECN1601AAA 665. ECN1602AAA 835. ECN1604AAA 1,355. ECN1608AAA 835.
200 3 208 ECN1601EAA 665. ECN1602EAA 835. ECN1604EAA 1,355. ECN1608EAA 835.
230 3 240 ECN1601BAA 665. ECN1602BAA 835. ECN1604BAA 1,355. ECN1608BAA 835.
460 5 480 ECN1601CAA 665. ECN1602CAA 835. ECN1604CAA 1,355. ECN1608CAA 835.
575 5 600 ECN1601DAA 665. ECN1602DAA 835. ECN1604DAA 1,355. ECN1608DAA 835.
NEMA Size 1
— — 120 30A ECN1611AAA 700. ECN1612AAA 870. ECN1614AAA 1,390. ECN1618AAA 870.
200 7-1/2 208 ECN1611EAA 700. ECN1612EAA 870. ECN1614EAA 1,390. ECN1618EAA 870.
230 7-1/2 240 ECN1611BAA 700. ECN1612BAA 870. ECN1614BAA 1,390. ECN1618BAA 870.
460 10 480 ECN1611CAA 700. ECN1612CAA 870. ECN1614CAA 1,390. ECN1618CAA 870.
575 10 600 ECN1611DAA 700. ECN1612DAA 870. ECN1614DAA 1,390. ECN1618DAA 870.
NEMA Size 2
— — 120 60A ECN1621AAA 1,100. ECN1622AAA 1,340. ECN1624AAA 2,160. ECN1628AAA 1,340.
200 10 208 ECN1621EAA 1,100. ECN1622EAA 1,340. ECN1624EAA 2,160. ECN1628EAA 1,340.
230 15 240 ECN1621BAA 1,100. ECN1622BAA 1,340. ECN1624BAA 2,160. ECN1628BAA 1,340.
460 25 480 ECN1621CAA 1,100. ECN1622CAA 1,340. ECN1624CAA 2,160. ECN1628CAA 1,340.
575 25 600 ECN1621DAA 1,100. ECN1622DAA 1,340. ECN1624DAA 2,160. ECN1628DAA 1,340.
NEMA Size 3
NEMA Size 4
1 Suitable for outdoor application when prop- 3 NEMA 12 enclosure is without safety door 5 Field installed Fuse Clips available, see Page
erly installed — see Page i-5 of P.G.3.02.T.E interlock. When safety door interlock is 33-122.
for details. required, change seventh character from 8
2 All NEMA 12 enclosures are standardized to 9, i.e. ECN1638EAA becomes
with external reset. For internal reset, order ECN1639EAA.
Mod Code R5. 4 NEMA 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 0 – 5, NEMA
4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.

Cover Mounted
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page 33-115
33-58 – 33-66

January 2003
Table 33-151. Class ECN16 — NEMA — Non-fusible Combination Disconnect Switch — Non-reversing (Continued)
(NEMA 3R) 1 2 3
NEMA Size 5
33
NEMA Size 6
200 150 208 600A ECN1661EAA 20,680. ECN1662EAA 23,150. ECN1663EAA 26,410. ECN1668EAA 23,150.
NEMA Size 7
230 300 240 6 ECN1671BAA 26,310. ECN1672BAA 28,250. ECN1673BAA 29,890. ECN1678BAA 28,250.
NEMA Size 8
NEMA Size 9
460 1000 5 480 ECN1691CAA 62,030. ECN1692CAA 59,820. ECN1693CAA 61,450. ECN1698CAA 59,820.
1 Suitable for outdoor application when prop- 4 NEMA 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 0 – 5, NEMA
erly installed — see Page i-5 of P.G.3.02.T.E 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.
for details. 5 For 1250 and 1600 hp ratings at 460V, consult
2 All NEMA 12 enclosures are standardized Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer.
with external reset. For internal reset, order 6 Supply hp, voltage, FLA and whether motor
Mod Code R5. is design E or not when ordering the starter.
3 NEMA 12 enclosure is without safety door
interlock. When safety door interlock is
required, change seventh character from 8 to
9, i.e. ECN1638EAA becomes ECN1639EAA.

Cover Mounted
Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page 33-115
33-58 – 33-66

January 2003
Table 33-152. ECN17 — NEMA — Fusible Combination Disconnect Switch — Reversing

Motor Max. hp Magnet Fuse 3-Pole, NEMA 1 3-Pole, NEMA 3R 3-Pole, NEMA 4X 5 3-Pole, NEMA 12
Dual Voltage Amps Stainless Steel External Reset
Element 1 (NEMA 3R) 234
NEMA Size 0
33 200 3 208 30A ECN1701EAB 1,100. ECN1702EAB 1,340. ECN1704EAB 1,971. ECN1708EAB 1,340.
230 3 240 ECN1701BAB 1,100. ECN1702BAB 1,340. ECN1704BAB 1,971. ECN1708BAB 1,340.
460 5 480 ECN1701CAC 1,110. ECN1702CAC 1,360. ECN1704CAC 1,971. ECN1708CAC 1,360.
575 5 600 ECN1701DAC 1,110. ECN1702DAC 1,360. ECN1704DAC 1,971. ECN1708DAC 1,360.
NEMA Size 1
200 7-1/2 208 30A ECN1711EAB 1,170. ECN1712EAB 1,415. ECN1714EAB 2,040. ECN1718EAB 1,415.
230 7-1/2 240 ECN1711BAB 1,170. ECN1712BAB 1,415. ECN1714BAB 2,040. ECN1718BAB 1,415.
460 10 480 ECN1711CAC 1,190. ECN1712CAC 1,425. ECN1714CAC 2,050. ECN1718CAC 1,425.
575 10 600 ECN1711DAC 1,190. ECN1712DAC 1,425. ECN1714DAC 2,050. ECN1718DAC 1,425.
NEMA Size 2
200 10 208 60A ECN1721EAD 1,945. ECN1722EAD 2,255. ECN1724EAD 3,296. ECN1728EAD 2,255.
230 15 240 ECN1721BAD 1,945. ECN1722BAD 2,255. ECN1724BAD 3,296. ECN1728BAD 2,255.
460 25 480 ECN1721CAE 1,965. ECN1722CAE 2,275. ECN1724CAE 3,296. ECN1728CAE 2,275.
575 25 600 ECN1721DAE 1,965. ECN1722DAE 2,275. ECN1724DAE 3,296. ECN1728DAE 2,275.
NEMA Size 3
230 30 240 ECN1731BAF 3,235. ECN1732BAF 3,655. ECN1734BAF 5,580. ECN1738BAF 3,655.
460 50 480 ECN1731CAG 3,275. ECN1732CAG 3,690. ECN1734CAG 5,610. ECN1738CAG 3,690.
575 50 600 ECN1731DAG 3,275. ECN1732DAG 3,690. ECN1734DAG 5,610. ECN1738DAG 3,690.
NEMA Size 4
230 50 240 ECN1741BAH 6,750. ECN1742BAH 7,880. ECN1744BAH 9,690. ECN1748BAH 7,880.
460 100 480 ECN1741CAJ 6,780. ECN1742CAJ 7,900. ECN1744CAJ 9,720. ECN1748CAJ 7,900.
575 100 600 ECN1741DAJ 6,780. ECN1742DAJ 7,900. ECN1744DAJ 9,720. ECN1748DAJ 7,900.
NEMA Size 5
230 100 240 ECN1751BAK 13,180. ECN1752BAK 15,870. ECN1754BAK 20,690. ECN1758BAK 15,870.
460 200 480 ECN1751CAL 13,180. ECN1752CAL 15,870. ECN1754CAL 20,690. ECN1758CAL 15,870.
575 200 600 ECN1751DAL 13,180. ECN1752DAL 15,870. ECN1754DAL 20,690. ECN1758DAL 15,870.
NEMA Size 6
230 200 240 ECN1761BAM 32,200. ECN1762BAM 34,130. ECN1763BAM 35,760. ECN1768BAM 34,130.
460 400 480 ECN1761CAN 32,200. ECN1762CAN 34,130. ECN1763CAN 35,760. ECN1768CAN 34,130.
575 400 600 ECN1761DAN 32,200. ECN1762DAN 34,130. ECN1763DAN 35,760. ECN1768DAN 34,130.
NEMA Size 7
NEMA Size 8
NEMA Size 9
460 1000 6 480 ECN1791CAU 97,600. ECN1792CAU 98,100. ECN1793CAU 99,190. ECN1798CAU 98,100.
1 Starters with 120V coil (for separate control) 5 NEMA 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 0 – 5, NEMA
are available.To order, substitute the letter A 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.
for the 8th character of the listed Catalog 6 For 1250 and 1600 hp ratings at 460V, consult
Number. Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer.
2 Suitable for outdoor application when prop- 7 Supply hp, voltage, FLA and whether motor
erly installed — see Page i-5 of P.G.3.02.T.E. is design E or not when ordering the starter. Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-127 – 33-146
3 All NEMA 12 enclosures are standardized Cover Mounted
with external reset. For internal reset, order Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page 33-116
Mod Code R5. Modifications . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 33-119 – 33-126
4 NEMA 12 enclosure is without safety door Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 33-113 – 33-114,
interlock. When safety door interlock is 33-58 – 33-66
required, change seventh character from 8
to 9, i.e. ECN1738EAF becomes
ECN1739EAF. Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-67 – 33-69

January 2003
Table 33-153. Class ECN17 — NEMA — Non-fusible Combination Disconnect Switch — Reversing
(NEMA 3R) 123
NEMA Size 0
33
NEMA Size 1
200 7-1/2 208 ECN1711EAA 1,145. ECN1712EAA 1,395. ECN1714EAA 2,020. ECN1718EAA 1,395.
230 7-1/2 240 ECN1711BAA 1,145. ECN1712BAA 1,395. ECN1714BAA 2,020. ECN1718BAA 1,395.
NEMA Size 2
NEMA Size 3
NEMA Size 4
1 Suitable for outdoor application when prop- 3 NEMA 12 enclosure is without safety door 4 NEMA 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 0 – 5, NEMA
erly installed — see Page i-5 of P.G.3.02.T.E. interlock. When safety door interlock is 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.
2 All NEMA 12 enclosures are standardized required, change seventh character from 8
with external reset. For internal reset, order to 9, i.e. ECN1738EAA becomes
Mod Code R5. ECN1739EAA.

Cover Mounted
Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page 33-116
33-58 – 33-66

January 2003
Table 33-153. Class ECN17 — NEMA — Non-fusible Combination Disconnect Switch — Reversing (Continued)
(NEMA 3R) 123
NEMA Size 5
33 — — 120 400A ECN1751AAA 12,910. ECN1752AAA 15,610. ECN1754AAA 20,430. ECN1758AAA 15,610.
NEMA Size 6
NEMA Size 7
NEMA Size 8
NEMA Size 9
460 1000 5 480 ECN1791CAA 92,150. ECN1792CAA 94,080. ECN1793CAA 95,720. ECN1798CAA 94,080.
1 Suitable for outdoor application when prop- 4 NEMA 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 0 – 5, NEMA
erly installed — see Page i-5 of P.G.3.02.T.E. 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.
2 All NEMA 12 enclosures are standardized 5 For 1250 and 1600 hp ratings at 460V, con-
with external reset. For internal reset, order sult Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer.
Mod Code R5. 6 Supply hp, voltage, FLA and whether motor
3 NEMA 12 enclosure is without safety door is design E or not when ordering the starter.
interlock. When safety door interlock is
required, change seventh character from 8 to
9, i.e. ECN1738EAA becomes ECN1739EAA.

Cover Mounted
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page 33-116
33-58 – 33-66

January 2003
Table 33-154. Class ECN18 — NEMA — Fusible Combination Disconnect Switch with CPT 7 — Non-reversing
Primary Max. hp Magnet Fuse 3-Pole, NEMA 1 3-Pole, NEMA 3R 3-Pole, NEMA 4X 3-Pole, NEMA 12
1 Voltage Amps Stainless Steel 6 External Reset
(NEMA 3R) 234
NEMA Size 0
208 3 120 30A 5 ECN1801EAB 875. ECN1802EAB 1,050. ECN1804EAB 1,565. ECN1808EAB 1,050. 33
240 3 ECN1801BAB 875. ECN1802BAB 1,050. ECN1804BAB 1,565. ECN1808BAB 1,050.
480 5 ECN1801CAC 885. ECN1802CAC 1,060. ECN1804CAC 1,580. ECN1808CAC 1,060.
600 5 ECN1801DAC 885. ECN1802DAC 1,060. ECN1804DAC 1,580. ECN1808DAC 1,060.
NEMA Size 1
208 7-1/2 120 30A 5 ECN1811EAB 910. ECN1812EAB 1,085. ECN1814EAB 1,600. ECN1818EAB 1,085.
240 7-1/2 ECN1811BAB 910. ECN1812BAB 1,085. ECN1814BAB 1,600. ECN1818BAB 1,085.
480 10 ECN1811CAC 930. ECN1812CAC 1,100. ECN1814CAC 1,615. ECN1818CAC 1,100.
600 10 ECN1811DAC 930. ECN1812DAC 1,100. ECN1814DAC 1,615. ECN1818DAC 1,100.
NEMA Size 2
208 10 120 60A 5 ECN1821EAD 1,400. ECN1822EAD 1,645. ECN1824EAD 2,460. ECN1828EAD 1,645.
240 15 ECN1821BAD 1,400. ECN1822BAD 1,645. ECN1824BAD 2,460. ECN1828BAD 1,645.
480 25 ECN1821CAE 1,420. ECN1822CAE 1,665. ECN1824CAE 2,475. ECN1828CAE 1,665.
600 25 ECN1821DAE 1,420. ECN1822DAE 1,665. ECN1824DAE 2,475. ECN1828DAE 1,665.
NEMA Size 3
240 30 ECN1831BAF 2,290. ECN1832BAF 2,610. ECN1834BAF 4,140. ECN1838BAF 2,610.
480 50 ECN1831CAG 2,330. ECN1832CAG 2,640. ECN1834CAG 4,175. ECN1838CAG 2,640.
600 50 ECN1831DAG 2,330. ECN1832DAG 2,640. ECN1834DAG 4,175. ECN1838DAG 2,640.
NEMA Size 4
240 50 ECN1841BAH 4,105. ECN1842BAH 4,980. ECN1844BAH 6,470. ECN1848BAH 4,980.
480 100 ECN1841CAJ 4,140. ECN1842CAJ 5,010. ECN1844CAJ 6,500. ECN1848CAJ 5,010.
600 100 ECN1841DAJ 4,140. ECN1842DAJ 5,010. ECN1844DAJ 6,500. ECN1848DAJ 5,010.
NEMA Size 5
240 100 ECN1851BAK 8,670. ECN1852BAK 10,770. ECN1854BAK 14,680. ECN1858BAK 10,770.
480 200 ECN1851CAL 8,670. ECN1852CAL 10,770. ECN1854CAL 14,680. ECN1858CAL 10,770.
600 200 ECN1851DAL 8,670. ECN1852DAL 10,770. ECN1854DAL 14,680. ECN1858DAL 10,770.
NEMA Size 6
240 200 ECN1861BAM 22,140. ECN1862BAM 24,610. ECN1863BAM 27,860. ECN1868BAM 24,610.
480 400 ECN1861CAN 22,140. ECN1862CAN 24,610. ECN1863CAN 27,860. ECN1868CAN 24,610.
600 400 ECN1861DAN 22,140. ECN1862DAN 24,610. ECN1863DAN 27,860. ECN1868DAN 24,610.
NEMA Size 7
480 600 ECN1871CAU 33,410. ECN1872CAU 48,420. ECN1873CAU 36,690. ECN1878CAU 48,420.
600 600 ECN1871DAU 33,410. ECN1872DAU 48,420. ECN1873DAU 36,690. ECN1878DAU 48,420.
NEMA Size 8
NEMA Size 9
1 Other control power transformer primary 6 NEMA 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 0 – 5, NEMA 4
and/or secondary voltages, see Page 33-85. (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.
2 Suitable for outdoor application when prop- 7 1000,000 RMS short-circuit rating.
erly installed — see Page i-5 of P.G.3.02.T.E. 8 Supply hp, voltage, FLA and whether motor
3 All NEMA 12 enclosures are standardized is design E or not when ordering the motor.
with external reset. For internal reset, order 9 For 1250 and 1600 hp ratings at 460V,
mod code R5. consult Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer.
4 NEMA 12 enclosure is without safety door
interlock. When safety door interlock is Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-127 – 33-146
required, change seventh character from 8 Cover Mounted
to 9, i.e. ECN1838EAF becomes Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-115
ECN1839EAF. Modifications. . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-119 – 33-126
5 Fuse clips are for Class R fuses. For H and J Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-113 – 33-114,
fuses see mods, Page 33-122. 33-58 – 33-66

January 2003
Table 33-155. Class ECN18 — NEMA — Non-fusible Combination Disconnect Switch with CPT — Non-reversing
Primary Max. hp Magnet Disconnect 3-Pole, NEMA 1 3-Pole, NEMA 3R 3-Pole, NEMA 4X 3-Pole, NEMA 12
Voltage Rating Coil Switch Rating General Purpose Rainproof Watertight & Dust-Tight Dust-Tight Industrial
1 Voltage Stainless Steel 5 External Reset
(NEMA 3R) 2 3 4
NEMA Size 0
33 208 3 120 30A ECN1801EAA 855. ECN1802EAA 1,025. ECN1804EAA 1,545. ECN1808EAA 1,025.
240 3 ECN1801BAA 855. ECN1802BAA 1,025. ECN1804BAA 1,545. ECN1808BAA 1,025.
480 5 ECN1801CAA 855. ECN1802CAA 1,025. ECN1804CAA 1,545. ECN1808CAA 1,025.
600 5 ECN1801DAA 855. ECN1802DAA 1,025. ECN1804DAA 1,545. ECN1808DAA 1,025.
NEMA Size 1
208 7-1/2 120 30A ECN1811EAA 885. ECN1812EAA 1,060. ECN1814EAA 1,580. ECN1818EAA 1,060.
240 7-1/2 ECN1811BAA 885. ECN1812BAA 1,060. ECN1814BAA 1,580. ECN1818BAA 1,060.
480 10 ECN1811CAA 885. ECN1812CAA 1,060. ECN1814CAA 1,580. ECN1818CAA 1,060.
600 10 ECN1811DAA 885. ECN1812DAA 1,060. ECN1814DAA 1,580. ECN1818DAA 1,060.
NEMA Size 2
240 15 ECN1821BAA 1,370. ECN1822BAA 1,615. ECN1824BAA 2,425. ECN1828BAA 1,615.
480 25 ECN1821CAA 1,370. ECN1822CAA 1,615. ECN1824CAA 2,425. ECN1828CAA 1,615.
600 25 ECN1821DAA 1,370. ECN1822DAA 1,615. ECN1824DAA 2,425. ECN1828DAA 1,615.
NEMA Size 3
NEMA Size 4
NEMA Size 5
NEMA Size 6
NEMA Size 7
NEMA Size 8
NEMA Size 9
1 Other control power transformer primary 6 Supply hp, voltage, FLA and whether motor
and/or secondary voltages, see Page 33-85. is design E or not when ordering the starter.
2 Suitable for outdoor application when prop- 7 For 1250 and 1600 hp ratings at 460V,
erly installed — see Page i-5 of P.G.3.02.T.E. consult Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer.
3 All NEMA 12 enclosures are standardized
with external reset. For internal reset, order Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-127 – 33-146
Mod Code R5. Cover Mounted
4 NEMA 12 enclosure is without safety door Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page 33-115
interlock. When safety door interlock is Modifications . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 33-119 – 33-126
required, change seventh character from 8 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 33-113 – 33-114,
to 9, i.e. ECN1838EAA becomes 33-58 – 33-66
ECN1839EAA.
5
NEMA 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 0 – 5, NEMA 4
(Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.

January 2003

■ Full Voltage
■ 600V Maximum
■ 100,000 RMS 480V, 25,000 RMS 600V
33
Table 33-156. Class ECN22 — NEMA — Combination HMCP/E — Non-reversing (Sizes 0, 1 and 2)
Motor Max. hp Magnet Circuit 3-Pole, NEMA 1 3-Pole, NEMA 3R 3-Pole, NEMA 4X
Voltage Rating Coil Breaker General Purpose Rainproof Watertight & Dust-Tight
Voltage 1 Type Stainless Steel
Catalog Price Catalog Price Catalog Price
NEMA Size 0
200 1 208 HMCPE 7A ECN2201EAC 915. ECN2202EAC 1,090. ECN2204EAC 1,610.
3 HMCPE 15A ECN2201EAD 915. ECN2202EAD 1,090. ECN2204EAD 1,610.
230 1 240 HMCPE 7A ECN2201BAC 915. ECN2202BAC 1,090. ECN2204BAC 1,610.
3 HMCPE 15A ECN2201BAD 915. ECN2202BAD 1,090. ECN2204BAD 1,610.
460 1 480 HMCPE 3A ECN2201CAB 915. ECN2202CAB 1,090. ECN2204CAB 1,610.
3 HMCPE 7A ECN2201CAC 915. ECN2202CAC 1,090. ECN2204CAC 1,610.
5 HMCPE 15A ECN2201CAD 915. ECN2202CAD 1,090. ECN2204CAD 1,610.
575 1 600 HMCP 3A ECN2201DA5 915. ECN2202DA5 1,090. ECN2204DA5 1,610.
3 HMCP 7A ECN2201DA6 915. ECN2202DA6 1,090. ECN2204DA6 1,610.
NEMA Size 1
200 1 208 HMCPE 7A ECN2211EAC 955. ECN2212EAC 1,130. ECN2214EAC 1,645.
3 HMCPE 15A ECN2211EAD 955. ECN2212EAD 1,130. ECN2214EAD 1,645.
5 HMCPE 30A ECN2211EAE 955. ECN2212EAE 1,130. ECN2214EAE 1,645.
7-1/2 HMCPE 50A ECN2211EAF 955. ECN2212EAF 1,130. ECN2214EAF 1,645.
230 1 240 HMCPE 7A ECN2211BAC 955. ECN2212BAC 1,130. ECN2214BAC 1,645.
3 HMCPE 15A ECN2211BAD 955. ECN2212BAD 1,130. ECN2214BAD 1,645.
5 HMCPE 30A ECN2211BAE 955. ECN2212BAE 1,130. ECN2214BAE 1,645.
7-1/2 HMCPE 50A ECN2211BAF 955. ECN2212BAF 1,130. ECN2214BAF 1,645.
460 1 480 HMCPE 3A ECN2211CAB 955. ECN2212CAB 1,130. ECN2214CAB 1,645.
3 HMCPE 7A ECN2211CAC 955. ECN2212CAC 1,130. ECN2214CAC 1,645.
5 HMCPE 15A ECN2211CAD 955. ECN2212CAD 1,130. ECN2214CAD 1,645.
10 HMCPE 30A ECN2211CAE 955. ECN2212CAE 1,130. ECN2214CAE 1,645.
575 1 600 HMCP 3A ECN2211DA5 955. ECN2212DA5 1,130. ECN2214DA5 1,645.
NEMA Size 2
200 10 208 HMCPE 50A ECN2221EAF 1,355. ECN2222EAF 1,595. ECN2224EAF 2,310.
230 10 240 HMCPE 50A ECN2221BAF 1,355. ECN2222BAF 1,595. ECN2224BAF 2,310.
15 HMCPE 70A ECN2221BAW 1,355. ECN2222BAW 1,595. ECN2224BAW 2,310.
460 25 480 HMCPE 50A ECN2221CAF 1,355. ECN2222CAF 1,595. ECN2224CAF 2,310.
575 15 600 HMCP 30A ECN2221DA8 1,355. ECN2222DA8 1,595. ECN2224DA8 2,310.
25 HMCP 50A ECN2221DA9 1,355. ECN2222DA9 1,595. ECN2224DA9 2,310.
1 Starters with 120V coil (for separate control)
are available. To order, substitute the letter A
for the 8th character of the listed Catalog
Number.

Cover Mounted
Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page 33-115
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 33-114,
33-58 – 33-66

January 2003
Table 33-156. Class ECN22 — NEMA — Combination HMCP/E — Non-reversing (Sizes 0, 1 and 2) (Continued)
Motor Max. hp Magnet Circuit 3-Pole, NEMA 12 3-Pole, NEMA Type 7 and 9
Voltage Rating Coil Breaker Dust-Tight Industrial
Voltage 1 Type External Reset
(NEMA 3R) 234 Bolted Threaded Price
Catalog Price Catalog Catalog U.S. $
33 NEMA Size 0
200 1 208 HMCPE 7A ECN2208EAC 1,090. ECN2206EAC ECN2207EAC 2,060.
3 HMCPE 15A ECN2208EAD 1,090. ECN2206EAD ECN2207EAD 2,060.
230 1 240 HMCPE 7A ECN2208BAC 1,090. ECN2206BAC ECN2207BAC 2,060.
3 HMCPE 15A ECN2208BAD 1,090. ECN2206BAD ECN2207BAD 2,060.
460 1 480 HMCPE 3A ECN2208CAB 1,090. ECN2206CAB ECN2207CAB 2,060.
3 HMCPE 7A ECN2208CAC 1,090. ECN2206CAC ECN2207CAC 2,060.
5 HMCPE 15A ECN2208CAD 1,090. ECN2206CAD ECN2207CAD 2,060.
575 1 600 HMCP 3A ECN2208DA5 1,090. ECN2206DA5 ECN2207DA5 2,060.
3 HMCP 7A ECN2208DA6 1,090. ECN2206DA6 ECN2207DA6 2,060.
NEMA Size 1
5 HMCPE 30A ECN2218EAE 1,130. ECN2216EAE ECN2217EAE 2,105.
7-1/2 HMCPE 50A ECN2218EAF 1,130. ECN2216EAF ECN2217EAF 2,105.
5 HMCPE 30A ECN2218BAE 1,130. ECN2216BAE ECN2217BAE 2,105.
7-1/2 HMCPE 50A ECN2218BAF 1,130. ECN2216BAF ECN2217BAF 2,105.
460 1 480 HMCPE 3A ECN2218CAB 1,130. ECN2216CZB ECN2217CAB 2,105.
10 HMCPE 30A ECN2218CAE 1,130. ECN2216CAE ECN2217CAE 2,105.
NEMA Size 2
200 10 208 HMCPE 50A ECN2228EAF 1,595. ECN2226EAF ECN2227EAF 2,622.
230 10 240 HMCPE 50A ECN2228BAF 1,595. ECN2226BAF ECN2227BAF 2,622.
15 HMCPE 70A ECN2228BAW 1,595. ECN2226BAW ECN2227BAW 2,622.
460 25 480 HMCPE 50A ECN2228CAF 1,595. ECN2226CAF ECN2227CAF 2,622.
1 Starters with 120V coil (for separate control) 4 NEMA 12 enclosure is without safety door
are available. To order, substitute the letter A interlock. When safety door interlock is
for the 8th character of the listed Catalog required, change seventh character from 8 to
Number. 9, i.e. ECN2228EAG becomes ECN2229EAG.
2 Suitable for outdoor application when prop-
erly installed — see Page i-5 of P.G.3.02.T.E.
3 All NEMA 12 enclosures are standardized
with external reset. For internal reset, order
Mod Code R5.

Cover Mounted
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page 33-115
33-58 – 33-66

January 2003
Table 33-157. Class ECN22 — NEMA — Combination HMCP/E — Non-reversing (Sizes 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9)
Voltage Rating Coil Breaker General Purpose Rainproof Watertight & Dust-Tight
Voltage 1 Type Stainless Steel 2
NEMA Size 3
200 20
25
208 HMCPE 100A
HMCPE 100A
ECN2231EAG
ECN2231EAX
1,960. ECN2232EAG
1,960. ECN2232EAX
2,270. ECN2234EAG
2,270. ECN2234EAX
3,795.
3,795.
33
230 25 240 HMCPE 100A ECN2231BAG 1,960. ECN2232BAG 2,270. ECN2234BAG 3,795.
30 HMCPE 100A ECN2231BAX 1,960. ECN2232BAX 2,270. ECN2234BAX 3,795.
460 50 480 HMCPE 100A ECN2231CAG 1,960. ECN2232CAG 2,270. ECN2234CAG 3,795.
50 HMCP 100A ECN2231DAI 1,960. ECN2232DAI 2,270. ECN2234DAI 3,795.
NEMA Size 4
200 40 208 HMCP 150A ECN2241EAH 4,275. ECN2242EAH 5,150. ECN2244EAH 6,650.
230 50 240 HMCP 150A ECN2241BAH 4,275. ECN2242BAH 5,150. ECN2244BAH 6,650.
460 100 480 HMCP 150A ECN2241CAH 4,275. ECN2242CAH 5,150. ECN2244CAH 6,650.
575 100 600 HMCP 150A ECN2241DAH 4,275. ECN2242DAH 5,150. ECN2244DAH 6,650.
NEMA Size 5
200 50 208 HMCP 250A ECN2251EAJ 9,920. ECN2252EAJ 11,490. ECN2254EAJ 15,940.
75 HMCP 400A ECN2251EAK 9,920. ECN2252EAK 11,490. ECN2254EAK 15,940.
230 60 240 HMCP 250A ECN2251BAJ 9,920. ECN2252BAJ 11,490. ECN2254BAJ 15,940.
100 HMCP 400A ECN2251BAK 9,920. ECN2252BAK 11,490. ECN2254BAK 15,940.
460 125 480 HMCP 250A ECN2251CAJ 9,920. ECN2252CAJ 11,490. ECN2254CAJ 15,940.
200 HMCP 400A ECN2251CAK 9,920. ECN2252CAK 11,490. ECN2254CAK 15,940.
575 150 600 HMCP 250A ECN2251DAJ 9,920. ECN2252DAJ 11,490. ECN2254DAJ 15,940.
200 HMCP 400A ECN2251DAK 9,920. ECN2252DAK 11,490. ECN2254DAK 15,940.
NEMA Size 6
200 150 208 HMCP 600A ECN2261EAL 21,330. ECN2262EAL 23,440. ECN2263EAL 25,080.
230 200 240 HMCP 600A ECN2261BAL 21,330. ECN2262BAL 23,440. ECN2263BAL 25,080.
460 350 480 HMCP 600A ECN2261CAL 21,330. ECN2262CAL 23,440. ECN2263CAL 25,080.
400 HMCP 1200A ECN2261CAP 21,330. ECN2262CAP 23,440. ECN2264CAP 25,080.
575 400 460 HMCP 600A ECN2261DAL 21,330. ECN2262DAL 23,440. ECN2263DAL 25,080.
NEMA Size 7
230 300 240 — ECN2271BAU 28,860. ECN2262DAM 30,940. ECN2263DAM 32,610.
460 600 480 — ECN2271CAU 28,860. ECN2272CAU 30,940. ECN2273CAU 32,610.
575 600 600 — ECN2271DAU 28,860. ECN2272DAU 30,940. ECN2273DAU 32,610.
NEMA Size 8
230 450 240 — ECN2281BAU 43,270. ECN2282BAU 45,190. ECN2283BAU 47,820.
NEMA Size 9
1 Starters with 120V coil (for separate control)
are available. To order, substitute the letter A
for the 8th character of the listed Catalog
Number.
2 NEMA 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 0 – 5, NEMA
4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.

Cover Mounted
Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page 33-115
33-58 – 33-66

January 2003
Table 33-157. Class ECN22 — NEMA — Combination HMCP/E — Non-reversing (Sizes 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9) (Continued)
Voltage 1 Type External Reset Bolted Threaded Price
(NEMA 3R) 234 U.S. $
Catalog Price Catalog Catalog
NEMA Size 3
33 200 20 208 HMCPE 100A ECN2238EAG 2,270. ECN2236EAG ECN2237EAG 4,775.
25 HMCPE 100A ECN2238EAX 2,270. ECN2236EAX ECN2237EAX 4,775.
230 25 240 HMCPE 100A ECN2238BAG 2,270. ECN2236BAG ECN2237BAG 4,775.
30 HMCPE 100A ECN2238BAX 2,270. ECN2236BAX ECN2237BAX 4,775.
460 50 480 HMCPE 100A ECN2238CAG 2,270. ECN2236CAG ECN2237CAG 4,775.
50 HMCP 100A ECN2238DAI 2,270. ECN2236DAI ECN2237DAI 4,775.
NEMA Size 4
200 40 208 HMCP 150A ECN2248EAH 5,150. ECN2246EAH ECN2247EAH 7,820.
230 50 240 HMCP 150A ECN2248BAH 5,150. ECN2246BAH ECN2247BAH 7,820.
460 100 480 HMCP 150A ECN2248CAH 5,150. ECN2246CAH ECN2247CAH 7,820.
575 100 600 HMCP 150A ECN2248DAH 5,150. ECN2246DAH ECN2247DAH 7,820.
NEMA Size 5
200 50 208 HMCP 250A ECN2258EAJ 11,490. N/A N/A —
75 HMCP 400A ECN2258EAK 11,490. N/A N/A —
230 60 240 HMCP 250A ECN2258BAJ 11,490. N/A N/A —
100 HMCP 400A ECN2258BAK 11,490. N/A N/A —
460 125 480 HMCP 250A ECN2258CAJ 11,490. N/A N/A —
200 HMCP 400A ECN2258CAK 11,490. N/A N/A —
575 150 600 HMCP 250A ECN2258DAJ 11,490. N/A N/A —
200 HMCP 400A ECN2258DAK 11,490. N/A N/A —
NEMA Size 6
200 150 208 HMCP 600A ECN2268EAL 23,440. N/A N/A —
230 200 240 HMCP 600A ECN2268BAL 23,440. N/A N/A —
460 350 480 HMCP 600A ECN2268CAL 23,440. N/A N/A —
400 HMCP 1200A ECN2268CAP 23,440. N/A N/A —
575 400 460 HMCP 600A ECN2268DAL 23,440. N/A N/A —
NEMA Size 7
230 300 240 — ECN2268DAM 30,940. N/A N/A —
460 600 480 — ECN2278CAU 30,940. N/A N/A —
575 600 600 — ECN2278DAU 30,940. N/A N/A —
NEMA Size 8
230 450 240 — ECN2288BAU 45,190. N/A N/A —
460 900 480 — ECN2288CAU 45,190. N/A N/A —
575 900 600 — ECN2288DAU 45,190. N/A N/A —
NEMA Size 9
230 800 240 — ECN2298BAU 61,090. N/A N/A —
460 1600 480 — ECN2298CAU 61,090. N/A N/A —
575 1600 600 — ECN2298DAU 61,090. N/A N/A —
1 Starters with 120V coil (for separate control) 3 All NEMA 12 enclosures are standardized
are available. To order, substitute the letter A with external reset. For internal reset, order
for the 8th character of the listed Catalog Mod Code R5.
Number. 4 NEMA 12 enclosure is without safety door
2 Suitable for outdoor application when prop- interlock. When safety door interlock is
erly installed — see Page i-5 of P.G.3.02.T.E. required, change seventh character from 8 to
9, i.e. ECN2238EAG becomes ECN2239EAG.

Cover Mounted
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page 33-115
33-58 – 33-66

January 2003
Table 33-158. Class ECN23 — NEMA — Combination HMCP/E 3— Reversing (Sizes 0, 1 and 2)
Voltage Rating Coil Breaker General Purpose Rainproof Watertight &
Voltage 1 Type Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel
NEMA Size 0
200 1 208 HMCPE 7A ECN2301EAC 1,295. ECN2302EAC 1,540. ECN2304EAC 2,165.
33
3 HMCPE 15A ECN2301EAD 1,295. ECN2302EAD 1,540. ECN2304EAD 2,165.
230 1 240 HMCPE 7A ECN2301BAC 1,295. ECN2302BAC 1,540. ECN2304BAC 2,165.
3 HMCPE 15A ECN2301BAD 1,295. ECN2302BAD 1,540. ECN2304BAD 2,165.
460 1 480 HMCPE 3A ECN2301CAB 1,295. ECN2302CAB 1,540. ECN2304CAB 2,165.
3 HMCPE 7A ECN2301CAC 1,295. ECN2302CAC 1,540. ECN2304CAC 2,165.
5 HMCPE 15A ECN2301CAD 1,295. ECN2302CAD 1,540. ECN2304CAD 2,165.
NEMA Size 1
5 HMCPE 30A ECN2311EAE 1,380. ECN2312EAE 1,620. ECN2314EAE 2,250.
7-1/2 HMCPE 50A ECN2311EAF 1,380. ECN2312EAF 1,620. ECN2314EAF 2,250.
5 HMCPE 30A ECN2311BAE 1,380. ECN2312BAE 1,620. ECN2314BAE 2,250.
7-1/2 HMCPE 50A ECN2311BAF 1,380. ECN2312BAF 1,620. ECN2314BAF 2,250.
10 HMCPE 30A ECN2311CAE 1,380. ECN2312CAE 1,620. ECN2314CAE 2,250.
NEMA Size 2
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. For Heater Pack Selection, see Pages 33-80 – 33-81.
1 Other control power transformer primary 3 100,000 RMS short-circuit – 480V
and/or secondary voltages, see Page 33-85. 25,000 RMS short-circuit – 600V
2 Suitable for outdoor application when prop-
erly installed — see Page i-5 of P.G.3.02.T.E.

Cover Mounted
Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page 33-116
33-58 – 33-66

January 2003
Table 33-158. Class ECN23 — NEMA — Combination HMCP/E 3— Reversing (Sizes 0, 1 and 2) (Continued)
Motor Max. hp Magnet Circuit 3-Pole, NEMA 12 3-Pole NEMA Type 7 and 9
33 NEMA Size 0
NEMA Size 1
NEMA Size 2
1 Other control power transformer primary 4 NEMA 12 enclosure is without safety door
and/or secondary voltages, see Page 33-85. interlock. When safety door interlock is
2 Suitable for outdoor application when prop- required, change seventh character from 8 to
erly installed — see Page i-5 of P.G.3.02.T.E. 9, i.e. ECN2328EAG becomes ECN2329EAG.
3 5 100,000 RMS short-circuit – 480V
All NEMA 12 enclosures are standardized
with external reset. For internal reset, order 25,000 RMS short-circuit – 600V
Mod Code R5.

Cover Mounted
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page 33-116
33-58 – 33-66

January 2003
Table 33-159. Class ECN23 — NEMA — Combination HMCP/E 2 — Reversing (Sizes 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9)
Voltage Rating Coil Breaker General Purpose Rainproof Watertight &
Voltage 1 Type Dust-Tight
Stainless Steel 3
NEMA Size 3
200 20 208 HMCPE 100A ECN2331EAG 3,275. ECN2332EAG 3,690. ECN2334EAG 5,610.
33
25 HMCPE 100A ECN2331EAX 3,275. ECN2332EAX 3,690. ECN2334EAX 5,610.
NEMA Size 4
NEMA Size 5
NEMA Size 6
NEMA Size 7
230 300 240 — ECN2371BAU 44,590. ECN2362DAM 46,520. ECN2363DAM 48,170.
NEMA Size 8
NEMA Size 9
1 Starters with 120V coil (for separate control) 2 100,000 RMS Short-circuit – 480V
are available. To order, substitute the letter A 25,000 RMS Short-circuit – 600V
for the 8th character of the listed Catalog 3 NEMA 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 0 – 5,
Number. NEMA 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.

Cover Mounted
Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page 33-116
33-58 – 33-66

January 2003
Table 33-159. Class ECN23 — NEMA — Combination HMCP/E 5 — Reversing (Sizes 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9) (Continued)
33 NEMA Size 3
200 20 208 HMCPE 100A ECN2338EAG 3,690. ECN2336EAG ECN2337EAG 7,060.
NEMA Size 4
200 40 208 HMCP 150A ECN2348EAH 8,530. — — —
230 50 240 HMCP 150A ECN2348BAH 8,530. — — —
460 100 480 HMCP 150A ECN2348CAH 8,530. — — —
575 100 600 HMCP 150A ECN2348DAH 8,530. — — —
NEMA Size 5
200 50 208 HMCP 250A ECN2358EAJ 17,680. — — —
75 HMCP 400A ECN2358EAK 17,680. — — —
230 60 240 HMCP 250A ECN2358BAJ 17,680. — — —
100 HMCP 400A ECN2358BAK 17,680. — — —
460 125 480 HMCP 250A ECN2358CAJ 17,680. — — —
200 HMCP 400A ECN2358CAK 17,680. — — —
575 150 600 HMCP 250A ECN2358DAJ 17,680. — — —
200 HMCP 400A ECN2358DAK 17,680. — — —
NEMA Size 6
200 150 208 HMCP 600A ECN2368EAL 34,200. — — —
230 200 240 HMCP 600A ECN2368BAL 34,200. — — —
460 350 480 HMCP 600A ECN2368CAL 34,200. — — —
400 HMCP 1200A ECN2368CAP 34,200. — — —
575 400 600 HMCP 600A ECN2368DAL 34,200. — — —
NEMA Size 7
230 300 240 — ECN2368DAM 46,520. — — —
460 600 480 — ECN2378CAU 46,520. — — —
575 600 600 — ECN2378DAU 46,520. — — —
NEMA Size 8
230 450 240 — ECN2388BAU 68,220. — — —
460 900 480 — ECN2388CAU 68,220. — — —
575 900 600 — ECN2388DAU 68,220. — — —
NEMA Size 9
230 800 240 — ECN2398BAU 95,360. — — —
460 1600 480 — ECN2398CAU 95,360. — — —
575 1600 600 — ECN2398DAU 95,360. — — —
1 Starters with 120V coil (for separate control) 4 NEMA 12 enclosure is without safety door
are available. To order, substitute the letter A interlock. When safety door interlock is
for the 8th character of the listed Catalog required, change seventh character from 8
Number. to 9, i.e. ECN2338EAG becomes
2 Suitable for outdoor application when prop- ECN2339EAG.
erly installed — see Page i-5 of P.G.3.02.T.E. 5 100,000 RMS short-circuit – 480V
3 All NEMA 12 enclosures are standardized 25,000 RMS short-circuit – 600V
with external reset. For internal reset, order
Mod Code R5.

Cover Mounted
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page 33-116
33-58 – 33-66

January 2003
Table 33-160. Class ECN24 — NEMA — Combination HMCP/E 2 with CPT — Non-reversing (Sizes 0, 1 and 2)
Voltage 1 Rating Coil Breaker General Purpose Rainproof Watertight & Dust-Tight
Voltage Type Stainless Steel
NEMA Size 0
200 1
3
208 HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 15A
ECN2401EAC
ECN2401EAD
1,110. ECN2402EAC
1,110. ECN2402EAD
1,285. ECN2404EAC
1,285. ECN2404EAD
1,800.
1,800.
33
NEMA Size 1
5 HMCPE 30A ECN2411EAE 1,145. ECN2412EAE 1,320. ECN2414EAE 1,835.
7-1/2 HMCPE 50A ECN2411EAF 1,145. ECN2412EAF 1,320. ECN2414EAF 1,835.
5 HMCPE 30A ECN2411BAE 1,145. ECN2412BAE 1,320. ECN2414BAE 1,835.
7-1/2 HMCPE 50A ECN2411BAF 1,145. ECN2412BAF 1,320. ECN2414BAF 1,835.
10 HMCPE 30A ECN2411CAE 1,145. ECN2412CAE 1,320. ECN2414CAE 1,835.
NEMA Size 2
1 Other control power transformer primary 2 100,000 RMS short-circuit – 480V
and/or secondary voltages, see Page 33-85. 25,000 RMS short-circuit – 600V

Cover Mounted
Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page 33-115
33-58 – 33-66

January 2003
Table 33-160. Class ECN24 — NEMA — Combination HMCP/E 2 with CPT — Non-reversing (Sizes 0, 1 and 2) (Continued)
Motor Max. hp Magnet Circuit 3-Pole, NEMA 12 3-Pole NEMA Type 7 and 9
Voltage 1 Rating Coil Breaker Dust-Tight Industrial
Voltage Type External Reset
33 NEMA Size 0
NEMA Size 1
NEMA Size 2
Mod Code R5.

Cover Mounted
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page 33-115
33-58 – 33-66

January 2003
Table 33-161. Class ECN24 — NEMA — Combination HMCP/E 2 with CPT — Non-reversing (Sizes 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9)
Primary Max. hp Magnet Circuit 3-Pole, NEMA 1 3-Pole, NEMA 3R 3-Pole, NEMA 4X
Voltage 1 Rating Coil Breaker General Purpose Rainproof Watertight & Dust-Tight
Voltage Type Stainless Steel 3
NEMA Size 3
200 20
25
208 HMCPE 100A
HMCPE 100A
ECN2431EAG
ECN2431EAX
2,355. ECN2432EAG
2,355. ECN2432EAX
2,670. ECN2434EAG
2,670. ECN2434EAX
4,205.
4,205.
33
NEMA Size 4
NEMA Size 5
NEMA Size 6
NEMA Size 7
230 300 240 — ECN2471BAU 29,550. ECN2462BAU 31,640. ECN2463DAM 33,320.
NEMA Size 8
230 450 240 — ECN2481BAU 43,960. ECN2462DAM 45,940. ECN2483BAU 48,530.
NEMA Size 9
1 Other control power transformer primary 2 100,000 RMS short-circuit – 480V 3 NEMA 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 0 – 5,
and/or secondary voltages, see Page 33-85. 25,000 RMS short-circuit – 600V NEMA 4 (Painted steel) Sizes 6 – 9.

Cover Mounted
Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page 33-115
33-58 – 33-66

January 2003
Table 33-161. Class ECN24 — NEMA — Combination HMCP/E5 with CPT — Non-reversing (Sizes 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9) (Continued)
Primary Max. hp Magnet Circuit 3-Pole, NEMA 12 3-Pole NEMA Type 7 and 9
Voltage 1 Rating Coil Breaker Dust-Tight Industrial
Voltage Type External Reset
(NEMA 3R) 234 Bolted Threaded
Catalog Price Catalog Catalog Price
Number U.S. $ Number Number U.S. $
33 NEMA Size 3
200 20 208 HMCPE 100A ECN2438EAG 2,670. ECN2436EAG ECN2437EAG 5,178.
NEMA Size 4
200 40 208 HMCP 150A ECN2448EAH 5,650. ECN2446EAH ECN2447EAH 8,308.
230 50 240 HMCP 150A ECN2448BAH 5,650. ECN2446BAH ECN2447BAH 8,308.
460 100 480 HMCP 150A ECN2448CAH 5,650. ECN2446CAH ECN2447CAH 8,308.
575 100 600 HMCP 150A ECN2448DAH 5,650. ECN2446DAH ECN2447DAH 8,308.
NEMA Size 5
200 50 208 HMCP 250A ECN2458EAJ 12,040. — — —
75 HMCP 400A ECN2458EAK 12,040. — — —
230 60 240 HMCP 250A ECN2458BAJ 12,040. — — —
100 HMCP 400A ECN2458BAK 12,040. — — —
460 125 480 HMCP 250A ECN2458CAJ 12,040. — — —
200 HMCP 400A ECN2458CAK 12,040. — — —
575 150 600 HMCP 250A ECN2458DAJ 12,040. — — —
200 HMCP 400A ECN2458DAK 12,040. — — —
NEMA Size 6
200 150 208 HMCP 600A ECN2468EAL 24,150. — — —
230 200 240 HMCP 600A ECN2468BAL 24,150. — — —
460 350 480 HMCP 600A ECN2468CAL 24,150. — — —
400 HMCP 1200A ECN2468CAP 24,150. — — —
575 400 600 HMCP 600A ECN2468DAL 24,150. — — —
NEMA Size 7
230 300 240 — ECN2468DAM 31,640. — — —
460 600 480 — ECN2478CAU 31,640. — — —
575 600 600 — ECN2478DAU 31,640. — — —
NEMA Size 8
230 450 240 — ECN2488BAU 45,940. — — —
460 900 480 — ECN2488CAU 45,940. — — —
575 900 600 — ECN2488DAU 45,940. — — —
NEMA Size 9
230 800 240 — ECN2498BAU 61,820. — — —
460 1600 480 — ECN2498CAU 61,820. — — —
575 1600 600 — ECN2498DAU 61,820. — — —
Mod Code R5.

Cover Mounted
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page 33-115
33-58 – 33-66

Freedom/Advantage, 3-Phase Magnetic — Enclosed
January 2003
Fuse Clips
33
C351 Fuse Clip Kit
Table 33-162. C351 — Fuse Clip Selection — 3 Poles

Starter Motor Maximum Fuse Clip Fuse Clip Kit for Field Installation in Fuse Clip Kit Factory
Size Voltage Horsepower Rating Non-fusible Starter Installed
(3-Phase)
Dual Element Amperes Volts Catalog Number Price Catalog Number Price Position 10 Price
Fuses For Non-rejection U.S. $ For use w/ “R” U.S. $ Alpha 2 U.S. $
Type Fuses Rejection Type Fuses
Non-fusible — without Fuse Clips Installed A N/C

0 200/230 3 30 250 C351KC21 14.50 C351KC21R 14.50 B 21.00
460/575 5 30 600 C351KD22-61 18.10 C351KD22-61R 18.10 C 35.00
1 200/230 7-1/2 30 250 C351KC21 14.50 C351KC21R 14.50 B 21.00
460/575 10 30 600 C351KD22-61 18.10 C351KD22-61R 18.10 C 35.00
2 200 10 60 250 C351KD22-61 18.10 C351KD22-61R 18.10 D 28.00
230 15 60 250 C351KD22-61 18.10 C351KD22-61R 18.10 D 28.00
460/575 25 60 600 C351KD62 21.70 C351KD62R 21.70 E 48.00
3 200 25 100 250 C351KE23-63 1 76.00 C351KE23-63 1 76.00 F 68.00
230 30 100 250 C351KE23-63 1 76.00 C351KE23-63 1 76.00 F 68.00
460/575 50 100 600 C351KE23-63 1 76.00 C351KE23-63 1 76.00 G 101.00
4 200 40 200 250 C351KF24-64 1 117.00 C351KF24-64 1 117.00 H 115.00
230 50 200 250 C351KF24-64 1 117.00 C351KF24-64 1 117.00 H 115.00
460/575 100 200 600 C351KF24-64 1 117.00 C351KF24-64 1 117.00 J 141.00
5 200 75 400 250 Not Available — Not Available — K 242.00
230 100 400 250 in Kit Form in Kit Form K 242.00
460/575 200 400 600 L 242.00
1 Fuse clip “R” rejection members for use with Class R fuses are supplied loose in the Fuse Clip Kits.
2 These fuse clips are for Class R fuses.
Note: Kits do not include fuses.
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD-1C

Freedom/Advantage, 3-Phase Magnetic — Enclosed
January 2003
Control Power Transformer Kits The transformer kit consists of: Combination Starters
■ Control transformer Most combination starters have space
for standard size (and 100 VA extra
■ Two primary and one secondary
capacity) control power transformers.
fuse The panels are pre-drilled for mounting.
■ Wires
■ Mounting instruction publication UL/CSA
UL Listed — File Number E10156,
33 For Non-combination Starters Guide XPTO.
These kits may be used for transformer
voltage conversion on Freedom NEMA, Table 33-163. Standard Transformer Sizes 1
IEC and Advanced Design NEMA Size VA Capacity
(Advantage) starters furnished from the Advantage Freedom Vacuum
Control Transformer Kit factory with control transformers
0 — 50 —
installed. Non-combination starters
These control transformer kits provide 1, 2 100 100 —
with CPTs factory installed are Class 3 100 150 —
a convenient on-the-job addition of
ECN07, ECA07, ECE07 and ECE11. 4 100 200 100
control transformers to the following
These kits may also be installed in 5 250 200 150
NEMA 1, 3R, 4/4X and 12 enclosed 6 250 250 350
oversize enclosures that have been
starters. Adding or changing these kits 1
designed to accept transformers. Non-reversing, single contactor only.
does not affect the UL listing in most
instances. When Ordering Specify
■ Catalog Number
Table 33-164. Control Transformer Kits
Continuous Catalog Number Price
VA Primary 208/277V Primary 240/480V, 60 Hz Primary 380V Primary 600V, 60 Hz Primary 240/480V U.S. $
Secondary 120V, 60 Hz 220/440V, 50 Hz Secondary 110V, 50 Hz 550V, 50 Hz Secondary 24V, 60 Hz
Secondary 120V, 60 Hz Secondary 120V, 60 Hz
110V, 50 Hz 110V, 50 Hz
50 C341AE C341AC C341AL C341AD C341AS 128.
75 C341BE C341BC C341BL C341BD C341BS 139.
100 C341CE C341CC C341CL C341CD C341CS 152.
150 C341DE C341DC C341DL C341DD C341DS 194.
200 C341EE C341EC C341EL C341ED C341ES 236.
250 C341FE C341FC C341FL C341FD C341FS 266.
300 C341GE C341GC C341GL C341GD C341GS 298.
350 C341HE C341HC C341HL C341HD C341HS 329.
500 C341JE C341JC C341JL C341JD C341JS 360.
Table 33-165. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights

Continuous Dimensions in Inches (mm) Ship Wt.
VA Wide High Deep Mounting Lbs. (kg)
A B C D E Slots
50 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 2.56 (65.0) 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5) .203 x .375 (5.2 x 9.5) 3.0 (1.4)
75 3.50 (88.9) 3.00 (76.2) 2.56 (65.0) 2.50 (63.5) 2.50 (63.5) .203 x .375 (5.2 x 9.5) 4.3 (2.0)
100 3.38 (85.9) 3.38 (85.9) 2.88 (73.2) 2.38 (60.5) 2.81 (71.4) .203 x .375 (5.2 x 9.5) 4.6 (2.1)
150 4.00 (101.6) 3.75 (95.3) 3.18 (80.8) 2.88 (73.2) 3.12 (79.2) .203 x .375 (5.2 x 9.5) 7.0 (3.2)
200 4.00 (101.6) 4.50 (114.3) 3.81 (96.8) 2.50 (63.5) 3.75 (95.3) .203 x .375 (5.2 x 9.5) 7.7 (3.5)
250 4.38 (111.3) 4.50 (114.3) 3.81 (96.8) 2.88 (73.2) 3.75 (95.3) .203 x .375 (5.2 x 9.5) 10.0 (4.5)
300 4.75 (120.7) 4.50 (114.3) 3.81 (96.8) 3.25 (82.6) 3.75 (95.3) .203 x .375 (5.2 x 9.5) 13.0 (5.9)
350 5.25 (133.4) 4.50 (114.3) 3.81 (96.8) 3.75 (95.3) 3.75 (95.3) .203 x .375 (5.2 x 9.5) 14.0 (6.4)
500 5.50 (139.7) 5.25 (133.4) 4.75 (120.7) 4.25 (108.0) 4.38 (111.3) .312 x .688 (7.9 x 17.5) 18.0 (8.2)
B
E 1.38 C
(35.1)
D A
Top View Side View
Figure 33-51. Open Type — 50 VA – 500 VA with Fuse Block

Freedom/Advantage/IT. — Enclosed
January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0133] Cover Control
Non-reversing
Flange Control Kits Factory Installed Pilot Devices
For on-the-job conversion of NEMA 1, 3R, To order factory installed pilot devices,
4X and 12 enclosed starters. Knockouts change the 9th character of the
are provided on the NEMA 1 flange. Catalog Number to the alpha shown in
NEMA 3R, 4X and 12 have prepunched the table below. Example: to order an
holes with removable hole plugs. ECN0514CAA with START/STOP
pushbuttons and a red pilot light, Figure 33-52. Figure 33-53. 33
change the A to a C, i.e. ECN0514CCA.
Table 33-166. Non-reversing Pilot Devices
Description Non-combination Non-combination Factory Installed Flange Control
Sizes 00 – 4 NEMA 1, Sizes 5 – 9 Position NEMA 1 only NEMA 1 NEMA 7/9
Sizes A – M NEMA 1, Sizes N – V 9 Alpha Sizes 00 – 4 Sizes 5 – 9 All Units
NEMA/IEC Freedom Series All NEMA 3R, 4X, 12 Sizes A – M Sizes N – V
NEMA 1 Enclosure only All IT. Soft Starts Non-combo. NEMA 3R,
Cover Mounted Field Combination only 3 4X, 12 2
Installation Kits 4 Freedom NEMA only 1 All
Advantage 2 Combination
IT. IT. — All
Cover Mounted Field Non-combo.
Installation Kits 4 See See
See Figure 33-52 See Figure 33-53 Figure 33-52 Figure 33-53
Catalog Price Catalog Price Adder Adder Adder
Number U.S. $ Number U.S. $ U.S. $ U.S. $ U.S. $
No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices C400GK0 4.95 — — A — — —
START/STOP Pushbuttons C400GK1 59.00 C400T1 58.50 B 83.00 171.00 300.00
with Red RUN Pilot Light C400GK12 3 167.00 — — C 220.00 339.00 601.00
with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights C400GK16 3 271.00 — — D 358.00 510.00 901.00
ON/OFF Pushbuttons — — C400T2 58.50 E — 171.00 300.00
with Red RUN Pilot Light — — — — F — 339.00 601.00
with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights — — — — G — 510.00 901.00
HAND/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch C400GK3 59.00 C400T12 58.50 H 83.00 171.00 300.00
with Red RUN Pilot Light C400GK32 3 167.00 — — J 220.00 339.00 601.00
with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights C400GK36 3 271.00 — — K 358.00 510.00 901.00
START Pushbutton — — C400T3 40.25 L — 171.00 300.00
ON Pushbutton — — C400T4 40.25 M — 171.00 300.00
OFF Pushbutton — — C400T5 40.25 N — 171.00 300.00
Red RUN Pilot Light C400GK42 3 109.00 C400T9 3 116.00 P 139.00 171.00 300.00
Green OFF C400GK41 3 109.00 C400T10 3 116.00 Q 139.00 171.00 300.00
Red RUN/Green OFF Pilot Lights C400GK46 3 217.00 C400T11 3 217.00 R 276.00 339.00 601.00
START/STOP Selector Switch — — C400T13 58.50 S — 171.00 300.00
with Red RUN Pilot Light — — — — T — 339.00 601.00
with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights — — — — U — 510.00 901.00
ON/OFF Selector Switch — — C400T14 58.50 V — 171.00 300.00
with Red RUN Pilot Light — — — — W — 339.00 601.00
with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights — — — — X — 510.00 901.00
1 For IEC Combination Cover Control, see Page 34-107.
2 For ACM Cover Control Option, see Page 33-193.
3 Add Code Letter from the table below to Catalog Number for voltage — Kits only. Example: C400T9B.
Rating Code Letter Rating Code Letter Rating Code Letter

120V 60 Hz A 240V 60 Hz B 480V 60 Hz C
208V 60 Hz E 380V 50 Hz L 600V 60 Hz D
Note: 120V only for Advantage.
4 Additional Kits available. See Page 11-19 of P.G.3.02.T.E.
Integrated Combination Cover Control for IT. Electro-Mechanical

■ Non-reversing Note: For Factory Installed devices, change Pilot Indication included as standard for
■ Factory Installed the 9th character from A to Y and add one starters: RUN, OFF and Overload Trip;
■ NEMA 1 and 12 only, Sizes 00 – 2 of the following Mod Code Suffixes to the for contactors: ON and OFF. For further
Catalog String. information see Pages 33-21 – 33-24.
Table 33-167. Factory Installed for IT. Electro-Mechanical Integrated Combination
Description Position Standard Adder DeviceNet Adder
FVNR Starters/Contactors 9 Alpha Mod Code U.S. $ Mod Code U.S. $ 7
Reset only Y T30 N/C T40 —
STOP with Reset Y T31 80.00 T41 —
START/STOP with Reset Y T32 212.00 T42 —
HAND/OFF/AUTO with Reset 5 Y T33A 212.00 T43A —
HAND/OFF/AUTO with Reset 6 Y T33D 212.00 T43D —
ON/OFF Y T34 212.00 T44 — Integrated Combination
5 4 pt 120V AC Input 2 pt Relay Output. Note: Interface Module Standard with HOA. Cover Control for IT.
6 4 pt 24V DC Input 2 pt Relay Output.
7 Consult factory for price. Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD-1C

Freedom/Advantage/IT. — Enclosed
January 2003
Cover Control Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0134]
Reversing
Flange Control Kits Factory Installed Pilot Devices
For on-the-job conversion of NEMA 1, To order factory installed pilot devices,
3R, 4X and 12 enclosed starters. change the 9th character of the Catalog
Knockouts are provided on the NEMA Number to the alpha shown in the table
1 flange. NEMA 3R, 4X and 12 have below. Example: to order an
prepunched holes with removable ECN0614CAA with FOR/REV/STOP
33 hole plugs. pushbuttons and 2 red pilot lights,
Figure 33-54.
change the A to a C, i.e. ECN0614CCA. Figure 33-55.
Table 33-168. Reversing Pilot Devices

Description Non-combination Non-combination Factory Installed Flange Control
Sizes 00 – 4 NEMA 1, Sizes 5 – 9 Position NEMA 1 only NEMA 1 NEMA 7/9
Sizes A – M NEMA 1, Sizes N – V 9 Alpha Sizes 00 – 4 Sizes 5 – 9 All Units
NEMA/IEC Freedom Series All NEMA 3R, 4X, 12 Sizes A – M Sizes N – V
NEMA 1 Enclosure only All IT. Soft Starts Non-combo. NEMA 3R,
Cover Mounted Field Combination only 3 4X, 12 2
Installation Kits 5 Freedom NEMA only 1 All
Advantage 2 Combination 6
IT. IT. — All
Cover Mounted Field Non-combo.
Installation Kits 5 See See
See Figure 33-54. See Figure 33-55. Figure 33-54. Figure 33-55.
Catalog Price Catalog Price Adder Adder Adder
Number U.S. $ Number U.S. $ U.S. $ U.S. $ U.S. $
No Cover Mounted Pilot Devices C400GK0 4.95 — — A — — —
FOR/REV/STOP Pushbuttons C400GR1 145.00 C400T6 181.00 B 289.00 289.00 510.00
with 2 Red Pilot Lights C400GR14 3 360.00 — — C 570.00 570.00 1,100.00
with 2 Red/1 Green Pilot Lights — — — — D — 810.00 1,390.00
UP/STOP/DOWN Pushbuttons C400GR2 145.00 — — E 289.00 289.00 510.00
with 2 Red Pilot Lights C400GR24 3 360.00 — — F 570.00 570.00 1,100.00
FOR/OFF/REV Selector Switch — — C400T15 122.00 H — 171.00 300.00
with 2 Red Pilot Lights — — — — J — 510.00 900.00
with 2 Red/1 Green Pilot Lights — — — — K — 685.00 1,245.00
Two Red Pilot Lights C400GK44 3 217.00 4 — P 289.00 339.00 600.00
One Green Pilot Light C400GK41 3 109.00 C400T10 3 109.00 Q 139.00 171.00 300.00
Two Red/One Green Pilot Lights — — — — R — 510.00 900.00
OPEN/OFF/CLOSE Selector Switch — — C400T16 122.00 V — 171.00 300.00
with 2 Red Pilot Lights — — — — W — 510.00 900.00
with 2 Red/1 Green Pilot Lights — — — — X — 685.00 1,245.00
1 For IEC Combination Cover Control, see Page 34-107.
2 For ACM Cover Control Option, see Page 33-193.
3 Add Code Letter from the table below to Catalog Number for voltage — Kits only.
Example: C400T10B.
Rating Code Letter Rating Code Letter Rating Code Letter
120V 60 Hz A 240V 60 Hz B 480V 60 Hz C
208V 60 Hz E 380V 50 Hz L 600V 60 Hz D
Note: 120V only for Advantage.
4 Order Quantity (2) of C400T10.
5 Additional Kits available. See Page 11-9 of P.G.3.02.T.E.
6 IT. Combination for NEMA 3R/4X only.
Integrated Combination Cover Control for IT. Electro-Mechanical

■ Reversing Note: For Factory Installed devices, change Pilot Indication included as standard
■ Factory Installed the 9th character from A to Y and add one for starters: FORWARD, REVERSE, OFF
■ NEMA 1 and 12 only, Sizes 00 – 2 of the following Mod Code Suffixes to the and Overload Trip; for contactors: UP
Catalog String. and DOWN. For further information
see Pages 33-21 – 33-24.
Table 33-169. Factory Installed for IT. Electro-Mechanical Integrated Combination
Description Position Standard Adder DeviceNet Adder
FVR Starters/Contactors 9 Alpha Mod Code U.S. $ Mod Code U.S. $ 9
Reset only Y T50 N/C T60 —
STOP with Reset Y T51 77.00 T61 —
FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP with Reset Y T52 381.00 T62 —
FORWARD/REVERSE/OFF/AUTO with Reset 7 Y T33A 381.00 T63A —
FORWARD/REVERSE/OFF/AUTO with Reset 8 Y T33D 381.00 T63D —
ON/OFF Y T54 381.00 T64 — Integrated Combination
7 4 pt 120V AC Input 2 pt Relay Output. Note: Interface Module Standard with HOA. Cover Control for IT.
8 4 pt 24V DC Input 2 pt Relay Output.
9 Consult factory for price.

Freedom/Advantage — Enclosed
January 2003
NEMA 1 Enclosures
Table 33-170. NEMA 1 Enclosures — NEMA, IEC (Freedom Type)
Starter Type Box NEMA Size IEC Size IEC Size Catalog Price
Number AN16 AE16 AE17 Number U.S. $
Non-reversing Starter 1 00 – 1 A–F1 — C799B11 2 36.00

1 — — A–F1 C799B12 2 36.00
2 2 G–K G–K C799B13 72.50
4 3–4 L–N L–M C799B15 302.00 33
10 5 P–S N–S C799B17 600.00
Non-reversing Starter 3 00 – 2 A–K1 A–K1 C799B14 3 117.00
with Space for CPT 4 3–4 L–N L–M C799B15 4 302.00
Reversing Starter 2 00 – 0 A–F5 A–F5 C799B13 72.50
3 1–2 G–K G–K C799B14 117.00
4 3 L–M L–M C799B15 302.00
9 4 — — C799B16 555.00
10 5 — — C799B17 600.00 NEMA 1
1 IEC starters A – F require a metal mounting plate, C321MP3, when mounting the starter in the
above enclosures. See below.
2 In order to install cover control kits for NEMA Sizes 00 – 2 and IEC Sizes A – F, the starter must be
provided with a side mounted auxiliary contact or a separately ordered Dummy Contact Block,
C320KGSD from Table 33-171, to serve as a mounting base. Note: NEMA Size 00 and IEC Sizes A – C
open type devices are not supplied as standard with side mounted auxiliaries.
3 Sub panel drilled for 50 – 200 VA CPTs.
4 Enclosure drilled for 150 – 300 VA CPTs.
5 IEC reversing starters require a metal mounting plate for the starter, C321MP3, and a mounting
plate for the contactor, C321MP1. See below.
Note: Box 1 will not accept devices with top mounted auxiliaries. Box 2 will accept NEMA
Sizes 00 and 0 starters and IEC Sizes A – F starters with top mounted auxiliaries.
Table 33-171. Dummy Contact Block

Number U.S.$
NEMA 3R
Dummy Contact Block C320KGSD 3.75
Table 33-172. Metal Mounting Plates — For

Use on IEC Style Contactors, Starters and
Overload Relays
Number U.S. $
Contactors
IEC Sizes A – F C321MP1 10.90
IEC Sizes G – K C321MP2 18.10
Reversing Starters
Metal Mounting Plates
Table 33-173. Approximate Dimensions of Metal Mounting Plates

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Catalog Ship Wt.
Wide High Mounting Number Lbs. (kg)
2.00 (51) 3.88 (99) 1.50 x 3.38 (38 x 86) C321MP1 .2 (.1)
2.56 (65) 5.05 (128) 2.00 x 4.5 (51 x 114) C321MP2 .4 (.2)
1.8 (46) 6.6 (168) 6.07 (154) 6 C321MP3 .7 (.3)
4.20 (107) 7.38 (188) 3.50 x 6.87 (89 x 175) C321MP7 .8 (.4)
4.20 (107) 4.35 (111) 3.50 x 3.86 (89 x 98) C321MP8 .5 (.2)
6 Two-hole mounting.
Note: Combination enclosures not available for sale as enclosures only.

Freedom/Advantage — Enclosed
January 2003
Enclosures Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0136]
NEMA 3R, 4X and 12 Enclosures

Table 33-174. NEMA 3R, 4X and 12 Enclosures — NEMA, IEC (Freedom Type)
Starter Type Box NEMA Size IEC Size IEC Size NEMA 3R NEMA 12 NEMA 4X
Number AN16 AE16 AE17 Catalog Price Catalog Price Catalog Price
Non-reversing Starter 5 00 – 1 A–F1 A–F1 C799B21 188. C799B81 188. C799B41 360.
33 6
6 —
2 G–K
—
—
G–K
C799B24
C799B25
245.
245.
C799B84
C799B85
245.
245.
C799B43
C799B44
615.
615.
8 3 L–N — C799B210 346. C799B810 346. C799B47 900.
8 — — L–M C799B212 346. C799B812 346. C799B49 900.
8 4 — — C799B211 930. C799B811 930. C799B48 1,580.
10 5 P–S N–S C799B218 1,355. C799B818 1,355. C799B413 2,135.
Non-reversing Starter 6 00 – 2 A–K1 — C799B24 245. C799B84 245. C799B43 615.
with Space for CPT 6 — — A–K1 C799B25 245. C799B85 245. C799B44 615.
8 3 L–N — C799B210 346. C799B810 346. C799B47 900.
8 — — L–M C799B212 346. C799B812 346. C799B49 900.
8 4 — — C799B211 930. C799B811 930. C799B48 1,580.
10 5 P–S N–S C799B218 1,355. C799B818 1,355. C799B413 2,135.
Reversing Starter 6 00 – 2 A–K2 — C799B24 245. C799B84 245. C799B43 615.
6 — — A–K2 C799B25 245. C799B85 245. C799B44 615.
8 3 L–M — C799B210 346. C799B810 346. C799B47 900.
8 — — L C799B212 346. C799B812 346. C799B49 900.
9 4 — — C799B215 1,355. C799B815 1,355. C799B411 2,135.
10 5 — M C799B218 1,355. C799B818 1,355. C799B413 2,135.
Multispeed 73 0–2 — — C799B223 295. C799B823 295. C799B417 755.
1 IEC starters A – F require a metal mounting plate, C321MP3, when mounting the starter in the above enclosures. See Page 33-117.
2 IEC reversing starters A – F require a metal mounting plate for the starter, C321MP3, and a mounting plate for the contactor, C321MP1.
See Page 33-117.
3 Blank cover provided.
Table 33-175. NEMA 3R, 4X and 12 Enclosures — NEMA (Advantage Type) — with Hole Plugs
Starter Type Box Size NEMA 3R NEMA 12 NEMA 4X
Number Catalog Price Catalog Price Catalog Price
Non-reversing Starter 5 1 – 2 C799B22 245. C799B82 245. C799B42 360.

Non-reversing Starter 6 1 – 2 C799B26 245. C799B86 245. C799B45 360.
with Space for CPT
and Reversing
Non-reversing Starter, 8 3 C799B213 346. C799B813 346. C799B410 900.
Non-reversing Starter
with Space for CPT, 9 4 C799B216 930. C799B816 930. C799B412 1,580.
and Reversing 10 5 C799B219 1,355. C799B819 930. C799B414 2,135.
Table 33-176. NEMA 3R, 4X and 12 Enclosures — NEMA (Advantage Type) —

with Cutout for 1 ACM and Hole Plugs 4
Starter Type Box Size NEMA 3R NEMA 12
Number Catalog Price Catalog Price
Non-reversing Starter 5 1–2 C799B23 245. C799B83 245.

Non-reversing Starter 6 1–2 C799B27 245. C799B87 245.
with Space for CPT
and Reversing
Non-reversing Starter, 8 3 C799B214 346. C799B814 346.
Non-reversing Starter
with Space for CPT, 9 4 C799B217 930. C799B817 930.
and Reversing 10 5 C799B220 1,355. C799B820 1,365.
4 All boxes have 1 ACM cutout. In addition, Box 5 has one 30 mm round hole, Boxes 6 and 7 have
two; Boxes 8, 9 and 10 have three holes plugged.

Freedom/Advantage/IT./AF91 — Enclosed
January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0137] Modification Codes
Modification Codes
Table 33-177. A — Ammeters, Auxiliary Contacts, Accelerating Relays, Table 33-177. A — Ammeters, Auxiliary Contacts, Accelerating Relays,
ACM Cover Control Modifications ACM Cover Control Modifications (Continued)
Modification Catalog Description Adder Modification Catalog Description Adder
Suffix Suffix
Ammeter 1 A1 Panel Type Wired to Current 1,015. Side Mounted A27 1NO 81. 33
Transformer in Line 1, Auxiliary A28 1NC 81.
NEMA 1, 12 Contacts
Freedom Series A29 1NO-1NC 161.
Panel Type Wired to Current 1,640.
Transformer in Line 1, (Advantage — A30 2NO 161.
NEMA 3R, 4X use Mod Codes
A31 2NC 161.
A36 – A40)
A2 Panel Type, Selector Switch 2,655. A32 2NO-1NC 239.
and 3 Current Transformers Wired
A33 1NO-2NC 239.
to Ammeter via Switch, NEMA 1, 12
A34 3NO 239.
Panel Type, Selector Switch 3,340.
and 3 Current Transformers Wired A35 3NC 239.
to Ammeter via Switch, NEMA 3R, 4X A36 3NO-1NC 317.
A3 Miniature (Single-Phase), 725. A37 2NO-2NC 317.
NEMA 1, 12
A38 1NO-3NC 317.
A4 Miniature with Selector Switch, 1,160.
NEMA 1, 12 A39 4NO 317.
A5 Switchboard (Single-Phase), 1,425. A40 4NC 317.

NEMA 1, 12 Auxiliary A42 Contacts Mounted on Operating 109.
Switchboard (Single-Phase), 1,955. Contacts 4 Mechanism of Disconnect Switch,
NEMA 3R, 4X 1NO-1NC
A6 Switchboard with Selector Switch. 1,885. A43 Contacts Mounted on Operating 161.
NEMA 1, 12 Mechanism of Disconnect Switch,
2NO-2NC
Switchboard with Selector Switch. 2,415.
NEMA 3R, 4X A44 With Auxiliary Contact Omitted —
A7 3-Panel Type (Single-Phase), 3,010. A45 With 1 Set of Auxiliary Contacts 161.
NEMA 1, 12 (1NO-1NC) Plus 2 Tie Points, Unwired
per Contactor (Advantage)
3-Panel Type (Single-Phase), 3,465.
NEMA 3R, 4X Accelerating A46 For 2-Speed 1,110.
Relay A47 2NO/2NC 24V DC Auxiliary Relay — 387.
A10 3 Miniature (Single-Phase), 2,160.
NEMA 1, 3R, 4X, 12 IT. Only
A11 3 Switchboard Type (Single-Phase). 4,225. Advantage A49 Full Voltage Status Only with RESET 300.
NEMA 1, 12 Control A50 Full Voltage START/STOP 372.
Module 5
3 Switchboard Type (Single-Phase). 4,840. A51 Full Voltage START/STOP/HOA 423.
NEMA 3R, 4X (ACM) A52 Full Voltage ON/OFF/AUTO 358.
A12 Ammeter Order by Description, 2
A53 Reversing Status Only with RESET 397.
NEMA 1, 3R, 4X, 12
A54 Reversing FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP 493.
Top Mounted A13 1NO 81.
Auxiliary A55 Reversing FORWARD/REVERSE/ 550.
A14 1NC 81. STOP/HOA
Contacts 3 4
(Unwired) A15 1NO-1NC 161. A56 2-Speed Status Only with RESET 397.
A16 2NO 161. A57 2-Speed FAST/SLOW/STOP 493.
A17 2NC 161. A58 2-Speed FAST/SLOW/STOP/HOA 550.
NEMA Sizes
00 – 2 only A18 2NO-1NC 239. A59 Reduced Voltage Status Only with 352.
(Unwired) A19 1NO-2NC 239. RESET
A20 3NO 239. A60 Reduced Voltage START/STOP 394.
IEC Sizes A21 3NC 239. A61 Reduced Voltage START/STOP/HOA 466.
A – K Only A22 3NO-1NC 317. A62 Reduced Voltage ON/OFF/AUTO 402.
(Unwired)
Freedom Series A23 2NO-2NC 317. A63 Metering Module 505.
A24 1NO-3NC 317. A64 ACM — Order by Description 2
A25 4NO 317. 1 Oversize enclosure will be provided for IT. Starters.
A26 4NC 317.
3 Top mounted auxiliary contacts cannot be added to contactors in Box 1
(NEMA 1).
4 Not available for IT. Starters.
5 NEMA 1/12 only.
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD-1C

January 2003
Modification Codes Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0138]
Table 33-178. B — Breaker Modifications, Backspin Timer, Table 33-179. C — Control Power Transformer, Control Relays, Cover
Undervoltage Release, Bell Alarm, Bus Choke Control (not elsewhere defined), Current Transformers, Compelling
Modification Catalog Description Adder Relay, Control Wiring, Control Circuit Breaker, Separate Control,
Number U.S. $ Customer-Supplied Components, Contactors, Counter, E-Stop Relay, DC/
Suffix AC Interface, Separate Source Disconnect, Bypass Contactors (Continued)
Modification Catalog Description Adder
Breaker B1 1NO-1NC Auxiliary Contact on Breaker 109.
Number U.S. $
B2 2NO-2NC Auxiliary Contacts on Breaker 161. Suffix
33 B3 Shunt Trip on Circuit Breaker — 289.
Control Power C42 50 VA Extra Capacity CPT 120V/60 Hz,
48 – 127V AC or DC
Transformers 110V/50 Hz with 2 Primary and
B4 Shunt Trip on Circuit Breaker — 289. 1 Secondary
9 – 24V AC or DC Make sure 00 – 1 2 3 4 5 6–9
B5 Shunt Trip on Circuit Breaker — 289. 8th character A–H J–K L–M N P–S —
280 – 380V AC specifies
primary/ 293. 458. 520. 605. 605. 710.
B6 Shunt Trip on Circuit Breaker — 289. secondary C3 100 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz,
415 – 600V AC or 220 – 250V DC voltage. See 110V/50 Hz Secondary with
B8 Undervoltage Release for Breaker 289. Page 33-85. 2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse
B9 Current Limiter Mounted to Breaker 289. 00 – 1 2 3 4 5 6–9
1 A–H J–K L–M N P–S —
B10 Breaker — Order by Description
357. 565. 650. 710. 710. 710.
Backspin Timer B12 180 Seconds 565.
C4 100 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 24V/60 Hz
Undervoltage B13 Undervoltage Release for Circuit 289. Secondary with 2 Primary and
Release Breaker — 208 – 240V AC 1 Secondary Fuse
B14 Undervoltage Release for Circuit 289. 00 – 1 2 3 4 5 6–9
Breaker — 380 – 480V AC A–H J–K L–M N P–S —
B15 Undervoltage Release for Circuit 289. 357. 565. 650. 710. 710. 710.
Breaker — 525 – 600V AC
C5 200 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz,
Bell Alarm B16 Bell Alarm for Circuit Breaker 289. 110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary
Bus Choke B20 DC Bus Choke, Open Core and Coil 2 and 1 Secondary Fuse
(AF91) 240V 1/4 hp 1/2 hp 1 hp 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp 00 – 1 2 3 4 5 6–9
A–H J–K L–M N P–S —
U.S. $ 71. 76. 115. 122. 139. 144.
467. 590. 705. 777. 777. 777.
480V — 1/2 hp 1 hp 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp
C6 200 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 24V/60 Hz
U.S. $ — 76. 85. 139. 139. 144. Secondary with 2 Primary and
1 Consult factory for price. 1 Secondary Fuse
2 A DC bus choke may be used in place of an AC line reactor for line 00 – 1 2 3 4 5 6–9
harmonic current reduction and for power source exceeding 500 kVA. A–H J–K L–M N P–S —
The DC bus choke will not provide any protection for line voltage 467. 590. 705. 777. 777. 777.
unbalance or transients.
C7 300 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz,
Table 33-179. C — Control Power Transformer, Control Relays, Cover 110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary
Control (not elsewhere defined), Current Transformers, Compelling and 1 Secondary Fuse
Relay, Control Wiring, Control Circuit Breaker, Separate Control, 00 – 1 2 3 4 5 6–9
Customer-Supplied Components, Contactors, Counter, E-Stop Relay, A–H J–K L–M N P–S —
DC/AC Interface, Separate Source Disconnect, Bypass Contactors 610. 725. 845. 910. 910. 990.
Modification Catalog Description Adder C8 400 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz,
Number U.S. $ 110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary
Suffix and 1 Secondary Fuse
00 – 1 2 3 4 5 6–9
Control Power C1 Standard Size Control Transformer, A–H J–K L–M N P–S —
Transformers 120V/60 Hz, 110V/50 Hz Secondary 845. 1,000. 1,110. 1,255. 1,255. 1,255.
with 2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse
Make sure C9 1 kVA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz, 1,205.
00 – 1 2 3 4 5 6–9 110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary
8th character A–H J–K L–M N P–S —
specifies and 1 Secondary Fuse
primary/ 196. 274. 403. 488. 555. 710. C10 2 kVA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz, 1,800.
secondary C2 Standard Size Control Transformer, 110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary
voltage. See 24V/60 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse
Page 33-85. and 1 Secondary Fuse C11 Control Transformer — Order by 3
00 – 1 2 3 4 5 6–9 Description
A–H J–K L–M N P–S — C34 CPT with Power Supply for IT. 428.
182. 256. 274. 457. 520. 665. Control Relays C12 4-Pole Interposing Relay, 600V 765.
(2NO/2NC)
C13 Run Relay, 24V DC (AF91) 585.

January 2003
Table 33-179. C — Control Power Transformer, Control Relays, Cover Table 33-179. C — Control Power Transformer, Control Relays, Cover
Control (not elsewhere defined), Current Transformers, Compelling Control (not elsewhere defined), Current Transformers, Compelling
Relay, Control Wiring, Control Circuit Breaker, Separate Control, Relay, Control Wiring, Control Circuit Breaker, Separate Control,
Customer-Supplied Components, Contactors, Counter, E-Stop Relay, DC/ Customer-Supplied Components, Contactors, Counter, E-Stop Relay, DC/
AC Interface, Separate Source Disconnect, Bypass Contactors (Continued) AC Interface, Separate Source Disconnect, Bypass Contactors (Continued)
Suffix Suffix
Control C14 1 4-Pole, Unwired, A600 Rtg. — 660. Bypass C46/J4 Isolation/Output/Bypass Contactor
33
Relays 2NO-2NC Contactors AF91 37A 66A 105 – 135A
(Continued) C15 1 8-Pole, Unwired, A600 Rtg. — 725. for IT./AF91
4NO-4NC Starters 695. 1,440. 4,235. 6,280.
C16 Control Relay — Order by 2 (AF91: 1/4 to 180 – 240A 304 – 500A 650 – 720A 850A
Description 5 hp Only) 9,010. 29,190. 32,190. 63,350.
C20 1 2-Wire Control Relay for 241. (Continued)
C46/J5 3-Contactor Bypass Pkg. for AF91 3 2,310.
Magnetic Lighting Contactors
3 Includes CPT, Pilot Lights, Selector Switch, Auxiliary Contacts and
Cover Control C17 1 Convert Position 9 to E30 Type 65.
Cover Control Control Relay.
C19 1 Lock-Off Attachment Added on 2
Table 33-180. D — Device Labels, Deceleration Relay,
Cover Control Drain and Breather, Duplex Modifications
Current C21 In Phase 1 505.
Transformer(s) C22 Modification Catalog Description Adder
In Phases 1 and 2 1,015.
Number U.S. $
C23 In 3 Phases 1,510. Suffix
Compelling C25 1 — 475.
Relay Device Labels D1 (each label) 39.
Control C26 Omit Control Wiring N/C Decel. Relay 4 D2 2-Speed 1,110.
Wiring C27 Separate Control 120V — N/C Drain and D5 Drain and Breather 402.
24V IT. Only Breather D6 Drain Only 230.
C30 1 With Separate Control Wiring and 161. (NEMA 7/9
Enclosure) 4 D7 Breather Only 230.
Two 250V Fuses in Holder
C31 1 With Common Control Wiring and 161. Duplex D12 Alternator Omitted (Deduct Price) -360.
Two 600V (Class CC) Fuses in Holder Modifications D14 START/STOP Pushbuttons — 210.
C33 Control Wiring Type — Order 2
Supplied for Each Motor
by Description
D15 HAND/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch — 210.
Control C32 1 Order by Description 2
Supplied for Each Motor
Circuit
Breaker D16 No. 1 Lead - No. 2 Lead Selector Switch 260.
for Manual Selection of Lead Pump
Separate C35 Wired for Separate Control N/C (Alternator is Omitted)
Control (Reduced Voltage)
2 D17 Red RUN Pilot Light — Supplied for 339.
Customer C36 Customer Supplied
Each Motor
Supplied Components to Be Installed
Components C37 Customer Supplied Wiring 2 D18 Push-to-Test Red RUN Pilot LIght 438.
Diagram to Use — Supplied for Each Motor
Contactor/ C40 1 Contactor/Starter — Order by 2 D19 TEST Pushbutton for Each Motor 339.
Starter Description D20 CPT, 120V Secondary, 2 Pri. Fuses
Counter C41 1 Operations Counter 725. & 1 Sec. Fuse — Supplied for Ea. Motor
E-Stop Relay C43 1 E-Stop Relay (DeviceNet) 264. 00 – 1 2 3 4–9
DC/AC C44 1 DC/AC Interface Module 2
389. 550. 820. 990.
Interface
D21 CPT w/100VA Extra Capacity, 120V Sec., 2 Pri.
Separate C45 1 IEC Separate Source Disconnect 2
Fuses & 1 Sec. Fuse — Supplied for Ea. Motor
Source for Control Circuitry
Disconnect 00 – 1 2 3 4–9
Bypass C46/J1 Isolation Contactor 665. 900. 1,130. 1,270.
Contactors AF91 37A 66A 105 – 135A D22 CPT w/200VA Extra Capacity, 120V Sec., 2 Pri.
for IT./AF91 207. 462. 1,365. 2,055. Fuses & 1 Sec. Fuse — Supplied for Ea. Motor
Starters 00 – 1 2 3 4–9
80 – 240A 304 – 500A 650 – 720A 850A
(AF91: 1/4 to
5 hp Only) 2,945. 9,660. 10,600. 20,950. 940. 1,170. 1,400. 1,545.
C46/J2 Output Contactor D23 CPT for Duplex — Order by Descrip. 5
AF91 37A 66A 105 – 135A D24 Add 2 Relays to Modify Controller to 735.
207. 462. 1,365. 2,055. Operate w/Single-Pole Pilot Devices
80 – 240A 304 – 500A 650 – 720A 850A D25 Add 3 Relays to Modify Controller to 1,105.
2,945. 9,660. 10,600. 20,950. Operate w/Single-Pole Pilot Devices
C46/J3 Bypass Contactor D26 Green — OFF for each starter 339.
AF91 37A 66A 105 – 135A D27 Green — Push-to-Test OFF for ea. starter 438.
207. 462. 1,365. 2,055. 4 Not available for IT. Starters.
80 – 240A 304 – 500A 650 – 720A 850A 5 Consult factory for price.
2,945. 9,660. 10,600. 20,950.

January 2003
Table 33-181. E — Enclosure Modifications, Elapsed Time Meter, Table 33-183. G — Ground Fault Relay, Grounding
Duplex Outlet, Starter Modification Catalog Description Adder
Modification Catalog Description Adder Number U.S. $
Number U.S. $ Suffix
Suffix
Ground Fault G1 Ground Fault Relay (Wired) 2,695.
Enclosure E3 Oversize Enclosure 181. Relay G3 Ground Fault Relay (Unwired) 1,205.
Modifications E4 Enclosure — Order by Description 2 5
Grounding G5 Special Grounding — Order by
33 E5 Enclosure w/Pole Mounting Hardware 2 Description
E7 Service Entrance Rating with 575. G6 Ground Fault Protection Omitted N/C
Ground/Neutral for Lighting (Advantage)
Contactors (30 – 200A) G7 Ground Fault Protection & Monitoring 3,975.
E65K 65K AIC Rated Explosion Proof 2 Panel
Enclosure 5 Consult factory for price.
E8 Service Entrance Rating w/Ground Bar 575.
E11 Safety Door Interlock 115. Table 33-184. H — Heater (Space), Heater Packs Installed
Elapsed Time E9 Wired Across Coil, NEMA 1, 12 417. Modification Cat. Description Adder
Meter No. U.S. $
Wired Across Coil, NEMA 3R, 4X 710.
Suffix
E10 Elapsed Time Meter — Order by 2
Description Space H1 Space Heater and Thermostat
Duplex Outlet E12 Convenience Duplex Outlet Mounted 145. Heater 00 – 1 2 3
in Side of Enclosure A–H J–K L–M
Starter 1 E13 Horizontal Combination Starter, 87. 37A 66 – 105A 135A
Size 0 – 2 AF91
E14 Narrow Combination Starter, 87. 735. 885. 1,100.
Size 0 – 2 4 5 6–9
1 Not available for IT. Starters. N P–S —
2 Consult factory for price. 180A 240 – 304A 360 – 850A
1,440. 1,865. 2,555.
Table 33-182. F — Fuse Clips, Fuse Blocks, Fungus Protection, H2 Space Heater and NC Interlock
Fingerproof Covers, EMI Filter
00 – 1 2 3
Modification Catalog Description Adder A–H J–K L–M
Number U.S. $ 37A 66 – 105A 135A
Suffix AF91
Fuse Clips F1 Change Fuse Clips in Position 10 to Class J 259. 458. 745.
00 – 1 2 3 4 5 –6 4 5 6–9
A–H J–K L–M N P–S N P–S —
23. 39. 88. 145. 203. 180A 240 – 304A 360 – 850A
F2 Change Fuse Clips in Position 10 to N/C 1,180. 1,765. 2,680.
Class H & K (30 & 60 Ampere Only) Install Heater H5 Class 20 Class 10 53.
Fuse Blocks F4 Power Fuses Included — Order by 4 Packs /D1 H2001B-3 /D25 H2101B-3
Description (Freedom /D2 H2002B-3 /D26 H2102B-3
Series) /D3 H2003B-3 /D27 H2103B-3
F5 30 Ampere Control Circuit Fuseholder 161.
(KTK) Mounted on Panel (Unwired), /D4 H2004B-3 /D28 H2104B-3
Fuse Not Supplied /D5 H2005B-3 /D29 H2105B-3
F6 30 Ampere Control Circuit Fuseholder 199. /D6 H2006B-3 /D30 H2106B-3
Mounted on Panel (Unwired), FNQR /D7 H2007B-3 /D31 H2107B-3
Fuse Supplied /D8 H2008B-3 /D32 H2108B-3
F7 3-Pole Power Fuseholder Mounted 173. /D9 H2009B-3 /D33 H2109B-3
on Front Contactor /D10 H2010B-3 /D34 H2110B-3
F8 Separate Fusing of Control Power 151. /D11 H2011B-3 /D35 H2111B-3
Supply — IT. /D12 H2012B-3 /D36 H2112B-3
/D13 H2013B-3 /D37 H2113B-3
F10 Blown Fuse Indicator (Not for PFC) 207. /D14 H2014B-3 /D38 H2114B-3
F21 Class CC Fuses 4 /D15 H2015B-3 /D39 H2115-3
EMI Filter F22 3-Phase 3 /D16 H2016B-3 /D40 H2116-3
(AF91) 240V 1/4 hp 1/2 hp 1 hp 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp /D17 H2017B-3 /D41 H2117-3
/D18 H2018-3
U.S. $ 161. 161. 202. 230. 230. 311.
/D19 H2019-3
480V 1/4 hp — 1 hp 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp /D20 H2020-3
U.S. $ 202. — 202. 202. 230. 230. /D21 H2021-3
F23 1-Phase 3 /D22 H2022-3
240V 1/4 hp 1/2 hp 1 hp 2 hp 3 hp /D23 H2023-3
/D24 H2024-3
U.S. $ 87. 87. 100. 128. 128.
3 The EMI filter is not necessary to meet the CE mark requirements for
EMC when installing the AF91 in an EC country.

January 2003
Table 33-185. K — AF91 Keypad Table 33-188. P — Pilot Lights, Pushbuttons, Phase Relays, Potential
Modification Catalog Description Adder Transformers, Program Timer, Percentage Timer, Photocell
Number U.S. $ Modification Catalog Description Adder
Suffix Number U.S. $
Suffix
Remote K1 Remote Operating Station Display 144.
Operating Push-to-Test P1 Push-to-Test Pilot Light (Red RUN) 217.
K2 Remote Operating Station Enhanced 499.
Keypads Pilot Lights Wired to Coil
Keypad
K3 Remote Operating Station Keypad and 1,030.
P2 Push-to-Test Pilot Light (Green OFF)
Wired in Series with Auxiliary Contact
302.
33
Copy Unit
P3 Combination of P1 and P2 Above 520.
Table 33-186. L — Lightning Arrestor, Lugs, Labels, Line and P4 Push-to-Test Pilot Light (Amber RUN) 217.
Load Reactor Wired to Coil
Modification Catalog P49 Push-to-Test Pilot Light (Green RUN) 217.
Description Adder
Number U.S. $ P54 4 Push-to-Test Pilot Light — Red 217.
Suffix BYPASS (AF91)
P55 4 Push-to-Test Pilot Light — Amber 217.
Lighting L3 Installed on Panel 289.
INVERTER ENABLE (AF91)
Arrestor
1 P56 4 Push-to-Test Pilot Light — Red 217.
Lugs L9 Special Lugs — Order by Description INVERTER RUNNING (AF91)
Carton Label L10 Customer Marking — Specify 1
P57 Push-to-Test Pilot Light — Green STOP 302.
Line L12 3% Input Line Reactor, 3-Phase, Open Core Pushbuttons P5 EMERGENCY STOP — Mushroom 289.
Reactors and Coil 2 Head
(AF91) 240V 1/4 hp 1/2 hp 1 hp 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp
P6 4 Pushbutton Omitted N/C
U.S. $ 213. 213. 213. 225. 264. 344. P7 START/STOP 171.
480V 1/4 hp 1/2 hp 1 hp 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp
P8 ON/OFF 171.
U.S. $ — 219. 219. 219. 219. 253.
P9 START 171.
L13 3% Input Line Reactor, 1-Phase, Open Core
P10 ON 171.
and Coil 2
P11 OFF 171.
480V 1/4 hp 1/2 hp 1 hp 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp
P12 4 FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP 289.
U.S. $ 213. 225. 264. 344. 362. —
P13 4 FAST/SLOW/STOP 289.
L14 5% Input Line Reactor, 3-Phase, Open Core
and Coil 2 P14 4 FAST/OFF/SLOW 289.
240V 1/4 hp 1/2 hp 1 hp 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp P15 4 HIGH/LOW/STOP 289.
U.S. $ 213. 213. 219. 253. 282. 357. P16 4 HIGH/LOW 289.
480V 1/4 hp 1/2 hp 1 hp 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp P17 4 SLOW/FAST 289.
U.S. $ — 213. 213. 230. 230. 344. P18 4 Pushbutton with Legend Plate 5
L15 5% Input Line Reactor, 1-Phase, Open Core P52 UP/STOP/DOWN 289.
and Coil 2 P53 OPEN/STOP/CLOSE 289.
480V 1/4 hp 1/2 hp 1 hp 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp Pilot Lights P19 With 1 Amber Pilot Light Marked 283.
U.S. $ 213. 213. 213. 213. 264. — POWER AVAILABLE Wired to Load
1 Side of 2 Fuses or Circuit Breaker
L16 Line Reactor — Order by Description
P20 Pilot Light (Amber RUN) Wired to Coil 171.
Load L17 Output Line DV/DT Filter, Open Core and Coil 3
Reactors P21 4 With 1 Red Pilot Light Marked RUN 171.
480V 1/4 hp 1/2 hp 1 hp 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp
(AF91) Wired thru NO Auxiliary Contact
U.S. $ — 219. 219. 219. 219. 253.
P22 4 With 1 Push-to-Test Red Light Marked 217.
L18 Load Reactor — Order by Description 1
RUN Wired thru NO Auxiliary Contact
1 Consult factory for price. P23 Pilot Light — Red RUN 171.
2 If the power source exceeds 500 kVA, 3% line unbalance, or if transient P24 Pilot Light — Red ON 171.
voltages from power factor capacitor switching events are present, an
P25 Pilot Light — Green OFF 171.
input line reactor must be used. The input line reactor will also reduce
P26 Pilot Light — Order by Description 5
line current harmonics.
3 The output line DV/DT filter is required when the distance from the P29 Pilot Light — Red STOP 171.
drive to the motor exceeds 33 feet (10m). The total cable run should 4 Not available for IT. Starters.
not exceed 165 feet (50m). 5 Consult factory for price.
Table 33-187. N — Nameplates
Modification Catalog Description Adder
Number U.S. $
Suffix
Nameplates N1 Enclosure Nameplates 23.

January 2003
Table 33-188. P — Pilot Lights, Pushbuttons, Phase Relays, Potential Table 33-190. R — Relays, Resets, Overload Relay Modifications,
Transformers, Program Timer, Percentage Timer, Photocell (Continued) DeviceNet Modifications
Suffix Suffix
Pilot Lights P58 Pilot Light — Red BYPASS (AF91) 171. Ramp R1 Extended Ramp of IT. 630.
(Continued) P59 1 Pilot Light — Amber INVERTER 171. Relay 4 R2 Overvoltage Relay 454.
ENABLE (AF91)
33 P60 1 Pilot Light — Red INVERTER 171.
R4 Omit Overload Relay (Deduct Price)
00 – 0 1 2 3 4 5–9
RUNNING (AF91) A–F G–H J–K L–M N P–S
P61 Pilot Light — Green STOP 171. -30. -30. -54. -90. -138. -504.
P62 1 FORWARD/REVERSE Red Pilot Lights 339. R7 Overload Relay — Order by Description 5
P63 1 UP/DOWN Red Pilot Lights 339. Electronic IEC NEMA Full Load 3-Phase 3-Phase
P64 1 OPEN/CLOSE Red Pilot Lights 339. Relay 6 Frame Size Current Manual Automatic/
P65 1 HIGH/LOW Red Pilot Lights 339. Adjustment Reset Manual
P66 1 FAST/SLOW Red Pilot Lights 339. Range (A) Overload Reset
P67 Green RUN Light 171. Class Class Class Class
10 20 10 20
P68 LED Bulbs (per light) 35.
A 00 0.1 – 0.3 G101 G81 G141 G121
P69 Blue OVERLOAD Light (AF91) 171. A 0.3 – 1.0 G102 G82 G142 G122
Illuminated P27 Illuminated Pushbutton — Order by 2
A 1.0 – 2.9 G103 G83 G143 G123
Pushbutton Description A 1.6 – 5.0 G104 G84 G144 G124
Phase Loss P28 Phase Loss Relay 570. A,B,C 3.7 – 12 G105 G85 G145 G125
Relay A 0&1 0.1 – 0.3 G101 G81 G141 G121
Phase Reversal P30 Phase Reversal Relay 570. A 0.3 – 1.0 G102 G82 G142 G122
Relay A 1.0 – 2.9 G103 G83 G143 G123
Phase P32 Phase Unbalance Relay 700. A 1.6 – 5.0 G104 G84 G144 G124
Unbalance A,B,C 3.7 – 12 G105 G85 G145 G125
Relay D,E 12 – 32 G106 G86 G146 G126
Phase P34 Phase Monitoring Relay 1,195. D,E,F,H 2 12 – 37 G107 G87 G147 G127
Monitoring
Relay G,H 14 – 45 G108 G88 G148 G128
Phase Loss P36 1 Phase Loss Protection Omitted N/C G,H,J,K,L 3 26 – 85 G109 G89 G149 G129
(Advantage) M,N,L 4 57 – 180 G111 G91 G151 G131
P37 1 Modification to Extend Phase Loss Trip N/C N/A 5 96 – 300 G104 G84 G144 G124
Time to 17 Seconds (Advantage) N/A 6 192 – 600 G104 G84 G144 G124
Potential P39 1 Potential Transformer — Wired 128. Catalog Number Suffix 7 R52_ R50_ R53_ R51_
Transformers L1 – L2 Adder U.S. $ 55. 55. 69. 69.
P40 1 Potential Transformer — Wired 253. Resets 4 R5 Change External Reset to Internal Reset — N/C
L1– L2 and L2 – L3 Hole Covered with Plug
P41 1 Potential Transformer — 3 Phases 377. R6 Internal Reset — No Hole Plug N/C
Pump P42 Pump Controller for IT. 1,085. R44 Manual Reset Only on Overload Relay 8.
Controller
R45 Auto Reset Only on Overload Relay 8.
Program P43 15-Minute Program Timer 570.
R47 With Internal Trip Indicator (No External 23.
Timers P44 24-Hour Program Timer 570. Reset) — Advantage
P45 7-Day Program Timer with Day 755. R48 External Reset with External Trip Indicator 105.
Omission Feature (Advantage)
Percentage P47 15-Minute Percentage Timer 570. R49 With Alarm Module (Advantage) (Bell 163.
Timers P48 60-Minute Percentage Timer 570. Alarm)
Photocell P70 1 Photoelectric Receptacle with 436. R71 N3R Reset Boot Added (NEMA 1/12 Only) 37.
Photocell Reversing 4 R54 Reversing Contactor/Starter 5
1 Not available for IT. Starters. DeviceNet R68 WPONIDNA — DeviceNet Communication 985.
2 Consult factory for price. Modification Interface
R69 DeviceNet Interface 5
Table 33-189. Q — IQ Products, WPoni, DN50 4 Not available for IT. Starters.
Modification Catalog Description Adder 5 Consult factory for price.
Number U.S. $ 6 Features:
Suffix
• Self-Powered
IQ Products Q14 IQ 220 with cable 1,625. • Phase Loss Protection
Q1 IQ 500 820. • Current Adjustment Knob
• ± 1% Repeat Accuracy
Q3 MP3000 5,380.
• 1NO and 1NC Isolated Contacts
Q5 IQ 4000 5,750. 7 Complete Modification Code includes reset code.
IQ Data Q12 3 With IQ Data Metering Module 1,205. Example: R52/G102
Metering
Module
WPoni Q8 3 WPoni (Advantage) 478.
Q9 3 WCTLponi (Advantage) 565.
DN50 Q13 3 DeviceNet Input/Output Module 1,610.

January 2003
Table 33-191. S — System Voltage, Selector Switches, Suppressor, Table 33-192. T — Timers, Time Delay Relays, Terminal Blocks,
Incomplete Sequence Protection, Single-Phase Jumper, Terminal Points, Ring Lug Connections
Surge Capacitor, Speed Potentiometer Modification Catalog Description Adder
Modification Catalog Description Adder Number U.S. $
Number U.S. $ Suffix
Suffix
Timers T1 4 Pneumatic Timer Installed on 615.
System Voltage S1 System Voltage Selection for Internal N/C Contactor, Unwired, 30 Sec. Max.
Selection Components
T2 4 Pneumatic Timer Installed on
Contactor, Unwired, 180 Sec. Max.
615.
33
/H1 208V 60 Hz
/H2 240V 60 Hz T3 Pneumatic Timer Mounted in 615.
/H3 277V 60 Hz, 1-Ph Enclosure, Unwired, 180 Sec. Max.
/H4 480V 60 Hz T25 Timer — Order by Description 5
/H5 600V 60 Hz
Time Delay T6 Time Delay Relay, 3 Minutes 585.
/H6 796V 60 Hz
/H7 220V 50 Hz Relays Maximum, Unwired, ON DELAY
/H8 380V 50 Hz T7 Time Delay Relay, 3 Minutes 585.
/H9 415V 50 Hz Maximum, Unwired, OFF DELAY
/H10 550V 50 Hz T8 Time Delay Low Voltage Release 805.
/H11 660V 50 Hz
Relay
/H12 380V 60 Hz
/H13 1500V 60 Hz Terminal T9 With 1 Single Circuit Terminal Block, 31.
S2 System Voltage Selection — N/C Blocks Unwired
Specify on Order T10 With 2 Single Circuit Terminal Block, 59.
Selector S3 HAND/OFF/AUTO 171. Unwired
Switches 1 S4 HAND/AUTO 171. T24 4 Power Terminal Block for DeviceNet 179.
Overload
S6 RUN/OFF/AUTO 171.
Terminal T11 With 6 Terminal Points, Unwired 179.
S7 AUTO/OFF/TEST 171.
Points T12 With 12 Terminal Points, Unwired 346.
S8 AUTO/OFF/TEST Selector Switch 327.
with 1 Red RUN Pilot Light T13 With 18 Terminal Points, Unwired 520.
S9 AUTO/OFF/TEST Selector Switch 489. T14 Terminal Point per Customer 31.
with 1 Red RUN Pilot Light and 1 Specification, Unwired (Price Each)
Green Pilot Light T15 Terminal Point per Customer 59.
S10 OFF/AUTO 171. Specification, Wired (Price Each)
S11 START/STOP 171. T21 4 3 Terminals Mounted Between 39.
S12 OFF/ON 171. Contactor and Overload for Power
S13 2 HIGH/LOW 171. Factor Capacitors — Sizes 0 – 2
S14 2 FAST/OFF/SLOW 171. T22 4 3 Terminals Mounted Between 74.
Contactor and Overload for Power
S15 2 SLOW/FAST 171.
Factor Capacitors — Sizes 3 – 4
S16 2 FORWARD/REVERSE 171.
T23 4 Quick-Connect Terminals Added to DP 179.
S17 2 HIGH/OFF/LOW 171. Contactor/Starter
S18 2 HIGH/LOW/OFF/AUTO 339. Ring Lug T16 Ring Lug Connections on Power Wires 92.
S38 2 INVERTER/OFF/BYPASS (AF91) 171. Connectors T17 4 Ring Lug Connections on Control 5
S41 2 OPEN/OFF/CLOSE 171. Wires
S42 2 FORWARD/OFF/REVERSE 171. 4 Not available for IT. Starters.
S43 2 FAST/OFF/SLOW/AUTO 339. 5 Consult factory for price.
S19 2 Selector Switch Omitted N/C
(Pump Panels Only) Table 33-193. U — Undervoltage Relay, Time Delay Undervoltage Relay
S40 Selector Switch — Order by Description 3 Modification Catalog Description Adder
Suppressor S24 2 Transient Suppressor Mounted 68. Number U.S. $
on Magnet Coil Suffix
Surge S20 MOV (IT.) 297. Undervoltage U2 Undervoltage Relay, Adjustable 725.
Suppression Relays
Sequence S26 2 Sequence Timer (Pump Panels) 600. Time Delay U4 6 Time Delay Undervoltage Relay, 615.
Timer Undervoltage Non-adjustable
Sequence S27 2 Incomplete Sequence Protection 860. Relays U5 Time Delay Undervoltage Relay, 805.
Protection Adjustable
Single Phase 2 S29 Convert Contactor or Starter from 33. Under- and U7 Under- and Overvoltage Relay 905.
Three-Phase to Single-Phase —
Overvoltage
Install Jumper
Relay
S30 Single-Phase Rev. 120V 125. 6 Not available for IT. Starters.
S31 Single-Phase Rev. 240V 125.
Surge S37 2 Surge Capacitor Wired to Disconnect 289.
Capacitor Line Side
Speed S39 2 Speed Potentiometer (AF91) 419.
Potentiometer
1 When using 3-position selector switch with magnetic lighting
contactor, mod C20 must also be used (ECL04, ECL13, ECL15).

January 2003
Table 33-194. V — Voltmeter, Varmeter, Vacuum Starter Table 33-195. W — Wattmeter, Watt-Hour Meter, Wiremarkers,
Modification Catalog Description Adder Enclosure Window, Wiring Diagram
Number U.S. $ Modification Catalog Description Adder
Suffix Number U.S. $
Suffix
Voltmeters V1 1 Panel Type Voltmeter Wired L1 – L2 1,425.
V2 Panel Type Voltmeter and Selector 2,160. Wattmeter 3 W1 Wattmeter 2,920.
Switch Wired to Read Three Line Watt-Hour W5 Watt-Hour Meter with Demand 3,080.
Meter 3
33 V3 1
Voltages
Miniature Voltmeter Wired L1 – L2 725. Wiremarkers W7
Attachment
Wiremarkers 162.
V4 1 Miniature Voltmeter and Selector 1,160. W8 Wiremarkers — Order per Customer 4
Switch Wired to Read Three Line Diagram or Specifications
Voltages W9 Wiremarkers — Order by Description 4
V5 Switchboard Type Voltmeter Wired 1,425. Window W11 Enclosure Window (AF91 Only) 4
L1 – L2
Wiring W12 Reduced Copy of Custom Wiring 173.
V6 1 Switchboard Type Voltmeter and 1,855. Diagram Diagram Laminated on Inside of Door
Selector Switch Wired to Read Three
3 NEMA 1/12 only.
Line Voltage
V7 3 Panel Type Voltmeters Wired in Each 3,010.
Phase
Table 33-196. Z — IEC One Size Fits All
V8 1 3 Miniature Voltmeters Wired in Each 2,160.
Phase Modification Catalog Description Adder
Number U.S. $
V9 3 Switchboard Type Voltmeters 4,255. Suffix
Wired in Each Phase
V10 Voltmeter — Order by Description 2 IEC One Size Z1 One Size Fits All for DeviceNet N/C
1
Fits All Starters Z2 Combination with 20A Class CC Fuses N/C
NEMA 1/12 only.

Freedom/Advantage/Lighting — Enclosed
January 2003
Size/Frame Box References Table 33-198. NEMA 3R, 4/4X, 12 Freedom/ Table 33-199. NEMA 1 Freedom and
Advantage/IEC Non-combination Starters Advantage Combination Starters (Continued)
Table 33-197. NEMA 1 Freedom/IEC
NEMA Size/IEC Frame Box Ship NEMA Size (Device) Box Ship
Non-combination Starters No. Wt. No. Wt.
NEMA Size/IEC Frame Box Ship Lbs. (kg) Lbs. (kg)
No. Wt. Non-reversing Starters —
Lbs. (kg) Reversing —
without Control Power Transformers with and without Control Power Transformers
Non-reversing Starters — 0 A–F 5 14.3 (6.5)
without Control Power Transformers
1 (2 Advantage) 5 15.3 (6.9)
0
1
B
B
42 (19)
43 (20)
33
00 1 7 (3.2)
2 G–K 7 16 (7.3)
00 with top adders/SSOL 2 10 (4.5) 2 B 44 (20)
3 L–N 8 46 (21)
0 A–F 1 7.1 (3.2) 3 C 84 (38)
4 8 60 (27)
0 with top adders/SSOL 2 10 (4.5) 4 D 173 (79)
5 P–S 10 150 (68)
1 1 7.9 (3.6) 5 E
6 T–U F1E
1 with top adders/SSOL 3 11.5 (5.2)
7 V F1E 6 F1E
2 G–K 2 8.5 (3.9)
8 F1E 7 F2E
3 L–N 4 35 (16)
9 F1E 8 F2E
4 4 47 (21)
Non-reversing Starters — 9 1
5 P–S 10 139 (63)
with Control Power Transformers
6 T–U F1E Non-reversing — Oversized
0 A–F 6 18 (8.2)
7 V F1E 0–1–2 B 44 (20)
1 6 19 (8.6)
8 F1E 1 Consult factory.
2 G–K 6 20 (9)
9 F1E
3 L–N 8 53 (24) Table 33-200. NEMA 1 Freedom and
Non-reversing Starters —
with Control Power Transformers
4 8 67 (30) Advantage Non-reversing Combination
5 P–S 10 157 (71) Starters — Narrow Enclosure
00 3 15 (6.8)
6 T–U F1E NEMA Size Box Ship
0 A–F 3 15 (6.8)
7 V F1E No. Wt.
1 3 16 (7.3) Lbs. (kg)
8 F1E
2 G–K 3 16.2 (7.4) NEMA 1 Enclosed
9 F1E
3 L–N 4 42 (19) 0–1–2 I 35 (16)
Reversing Starters —
4 4 54 (25) NEMA 12 Enclosed
with or without Control Power Transformers
5 P–S 10 146 (66) 0–1–2 I 36 (16)
0 A–F 7 18.5 (8.4)
6 T–U F1E NEMA 12 Enclosed with Safety Door Interlock
1 7 19.5 (8.9)
7 V F1E 0–1–2 I 37 (17)
2 G–K 7 21 (10)
8 F1E
1–2 (Advantage w/CPT) 7 24 (11)
9 F1E Table 33-201. NEMA 3R, 4/4X, 12 Freedom and
3 8 48 (22)
Reversing Starters — 4 9 72 (33) Advantage Combination Starters
without Control Power Transformers NEMA Size (Device) Box Ship
5 L–M 10 175 (79)
00 2 8 (3.6) No. Wt.
6 F1E
0 A–F 2 8 (3.6) Lbs. (kg)
7 F1E
0 with top adders 3 11 (5) Non-reversing —
8 F2E with and without Control Power Transformers
1 3 13 (5.9)
9 F2E 0 A 37 (17)
1 with top adders 3 13.4 (6.1)
2 G–K 3 15 (6.8) 1 A 38 (17)
Table 33-199. NEMA 1 Freedom and
3 L–M 4 43 (20) 2 A 39 (18)
Advantage Combination Starters
4 9 65 (30) 3 C 72 (33)
NEMA Size (Device) Box Ship
5 10 165 (75) No. Wt. 4 (HMCP) C 90 (41)
6 F1E Lbs. (kg) 4 (Disconnect Switch) D 150 (68)
7 F1E Non-reversing — 5 E 180 (82)
8 F2E with and without Control Power Transformers 6 F1E
9 F2E 0 A 37 (17) 7 F2E
Reversing Starters — 1 A 38 (17) 8 F2E
with Control Power Transformers 2 A 39 (18) 9 F2E
00 with top adders 3 15 (6.8) 3 C 72 (33)
0 A–F 3 15 (6.8) Note: All NEMA 7 and 9, see
4 (HMCP) C 90 (41)
Pages 33-145 – 33-146.
1 with top adders 3 17 (7.7) 4 (Disconnect Switch) D 150 (68)
2 G–K 3 19 (8.6) 5 E 180 (82)
3 L 4 50 (23) 6 F1E
4 9 72 (33)
7 F2E
5 M 10 172 (78)
8 F2E
6 F1E
9 F2E
7 F1E
8 F2E
9 F2E
Box Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-130 – 33-145

January 2003
Table 33-201. NEMA 3R, 4/4X, 12 Freedom and Table 33-204. NEMA 1 Non-combination Table 33-205. NEMA 1 Non-combination
Advantage Combination Starters (Continued) Lighting Contactors — Electrically Held Lighting Contactors — Magnetically Latched
NEMA Size (Device) Box Ship Ampere Size (Poles) Box Ship Ampere Size (Poles) Box Ship
No. Wt. No. Wt. No. Wt.
Lbs. (kg) Lbs. (kg) Lbs. (kg)
Reversing — Non-reversing Contactors — Non-reversing Contactors—
with and without Control Power Transformers without Control Power Transformers without Control Power Transformers
0 B 42 (19) 10A (2P, 3P, 4P) 1 5 (2.3)
33 1 B 43 (20) 10A (2P, 3P, 4P, 5P, 6P) w/top 2 7.3 (3.3)
30A (2P, 3P, 4P, 5P)
30A (6P, 8P, 10P, 12P)
2
3
8.5 (3.9)
13 (5.9)
2 B 44 (20) adders
10A (9P, 10P, 12P, 20P) 3 9.5 (4.3) 30A (20P) 4 35 (16)
3 C 84 (38)
20A (2P, 3P) 1 5.2 (2.4) 60A (2P, 3P, 4P, 5P) 2 8.7 (3.9)
4 D 173 (79)
5 E 20A (2P, 3P, 4P, 5P, 6P) w/top 2 7.3 (3.3) 60A (6P, 8P, 10P, 12P) 3 13.5
adders & 6P w/o top (6.1)
6 F1E
adder 60A (20P) 4 40 (18)
7 F2E
20A (9P, 10P, 12P, 20P) 3 9 (4.1) 100A (2P, 3P, 4P, 5P) 4 40 (18)
8 F2E
20A (9P, 12P) w/top adders 3 9.3 (4.2)
9 1 100A (6P, 8P, 10P, 12P) 9 85 (39)
30A (2P, 3P) 1 5.3 (2.4)
Non-reversing — Oversized 100A (20P) 10 100 (45)
30A (2P, 3P, 4P) w/top 2 7.3 (3.3)
0–1–2 B 44 (20) adders 200A (2P, 3P, 4P, 5P) 4 46 (21)
1 Consult factory. 30A (5P, 6P) 3 9.0 (4.1) 200A (6P, 8P, 10P, 12P) 9 95 (43)
30A (5P, 6P) w/top adders 3 9.2 (4.2) 200A (20P) 10 110 (50)
Table 33-202. NEMA 1, 3R, 4X, 12 IEC
30A (9P, 10P, 12P, 20P) 3 9.5 (4.3) 300A (2P, 3P) 10 115 (52)
Combination Starters
30A (9P, 12P) w/top adders 3 9.7 (4.4) 400A (2P, 3P) 10 125 (57)
IEC Frame Box No.
60A (2P, 3P) 1 7 (3.2) Non-reversing Contactors —
ECE16/ECE17/ECE18/ECE19/ECE21
60A (2P, 3P) w/top adders 3 9.8 (4.4) with Control Power Transformers
A–E J
60A (4P, 5P, 6P, 9P, 10P, 12P) 3 9.5 (4.3) 30A (2P, 3P, 4P, 5P) 2 12.5
F–H L
60A (4P, 5P) w/top adders 3 10 (4.5) (5.7)
ECE20
100A (2P, 3P) 4 35 (16) 30A (6P, 8P, 10P, 12P) 3 17 (7.7)
A–E K
100A (4P, 5P, 6P, 9P) 4 60 (27) 30A (20P) 4 39 (18)
F–H L
200A (2P, 3P) 4 70 (32)
ECE22/ECE24/ECE25 60A (2P, 3P, 4P, 5P) 2 12.7
200A (4P, 5P, 6P) 10 133 (60) (5.8)
A–F J
300A (2P, 3P) 10 113 (51) 60A (6P, 8P, 10P) 3 17.5
G–H K
300A (4P, 5P, 6P) 10 136 (62) (7.9)
ECE23/ECE26 400A (2P, 3P) 10 125 (57) 60A (12P) 9 87 (39)
A–F K Non-reversing Contactors — 60A (20P) 4 44 (20)
G–H L with Control Power Transformers
100A (2P, 3P, 4P, 5P) 4 47 (21)
Note: All NEMA 7 and 9, see 10A (2P, 3P, 4P) 2 11 (5.0)
100A (6P, 8P, 10P, 12P) 9 92 (42)
Pages 33-145 – 33-146. 10A (2P, 3P, 4P, 5P, 6P, 9P, 3 13.1 (5.9)
10P, 100A (20P) 10 107 (49)
Table 33-203. NEMA 3R — Pump Panels 12P, 20P) w/top adders 200A (2P, 3P, 4P, 5P) 4 53 (24)
Freedom/Advantage 20A (2P, 3P, 4P, 6P) 2 11 (5.0) 200A (6P, 8P, 10P, 12P) 9 102 (46)
NEMA Size Box 20A (2P, 3P, 4P, 5P, 6P) w/top 3 13.1 (5.9)
200A (20P) 10 117 (53)
No. adders
20A (9P, 10P, 12P, 20P) 3 13.5 (6.1) 300A (2P, 3P) 10 122 (55)
1–2 Narrow P1 400A (2P, 3P) 10 132 (60)
20A (9P, 12P) w/top adders 3 13.5 (6.1)
1–3 P3
30A (2P, 3P, 4P) 2 12 (5.4)
4 P5
30A (2P, 3P, 4P) w/top 3 13.1 (5.9)
5 P7 adders
6 F1E 30A (5P, 6P) 2 12.5 (5.7)
7 F2E 30A (5P, 6P) w/top adders 3 13.5 (6.1)
30A (9P, 10P, 12P, 20P) 3 13.9 (6.3)
30A (9P, 12P) w/top adders 3 14.1 (6.4)
60A (2P, 3P) 2 12.8 (5.8)
60A (2P, 3P) w/top adders 3 14 (6.4)
60A (4P, 5P, 6P, 9P, 10P, 12P) 3 14 (6.4)
60A (4P, 5P) w/top adders 3 14.2 (6.4)
100A (2P, 3P) 4 39 (18)
100A (4P, 5P, 6P, 9P) 4 67 (30)
200A (2P, 3P) 10 117 (53)
200A (4P, 5P, 6P) 10 140 (64)
300A (2P, 3P) 10 120 (54)
300A (4P, 5P, 6P) 10 143 (65)
400A (2P, 3P) 10 132 (60)
Box Dimensions . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-130 – 33-145

January 2003
Table 33-206. NEMA 3R, 4/4X, 12 Table 33-207. NEMA 3R, 4/4X, 12 Table 33-208. NEMA 1 Combination Lighting
Non-combination Lighting Contactors — Non-combination Lighting Contactors — Contactors
Electrically Held Magnetically Latched Ampere Size Box Ship
Ampere Size (Poles) Box Ship Ampere Size (Poles) Box Ship No. Wt.
No. Wt. No. Wt. Lbs. (kg)
Lbs. (kg) Lbs. (kg) Electrically Held — Non-reversing (3P Only) —
Non-reversing Contactors — Non-reversing Contactors — with or without Control Power Transformers
without Control Power Transformers without Control Power Transformers 30A A 35 (16)
10A (2P, 3P, 4P, 5P, 6P) 5 12 (5.4) 30A (2P, 3P, 4P, 5P) 5 13 (5.9) 60A A 36 (16) 33
10A (9P, 10P, 12P, 20P) 7 20 (9.1) 30A (6P, 8P, 10P, 12P) 7 21 (10) 100A C 65 (30)
20A (2P, 3P, 4P, 5P) 5 12 (5.4) 30A (20P) 8 46 (21) 200A with Disconnect Switch D 110 (50)
20A (6P) 6 14 (6.4) 60A (2P, 3P, 4P, 5P) 5 14 (6.4) 200A with Thermal Magnetic E 150 (68)
20A (9P, 10P, 12P, 20P) 7 20 (9.1) 60A (6P, 8P, 10P, 12P) 7 22 (10) Breaker
30A (2P, 3P, 4P) 5 13 (5.9) 60A (20P) 8 48 (22) 300A E 160 (73)
30A (5P, 6P) 6 14 (6.4) 100A (2P, 3P, 4P, 5P) 8 50 (23) 400A E 170 (77)
30A (9P, 10P, 12P, 20P) 7 20 (9.1) 100A (6P, 8P, 10P,12P) 9 58 (26) Magnetically Latched — Non-reversing (3P Only) —
60A (2P, 3P) 5 13 (5.9) 100A (20P) 10 100 (45) with or without Control Power Transformers
60A (4P, 5P, 6P) 6 16 (7.3) 200A (2P, 3P, 4P, 5P) 8 52 (24) 30A A 35 (16)
60A (9P, 10P, 12P) 7 22 (10) 200A (6P, 8P, 10P, 12P) 9 63 (29) 60A A 36 (16)
100A (2P, 3P) 8 49 (22) 200A (20P) 10 105 (48) 100A C 65 (30)
100A (4P, 5P, 6P, 9P) 8 57 (26) 300A (2P, 3P) 10 113 (51) 200A with Disconnect Switch D 110 (50)
200A (2P, 3P) 8 110 (50) 400A (2P, 3P) 10 125 (57) 200A with Thermal Magnetic E 150 (68)
Breaker
200A (4P, 5P, 6P) 10 133 (60) Non-reversing Contactors —
with Control Power Transformers 300A E
300A (2P, 3P) 10 113 (51)
30A (2P, 3P) 6 15 (6.8) 400A E
300A (4P, 5P, 6P) 10 136 (62)
400A (2P, 3P) 10 125 57) 30A (4P, 5P, 6P, 8P, 10P, 12P) 7 28 (13)
Table 33-209. NEMA 3R, 4/4X, 12 Combination
Non-reversing Contactors — 30A (20P) 8 54 (25)
Lighting Contactors
with Control Power Transformers 60A (2P, 3P) 6 16 (7.3)
Ampere Size (Device) Box Ship
10A (2P, 3P, 4P, 5P, 6P) 5 16 (7.3) 60A (4P, 5P, 6P, 8P, 10P, 12P) 7 29 (13) No. Wt.
10A (9P, 10P, 12P, 20P) 7 20 (9) 60A (20P) 8 55 (25) Lbs. (kg)
20A (2P, 3P, 4P, 5P) 5 16 (7.3) 100A (2P, 3P, 4P, 5P) 8 57 (26) Electrically Held — Non-reversing (3P only) —
20A (6P, 9P, 10P, 12P, 20P) 7 24 (11) 100A (6P, 8P, 10P, 12P) 9 65 (30) with or without Control Power Transformers
30A (2P, 3P, 4P) 6 18 (8.2) 100A (20P) 10 112 (51) 30A A 35 (16)
30A (5P, 6P) 6 18 (8.2) 200A (2P, 3P, 4P, 5P) 8 59 (27) 60A A 36 (16)
30A (9P, 10P, 12P, 20P) 7 24 (11) 200A (6P, 8P,) 9 70 (32) 100A C 65 (30)
60A (2P, 3P) 6 21 (10) 200A (10P, 12P, 20P) E 190 (86) 200A with Disconnect Switch D 110 (50)
60A (4P, 5P, 6P) 6 23 (10) 300A (2P, 3P) 10 120 (54) 200A with Thermal Magnetic E 150 (68)
60A (9P, 10P, 12P) 7 22 (10) 400A (2P, 3P) 10 132 (60) Breaker
100A (2P, 3P) 8 56 (25) 300A E 160 (73)
100A (4P, 5P, 6P, 9P) 8 64 (29) 400A E 170 (77)
200A (2P, 3P) 8 117 (53) Magnetically Latched — Non-reversing (3P Only) —
200A (4P, 5P, 6P) 10 140 (64) with or without Control Power Transformers
300A (2P, 3P) 10 120 (54) 30A A 35 (16)
300A (4P, 5P, 6P) 10 143 (65) 60A A 36 (16)
400A (2P, 3P) 10 132 (60) 100A C 65 (30)
200A with Disconnect Switch D 110 (50)
200A with Thermal Magnetic E 150 (68)
Breaker
300A E
400A E
Box Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-130 – 33-145

January 2003
Concentric Knockouts for 1/2" & Concentric Knockouts for

3/4" Conduit — (2) Each Side & 1/2", 3/4" & 1" Conduit
(2) on Back Side (2) Each Side
5.62
(142.7)
.65
3.62 (16.5) 4.81 Max. 7.73 (196.3) Max. 5.84
.92 (91.9) (122.2) .92 (148.3)
(23.4) 3.81 (23.4) Max. .16
2.81 .16 (4.1)
(71.4) (4.1) (96.8)
1.39 1.44
33 (35.3) (36.6)
8.00 11.08
(203.2) (281.4)
2.25 3.25
(57.2) 12.60 (82.6)
9.51 (320.0)
(241.6) Max.
Max. 10.09 13.21
(256.3) 1.44 (335.5)
Max. 1.38 (35.1)
Max. (36.6)
1.39 1.44
(35.3) (36.6)
.16
4.50 .16 (4.1) 6.00 (4.1)
6.75 (171.5) Max.
(114.3) 5.71 (145.0) Max. (152.4) to Optional
.22 (5.6) Dia. Mtg. Holes for to Optional .22 (5.6) Dia. Mtg. Holes for Cover Controls
(3) #10-32 Screws Cover Controls (3) #10-32 Screws
Concentric Knockouts Concentric Knockouts
for 3/4" & 1" Conduit for 1/2" & 3/4" Conduit
(1) Each Top & Bottom. (1) Each Top & Bottom.
Concentric Knockouts Concentric Knockouts

for 1/2" & 3/4" Conduit for 1" & 1-1/4" Conduit
1.54 (2) Each Top & Bottom. (2) Each Top & Bottom.
1.54
(39.1) (39.1)
2.00
3.50 (50.8)
(88.9) 2.44
(62.0)
Figure 33-56. Box 1, NEMA 1 — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Figure 33-58. Box 2, NEMA 1 — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
11.66 (296.2) Max. 8.03 (204.0)

Concentric Knockouts for 1.32 Max.
1/2" & 3/4" Conduit 1.32 (33.5) 9.00 (228.6) (33.5) .16 (4.1)
(2) Each Side
12.65 (321.3) Max. 1.28 2.28
9.75 (247.7) (32.5) (57.9)
6.40 (162.6)
1.48 (37.6) .16 (4.1)
2.43
(61.7)
11.25
(285.8) 26.51
(673.4)
13.85 Max.
(351.8) 25.99 23.38
Max. 14.40 (660.1) (593.9)
(365.8) Max.
Max.
2.43
(61.7)
2.28
(57.9)
1.46
.28 (7.1) Dia. Mtg. Holes (37.1)
for (4) 1/4-20 Screws
7.31 (185.7)
to Optional 1.50
Cover Controls .28 (7.1) Dia. Mtg. Holes (38.1)
for (4) 1/4-20 Screws 8.89 (225.8) Max.
Concentric Knockouts for
1/2" & 3/4" Conduit
(2) This Side & (2) Opposite Side
1.51
(38.4)
1/2" & 3/4" Conduit
(1) Top & (1) Bottom.
6.60 2.04
(167.6) (51.8) Concentric Knockouts
Concentric Knockouts
for 3/4", 1" & 1-1/4" Conduit 2.28 for 1-1/4", 1-1/2" & 2" Conduit
Concentric Knockouts for (57.9) 3.55 (2) Top & (2) Bottom.
1/2" & 3/4" Conduit (2) Each Top & Bottom.
(90.2)
(1) Each Top & Bottom.
7.10
(180.3)

January 2003
9.84 (249.9) Max.

4.91
(124.7) .29
(7.4)
2.75 (69.9)
13.31
(338.1)
Max. 33
11.07
(281.2) 12.50
Max. (317.5)
7.51 (190.8)
2.16 5.50 to Optional
Plugs for Optional Cover Controls
(54.9) (139.7) Flange Control
Mtg. for (3)

1/4-20 Screws
13.81
(350.8)
6.70
(170.2)
Figure 33-60. Box 5, NEMA 12 — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
9.84 (249.9) Max.

9.84 (249.9) Max. Removable Top Cover 2.75
Provides Usage of Safety (69.9)
2.75 Switch Hubs per Table Below
(69.9) 4.93 2.88
6.33 (160.8) .29
(125.2) 6.87 (174.5) (7.4) (73.2)
Max. 4.93
2.88 (125.2)
(73.2)
.29
(7.4) 13.31
(338.1) 13.31
Max. (338.1)
Max.
11.07
(281.2) 12.52 11.07
Max. (318.0) (281.2) 12.50
Max. (317.5)
7.51 (190.8)
2.16 5.50 Plugs for Optional to Optional
Flange Control 2.88 (73.2)
(54.9) (139.7) Cover Controls 2.16 5.50
(54.9) (139.7) 7.51 (190.8)
Mtg. for (3) to Optional
1/4-20 Screws Mtg. for (3) Cover Controls
1/4-20 Screws Plugs for Optional
Concentric Knockouts Flange Control
for 1/2" & 3/4" Conduit
(1) Required
2" Dia. Conduit Hub Top & Bottom
13.81 for 3/4", 1" & 1-1/4" Conduit
(350.8) (2 ) Required 3/4" Dia. Conduit Hub Bottom
13.81
(350.8)
Conduit Size Cat. No.

6.70
(170.2) 3/4" DS075H1
6.70
2.88 1" DS100H1 (170.2)
(73.2) 2.88
1-1/4" DS125H1 (73.2)
4.98
2.38 2.38 2.96 (126.5)
(60.5) (60.5) (75.2) 2.50
(63.5)
Figure 33-61. Box 5, NEMA 3R — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Figure 33-62. Box 5, NEMA 4X — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

January 2003
Mtg. for (4)

1/4-20 Screws
12.01 (305.1) Max.
8.00 (203.2)
2.00 4.00
(50.8) (101.6)
.50
(12.7)
33 14.39
(365.5)
Max.
12.15 13.50
(308.6) (342.9)
Max.
8.00 (203.2) 7.51 (190.8 )

2.00 to Optional
(50.8) Cover Controls
Plugs for Optional

Flange Control
15.96
(405.4)
6.70
(170.2)
Removable Top Cover Provides Usage Mtg. for (4)

of Safety Switch Hubs per Table Below 1/4-20 Screws
12.01 (305.1) Max. 12.01 (305.1) Max.
Mtg. for 6.87 (174.5) 8.00 (203.2) 2.88
8.00 (203.2) (4) 1/4-20 Max. (73.2)
2.00 4.00 6.01
2.00 4.00 Screws (101.6) (152.7)
(50.8) (50.8)
(101.6) 2.88
(73.2)
.50
.50 (12.7)
(12.7)
14.39
14.39 (365.5)
(365.5) Max.
Max. 12.15
12.15 (308.6) 13.50
(308.6) 13.50 (342.9)
(342.9) Max.
Max.
7.51 (190.8)
8.00 (203.2) to Optional 8.00 (203.2) 2.88
2.00 Cover Controls 2.00 (73.2)
(50.8) (50.8) Plugs for
Optional 7.51 (190.8)
Flange to Optional
Plugs for Optional Control Cover Controls
Flange Control
1/2" & 3/4" Conduit - (1) Required
Concentric Knockouts for 2" Dia. Conduit Hub Top & Bottom
15.96 3/4", 1" & 1-1/4" Conduit - (2) Required 15.96 3/4" Dia. Conduit Hub Bottom
(405.4) (405.4)

2.88
6.70 (73.2) 3/4" DS075H1 6.70
(170.2) (170.2)
1" DS100H1
2.88
1-1/4" DS125H1 (73.2)
4.93 5.01
(125.2) 2.50 (127.3)
2.38 2.38
(60.5) (60.5) (63.5)

January 2003
Mtg. for (4)

1/4-20 Screws
16.26 (413.0) Max.
2.62 11.00 (279.4)
(66.5)
.29
(7.4)
14.37
(365.0)
33
12.15 Max.
(308.6)
Max. 13.50
(342.9)
11.00 (279.4) 7.51 (190.8)

2.62 Plugs for
Optional to Optional
Flange Control
20.22
(513.6)
6.70
(170.2)
Removable Top Cover

Provides Usage of Safety 16.26 (413.0) Max.
Switch Hubs per Table Below 2.62 Mtg. for (4)
16.26 (413.0) Max. 6.87 (174.5 ) 11.00 (279.4)
(66.5) 1/4-20 Screws 2.88
Max. 8.03
2.62 (73.2)
11.00 (279.4) (204.0)
(66.5) 2.88
(73.2)
.29 .29
Mtg. for (4) (7.4) (7.4)
1/4-20 Screws 14.37 14.37
(365.0) (365.0)
12.15 Max. 12.15 Max.
(308.6) (308.6)
Max. Max. 13.50
13.50 (342.9)
(342.9)
2.88
11.00 7.51 (190.8) 11.00 (73.2)
(279.4) to Optional (279.4) 2.62 Plugs for
2.62 Plugs for 7.51 (190.8)
(66.5) Optional Cover Controls (66.5) Optional
Flange Control to Optional
Flange Cover Controls
Control

1/2" & 3/4" Conduit - (1) Required
20.22 1-1/2" Conduit Hub Top & Bottom
(513.6) Concentric Knockouts for 20.22
3/4", 1" & 1-1/4" Conduit - (2) Required (513.6) 3/4" Conduit Hub Bottom
2.88
(73.2) Conduit Size Cat. No.
6.70 6.70
(170.2) 3/4" DS075H1 (170.2)
1" DS100H1 2.88
(73.2)
1-1/4" DS125H1
2.50 7.14
3.75 3.75 5.00 (63.5) (181.4)
(95.3) (95.3) (127.0)

January 2003
Mtg. for (4) 1/4-20 Screws

14.25 (362.0) Max.
2.63 9.00 .55
(66.8) (228.6) (14.0)
33 29.12
(739.6)
Max.
25.50
(647.7) 27.51
Max. (698.8)
Plugs for
Optional
Flange
Control
9.00
(228.6) 9.29 (236.0)
2.63 to Optional
20.02
(508.5)
8.47
(215.1)
Mtg. for (4) 1/4-20 Screws Removable Top Cover Mtg. for (4) 1/4-20 Screws
Provides Usage of Safety 14.25 (362.0) Max.
Switch Hubs per Table Below 2.63
14.25 (362.0) Max. 9.00 (228.6) .55 3.50
.55 (66.8) (88.9)
2.63 9.00 (14.0) 3.50 8.50 (14.0)
(66.8) (228.6) (88.9) (215.9)
29.10 29.10
(739.1) (739.1)
Max. Max.
25.50
25.50 (647.7)
(647.7) 27.50 27.50
(698.5) Max. (698.5)
Max.
Plugs for Plugs for

Optional Optional
Flange Flange
Control Control
9.29 (236.0)
9.00 to Optional 9.29 (236.0)
(228.6) Cover Controls 9.00 to Optional
2.63 (228.6)
(66.8) 2.63 Cover Controls
(66.8)

20.02 1-1/4", 1-1/2" & 2" Conduit – (2) Required
(508.5) 2" Conduit Hub Top & Bottom
20.02
Concentric Knockouts for (508.5)
1/2", 3/4" & 1" Conduit – (2) Required
8.47 Conduit Size Cat. No. 3/4" Conduit Hub Bottom

(215.1) 8.47
3.50 3/4" DS075H1 (215.1)
(88.9) 1" DS100H1 3.50
(88.9)
2.04 1-1/2" DS150H1
(51.8)
3.00 4.00 3.00 2" DS200H1 4.00 5.75
(76.2) (101.6) (76.2) (101.6) (146.1)

January 2003
Mtg. for (4)

1/4-20 Screws Mtg. for (4)
1/4-20 Screws
25.50 (647.7) Max. .55 Concentric Knockouts 25.50 (647.7) Max.
20.00 (508.0) (14.0) for 1/2" and 3/4" Conduit 20.00 (508.0) .55
2.76 (2 Left – 2 Right) 2.76 (14.0)
(70.1) (70.1)
29.10
(739.1)
29.10
(739.1) 33
Max. Max.
25.50 27.50
(647.7) 27.50 25.50
(698.5) (698.5)
Max. (791.0)
Max.
20.00
(508.0) Knockouts for 9.31 (236.5) 20.00
2.75 Optional Flange to Optional (508.0) 9.31 (236.5)
(69.9) Control Cover Controls to Optional
2.75
Knockouts for
Optional Flange
Concentric Knockouts for Control
1-1/4", 1-1/2" and 2" Conduit –
31.14 (2 Required) Top and Bottom
(791.0)
1/2", 3/4" and 2" Conduit –
(2 Required) Top and Bottom 31.14
(791.0)
8.41
(213.6)
3.50
(88.9)
3.50 3.50
(88.9) 8.41
(88.9) (213.6)
6.00 6.14
(152.4) (156.0)
Removable Top Cover

25.50 (647.7) Max. Mtg. for (4) Provides Usage of 25.50 (647.7) Max. Mtg. for (4)
1/4-20 Screws Safety Switch Hubs 2.76 1/4-20 Screws
20.00 (508.0) per Table Below
2.76 (70.1) 20.00 (508.0)
(70.1) 3.50
12.65 (321.3) 3.50
(88.9) (88.9)
.55
(14.0) .55
(14.0)
29.10
(739.1) 29.10
Max. (739.1)
25.50 Max.
(647.7) 27.50 25.50
Max. (689.5) (647.7) 27.50
Max. (698.5)
20.00
(508.0) Plugs for 9.31 (236.5) 20.00
2.75 Optional to Optional (508.0) Plugs for Optional 9.31 (236.5)
(69.9) Flange Cover Controls 2.75 Flange Control to Optional
Control (69.9) Cover Controls

1-1/4", 1-1/2" and 2" Conduit –
(2 Required)
for 1/2", 3/4" Conduit –
31.14 (2 Required) 3/4" Conduit Hub Bottom
(791.0)
31.14 2" Conduit Hub Top and Bottom
(791.0)

8.41
(213.6) 8.41
3.50 3/4" DS075H1 (213.6)
(88.9) 1" DS100H1
3.50 3.50 1-1/4" DS125H1
(88.9) (88.9) 1-1/2" DS150H1 8.00 10.05
6.00 6.14 2" DS200H1 (203.2) (255.3)
(152.4) (156.0)

January 2003
20.00 (508.0) Max. Mtg. for (4) Mtg. for (4)

1/4-20 Screws 20.00 (508.0) Max. 1/4-20 Screws
14.50 (368.3)
2.76 14.50 (368.3)
(70.1) 2.76
(70.1)
.55
(14.0) .55
(14.0)
47.85
33 (1215.4)
Max.
47.85
(1215.4)
Max.
44.25 46.25
(1124.0) (1174.8)
Max. 44.25 46.25
(1124.0) (1174.8)
Max.
14.50 (368.3) Knockouts for 11.36 (288.5)

2.75 Optional Flange Control to Optional
(69.9) Cover Controls 14.50 (368.3) Plugs for 11.36 (288.5)
Optional Flange to Optional
Concentric Knockouts for 2.75 Control Cover Controls
1/2" & 3/4" Conduit – (2 Required) (69.9)
1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2" Conduit – (2 Required)
27.66 Concentric Knockouts for
(702.6) 2-1/2", 3, & 3-1/2" Conduit – (1 Required)
27.66
4.30 (702.6)
(109.2)
10.48
(266.2)
3.94
(100.1) 10.48
(266.2)
2.81 4.06 4.06 2.81
(71.4) (103.1)(103.1) (71.4)
2.76 20.00 (508.0) Max. Mtg. for (4) 3.94

2.76 20.00 (508.0) Max. Mtg. for (4) (70.1) 1/4-20 Screws
3.94 14.50 (368.3) (100.1)
(70.1) 14.50 (368.3) 1/4-20 Screws (100.1)
Removable Top Cover 9.90
Provides Usage of (251.5)
Safety Switch Hubs
.55 per Table Below .55
(14.0) (14.0)
47.85
(1215.4)
Max.
47.85
(1215.4)
44.25 Max.
(1124.0)
Max. 46.25 44.25
(1174.8) (1124.0)
Max. 46.25
(1174.8)
14.50
(368.3) Plugs for 11.36 (288.5)
Optional Flange 11.36 (288.5)
2.75 to Optional 14.50 (368.3) Plugs for to Optional
Control Cover Controls Optional Flange
(69.9) 2.75 Cover Controls
Control
Concentric Knockouts for (69.9)
2-1/2". 3" & 3-1/2" Conduit – (1 Required)
Concentric Knockouts for Conduit Size Cat. No. 3/4" Conduit Hub Bottom
1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2" Conduit –
(2 Required) 3/4" DS075H1 3-1/2" Conduit Hub Top & Bottom
27.66 1" DS100H1 27.66
(702.6) Concentric
Knockouts for 1-1/4" DS125H1 (702.6)
1/2" & 3/4" 1-1/2" DS150H1
Conduit – 2" DS200H1
10.48 (2 Required) 2-1/2" DS250H2
3" DS300H2 10.48
(266.1) (266.5)
2.81 3-1/2" DS350H2
(71.4)
2.81 4.06 4.06 4.30

(71.4) (103.1)(103.1) (109.2) 6.00 8.31
(152.4) (211.1)

January 2003
10.50
(266.7) 12.74 10.50
(323.6) (266.7)
1.28 6.65 3 Holes 2.50
(32.5) (168.9) for 1/4 Mtg. 1.31
(33.3) (63.5)
Screws 5.50
(139.7)
Latch
.50 2.75 12.74
1.31 (12.7) (69.9) 3 Holes for (323.6)
(33.3) 1/4 Mtg.
Operating Screws
24.49
(622.0) Handle Accepts (3)
3/8 Max.
Latch 33
Padlocks
17.30
27.06 (439.4)
(687.3) Hasp Operating
Reset Knockouts for Handle Accepts (3)
Button Flange Control 27.92
1/2" & 3/4" (709.2) 3/8 Max.
Conduit Padlocks
2 Each Side 17.30
(439.4) Hasp
28.98 Reset Plugs for
(736.1) Button Flange Control
Latch 1.31
(33.3) 1.31
2.18 4.39 (33.3)
(55.4) 4.38 (111.5)
(111.3)
Latch
5.50
(139.7)
2.95 8.00
Door Open (74.9) (203.2)
2.75
(69.9)
14.25
(362.0)
8.87
6.66 (225.3)
(169.2) Door Open
14.25
2.91 (362.0)
8.87
2.24 (73.9)
(56.9) 2.75 6.66 (225.3)
(69.9) (169.2)
1/2" & 3/4" Conduit 3/4", 1", 1-1/4" Conduit
1 Top & 1 Bottom 2 Top & 2 Bottom
Figure 33-80. Box A, NEMA 1 — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Figure 33-82. Box A, NEMA 12 — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
10.50 10.50
(266.7) (266.7)
2.50 2.50
5.50 (63.5) (63.5)
(139.7) 5.50
12.74 (139.7)
.50 2.75 3 Holes for (323.6) 12.74
1/4 Mtg. 2.16 .50 2.75
(12.7) (69.9) (69.9) (323.6)
Screws (54.9) (12.7) 2.56
Removeable Top (65.0)
Latch Cover Provides
Usage of Safety Latch
Switch Hubs
per Table Below
Accepts (3)
27.92 3/8 Max. Accepts (3)
(709.2) Operating Padlocks 27.92 3/8 Max.
Operating
Handle (709.2) Handle Padlocks
17.30
(439.7) Hasp 17.30
28.98 Hasp
Reset Plugs for (439.4)
(736.1) 28.98 Reset Plugs for
Button Flange Control (736.1) Button Flange Control
Latch
5.50 Latch
(139.7) 5.50
(139.7)
2.95 8.00 3 Holes for
(74.9) (203.2) 2.95 8.00 1/4 Mtg. Screws
(74.9) (203.2)
Door Open
2.75 Top Entrance Hubs
(69.9) Conduit Size Cat. No. Door Open
14.25
(362.0) 3/4" DS075H1 14.25
8.87 (362.0)
6.66 (225.3) 1" DS100H1
8.87
(169.2) 1-1/4" DS125H1 6.66 (225.3)
1-1/2" DS150H1 (169.2)
2.91 2" DS200H1
2.24 (73.9) 1-1/2" Conduit Hub Top & Bottom
(56.9) 2.75
(69.9) 2.56
(65.0) 5.25
(133.4)
3/4" Conduit 3.41
1/2" & 3/4" 3/4", 1", 1-1/4" Conduit (86.6)
Conduit 2 Required Hub Bottom
Figure 33-81. Box A, NEMA 3R — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Figure 33-83. Box A, NEMA 4X — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

January 2003
Operating
Handle
15.50
15.50 12.74 (393.7)
(393.7) Operating
1.28 (323.6) Handle
10.50 2.50
(32.5) 8.92 1.31 (266.7) (63.5)
(226.6) (33.3) .50 12.74
Latch 5.25
(12.7) (323.6)
(133.4)
Latch
3 Holes for 1.31
33 20.49
1/4 Mtg.
Screws
(33.3)
(520.4)
Accepts (3)
23.06 3/8 Max.
(585.7) Reset Hasp
Buttons Padlocks 23.92 Accepts (3)
(607.6) 3/8 Max.
Knockouts Reset
for Hasp Padlocks
1.31 24.98 Buttons
Flange (33.3) (634.5)
Control Plugs for
Flange
Latch Control
1.93 10.20 3.82 1/2" & 3/4"
Conduit – 2 1.31 Latch
(49.0) (259.1) (97.0)
on Each Side (33.3)
2.95 10.50 2.50

(74.9) (266.7) (63.5)
Door Open (90°) 5 Holes & Slots
for 1/4 Mtg. Screws
19.25
(489.0)
8.87
6.66 (225.3)
(169.2) Door Open (90°)
2.24 19.25
(56.9) 3/4", 1" & 1-1/4" Conduit (489.0)
2.75 2 Top & 2 Bottom 8.87
2.75 6.66 (225.3)
1/2" & 3/4" (69.9) (69.9) (169.2)
Conduit 1 Top
& 1 Bottom 5.00
(127.0)
Figure 33-84. Box B, NEMA 1 — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Figure 33-86. Box B, NEMA 12 — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
15.50
(393.7) Removable Top 15.50 Operating
Cover Provides (393.7) Handle
10.50 2.50 12.74 Usage of Safety 2.50
(266.7) 10.50 12.74
(63.5) (323.6) Switch Hubs (226.6) (63.5)
.50 per Table Below (323.6)
5.25 6.83 .50
(12.7) (173.5) 5.25
(133.4) (12.7) 2.55
(133.4) (64.8)
Latch
Latch
Operating
Handle
23.92 Accepts (3)

(607.6) 23.92 Accepts (3)
Reset 3/8 Max. (607.6) 3/8 Max.
Hasp Padlocks Reset Padlocks
24.98 Buttons 24.98 Hasp
(634.5) Buttons
Plugs for (634.5) Plugs for
Flange Flange
Control Control
Latch Latch
5 Holes & Slots

2.95 10.50 2.50 for 1/4 Mtg.
(74.9) (266.7) (63.5) Screws 10.50
2.95 2.50
(74.9) (266.7) (63.5)
5 Holes & Slots
Door Open (90°) for 1/4 Mtg. Screws
1/2" & 3/4" Conduit Conduit Size Cat. No. Door Open (90°)
19.25 1 Top & 1 Bottom
(489.0) 3/4" DS075H1
1" DS100H1 19.25
8.87 1-1/4" DS125H1 (489.0)
6.66 (225.3) 1-1/2" DS150H1 2.55
(169.2) (64.8) 8.87
2" DS200H1 6.66 (225.3)
(169.2)
2.75
2.24 (69.9) 3/4", 1" & 1- 1/4" Conduit
(56.9) 2.75 2 Top & 2 Bottom
(69.9) 3.38 7.75 1-1/2" Conduit Hub
3/4" Conduit (85.9) (196.9) Top & Bottom
5.00 Hub Bottom
(127.0)
Figure 33-85. Box B, NEMA 3R — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Figure 33-87. Box B, NEMA 4X — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

January 2003
Operating
Handle
14.52 20.50
20.50 (520.7) Operating
(520.7) (368.8)
1.31 15.50 2.50 Handle
(33.3) 11.65 1.62
(295.9) (41.1) (393.7) (63.5) 14.52
Latch .50 7.75 (368.8)
(12.7) (196.9)
1.80 Latch
(45.7)
27.87
33
(707.9) Accepts (3)
Reset 3/8 Max.
30.50 Buttons Padlocks
Hasp Accepts (3)
(774.7) 31.30
1/2" & 3/4" (795.0) Reset 3/8 Max.
Knockouts Conduit 2 Buttons Padlocks
for on Each Side Hasp
32.36
Flange (821.9)
Control Plugs for
Latch Flange
Control
1.80 Latch
2.31 14.50 4.15 1.62 (45.7)
(58.7) (368.3) (105.4) (41.1)
3 Holes for 1/4 2.96 15.50 2.50

Mtg. Screws (75.2) (393.7) (63.5)
Door Open (90°)
5 Holes & Slots
for 1/4" Mtg. Screws
1-1/4", 1-1/2" & 2" Conduit – 2 Required
2-1/2" & 3" Conduit – 1 Top & 1 Bottom
26.10
(662.9) 1/2" & 3/4" Conduit – 2 Top & 2 Bottom
3.66 Door Open (90°)

(93.0) 10.64
8.44 (270.3)
(214.4) 26.10
(662.9)
3.01 10.64
3.00 (76.5) 8.44
(76.2) (270.3)
(214.4)
4.00 3.55
(101.6) (90.2)
4.45
(113.0)
Figure 33-88. Box C, NEMA 1 — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Figure 33-90. Box C, NEMA 12 — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Removable Top Cover Provides 20.50

(520.7) Operating
Usage of Safety Switch Hubs Handle
20.50 per Table Below 15.50 2.50
(520.7) (393.7) (63.5) 14.52
14.52 .50
(12.7) 7.75 (368.8)
15.50 2.50 (368.8) (196.9)
(393.7) (63.5) 8.60
.50 (218.4)
(12.7) 7.75 Latch
(196.9) 2.84
(72.1)
Latch
31.30 Accepts (3)

(795.0) Reset
Buttons 3/8 Max.
Operating Padlocks
31.30 Reset Handle Accepts (3) 32.36 Hasp
(795.0) Buttons 3/8 Max. (821.9)
Padlocks Plugs for
32.36 Hasp Flange
(821.9) Latch Control
Plugs for
Flange
Control
Latch
2.96 15.50 2.50
(75.2) (393.7) (63.5)
2.96 15.50 2.50
(75.2) (393.7) (63.5) 5 Holes & Slots
5 Holes & Slots
Door Open (90°)
1/2" & 3/4" Conduit – 2 Required Door Open (90°)

1-1/4", 1-1/2" & 2" Conduit – 2 Required 3/4" Conduit Hub Bottom
26.10 2-1/2" & 3" Conduit
(662.9) 2" Conduit Hub Top & Bottom Size 3
2-1/2" Conduit Hub Top & Bottom Size 4
3.60
(91.4) 26.10
8.44 10.64 (662.9)
(214.4) (270.3) 10.64
8.44 (270.3)
Conduit Size Cat. No. (214.4)
3.00 (76.2) 2.99 (75.9) 2" DS200H2
4.00 (101.6) 3.55 (90.2) 2–1/2"" DS250H2 5.88 10.25
4.45 2.75
(69.9) (149.4) (260.4)
(113.0) 3" DS300H2
Figure 33-89. Box C, NEMA 3R — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Figure 33-91. Box C, NEMA 4X — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

January 2003
Operating Handle
29.50 14.83
1.32 (749.3) (376.7)
1.62
Operating
(33.5) 16.09 Handle
(408.7) (41.1) 29.50
(749.3) 14.83
.55 22.50 (376.7)
3.50
(14.0) (571.5) (88.9)
1.80
Latch (45.7)
33 32.37
Accepts (3)
3/8 Max.
Padlocks Latch
(822.2) Reset
Buttons
35.00 Hasp 1/2" & 3/4" Accepts (3)
36.50
(889.0) Conduit (927.1) 3/8 Max.
Knockouts 2 on Each Reset Padlocks
for Flange Side Buttons
Control
Latch
38.09 Hasp
(967.5)
1.80 Plugs for
1.88 24.00 4.09 (45.7) Flange
(47.8) (609.6) (103.9) 1.62 Control
(41.1) Latch
3 Holes for 1/4"
Mtg. Screws
3.96 22.50 3.50
(100.6) (571.5) (88.9)
Door Open (90°)
1-1/4", 1-1/2" & 2" Conduit – 2 Top & 2 Bottom 4 Holes & Slots
2-1/2" & 3" Conduit – 1 Top & 1 Bottom for 3/8 Mtg. Screws
1/2" & 3/4" Conduit – 2 Top & 2 Bottom

35.41 Door Open (90°)
(899.4)
10.95
8.75 (278.1)
(222.3) 35.41
(899.4)
10.95
3.00 8.75 (278.1)
3.92
(99.6) (76.2) 6.74 (222.3)
(171.2)
4.00 3.55
(101.6) 4.45 (90.2)
(113.0)
Figure 33-92. Box D, NEMA 1 — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Figure 33-94. Box D, NEMA 12 — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Removable Top Cover Provides Usage of

Safety Switch Hubs per Table Below
29.50
29.50 14.83 (749.3) 14.83
(749.3) (376.7) .55 (376.7)
(14.0) 22.50 3.50 3.20
.55 8.91 (571.5) (88.9) (81.3)
(14.0) 22.50 3.50
(571.5) (88.9) (226.3)
2.95
(74.9)
Operating
Latch Handle
Operating
Latch Handle
Accepts (3)
Accepts (3) 36.50 3/8 Max.
3/8 Max. (927.1) Reset Padlocks
36.50 Buttons
(927.1) Reset Padlocks
38.10 Hasp
Buttons (967.7)
38.10 Hasp
(967.7)
Plugs for
Latch Flange
Plugs for Control
Flange
Control
Latch
3.96 22.50 3.50

22.50 (100.6) (571.5) (88.9)
3.50
(571.5) (88.9)
4 Holes & Slots
4 Holes & Slots for 3/8 Mtg. Screws
for 3/8 Mtg. Screws
Door Open (90°)
1-1/4", 1-1/2" & 2" Conduit – 2 Required Door Open (90°)
2-1/2" & 3" Conduit 3/4" Conduit Hub Bottom

1/2" & 3/4" Conduit – 2 Required
35.41 2-1/2" Conduit Hub Top & Bottom Size 4
(899.4)
35.41
10.95 (899.4)
8.75 (278.1) 10.95
(222.3) 8.75 (278.1)
Conduit Size Cat. No. (222.3)
2" DS200H2
3.00
3.86 (76.2) 6.74 2-1/2"" DS250H2
(98.0) 3.20
4.00 3.55 (171.2) (81.3) 3.37 14.75
3" DS300H2 (85.6) (374.7)
(101.6) 4.45 (90.2)
(113.0)
Figure 33-93. Box D, NEMA 3R — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Figure 33-95. Box D, NEMA 4X — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

January 2003
28.00
(711.2) 16.76
.55 (425.7)
(14.0) 22.50 2.75 28.00
(571.5) (69.9) 2.00 .55 (711.2) 16.76
(50.8) (14.0) 22.50 2.75 (425.7)
(571.5) (69.9)
2.00
Latch (50.8)
Operating Latch
61.75
Handle
Operating
33
(1568.5) Handle
Latch Accepts (3) 61.75
Hasp 3/8 Max. (1568.5)
60.15 Reset Padlocks
(1527.8) Buttons Latch Accepts (3)
60.15 Hasp 3/8 Max.
Latch Reset Padlocks
1/2" & 3/4" (1527.8)
Knockouts Conduit, 2 Buttons
for Flange on Each Side Latch
Control
2.00 Plugs
Latch (50.8) for Flange
Control
Latch
4 Keyholes 2.00
3.21 22.50 & Slots for 3/8 (50.8)
(81.5) (571.5) Mtg. Screws
2.75 4 Keyholes
(69.9) & Slots for 3/8
3.21 22.50 Mtg. Screws
(81.5) (571.5) 2.75
Door Open (90°)
(69.9)
1-1/4", 1-1/2" & 2" Conduit 1 Top & 1 Bottom
2-1/2" & 3" Conduit 1 Top & 1 Bottom
35.84
(910.3) 1/2" & 3/4" Conduit 2 Top & 2 Bottom
3.89
(98.8) 12.88
10.68 (327.2) 35.84
(271.3) (910.3)
12.88
3.00 4.50 10.68 (327.2)
(76.2) (114.3) (271.3)
4.75 4.00
(120.7) 5.50 (101.6)
(139.7)
Figure 33-96. Box E, NEMA 1 — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Figure 33-98. Box E, NEMA 12 — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
16.76
28.00 (425.7)
10.84 28.00 16.76
.55 (711.2) (711.2) (425.7)
(14.0) (275.3) .55
22.50 2.75 22.50 2.75
(571.5) 3.89 (14.0) 3.60
(69.9) (571.5) (69.9) (91.4)
(98.8)
Latch
Operating
Handle Removable Top
Latch Cover Provides
Usage of Safety
Switch Hubs
per Table Below Operating
Handle
61.75 61.75
(1568.5) (1568.5)
Latch Accepts (3) Latch Accepts (3)
60.15 Hasp 3/8 Max. Hasp 3/8 Max.
Padlocks 60.15
(1527.8) Reset Buttons (1527.8) Reset Buttons Padlocks
Latch Latch
Plugs
for Flange Plugs
Control for Flange
Control
Latch Latch
4 Keyholes 4 Keyholes
& Slots for 3/8 & Slots for 3/8
3.21 22.50 Mtg. Screws 3.21 22.50
(81.5) (571.5) Mtg. Screws
2.75 (81.5) (571.5) 2.75
(69.9) (69.9)
Door Open (90°)

Door Open (90°)
1-1/4", 1-1/2" & 2" Conduit – 1 Required
2-1/2" & 3" Conduit – 2 Required 3/4" Conduit Hub Bottom
35.84
(910.3) 1/2" & 3/4" Conduit – 2 Required 3-1/2" Conduit Hub Top & Bottom
35.84
3.89 (910.3)
(98.8) 12.88 12.88
10.68 (327.2) 10.68 (327.2)
(271.3) (271.3)
3.00 4.50 2" DS200H2 3.60
(76.2) (114.3) (91.4) 4.00 14.00
2-1/2" DS250H2 (101.6) (355.6)
4.75 4.00
(120.7) 5.50 (101.6) 3" DS300H2
(139.7)
Figure 33-97. Box E, NEMA 3R — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Figure 33-99. Box E, NEMA 4X — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

January 2003
37.00 42.00 27.00

27.00 (1066.8)
(939.8) (685.8) (685.8)
4.29 39.93 4.29
(109.0) (1014.2) (109.0)
34.93 Ø2.63 (66.8) O.D.
(887.2) Ø2.63 (66.8) O.D.
Eyebolt Eyebolt
33
R. 7.75 R. 7.75
(196.9) (196.9)
74.75
(1898.7)
Accepts (3) Accepts (3)
3/4 Max. 3/4 Max. 92.90
Padlocks Padlocks (2359.7)
73.38
(1863.9) 91.30
(2319.0)
2.00 2.00
(50.8) 19.25 (50.8) 19.25
(489.0) (489.0)
Door Open Door Open
52.93 57.75
(1344.4) (1466.9)
18.00 18.00
(457.2) (457.2)
Figure 33-100. Box F1E, NEMA 1/3R/4/12 — Approximate Dimensions Figure 33-102. Box F2E, NEMA 1/3R/4/12 — Approximate Dimensions
in Inches (mm) in Inches (mm)
6.50 Key Hole for 1/4 Mtg Screw 14.00 2.43

(165.1) (355.6) (61.7) Key Hole for 1/4 Mtg Screw
3.25 (82.6) 8 Holes for 1/4 Mtg Screw 7.00
(177.8) 2.00 8 Holes for 1/4 Mtg Screw
.50 2.00 (50.8) 12.74 (50.8)
(12.7) 1.00 (25.4) .50 14.56
(323.6) 3.00 (12.7) (369.8)
(76.2) 2.99
(75.9)
Latch Latch
37.34 Removable Top

Removable Top Cover Provides
Cover Provides (948.4)
Operating Usage of Safety
Usage of Safety Switch Hubs
Operating Switch Hubs 13.00 Handle
31.93 Handle (330.2)
(811.0)
38.40 Hasp
21.30 (975.4)
Hasp
(541.0) Accepts (3)
Accepts (3) Reset
32.98 3/8 Max. 3/8 Max.
(837.7) 13.00 Button
Padlocks Plugs for Padlocks
Plugs for (330.2) Flange Control
Flange Control
Latch
Reset Button
Latch
6.00
2.00 (152.4)
(50.8)
2.96 14.00 2.43
1.76 (44.7) (75.2) (355.6) (61.7)
2.50
(63.5)
1.49 (37.8) 6.50 1.00 (25.4)
(165.1) Door Open (90°)
Door Open
1/2" & 3/4" Conduit 1/2" & 3/4" Conduit
3/4", 1" & 1-1/4" Conduit – 2 Required 3/4", 1" & 1–1/4" Conduit – 2 Required
13.77 24.66
(349.8) (626.4)
2.24 3.03
(56.9) 8.73 10.54
6.66 (221.7) (77.0) 1.01 8.47 (267.7)
(169.2) (25.7) (215.1)
2.25 2.06 3.75 2.42

(57.2) 2.75 (52.3) (95.3) 4.50 3.75 (61.5)
(69.9) (114.3) (95.3)
Figure 33-101. Box P1 — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Figure 33-103. Box P3 — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

January 2003
21.00 28.00
(533.4) 14.96 (711.2) 19.28
(380.0) 22.50 (489.7)
2.50 (63.5) 16.00 (571.5)
(406.4) 9 Mtg. Holes 8.97
for 1/4-20 Screws (227.8)
8.00 (203.2) 2.00
(50.8)
4 Mtg. Holes Removable Top

Removable Top for 3/8 Screws Cover Provides
Cover Provides Usage of Safety
Usage of Safety
Switch Hubs
Switch Hubs
33
47.35
(1202.7)
60.58 58.98
46.15 (1538.7) (1498.1)
(1172.2) Mtg.
48.40
(1229.4)
Plugs for
Plugs for Optional
Optional Flange
Flange Control
Control
2.00
(50.8) 8.78
16.00 2.50 (223.0)
(406.4) (63.5)
22.50
(571.5)
Concentric Knockouts for 1/2" & 3/4" Concentric Knockouts for 1/2" & 3/4"
Conduit – 2 Provided Conduit – 2 Provided
Concentric Knockouts for 1-1/4",
27.04 Concentric Knockouts for 1-1/4", 1-1/2" & 2" Conduit – 1 Provided
(686.8) 1-1/2" & 2" Conduit – 2 Provided Concentric Knockouts for 2-1/2" & 3"
35.60
(904.2) Conduit – 2 Provided
3.34
(84.8) 3.89 4.00
(98.8) (101.6)
4.00 3.75
(95.3) 3.00 4.40
(101.6) 5.50 4.00 (111.8)
(76.2) 4.75 5.50
(139.7) (101.6)
(120.7) (139.7)
Figure 33-104. Box P5 — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Figure 33-106. Box P7 — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
8.62 2.00
(218.9) 2.50 (50.8) 1.68
12.75 Operator GMCP
(323.9) (63.5) (42.7)
1.28
(32.5) 4.97 1.31
(126.2) (33.3)
2.00
Latch (50.8)
1.31
(33.3) Mtg. for (4) 8.00
1/4-20 Screws (203.2)
4.00
Operating (101.6) Alt. Mtg. for (2)
Handle 1.37 1.12 .31 2.50 2.50 1/4-20 Screws
Accepts (3) (34.8) (28.4) (7.9) (63.5) (63.5)
27.06 17.30 3/8 Max.
(687.3) (439.4) Padlocks
Hasp 2.17
(55.1) Control Device
Plate Supplied
24.49 Operator as Required
(622.0) Knockouts Fusible 16.50 (Otherwise Blank)
Reset for Flange 15.68
Button (398.3) (419.1)
Control 11.41
(289.8) 15.50
1.31 (393.7)
Latch (33.3)
14.24
3 Holes for 1/4 (361.7)
Mtg. Screws (Max. 4 –
22 mm Devices)
1.91 2.77
(48.5) 4.39 (70.4) 1.31
(111.5) 1/2" & 3/4" (33.3)
8.38 (212.9) 1.50
Conduit – 2 to Optional 5.00
(127.0) (38.1)
on Each Side Cover Controls
Door Open (90°) Concentric Knockouts for 3/4",
1" & 1-1/4" Conduit – 4 Required
1/2" & 3/4" Conduit – 1 Top & 1 Bottom (2 Bottom & 2 Top)
Concentric Knockouts for 1/2" &
3/4", 1" & 1-1/4" Conduit – 2 Top & 2 Bottom 3/4" Conduit – 6 Required
13.77 (1 Bottom, 1 Top & 2 Each Side)
(349.8)
14.45
2.24 8.87 (367.0)
(56.9) 2.00
6.66 (225.3) 7.23
(169.2) (50.8)
(183.6)
2.25 2.06 1.60 (40.6) 1.75

(57.2) 2.75 (52.3) 2.00 (44.5)
(69.9) (50.8)
Figure 33-105. Box I, NEMA 1 1 — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Figure 33-107. Box J 2 — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
1 Knockouts are not supplied for NEMA 12; all other dimensions apply. 2 Knockouts are not supplied for NEMA 12 or 3R types; all other dimen-
sions apply. Consult factory for NEMA 4X.

January 2003
2.00
2.50 (50.8) 1.68 3.75 4.31
(63.5) (42.7) Operator GMCP 2.50 (95.3) (109.5)
(63.5) Operator GMCP
2.00
(50.8) 2.50
(63.5) 2.00
(50.8)
Mtg. for (3) 8.00
1/4-20 Screws
33 (203.2)
4.00
(101.6) Alt. Mtg. for (2) 1.37 15.87
Mtg. for (4)
1/4-20 Screws
2.17 1.12 .31 2.50 2.50 1/4-20 Screws (34.8) (403.1)
(55.1) (28.4) (7.9) (63.5) (63.5) 2.17 1.12 10.37 2.75
(55.1) (28.4) (263.4) (69.9)
Control Device Control Device
Plate Supplied Plate Supplied
Operator as Required Operator Fusible as Required
Fusible (Otherwise Blank) 15.68 16.50 (Otherwise Blank)
18.68 19.50 (398.3) (419.1)
(474.5) (495.3) 11.41
14.41 (289.8) 14.24
(366.0) (361.7)
18.50
(469.9)
17.18 (Max. 6 –
(436.4) 22 mm Devices)
(Max. 6 – 10.37 2.75
22 mm Devices) 8.38 (212.9) (263.4) (69.9)
to Optional
Cover Controls
5.00 1.50
8.38 (212.9) (127.0) (38.1)
to Optional Concentric Knockouts for 3/4",
Cover Controls Concentric Knockouts for 3/4",
1" & 1-1/4" Conduit – 4 Required 1" & 1-1/4" Conduit – 6 Required
(2 Bottom & 2 Top) (3 Bottom & 3 Top)
Concentric Knockouts for 1/2" Concentric Knockouts for 1/2"
& 3/4" Conduit – 6 Required 22.32 & 3/4" Conduit – 6 Required
14.45 (1 Bottom, 1 Top & 2 Each Side) (566.9) (1 Bottom, 1 Top & 2 Each Side)
(367.0)
2.00 2.00
7.23 (50.8) 7.23 (50.8)
(183.6) (183.6)
2.50 (63.5) 5.00

1.60 (40.6) 1.75 (44.5) (127.0)
2.00 2.50 (63.5) 3.06 (77.7)
(50.8)
Figure 33-108. Box K 1 — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Figure 33-109. Box L 1 — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
1 Knockouts are not supplied for NEMA 12 or 3R types; all other dimensions apply. Consult factory for NEMA 4X.

January 2003
33
ON
OFF
G B
RESET
C F
A
E
1/2" NPT for 3/4" NPT
Breather/ Drain Bottom Only
Conduit
H H
D
Figure 33-110. NEMA Type 7 and 9 Explosion Proof Bolted Enclosure Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

January 2003
Table 33-210. NEMA Type 7 and 9 Bolted Enclosure 1 — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Class Sizes Box Overall Mounting H J Con-
Number A B C D E F G duit
ECN05/ 0 – 2/65 mm B6 13.88 (352.6) 15.63 (397.0) 9.94 (252.5) 18.12 (460.2) 21.31 (541.3) 7.25 (184.2) 13.12 (333.2) 3.00 (76.2) 2.06 (52.3) 1-1/4"
ECS90 3/110 mm B7 17.00 (431.8) 23.00 (584.2) 10.81 (274.6) 20.94 (531.9) 23.88 (606.6) 15.75 (400.1) 14.13 (358.9) 3.00 (76.2) 3.50 (88.9) 2"
4 B8 19.63 (498.6) 29.00 (736.6) 13.69 (347.7) 23.81 (604.8) 29.13 (739.9) 13.13 (333.5) 27.50 (698.5) 4.50 (114.3) 4.00 (101.6) 2"
33 5/200 mm B9 23.38 (593.9) 47.00 (1193.8) 13.13 (333.5) 27.81 (706.4) 32.05 (814.1) 16.00 (406.4) 45.38 (1152.7) 6.00 (152.4) 4.88 (124.0) 3"
ECN06 0 – 2 B12 17.00 (431.8) 23.00 (584.2) 10.81 (274.6) 20.94 (531.9) 23.88 (606.6) 15.75 (400.1) 14.13 (358.9) 3.00 (76.2) 3.50 (88.9) 1-1/4"
3 B13 17.00 (431.8) 23.00 (584.2) 10.81 (274.6) 20.94 (531.9) 23.88 (606.6) 15.75 (400.1) 14.13 (358.9) 3.00 (76.2) 3.50 (88.9) 2"
ECN07/ 0 – 2/65 mm B6 13.88 (352.6) 15.63 (397.0) 9.94 (252.5) 18.12 (460.2) 21.31 (541.3) 7.25 (184.2) 13.12 (333.2) 3.00 (76.2) 2.06 (52.3) 1-1/4"
ECS90 3/110 mm B7 17.00 (431.8) 23.00 (584.2) 10.81 (274.6) 20.94 (531.9) 23.88 (606.6) 15.75 (400.1) 14.13 (358.9) 3.00 (76.2) 3.50 (88.9) 2"
4 B8 19.63 (498.6) 29.00 (736.6) 13.69 (347.7) 23.81 (604.8) 29.13 (739.9) 13.13 (333.5) 27.50 (698.5) 4.50 (114.3) 4.00 (101.6) 2"
5/200 mm B9 23.38 (593.9) 47.00 (1193.8) 13.13 (333.5) 27.81 (706.4) 32.05 (814.1) 16.00 (406.4) 45.38 (1152.7) 6.00 (152.4) 4.88 (124.0) 3"
ECN22/ 0 – 1/65 mm B1 14.25 (362.0) 20.38 (517.7) 10.09 (256.3) 18.44 (468.4) 20.13 (511.3) 7.25 (184.2) 17.88 (454.2) 2.50 (63.5) 2.25 (57.2) 1"
ECS92 2 B4 15.25 (387.4) 28.75 (730.3) 11.25 (285.8) 19.06 (484.1) 22.69 (576.3) 8.50 (215.9) 27.13 (689.1) 3.00 (76.2) 2.75 (69.9) 1-1/4"
3/110 mm B2 16.00 (406.4) 34.63 (879.6) 11.94 (303.3) 20.56 (522.2) 23.38 (593.9) 9.50 (241.3) 32.88 (835.2) 3.25 (82.6) 3.31 (84.1) 2"
4/200 mm B3 20.63 (524.0) 42.25 (1073.2) 13.31 (338.1) 24.93 (633.2) 26.63 (676.4) 13.75 (349.3) 40.63 (1032.0) 6.00 (152.4) 4.75 (120.7) 3"
ECN23 0 – 2 B4 15.25 (387.4) 28.75 (730.3) 11.25 (285.8) 19.06 (484.1) 22.69 (576.3) 8.50 (215.9) 27.13 (689.1) 3.00 (76.2) 2.75 (69.9) 1-1/4"
3 B5 21.00 (533.4) 28.88 (733.6) 13.81 (350.8) 25.25 (641.4) 30.56 (776.2) 19.75 (501.7) 18.38 (466.9) 4.00 (101.6) 5.31 (134.9) 2"
ECN24/ 0 – 1/65 mm B1 14.25 (362.0) 20.38 (517.7) 10.09 (256.3) 18.44 (468.4) 20.13 (511.3) 7.25 (184.2) 17.88 (454.2) 2.50 (63.5) 2.25 (57.2) 1"
ECS92 2 B4 15.25 (387.4) 28.75 (730.3) 11.25 (285.8) 19.06 (484.1) 22.69 (576.3) 8.50 (215.9) 27.13 (689.1) 3.00 (76.2) 2.75 (69.9) 1-1/4"
3/110 mm B2 16.00 (406.4) 34.63 (879.6) 11.94 (303.3) 20.56 (522.2) 23.38 (593.9) 9.50 (241.3) 32.88 (835.2) 3.25 (82.6) 3.31 (84.1) 2"
4/200 mm B3 20.63 (524.0) 42.25 (1073.2) 13.31 (338.1) 24.93 (633.2) 26.63 (676.4) 13.75 (349.3) 40.63 (1032.0) 6.00 (152.4) 4.75 (120.7) 3"
ECA05 L – 2 B6 13.88 (352.6) 15.63 (397.0) 9.94 (252.5) 18.12 (460.2) 21.31 (541.3) 7.25 (184.2) 13.12 (333.2) 3.00 (76.2) 2.06 (52.3) 1-1/4"
3 B7 17.00 (431.8) 23.00 (584.2) 10.81 (274.6) 20.94 (531.9) 23.88 (606.6) 15.75 (400.1) 14.13 (358.9) 3.00 (76.2) 3.50 (88.9) 2"
4 B8 19.63 (498.6) 29.00 (736.6) 13.69 (347.7) 23.81 (604.8) 29.13 (739.9) 13.13 (333.5) 27.50 (698.5) 4.50 (114.3) 4.00 (101.6) 2"
5 B10 20.63 (524.0) 42.25 (1073.2) 13.31 (338.1) 24.93 (633.2) 26.63 (676.4) 13.75 (349.3) 40.63 (1032.0) 6.00 (152.4) 4.75 (120.7) 3"
ECA06 L – 2 B11 14.25 (362.0) 20.83 (529.1) 10.09 (256.3) 18.44 (468.4) 20.13 (511.3) 7.25 (184.2) 17.88 (454.2) 2.50 (63.5) 2.25 (57.2) 1-1/4"
3 B13 17.00 (431.8) 23.00 (584.2) 10.81 (274.6) 20.94 (531.9) 23.88 (606.6) 15.75 (400.1) 14.13 (358.9) 3.00 (76.2) 3.50 (88.9) 2"
4 B14 16.75 (425.5) 28.75 (730.3) 12.81 (325.4) 20.69 (525.5) 25.88 (657.4) 15.75 (400.1) 18.00 (457.2) 3.50 (88.9) 4.25 (108.0) 2"
ECA07 L – 2 B6 13.88 (352.6) 15.63 (397.0) 9.94 (252.5) 18.12 (460.2) 21.31 (541.3) 7.25 (184.2) 13.12 (333.2) 3.00 (76.2) 2.06 (52.3) 1-1/4"
3 B7 17.00 (431.8) 23.00 (584.2) 10.81 (274.6) 20.94 (531.9) 23.88 (606.6) 15.75 (400.1) 14.13 (358.9) 3.00 (76.2) 3.50 (88.9) 2"
4 B8 19.63 (498.6) 29.00 (736.6) 13.69 (347.7) 23.81 (604.8) 29.13 (739.9) 13.13 (333.5) 27.50 (698.5) 4.50 (114.3) 4.00 (101.6) 2"
5 B10 20.63 (524.0) 42.25 (1073.2) 13.31 (338.1) 24.93 (633.2) 26.63 (676.4) 13.75 (349.3) 40.63 (1032.0) 6.00 (152.4) 4.75 (120.7) 3"
ECA22 L – 1 B1 14.25 (362.0) 20.38 (517.7) 10.09 (256.3) 18.44 (468.4) 20.13 (511.3) 7.25 (184.2) 17.88 (454.2) 2.50 (63.5) 2.25 (57.2) 1"
2 B4 15.25 (387.4) 28.75 (730.3) 11.25 (285.8) 19.06 (484.1) 22.69 (576.3) 8.50 (215.9) 27.13 (689.1) 3.00 (76.2) 2.75 (69.9) 1-1/4"
3–4 B2 16.00 (406.4) 34.63 (879.6) 11.94 (303.3) 20.56 (522.2) 23.38 (593.9) 9.50 (241.3) 32.88 (835.2) 3.25 (82.6) 3.31 (84.1) 2"
ECA23 L – 2 B4 15.25 (387.4) 28.75 (730.3) 11.25 (285.8) 19.06 (484.1) 22.69 (576.3) 8.50 (215.9) 27.13 (689.1) 3.00 (76.2) 2.75 (69.9) 1-1/4"
3–4 B5 21.00 (533.4) 28.88 (733.6) 13.81 (350.8) 25.25 (641.4) 30.56 (776.2) 19.75 (501.7) 18.38 (466.9) 4.00 (101.6) 5.31 (134.9) 2"
ECA24 L – 1 B1 14.25 (362.0) 20.38 (517.7) 10.09 (256.3) 18.44 (468.4) 20.13 (511.3) 7.25 (184.2) 17.88 (454.2) 2.50 (63.5) 2.25 (57.2) 1"
2 B4 15.25 (387.4) 28.75 (730.3) 11.25 (285.8) 19.06 (484.1) 22.69 (576.3) 8.50 (215.9) 27.13 (689.1) 3.00 (76.2) 2.75 (69.9) 1-1/4"
3–4 B2 16.00 (406.4) 34.63 (879.6) 11.94 (303.3) 20.56 (522.2) 23.38 (593.9) 9.50 (241.3) 32.88 (835.2) 3.25 (82.6) 3.31 (84.1) 2"
1 Consult factory for threaded enclosure dimensions.

Advantage
January 2003
simply improving existing design con- current sensors closely monitored by

cepts would fall short of the mark. A the SURE chip. This sensor/micropro-
new approach involving a higher level cessor combination yields a protection
of technology was required. The result scheme closely paralleling that of the
was the incorporation of three techni- motor heating damage boundary
cal breakthroughs — new current expressed in terms of current and
sensing monitoring, an energy- time. Accurate to 2% of full scale,
balanced contact closure system that Advantage allows full utilization of
increased life by decreasing electrical motor capability without motor dam- 33
and mechanical wear and an intelli- age or nuisance tripping.
gent coil controller optimizing the con-
tact closing process based on varying No Heaters, Small Size
control circuit conditions. Coordinat- Advantage starters eliminate the
ing these breakthroughs to provide need for costly heater elements and
enhanced motor control performance their associated installation expense.
Size 1 and 2 Starter is concentrated in the SURE chip. Standard overload protection func-
tions include phase loss and unbal-
Product Description Patented SURE Chip Increases Life ance protection, selectable trip class,
Setting a New Standard in Motor Advantage uses the right combination automatic/manual reset and ground
of brains and brawn in effecting a current protection.
Control motor start. The power circuit of the
Revolutionary in design, Advantage contactor employs heavy-duty silver Built-In Communications
motor starters employ state-of-the-art alloy contacts scientifically designed Capabilities Provide Two-Way
technology in solving motor control for long life. The addition of a uniquely
application problems that have existed developed application-specific micro- Control
for ages. Customer focus group input processor chip, called SURE, regulates Advantage also offers low cost commu-
and 66,000 man-hours of engineering power supplied to the operating coil. nication capability. ON/OFF commands,
ingenuity have been combined to The regulated closing profile is tai- status and motor data can be linked to
create a motor starter that dramatically lored to existing control circuit condi- automated control systems without the
extends operating life in a physical tions by the SURE chip. This results in addition of costly sensors, I/O modules
space requirement one half the size an energy balanced system which and transducers, in a language compat-
of conventional motor starters. reduces armature/magnet crash and ible with many computer-based soft-
contact bounce, extending mechani- ware systems in use today.
Offering motor overcurrent protection cal and electrical life.
accurate to 2% at maximum FLC, Protected by 22 patents and proven in
Advantage also maintains constant Improved Protection and Motor many years of operating experience in
coil power regardless of varying con- Utilization harsh industrial applications, Advan-
trol circuit conditions, eliminating coil tage motor starters and contactors offer
burnout, contact chatter and welding The motor circuit monitoring and over- the user unprecedented value at a price
due to low voltage of fluttering control load protection functions of Advan- competitive with traditional devices.
signals. tage starters are provided by three
Advantage is designed with a full com-

plement of features that make it the Instructional Leaflets
most versatile motor starter in the 17401 Sizes 1, 2 Non-reversing Contactors and Starters
industry. Multifunction overload pro-
tection options provide application 17403 Sizes 3, 4 Non-reversing Contactors and Starters
flexibility while reducing inventory. 17405 Sizes 5, 6 Non-reversing Contactors and Starters
Communication capability extends 17482 Sizes 1, 2 Reversing Contactors and Starters
benefits, allowing Advantage to be
interactively linked to higher order 17484B Sizes 3, 4 Reversing Contactors and Starters
control systems for monitoring, 17486 Sizes 5, 6 Reversing Contactors and Starters
troubleshooting and control. 17456 Sizes 1, 2 Contactor Overload Combo
Technological advances incorporated 17457 Sizes 3, 4 Contactor Overload Combo
in the Advantage design, such as pre- 17604 Sizes 5, 6 Contactor Overload Combo
start diagnostics, increased accuracy
and the ability to communicate with 17595 Sizes 1, 2 Reversing Contactors and Starters with status-only ACM
other systems, are benefits not real- 17596 Sizes 3, 4 Reversing Contactors and Starters with status-only ACM
ized in traditional motor starters. 17597 Sizes 5, 6 Reversing Contactors and Starters with status-only ACM
17598 Sizes 1, 2 Two-Speed Two-Winding Starters with status-only ACM
Benefits 17599 Sizes 3, 4 Two-Speed Two-Winding Starters with status-only ACM
Advantage Breakthroughs 17600 Sizes 5, 6 Two-Speed Two-Winding Starters with status-only ACM
To achieve the level of benefits envi- 17601 Sizes 1, 2 Two-Speed One-Winding Starters with status-only ACM
sioned for Advantage controls at a 17602 Sizes 3, 4 Two-Speed One-Winding Starters with status-only ACM
competitive price, it was discovered 17603 Sizes 5, 6 Two-Speed One-Winding Starters with status-only ACM
early in the development process that

Advantage
January 2003
Contents Product Description

Description Page
Catalog Number W201 — Non-
Product Family Overview reversing Contactors
Product Description . . . . . . . 33-147 Catalog Number W211 — Horizontal
Benefits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-147 Reversing Contactors (shown above)
Contactors — Non-reversing — long axis horizontal
33 and Reversing Catalog Number W251 — Vertical
Product Description . . . . . . . 33-148 Reversing Contactors (not illustrated)
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-148 — long axis vertical
Product Selection . . . . . . . . 33-148
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-153
Features
Accessories and Field ■ Small physical size
Modification Kits . . . . . . . . . . 33-158 Size 3 and 4 Starter ■ Brownout protection
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-160 ■ Communications capability
Control Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-161 ■ Long electrical life
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-163 ■ Higher contact force
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-169
Product Selection
■ Non-reversing Catalog Number as ■ Reversing Catalog Number as
specified in table below. specified in table below.
Table 33-211. Advantage Contactors — 3-Pole Non-reversing and Reversing — NEMA Sizes 1 – 6
NEMA Motor Max. Continuous Coil Non-reversing Price Reversing Price Reversing Price
Size Voltage hp Amperes Voltage/Hz Catalog Number U.S. $ Catalog Number U.S. $ Catalog Number U.S. $
(Enclosed) (Horizontal) (Vertical)
1 200 7-1/2 27 120/60 W201K1CF 308. W211K1CF 740. W251K1CF 740.

230 7-1/2 110/50 W201K1CN 308. W211K1CN 740. W251K1CN 740.
460 10
575 10
2 200 10 45 120/60 W201K2CF 560. W211K2CF 1,415. W251K2CF 1,415.
230 15 110/50 W201K2CN 560. W211K2CN 1,415. W251K2CN 1,415.
460 25
575 25
3 200 25 90 120/60 W201K3CF 910. W211K3CF 2,335. W251K3CF 2,335.
230 30 110/50 W201K3CN 910. W211K3CN 2,335. W251K3CN 2,335.
460 50
575 50
4 200 40 135 120/60 W201K4CF 2,175. W211K4CF 5,810. W251K4CF 5,810.
230 50 110/50 W201K4CN 2,175. W211K4CN 5,810. W251K4CN 5,810.
460 100
575 100
5 200 75 270 120/60 W201K5CF 4,705. W211K5CF 10,570. W251K5CF 10,570.
230 100 110/50 W201K5CN 4,705. W211K5CN 10,570. W251K5CN 10,570.
460 200
575 200
6 200 150 540 120/60 W201K6CF 12,840. W211K6CF 26,370. W251K6CF 26,370.
230 200 110/50 W201K6CN 12,840. W211K6CN 26,370. W251K6CN 26,370.
460 400
575 400

Advantage
January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0167] Starters — Non-reversing and Reversing
Contents Features Technical Data

Description Page
Starter Table 33-212. Motor FLA Ranges
Product Family Overview NEMA 1.15 to 1.25 1.0 Service
■ Small physical size Size Service Factor Factor
■ Brownout protection 11 .47 – 3.81 .51 – 4.14
Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-147
■ Communications capability 1 3.15 – 27.0 3.43 – 27.0
Starters — Non-reversing
and Reversing
■ Minimized bounce times 2
3
3.15 – 45.0
9.90 – 90.0
3.43 – 45.0
10.8 – 90.0 33
■ Higher contact force 4 9.90 – 135 10.8 – 135
Product Description . . . . . . 33-149 5 38.3 – 270 41.7 – 270
■ Common auxiliary contacts
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-149 6 38.3 – 540 41.7 – 540
1
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . 33-149 Motor Protection For motor full load current (FLA) range of
.47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to 1.25 service
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-149 ■ Heaters not required — selectable factor and for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to
Product Selection . . . . . . . . 33-150 settings 2 hp at 460V.
■ Overload protection — accuracy 2%
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-153
Accessories and Field
■ Phase loss and phase unbalance Options
protection
Modification Kits . . . . . . . . . 33-158 Table 33-213. Optional Features
■ Ground current protection
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-160 Description Catalog
Number
Control Modules . . . . . . . . . . . 33-161 OL Protection Settings Suffix
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-163 ■ Selectable automatic/manual reset Omit Class II Ground-Current Y7
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . 33-169 ■ Selectable trip class — 10, 20, 30 or Protection
no protection (disables overload) Omit Phase-Loss Protection Y4
■ Selectable trip current Omit both Class II Ground-Current Y4Y7
Protection and Phase-Loss
Protection
Size 5 and 6 Starter
Product Description
Catalog Number W200 — Non-
reversing Starters (shown above)
Catalog Number W210 — Horizontal
Reversing Starters — long axis
horizontal.
Catalog Number W250 — Vertical
Reversing Starters (not
illustrated) — long axis vertical.

Advantage
January 2003
Starters — Non-reversing and Reversing Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0168]
Product Selection
■ Non-reversing Catalog Number as ■ Reversing Catalog Number as
specified in table below. specified in table below.
Table 33-214. Advantage Starters — 3-Pole Non-reversing and Reversing — Wired for Separate Control — Heaters Not Required — NEMA Sizes 1 – 6
33 NEMA
Size
Motor
Voltage
Max.
hp
Continuous
Amperes
Coil
Voltage/Hz
Non-reversing
Catalog Number
Price
U.S. $
Reversing
Catalog Number
Price
U.S. $
Reversing
Catalog Number
Price
U.S. $
(Enclosed) (Horizontal) (Vertical)
11 200 1 27 120/60 W200MLCFC 395. W210MLCFC 835. W250MLCFC 835.
230 1 110/50 W200MLCNC 395. W210MLCNC 835. W250MLCNC 835.
460 2
575 2
1 200 7-1/2 27 120/60 W200M1CFC 395. W210M1CFC 835. W250M1CFC 835.
230 7-1/2 110/50 W200M1CNC 395. W210M1CNC 835. W250M1CNC 835.
460 10
575 10
2 200 10 45 120/60 W200M2CFC 685. W210M2CFC 1,540. W250M2CFC 1,540.
230 15 110/50 W200M2CNC 685. W210M2CNC 1,540. W250M2CNC 1,540.
460 25
575 25
3 200 25 90 120/60 W200M3CFC 1,090. W210M3CFC 2,510. W250M3CFC 2,510.
230 30 110/50 W200M3CNC 1,090. W210M3CNC 2,510. W250M3CNC 2,510.
460 50
575 50
460 100
575 100
460 200
575 200
460 400
575 400
1 For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to 1.25 service factor and for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V.

Advantage
January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0169] Starters — Non-reversing, Two-Speed
Contents Product Selection

Description Page
Product Family Overview ■ Catalog Number as shown in table
Product Description . . . . . . 33-147 below.
Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-147 Table 33-215. Two-Speed Advantage Starters — Wired for Separate Control —
Starters — Non-reversing Heaters Not Required — NEMA Sizes 1 – 6
Two-Speed NEMA Motor Max. Horsepower Continuous Coil Open Type (Horizontal)
33
Size Voltage Amperes Voltage/ Catalog
Product Selection . . . . . . . . 33-151 Constant Constant
(Enclosed) Hz
Price
or Variable hp Number U.S. $
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-153 Torque
Accessories and Field For Separate (2) Winding Type Motors — Wye Wye
Modification Kits . . . . . . . . . 33-158 11 200 1 1 27 120/60 W960MLCFCM3 1,170.
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-160 230 1 1 110/50 W960MLCNCM3 1,170.
460 2 2
Control Modules . . . . . . . . . . . 33-161 575 2 2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-163 1 200 7-1/2 5 27 120/60 W960M1CFCM3 1,170.
230 7-1/2 5 110/50 W960M1CNCM3 1,170.
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . 33-169 460 10 7-1/2
575 10 7-1/2
2 200 10 7-1/2 45 120/60 W960M2CFCM3 1,980.
230 15 10 110/50 W960M2CNCM3 1,980.
460 25 20
575 25 20
3 200 25 20 90 120/60 W960M3CFCM3 3,025.
230 30 25 110/50 W960M3CNCM3 3,025.
460 50 40
575 50 40
4 200 40 30 135 120/60 W960M4CFCM3 7,460.
230 50 40 110/50 W960M4CNCM3 7,460.
460 100 75
575 100 75
5 200 75 60 270 120/60 W960M5CFCM3 17,500.
230 100 75 110/50 W960M5CNCM3 17,500.
460 200 150
575 200 150
6 200 150 100 540 120/60 W960M6CFCM3 32,790.
230 200 150 110/50 W960M6CNCM3 32,790.
460 400 300
575 400 300
1 For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to 1.25 service factor and for
motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V.
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1

Advantage
January 2003
Starters — Non-reversing, Two-Speed Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0170]
Table 33-215. Two-Speed Advantage Starters — Wired for Separate Control —

Heaters Not Required — NEMA Sizes 1– 6 (Continued)
NEMA Motor Max. Horsepower Continuous Coil Open Type (Horizontal)
Size Voltage Constant Constant Amperes Voltage/ Catalog Price
or Variable hp (Enclosed) Hz Number U.S. $
Torque
For Single Winding Type Motors Constant Horsepower
33 11 200
230
— 1
1
27 120/60
110/50
W970MLCFCM3
W970MLCNCM3
1,555.
1,555.
460 2
575 2
1 200 — 5 27 120/60 W970M1CFCM3 1,555.
230 5 110/50 W970M1CNCM3 1,555.
460 7-1/2
575 7-1/2
2 200 — 7-1/2 45 120/60 W970M2CFCM3 2,700.
230 10 110/50 W970M2CNCM3 2,700.
460 20
575 20
3 200 — 20 90 120/60 W970M3CFCM3 4,020.
230 25 110/50 W970M3CNCM3 4,020.
460 40
575 40
4 200 — 30 135 120/60 W970M4CFCM3 10,260.
230 40 110/50 W970M4CNCM3 10,260.
460 75
575 75
5 200 — 60 270 120/60 W970M5CFCM3 20,210.
230 75 110/50 W970M5CNCM3 20,210.
460 150
575 150
6 200 — 100 540 120/60 W970M6CFCM3 45,150.
230 150 110/50 W970M6CNCM3 45,150.
460 300
575 300
For Single Winding Type Motors (Constant or Variable Torque)
11 200 1 — 27 120/60 W980MLCFCM3 1,555.
230 1 110/50 W980MLCNCM3 1,555.
460 2
575 2
1 200 7-1/2 — 27 120/60 W980M1CFCM3 1,555.
230 7-1/2 110/50 W980M1CNCM3 1,555.
460 10
575 10
2 200 10 — 45 120/60 W980M2CFCM3 2,700.
230 15 110/50 W980M2CNCM3 2,700.
460 25
575 25
3 200 25 — 90 120/60 W980M3CFCM3 4,020.
230 30 110/50 W980M3CNCM3 4,020.
460 50
575 50
4 200 40 — 135 120/60 W980M4CFCM3 10,260.
230 50 110/50 W980M4CNCM3 10,260.
460 100
575 100
5 200 75 — 270 120/60 W980M5CFCM3 20,210.
230 100 110/50 W980M5CNCM3 20,210.
460 200
575 200
6 200 150 — 540 120/60 W980M6CFCM3 45,150.
230 150 110/50 W980M6CNCM3 45,150.
460 400
575 400
1 For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to 1.25 service factor and
for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V.

Advantage
January 2003
Table 33-216. Electrical Characteristics, Sizes 1 – 6

Description Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5 Size 6
Maximum Voltage Rating 600V 600V 600V 600V 600V 600V

Ampere Rating — Open 30A 50A 100A 150A 300A 600A
— Enclosed 27A 45A 90A 135A 270A 540A
Maximum Horsepower — Squirrel Cage Motor
200V, 60 Hz 7-1/2 hp 10 hp 25 hp 40 hp 75 hp 150 hp
230V, 60 Hz 7-1/2 hp 15 hp 30 hp 50 hp 100 hp 200 hp 33
380V, 50 Hz 10 hp 25 hp 50 hp 75 hp 150 hp 300 hp
460 – 575V, 60 Hz 10 hp 25 hp 50 hp 100 hp 200 hp 400 hp
Resistive Heating, kW 1 — Three-Phase, 3-Pole
120V 5 kW 8.5 kW 17 kW 26 kW 52 kW 105 kW
240V 10 kW 17 kW 34 kW 68 kW 105 kW 210 kW
480V 20 kW 34 kW 68 kW 105 kW 210 kW 415 kW
600V 25 kW 43 kW 86 kW 130 kW 260 kW 515 kW
Capacitor Switching kVAR — Three-Phase
240V — 12 kVAR 27 kVAR 40 kVAR 80 kVAR 160 kVAR
Transformer Switching, kVA 2 — Three-Phase, 3-Pole
208V 3.6 kVA 6.3 kVA 12 kVA 20 kVA 41 kVA 81 kVA
240V 4.3 kVA 7.2 kVA 14 kVA 23 kVA 47 kVA 94 kVA
480V 8.5 kVA 14 kVA 28 kVA 47 kVA 94 kVA 188 kVA
600V 11 kVA 18 kVA 35 kVA 59 kVA 117 kVA 234 kVA
1 Resistive loads having inrush currents not exceeding 1.5 times continuous rating.
2 Transformers having inrush currents not more than 20 times peak of continuous current ratings.
Table 33-217. 380V, 50 Hz Starters — Maximum Horsepower Ratings

NEMA Size 1 2 3 4 5 6
Maximum hp 10 25 50 75 150 300
Ground Current Sensing Protection Phase Unbalance

Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Advantage starters with ground cur- If the unbalance of any two phases is greater than 30% of the
rent sensing protection feature provide equipment protec- DIP switch selected trip rating of the starter, a phase unbal-
tion against ground currents between a factory-set low level ance is declared and a trip occurs. No time delay is required
and a lockout current. It is designed to open the circuit when for reset. This feature is standard in the Eaton’s Cutler-
it senses the low-level and arcing ground currents often Hammer Advantage starter. To customize your protection,
occurring in motor branch circuits. This feature is standard phase unbalance can be omitted by disabling the protection
with Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Advantage starters. The ground using an Advantage Programming Module (WAPM).
current sensing protection feature can either be omitted
from devices supplied by the factory, or omitted in the field Phase Loss
by modifying the device with an Advantage Programming The Advantage starter will trip on phase loss, after two
Module (WAPM). seconds, if the current in any one phase is lower than the
Note: These devices are NOT Ground Fault Interrupters (GFIs) currents listed in the table below. No time delay is required
designed to protect people. Additionally, branch circuit short-circuit for reset. Phase loss protection is standard on the Eaton’s
protective devices are to be used to clear faults that exceed the Cutler-Hammer Advantage starter. The phase loss protection
interrupting rating of the starter. feature can either be omitted from devices supplied by the
factory, or omitted in the field by modifying the device with
Table 33-218. Ground Current Sensing an Advantage Programming Module (WAPM).
Size Trip Current Lockout Current Trip Time
Table 33-219. Phase Trip Time
IL 10 24 .4 sec. Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5 Size 6
1 10 48 .4 sec.
Phase Unbalance 30% Unbalance
2 20 86 .4 sec.
Level
3 40 171 .4 sec.
Phase Unbalance 6 sec. 9 sec. 12 sec.
4 60 256 .4 sec. Trip Delay
5 240 1045 .4 sec. Phase Loss Trip .15A 3 1.15A 2.5A 2.5A 11A 11A
6 240 1045 .4 sec. after 2 sec. if Phase 1.15A
Current is below:
3
The table above gives trip amperes and lockout amperes for Size 1 Lower Current Range for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at
each size of the starter. Lockout current is the sum of the 460V.
phase current and ground current.

Advantage
January 2003
Table 33-220. Operating Coil Characteristics at Rated Coil Volts, Sizes 1 – 6

AC Coil
Burden — Inrush VA 250 VA 250 VA 500 VA 500 VA 2600 VA 2600 VA
Closed VA 25 VA 25 VA 50 VA 50 VA 50 VA 50 VA
Closed Watts 5W 5W 10W 10W 10W 10W
Pick-Up Volts 1 78V 78V 78V 78V 78V 78V
Drop-Out Volts 1 60V 60V 60V 60V 60V 60V
33 Recommended VA rating for machine tool control 100 VA 100 VA 150 VA 150 VA 300 VA 300 VA
power transformers
Note: The above represent typical production test values and should not be interpreted as a guarantee of actual performance.
1 Values may vary based upon control power transformer capacities.
Advantage contactors will withstand 110% of their rated

voltage continuously without injury to the operating coils
and will close successfully at 65% of their rated voltage.
Table 33-221. Mechanical Characteristics — Sizes 1 – 6

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Height 6.50 (165.1) 6.50 (165.1) 8.00 (203.2) 8.00 (203.2) 10.08 (256.0) 10.08 (256.0)
Width 2.50 (63.5) 2.50 (63.5) 3.68 (93.5) 3.68 (93.5) 7.07 (179.6) 7.07 (179.6)
Depth 4.96 (126.0) 4.96 (126.0) 6.54 (166.1) 6.54 (166.1) 7.64 (194.1) 7.64 (194.1)
Panel area, square inches 16.25 16.25 29.44 29.44 71.27 71.27
Shipping weight, lbs. 2.00 2.00 6.00 6.00 30.00 30.00
Maximum cable size/phase copper — AWG/MCM 2 8 AWG 4 AWG 250 MCM b 250 MCM b (1) 500 MCM b (2) 500 MCM b
Auxiliary Electrical Circuits Available 8 8 8 8 8 8
Maximum wire size for auxiliary electrical 12 12 12 12 12 12
circuit — AWG
Maximum wire size for control circuit — AWG (2) 14 (2) 14 (2) 14 (2) 14 (2) 14 (2) 14
Mechanical interlock combinations available Vert. Horiz. Vert. Horiz. Vert. Horiz. Vert. Horiz. Vert. Horiz. Vert. Horiz.
2 Also referenced as “kcmil” (1990 NEC).
Motor FLA, Three-Phase AC

Table 33-222. Data from Table 430-150 of 1990 NEC Table 33-223. Temperature Specifications, Sizes 1 – 6
Horsepower Squirrel Cage AC Ambient Temperature
200V 230V 460V 575V
Storage -40° to 100°C
1/4 1.15 1 .6 .5 (-40° to 212°F)
1/2 2.3 2.0 1.0 .8 Operating -40° to 40°C
3/4 3.2 2.8 1.4 1.1 (-40° to 104°F)
1 4.1 3.6 1.8 1.4 External (NEMA Enclosed) -40° to 40°C
1-1/2 6.0 5.2 2.6 2.1 (-40° to 104°F)
2 7.8 6.8 3.4 2.7
3 11.0 9.6 4.8 3.9
5 17.5 15.2 7.6 6.1 Table 33-224. DIP Switch Overload Protection Settings
7-1/2 25.3 22 11 9
10 32.2 28 14 11 Reset Method Position 8
15 48.3 42 21 17 MANUAL (Non-automatic — wait 5 minutes) 0
20 62.1 54 27 22
AUTOMATIC (Reset time is based on protection Class) 1
25 78.2 68 34 27
30 92 80 40 32 Overload Class Position 7 Position 6
40 120 104 52 41
50 150 130 65 52 10 0 0
60 177 154 77 62 20 0 1
75 221 192 96 77 30 1 0
100 286 248 124 99 None 1 1
125 359 312 156 125
150 414 360 180 144
200 552 480 240 192
Note: These current values are for motors running at usual speeds
and with normal torque characteristics. Motors for special low speed
or high torque may require higher current. In all cases, OL trip cur-
rent setting should be selected on basis of information on motor
nameplate or motor card data.

Advantage
January 2003
Overload Trip Current Settings

Full Voltage Starters Table 33-227. Size 1 — Upper Current Range
To select the overload current trip setting, find the starter Column A Column B Trip Rating DIP Switch Setting 2
size table. Locate the full load current from motor nameplate Service Factor Service Factor Amperes (Positions)
in column A or B. Change DIP switch positions 5 – 1 to 1.15 to 1.25 1.0 (54321)
correspond to the table. Min. Max. Min. Max.
Reduced Voltage Starters 3.15 – 3.46 3.43 – 3.75 3.93 00000 33

3.47 – 3.81 3.76 – 4.13 4.33 00001
Multiply the full load current from motor nameplate by 3.82 – 4.19 4.14 – 4.55 4.77 00010
factor below for your type of reduced voltage starter. Find 4.20 – 4.61 4.56 – 4.99 5.25 00011
this adjusted full load current in starter Size table in Column 4.62 – 5.0 5.00 – 5.4 5.77 00100
A or B. Change DIP switch positions 5 – 1 to correspond to 5.2 – 5.5 5.5 – 6.0 6.35 00101
the table. 5.6 – 6.0 6.1 – 6.5 6.9 00110
6.1 – 6.6 6.6 – 7.2 7.7 00111
Table 33-225. Factor 6.7 – 7.3 7.3 – 8.0 8.5 01000
7.4 – 8.1 8.1 – 8.8 9.3 01001
Catalog Number Multiplier
Factor 8.2 – 8.9 8.9 – 9.6 10.2 01010
9.0 – 9.8 9.7 – 10.6 11.2 01011
W600 Autotransformer 1.0 9.9 – 0.8 10.7 – 11.7 12.4 01100
W700 Part Winding .5 10.9 – 11.9 11.8 – 12.9 13.6 01101
W800, W890 Wye-Delta .575 12.0 – 13.1 13.0 – 14.2 15.0 01110
13.2 – 14.4 14.3 – 15.7 16.5 01111
Table 33-226. Size 1 — Lower Current Range 14.5 – 15.8 15.8 – 17.2 18.1 10000
15.9 – 17.4 17.3 – 18.9 19.9 10001
Column A Column B Trip Rating DIP Switch Setting 1
17.5 – 19.2 19.0 – 20.9 21.9 10010
Service Factor Service Factor Amperes (Positions) (54321)
19.3 – 21.1 21.0 – 22.9 24.1 10011
1.15 to 1.25 1.0
21.2 – 23.3 23.0 – 25.2 26.5 10100
Min. Max. Min. Max.
23.4 – 25.6 25.3 – 27.0 29.1 10101
.47 – .51 .51 – .56 .59 00000 25.7 – 27.0 — — 32.1 10110
.52 – .56 .57 – .61 .65 00001 2 All settings not shown are equivalent to 00000.
.57 – .61 .62 – .67 .71 00010
.62 – .68 .68 – .74 .78 00011 Table 33-228. Size 2 — Current Range
.69 – .75 .75 – .82 .86 00100
.76 – .82 .83 – .89 .95 00101 Service Factor Service Factor Amperes (Positions)
.83 – .90 .90 – .98 1.04 00110 1.15 to 1.25 1.0 (54321)
.91 – 1.00 .99 – 1.09 1.14 00111 Min. Max. Min. Max.
1.01 – 1.09 1.10 – 1.19 1.26 01000
1.10 – 1.21 1.20 – 1.31 1.38 01001 3.15 – 3.46 3.43 – 3.75 3.93 00000
1.22 – 1.33 1.32 – 1.44 1.52 01010 3.47 – 3.81 3.76 – 4.13 4.33 00001
1.34 – 1.46 1.45 – 1.59 1.67 01011 3.82 – 4.19 4.14 – 4.55 4.77 00010
1.47 – 1.61 1.60 – 1.75 1.84 01100 4.20 – 4.61 4.56 – 4.99 5.25 00011
1.62 – 1.77 1.76 – 1.93 2.02 01101 4.62 – 5.0 5.00 – 5.4 5.77 00100
1.78 – 1.95 1.94 – 2.12 2.23 01110 5.1 – 5.5 5.5 – 6.0 6.35 00101
1.96 – 2.14 2.13 – 2.33 2.45 01111 5.6 – 6.0 6.1 – 6.5 6.9 00110
2.15 – 2.36 2.34 – 2.56 2.69 10000 6.1 – 6.6 6.6 – 7.2 7.7 00111
2.37 – 2.60 2.57 – 2.82 2.96 10001 6.7 – 7.3 7.3 – 8.0 8.5 01000
2.61 – 2.85 2.83 – 3.10 3.26 10010 7.4 – 8.1 8.1 – 8.8 9.3 01001
2.86 – 3.14 3.11 – 3.42 3.58 10011 8.2 – 8.9 8.9 – 9.6 10.2 01010
3.15 – 3.46 3.43 – 3.76 3.94 10100 9.0 – 9.8 9.7 – 10.6 11.2 01011
3.47 – 3.81 3.77 – 4.14 4.34 10101 9.9 – 10.8 10.7 – 11.7 12.4 01100
1 10.9 – 11.9 11.8 – 12.9 13.6 01101
All settings not shown are equivalent to 00000.
12.0 – 13.1 13.0 – 14.2 15.0 01110
13.2 – 14.4 14.3 – 15.7 16.5 01111
14.5 – 15.8 15.8 – 17.2 18.1 10000
15.9 – 17.4 17.3 – 18.9 19.9 10001
17.5 – 19.2 19.0 – 20.9 21.9 10010
8 Auto/Man Control 19.3 – 21.1 21.0 – 22.9 24.1 10011
7 6 Class Voltage
21.2 – 23.2 23.0 – 25.2 26.5 10100
5 4 3 2 1 OL Set 3 P E C Reset 23.3 – 25.6 25.3 – 27.8 29.1 10101
1 25.7 – 28.1 27.9 – 30.5 32.1 10110
28.2 – 31.0 30.6 – 33.7 35.3 10111
0
31.1 – 34.1 33.8 – 37.0 38.9 11000
34.2 – 37.5 37.1 – 40.7 42.8 11001
37.6 – 41.2 40.8 – 44.8 47.0 11010
Figure 33-111. DIP Switch, Terminals and Reset 41.3 – 45.0 44.9 – 45.0 51.6 11011
3 All settings not shown are equivalent to 00000.

Advantage
January 2003
Overload Trip Current Settings (Continued) Table 33-231. Size 5 Current Range
Table 33-229. Size 3 Current Range Column A Column B Trip Rating DIP Switch Setting 3
Service Factor Service Factor Amperes (Positions)
1.15 to 1.25 1.0 (54321)
Service Factor Service Factor Amperes (Positions)
Min. Max. Min. Max.
1.15 to 1.25 1.0 (54321)
Min. Max. Min. Max. 38.3 – 41.9 41.7 – 45.6 47.9 00000
42.0 – 46.1 45.7 – 50.1 52.5 00001
33 9.9
10.9
–
–
10.8
11.9
10.8
11.8
–
–
11.7
12.9
12.4
13.6
00000
00001
46.2 –
51.1 –
51.0
55.9
50.2 –
55.6 –
55.5
60.8
57.7
63.9
00010
00011
12.0 – 13.1 13.0 – 14.2 15.0 00010 56.0 – 61.7 60.9 – 67.1 70.0 00100
13.2 – 14.4 14.3 – 15.6 16.5 00011
61.8 – 67.5 67.2 – 73.4 77.3 00101
14.5 – 15.8 15.7 – 17.2 18.1 00100
67.6 – 74.9 73.5 – 81.4 84.5 00110
15.9 – 17.3 17.3 – 18.9 19.9 00101 75.0 – 82.3 81.5 – 89.5 93.7 00111
17.5 – 19.2 19.0 – 20.9 21.9 00110 82.4 – 90.3 89.6 – 98.2 103 01000
19.3 – 21.1 21.0 – 22.9 24.1 00111 90.4 – 99.9 98.3 – 108 113 01001
21.2 – 23.2 23.0 – 25.2 26.5 01000
100 – 109 109 – 118 125 01010
23.3 – 25.6 25.3 – 27.8 29.1 01001
110 – 120 119 – 130 137 01011
25.7 – 28.1 27.9 – 30.6 32.1 01010 121 – 132 131 – 143 151 01100
28.2 – 30.9 30.7 – 33.6 35.3 01011 133 – 145 144 – 157 166 01101
31.0 – 34.1 33.7 – 37.0 38.8 01100 146 – 159 158 – 173 182 01110
34.2 – 37.5 37.1 – 40.8 42.7 01101
160 – 175 174 – 190 200 01111
37.6 – 41.3 40.9 – 44.9 47.0 01110
176 – 193 191 – 209 220 10000
41.4 – 45.4 45.0 – 49.4 51.7 01111 194 – 213 210 – 231 242 10001
45.5 – 50.0 49.5 – 54.3 56.9 10000 214 – 233 232 – 254 267 10010
50.1 – 54.9 54.4 – 59.7 62.6 10001 234 – 257 255 – 270 293 10011
55.0 – 60.5 59.8 – 65.7 68.8 10010
258 – 270 — — 322 10100
60.6 – 66.5 65.8 – 72.3 75.7 10011
66.6 – 73.2 72.4 – 79.6 83.3 10100
73.3 – 80.7 79.7 – 87.7 91.6 10101 Table 33-232. Size 6 Current Range
80.8 – 88.7 87.8 – 90.0 101.0 10110
88.8 – 90.0 — — 111.0 10111 Column A Column B Trip Rating DIP Switch Setting 4
1 Service Factor Service Factor Amperes (Positions)
All settings not shown are equivalent to 00000.
1.15 to 1.25 1.0 (54321)
Table 33-230. Size 4 Current Range Min. Max. Min. Max.
Column A Column B Trip Rating DIP Switch Setting 2 38.3 – 41.9 41.7 – 45.6 47.9 00000
Service Factor Service Factor Amperes (Positions) 42.0 – 46.1 45.7 – 50.1 52.5 00001
1.15 to 1.25 1.0 (54321) 46.2 – 51.0 50.2 – 55.5 57.7 00010
Min. Max. Min. Max. 51.1 – 55.9 55.6 – 60.8 63.9 00011
56.0 – 61.7 60.9 – 67.1 70.0 00100
9.9 – 10.8 10.8 – 11.7 12.4 00000
61.8 – 67.5 67.2 – 73.4 77.3 00101
10.9 – 11.9 11.8 – 12.9 13.6 00001
67.6 – 74.9 73.5 – 81.4 84.5 00110
12.0 – 13.1 13.0 – 14.2 15.0 00010
75.0 – 82.3 81.5 – 89.5 93.7 00111
13.2 – 14.4 14.3 – 15.6 16.5 00011
82.4 – 90.3 89.6 – 98.2 103 01000
14.5 – 15.8 15.7 – 17.2 18.1 00100
90.4 – 99.9 98.3 – 108 113 01001
15.9 – 17.4 17.3 – 18.9 19.9 00101
100 – 109 109 – 118 125 01010
17.5 – 19.2 19.0 – 20.9 21.9 00110
110 – 120 119 – 130 137 01011
19.3 – 21.1 21.0 – 22.9 24.1 00111
121 – 132 131 – 143 151 01100
21.2 – 23.2 23.0 – 25.2 26.5 01000
133 – 145 144 – 157 166 01101
23.3 – 25.6 25.3 – 27.8 29.1 01001
146 – 159 158 – 173 182 01110
25.7 – 28.1 27.9 – 30.6 32.1 01010
160 – 175 174 – 190 200 01111
28.2 – 30.9 30.7 – 33.6 35.3 01011
176 – 193 191 – 209 220 10000
31.0 – 34.1 33.7 – 37.0 38.8 01100
194 – 213 210 – 231 242 10001
34.2 – 37.5 37.1 – 40.8 42.7 01101
214 – 233 232 – 254 267 10010
37.6 – 41.3 40.9 – 44.9 47.0 01110
234 – 257 255 – 279 293 10011
41.4 – 45.4 45.0 – 49.4 51.7 01111
258 – 282 280 – 307 322 10100
45.5 – 50.0 49.5 – 54.3 56.9 10000
283 – 311 308 – 338 354 10101
50.1 – 54.9 54.4 – 59.7 62.6 10001
312 – 342 339 – 372 390 10110
55.0 – 60.5 59.8 – 65.7 68.8 10010
343 – 376 373 – 409 429 10111
60.6 – 66.5 65.8 – 72.3 75.7 10011
377 – 414 410 – 450 471 11000
66.6 – 73.2 72.4 – 79.6 83.3 10100
415 – 456 451 – 496 519 11001
73.3 – 80.7 79.7 – 87.7 91.6 10101
457 – 501 497 – 540 571 11010
80.8 – 88.7 87.8 – 96.4 101 10110
502 – 540 — — 628 11011
88.8 – 97.5 96.5 – 105 111 10111
97.6 – 106 106 – 116 122 11000 4 All settings not shown are equivalent to 00000.
107 – 117 117 – 127 134 11001
118 – 129 128 – 133 147 11010
130 – 133 — — 162 11011

Advantage
January 2003
Short Circuit Ratings

Table 33-233. Short-Circuit Ratings
Short-Circuit Max. Circuit Short-Circuit Typical Short-Circuit Max. Circuit Short-Circuit Typical
Protective Rating Breaker Withstand Rating Disconnect Protective Rating Breaker Withstand Rating Disconnect
Device (SCPD) Interrupting Current Voltage Device Device (SCPD) Interrupting Current Voltage Device
(SCPD) Rating (SCPD) Rating
Size 1 Size 4
Class H Fuse 60A — 5,000A 600V 30A DS Sw. Class H Fuse 500A — 10,000A 600V 200A DS Sw. 33
Class J, R 60A — 100,000A 480V 30A DS Sw. Class J Fuse 400A — 100,000A 480V 250A JD-K
or T Fuse 50,000A 600V 65,000A 600V Molded Case Sw.
65,000A 600V 100A FD-K Class R or 400A — 100,000A 480V 250A JD-K
Molded Case Sw. Class T Fuse 65,000A 600V Molded Case Sw.
Magnetic 3A — 100,000A 480V HMCP Magnetic 150A — 100,000A 480V HMCP
Only 1 25,000A 600V HMCPS Only 1 50,000A 600V
Type CB 2 7A — 100,000A 480V HMCPS Type CB 2
25,000A 600V Thermal 250A 100,000A 100,000A 480V JDC
15A — 100,000A 480V HMCP Magnetic 35,000A 50,000A 600V
25,000A 600V Type CB 3 65,000A 65,000A 480V HJD
30A — 100,000A 480V HMCP 25,000A 25,000A 600V
25,000A 600V Magnetic Only 150A — 100,000A 600V HMCP plus CL
Thermal 50A 65,000A 65,000A 480V HFD Type CB plus
Magnetic 25,000A 25,000A 600V CL 4
Type CB 3 100,000A 100,000A 480V FDC Size 5
35,000A 35,000A 600V Class H Fuse 600A — 10,000A 600V 400A KD-K
Magnetic Only 30A — 100,000A 600V HMCP plus CL Class J, R 600A — 100,000A 600V Molded Case Sw.
Type CB plus or T Fuse
CL 4
Magnetic 250A — 100,000A 480V HMCP
Thermal/Mag. 50A 150,000A 100,000A 600V HFD plus CL Only 1 25,000A 600V
Type CB Type CB 2
plus CL 5 400A — 100,000A 480V
25,000A 600V
Size 2
Thermal 400A 65,000A 65,000A 480V HFD
Class H Fuse 100A — 5,000A 600V 60A DS Sw. Magnetic 50,000A 100,000A 600V KDC
Class J, R 100A — 100,000A 480V 60A DS Sw. Type CB 3 35,000A 25,000A 600V HKD
or T Fuse 50,000A 600V Size 6
65,000A 600V 100A FD-K Class J, R 600A — 100,000A 480V 600A LD-K
Molded Case Sw. or T Fuse 65,000A 600V Molded Case Sw.
Magnetic 50A — 100,000A 480V HMCP Class L Fuse 800A — 100,000A 480V 600A LD-K
Only 1 25,000A 600V 65,000A 600V Molded Case Sw.
Type CB 2
Thermal 90A 65,000A 65,000A 480V HFD Only 1 25,000A 600V
Magnetic 25,000A 25,000A 600V Type CB 2
Type CB 3 100,000A 100,000A 480V FDC
800A — 65,000A 480V Magnetic Only
25,000A 600V HMCP
35,000A 35,000A 600V
Thermal 600A 65,000A 65,000A 480V HLD
Magnetic Only 50A — 100,000A 600V HMCP plus CL
Magnetic 25,000A 35,000A 600V
Type CB plus
Type CB 3
CL 4 800A 50,000A 65,000A 480V Thermal Mag-
25,000A 25,000A 600V netic
Thermal/Mag. 90A 150,000A 100,000A 600V HFD plus CL
HMC
Type CB
plus CL 5 Thermal/Mag. 800A 200,000A 100,000A 600V NB Tri-Pac
with CL 5
Size 3
1 Instantaneous adjustable trip.
Class H Fuse 350A — 5,000A 600V 100A DS Sw. 2 Circuit breaker.
Class R Fuse 200A — 100,000A 480V 100A FD-K 3 Inverse time circuit breaker.
65,000A 600V Molded Case Sw. 4 Instantaneous adjustable trip with current limiting attachment.
Class J 200A — 100,000A 480V 100A FD-K 5 Inverse time with built-in current limiting attachment.
or T Fuse 65,000A 600V Molded Case Sw.
Only 1 25,000A 600V
Type CB 2
Thermal 150A 65,000A 65,000A 480V HFD
Magnetic 25,000A 25,000A 600V
100,000A 100,000A 480V FDC
35,000A 35,000A 600V
Magnetic Only 100A — 100,000A 600V HMCP plus CL
Type CB plus
CL 4
Thermal/Mag. 150A 150,000A 100,000A 600V HFD plus CL
Type CB
plus CL 5

Advantage
January 2003
DeviceNet™ Communications Type W Auxiliary Contact Modules Bell Alarm Module

Module ■ Provides four separate contact sets
which wire vertically and are color
coded; black designates NC and
silver designated NO.
■ Up to two auxiliary contact modules
can be mounted for a total of up to
33 eight contact sets.
■ Provides circuit isolation (no polar-
ity restrictions) and single break
bifurcated contacts.
■ Common design fits all Sizes 1 – 6.
DeviceNet Module Bell Alarm Module
Table 33-235. Ratings
The DeviceNet Communications mod- ■ Simple snap-on mounting —
Voltage Make Break
ule (Catalog Number WPONIDNA) is see mounting examples in Figure
designed to plug into the Advantage NEMA A600 — 7200 VA 720 VA 33-112.
with the attached cable and plug. The 120 – 600V AC ■ Isolated NO and NC contacts
module can be snapped onto the top NEMA Q300 — 69 VA 69 VA (1 each)
or bottom of the Advantage unit. It can 125 – 300V DC
■ Plugs into Reset port
also be mounted separately using the
Table 33-236. Auxiliary Contact Modules ■ Remote electrical Reset wired to
mounting plate assembly (Catalog
Number WPONIBASE). The module Catalog Number WBELL module
provides DeviceNet users with the Number U.S. $ Table 33-237. Ratings
ability to control and monitor the func-
2NO, 2NC W22 150.00 Form C Contact Ratings Catalog Price
tions of the Advantage system at 125, 3NO, 1NC W31 150.00 Maximum Amperes — Number U.S. $
250 or 500 kbaud. A connector is pro- 4NO W40 150.00 120V AC
vided so that a HAND/OFF/AUTO hard 4NC W04 150.00 Make Break
contact may be used to selectively 1NO, 3NC W13 150.00
enable or disable the output of the 1NO, 1NC and W11T 150.00 2880 VA 480 VA WBELL 52.50
2 Tie Points
control functions from the module Continuous Current Rating: 5A
without affecting its ability to monitor.
A “Feedback” input is provided so that
the state of an auxiliary contact may
be read over the DeviceNet network. Transformer Pilot Light Kits
Three bicolor LEDs indicate: Table 33-238. Transformer Pilot Light Kits
■ DeviceNet address Voltage Color Legend Catalog Price Replacement Part Price
Plate Number U.S. $ U.S. $
■ Network status (including
connected, not connected, not 120 Red RUN PLK1R 129.00 99-3590-1 129.00
powered) 240 Red RUN PLK2R 129.00 99-3590-3 129.00
480 Red RUN PLK4R 129.00 99-3590-6 129.00
■ Module status (including normal 600 Green OFF PLK1G 129.00 99-3590-8 129.00
operation, minor fault, needs
commissioning)
Table 33-234. DeviceNet Interface
Number U.S. $
DeviceNet Interface WPONIDNA 570.00

Module
Mounting Plate WPONIBASE 26.00
Assembly
Note: See Page 33-173 for WPONI Network
Interface.

Advantage
January 2003
Control Wire Ring/Spade Terminal Block

Sizes 1 & 2 Sizes 3 & 4 Sizes 5 & 6 From C
NO/NC
Top Contact
View
1.61 Local LED Trip
(40.9) Indication 2.25
1.68 (When Used) (57.2)
(42.7) (All Sizes)
Front
1.47 2.14
33
View
.29 (37.3) (54.4) Note: Plug
(7.4) Orientation 4.20
(All Sizes) (106.7)
For Removal 1.02 (25.9)
of Bell Alarm For Removal
Module .55 (14.0) of Plug
(All Sizes) (All Sizes)
Optional Mounting Locations .70 (17.8) Distance .70
to Be Added .93
(17.8) (23.6)
Mounting — Bell Alarm Modules to the Width
of Contactor
Mechanical Interlock Kits Figure 33-113. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
■ For use with all Sizes 1 – 6.

■ Provisions for ring or spade type lugs or stripped
conductors.
■ Bottom side pre-wired with color coded conductors.
■ Side mounting on contactor identical to Type W auxiliary
contact module mounting or can be mounted on Type W
auxiliary contacts.
■ Kit contains fuses for use with all size starters.
Table 33-240. Control Wire Terminal Block

Installed Mechanical Interlock Kit Number U.S. $
■ Prevents closing of one contactor of a reversing or multi- Control Wire Terminal Block WTBF16 93.50
speed controller until the opposite contactor is completely
open.
■ Lever type mechanism assures positive action.
■ Electrical interlocking contacts included — two NC
contacts.
Note: These kits cannot be field installed on reversing starters.
Table 33-239. Mechanical Interlock Kits

Orientation NEMA Size Catalog Price
Number U.S. $
Horizontal 1–6 WM16H 55.50

Vertical 1, 2 WM12V 55.50
3, 4 WM34V 93.50
5 WM55V 498.00
6 WM66V 498.00
Vertical 1 or 2 to 3 or 4 WM23VR 1 93.50
3 or 4 to 5 or 6 WM45VR 2 498.00
5, 6 WMBBV 3 910.00
1 Used to interlock a Size 1 or 2 to a Size 3 or 4 — mounts on right only.
2 Used to interlock a Size 3 or 4 to a Size 5 or 6 — mounts on right only.
3 Interconnecting bus bars are furnished with the interlock.
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C

Advantage
January 2003
OL Selection DIP Switch Window Internal Trip Indicator ■ Mount remotely up to 6 ft. away
■ Unit completely assembled includ-
ing legend plate
■ Available also in reset-only form —
no trip indication provided
Table 33-245. Remote Pushbuttons
33 Description Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Reset with Trip

Indication
2 ft. Cable WRSTL24 105.00
6 ft. Cable WRSTL72 110.00
DIP Switch Window Internal Trip Indicator 15 ft. Cable WRSTL180 126.00
■ Overload condition indication — Reset Only
indicated by blinking light 2 ft. Cable WRST24 42.00
6 ft. Cable WRST72 45.00
■ Trip condition — indicated by 15 ft. Cable WRST180 62.50
solid light Conversion Kit
Reset Only to Reset WRLTT 75.00
Table 33-243. Trip Indicator with Trip Indication
Description Catalog Price 6 ft. Cable Only WRC72 14.00
Number U.S. $ 15 ft. Cable Only WRC180 33.00
LED Replacement WRLT 27.75
Internal Trip WLED 14.00 Bulb
Indicator
Figure 33-114. DIP Switch Window Competitive Baseplate Kit Renewal Parts
■ Allows for direct retrofit of competi- Table 33-246. Replacement Contact Kits
■ Simple snap-in installation tive non-reversing starters
NEMA Number Catalog Price
■ Allows clear visibility of DIP ■ Eliminates the need for re-drilling Size of Poles Number U.S. $
switches and tapping of mounting holes
1 3 WCK13 157.00
■ Prevents unwanted tampering of ■ Simple selection of competitive
2 3 WCK23 215.00
DIP switch settings footprints 3 3 WCK33 353.00
■ Once in must be pried out from rear Table 33-244. Baseplate Kit
4 3 WCK43 745.00
5 3 WCK53 1,345.00
■ One window supplied with each 6 3 WCK63 3,435.00
starter Number U.S. $
Table 33-241. DIP Switch Window Table 33-247. Replacement Coils
Sizes 1 and 2 WBASE12 40.25
Description Catalog Price Sizes 3 and 4 WBASE34 40.25 Coil Voltage Catalog Price
Number Each Size and Hz Number U.S. $
U.S. $ Remote Reset and Trip 1&2 110/120V WCOIL12F 68.50
60 Hz
DIP Switch Window, WDIPSW10 3.00 Indicator Pushbutton 3&4 110/120V WCOIL34F 151.00
(Must order in
packages of 10) 60 Hz
5&6 110/120V WCOIL56F 423.00
60 Hz
DIN Rail Adapter Kit
■ Provides snap-on mounting on
35 mm DIN rail
■ For use with Sizes 1 and 2 non-
reversing contactors and starters
Table 33-242. DIN Rail Adapter Kit
Number U.S. $ FWD/REV/OFF/AUTO Control
DIN Rail Adapter Kit WDIN 23.30 ■ OL condition indication
■ Trip indication — OL phase-loss/
unbalance and ground fault
■ OL reset capability
■ 10250T — for 30 mm mounting
■ NEMA 4 oiltight rated

Advantage
January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0179] Advantage Control Modules
An additional Metering Module Full Voltage and Reduced Voltage

replaces conventional ammeters
(three-phase), replaces reset mecha-
Control Modules
nisms and displays trip cause and Status Only
data, control voltage and status.
■ 4 LEDs indicate that the motor is
This Metering Module can be used OFF, Running, Tripped or in Alarm
independently or in conjunction with mode (motor current is above the
any of the ACMs. An extra plug con- trip current setting) 33
nection is available on the rear of each ■ Includes RESET button
ACM to accept the Metering Module
Full Voltage Pushbutton input. START/STOP
Control Module
■ Motor START/STOP controlled by
The ACM family has been designed to
START and STOP buttons
save:
■ Includes all features of Status Only
■ Panel space (versus conventional module
pushbuttons, selector switches and
indicating lights) HOA Selector Switch with
■ Mounting and assembly labor
START/STOP
■ Wiring and installation time
■ In HAND mode, motor will start and
stop in response to START/STOP
Regardless of the configuration, instal- pushbuttons
lation requires mounting only one 2.25 ■ In AUTO mode, motor will run in
x 3.5 inch module, substantially reduc- response to remote signal
Metering Module ing space requirements. Fitting a stan- ■ Includes all features of Status Only
dard Greenlee punch and die set, module
Greenlee #60071, installation is
The Advantage Control Modules accomplished with only two screws. ON/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch
(ACM) provide a cost-effective alterna-
ACMs provide savings in wiring costs ■ Motor will run in ON mode and not
tive to pushbuttons, selector switches,
as well. Regardless of the complexity in the OFF mode
indicating lights, reset mechanisms,
bell alarms and panel meters when of the application, wiring is reduced to ■ In AUTO mode the motor will run in
used with the Advantage product line. a single plug-in cable, see photo at left. response to a remote signal
Typical input/output control functions ■ Includes all features of Status Only
Communication is not restricted by module
provided by panel mounted devices
use of the Advantage Control Mod-
are conveniently packaged in a series
ules. An extra plug connection is Reduced Voltage Control Modules
of modules depending on application
available on the rear of the ACM or
and complexity. The four reduced voltage pushbutton
Metering Module to allow a
Sixteen styles cover applications WPONIDNA or WPONI Communica- control modules provide control using
ranging from: tions module to be plugged in. two to four starters and/or contactors.
The faceplates are identical to the full
■ Full voltage non-reversing voltage modules, and the pushbuttons
■ Full voltage reversing all perform the same functions. The
■ Full voltage multispeed module is programmed for the type of
reduced voltage starter which sets the
■ Reduced voltage
sequence of contact open and closing.
■ DeviceNet compatible
Modules exist for each application to 2.25 (57.2)

provide the functions of:
RES RES RES RES
■ Status only Reset Reset Reset
Reset
❑ Indicating lights Run
OL Alarm Run
OL Alarm
OL Trip
Run
OL Alarm
OL Trip
Run
OL Alarm
OL Trip
OL Trip
Off Off Off Off
Trip Trip Trip
❑ Reset Trip
3.5 HAND ON
■ Status, START/STOP and RESET (88.9) START START
■ Status, HOA and RESET OFF OFF
■ Status, START/STOP/HOA and STOP STOP

AUTO AUTO
RESET
Status Only START/STOP HAND/OFF/AUTO Control ON/OFF/AUTO
Control with START/STOP Pushbutton Control
Control in HAND Mode
Figure 33-115. Full Voltage and Reduced Voltage Control Modules

Advantage
January 2003
Advantage Control Modules Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0180]
Reversing and 2-Speed Metering Module

Pushbutton Modules The Advantage Metering Module mon-
itors status of a motor along with any
of the pushbutton modules. It may be
2.25 (57.2) Status Only plugged into the pushbutton control
RES ■ 5 LEDs which indicate that the module, and communicates to the
Reset
motor is OFF, running forward starter through it, or plugged directly
33 Run Fwd
Run Rev
OL Alarm
OL Trip
Trip (FAST), running reverse (SLOW), into the starter when a pushbutton
3.5
Off
Status Only tripped or in alarm mode control module is not used.
(88.9)
■ Includes RESET button The four digit display will show the
current in each phase, control voltage
or cause of trip. The STEP button may
be pressed to step through these val-
FORWARD (FAST)/REVERSE (SLOW)/STOP ues, and the five LEDs will indicate
RES which value is being displayed. It is
■ Pushbuttons control whether motor also equipped with a reset button and
Reset
Run Fwd OL Alarm is running forward (FAST), running Trip Lockout LED.
OL Trip
Run Rev Trip reverse (SLOW) or stopped
Off START/STOP
Control ■ Includes all features of Status Only
FWD REV
module
STOP
RES
FWD/REV/OFF/AUTO
Reset ■ In AUTO mode, motor is running
Run Fwd OL Alarm
OL Trip
forward (FAST), running reverse
Run Rev Trip (SLOW) or OFF in response to a
Off FWD/REV/OFF/
FWD AUTO Control
remote signal
■ All features of FORWARD/REVERSE/
OFF REV
STOP module
Note: For 2-speed modules, FAST replaces
STOP
AUTO FWD and SLOW replaces REV.
HAND
Figure 33-116. Reversing and 2-Speed Table 33-248. Control Modules/Accessories

Pushbutton Module Description Catalog Price
Number U.S. $
ACM Specifications
■ Input supply requirements: 120V AC Full Voltage
(supplied by the Advantage motor Status Only with Reset WPBFV1 195.00
START/STOP WPBFV2 286.00
controller) START/STOP/HOA WPBFV3 351.00
■ Max. distance from Advantage ON/OFF/AUTO WPBFV4 257.00
motor controller: 6 ft. (1.83m) LOCAL/OFF/REMOTE with Lockable ACM 1 WPBFV5 1 377.00
LOCAL/OFF/REMOTE with Network Health 1 WPBFV7 1 377.00
■ Operating frequency: 50 or 60 Hz
Reversing
■ Operating temperature: -20° to 70°C Status Only with Reset WPBR1 286.00
■ Storage temperature: -20° to 85°C FWD/REV/STOP WPBR2 286.00
FWD/REV/STOP/HOA WPBR3 474.00
■ Humidity: 0 to 95%, non-condensing
2-Speed
■ Remote input wire size: 18 – 14 AWG Status Only with Reset WPB2S1 286.00
■ Maximum distance between remote FAST/SLOW/STOP WPB2S2 411.00
pushbuttons and ACM: 200 ft. FAST/SLOW/STOP/HOA WPB2S3 474.00
(60.9m) Reduced Voltage
■ Cutout dimensions: 2.25 x 3.5 inches Status Only with Reset WPBRV1 203.00
START/STOP WPBRV2 286.00
(57.2 x 88.9 mm) (see above). The START/STOP/HOA WPBRV3 351.00
cutout can be made using a Greenlee ON/OFF/AUTO WPBRV4 268.00
rectangular punch #600710 Metering Module WMETER 459.00
■ Enclosure type: NEMA 1 or 12, when 10 ft. Interconnect Cable (3m) WACM10 121.00
properly installed 6 ft. Interconnect Cable (1.8m) WACM6 33.00
3 ft. Interconnect Cable (.9m) WACM3 27.75
1 ft. Interconnect Jumper (.3m) WACM1 23.30
1 The WPBFV5 and WPBFV7 are DeviceNet® only. They can only be used when an active network is
connected.

Advantage
January 2003
Non-reversing Contactors, NEMA Sizes 1 – 6
4 Circuit Aux. A Communications

Contact Block F G Connector
(When Used) I CL
(When Used)
4 Circuit Aux.
Contact Block
(When Used) 33
4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
D (Max. 2 of #14 B
H per Point)
Slots for #10

Mounting Screws C
E
(3 Holes)
Figure 1
Sizes 1 and 2 Contactor
4 Circuit Aux. A
Contact Block F G
(When Used) I CL
Communications
Connector
(When Used)
4 Circuit Aux.
Contact Block
(When Used)
D
H B
4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
per Point)
Slots for 1/4-20

E Mounting Screws C
(3 Places)
4 Circuit Aux. Figure 2
Contact Block Sizes 3 and 4 Contactor
(When Used) A
I 4 Circuit Aux.
Contact Block
(When Used)
4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
H (Max. 2 of #14
per Point) B
Communication
Connector
(When Used)
Slots for 5/16

Mounting Bolts
E (4 Slots) C
Figure 3
Sizes 5 and 6 Contactor
Figure 33-117. Approximate Dimensions in Inches and Shipping Weights

Table 33-249. Catalog Number W201 Non-reversing Contactors
NEMA Number Figure Mounting Screws Dimensions in Inches (mm) Ship. Wt.
Size of Poles Number Number Size Wide High Deep D E F G H I Lbs. (kg)
A B C
1, 2 3 1 3 #10 2.50 6.50 4.84 5.12 1.88 1.25 .75 6.00 .52 2 (.9)
(63.5) (165.1) (122.9) (130.0) (47.8) (31.8) (19.1) (152.4) (13.2)
3, 4 3 2 3 1/4-20 3.68 8.00 6.49 6.45 2.80 1.84 .93 7.50 .52 6 (2.7)
(93.5) (203.2) (164.8) (163.8) (71.1) (46.7) (23.6) (190.5) (13.2)
5, 6 3 3 4 5/16 7.07 10.08 7.64 — 6.00 — — 9.20 .50 30 (13.6)
(179.6) (256.0) (194.1) (152.4) (233.7) (12.7)

Advantage
January 2003
Horizontal Reversing, Open Contactors, NEMA Sizes 1 – 6
A 4 Circuit Aux.
I F Cont. Blk.
G (When Used)
A
F 4 Circuit Aux.
33 I
G
Cont. Blk.
(When Used)
J H
D
B
K H
DJ B
Matches Bottom
Mounting for
A210 Size 1
C E C
Matches Bottom Matches Bottom
4 Pt. Control Mounting for A211 4 Pt. Control
Mounting for E Terminal Block
A210 Size 2 Terminal Block Size 3 and 4 Control Wire TB
(Max. 2 of #14 (Max. 2 of #14
per Point) for Customer per Point)
Control Wire TB Connection
for Customer Slots for #10 Slots for 1/4-20
Connection Mounting Screws Mounting Screws
(3 Holes) (3 Places)
Figure 1 Figure 2
Sizes 1 and 2 Horizontal Reversing Contactor Sizes 3 and 4 Horizontal Reversing Contactor
A
C
E
Control Wire TB
for Customer I
Connection
4 Circuit Aux.
Cont. Blk. J
(When Used) H
K
D B
4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
per Point)
Holes for 5/16 G

Mounting Bolts
(4 Places)
Figure 3
Sizes 5 and 6 Horizontal Reversing Contactor

Note: For all Sizes 1 – 6, factory furnishes the control wiring between the forward and reverse contactors, and the control wire terminal block
for customer connection.
Table 33-250. Catalog Number W211 Horizontal Reversing Contactors

Size of Poles Number Number Size Wide High Deep D E F G H I J K Lbs. (kg)
A B C
1, 2 3x3 1 3 #10 7.13 8.05 5.09 7.50 5.69 3.56 6.00 5.53 .33 6.75 6.00 6 (2.7)
(181.1) (204.5) (129.3) (190.5) (144.5) (90.4) (152.4) (140.5) (8.4) (171.5) (152.4)
3, 4 3x3 2 3 1/4-20 9.76 11.37 6.76 10.50 8.00 4.88 8.36 6.45 .45 9.25 — 16 (7.3)
(247.9) (288.8) (171.7) (266.7) (203.2) (124.0) (212.3) (163.8) (11.4) (235.0)
5 3x3 3 4 5/16 22.24 18.24 8.91 14.00 20.00 — 15.15 10.08 .50 19.95 22.47 80 (36.3)
(564.9) (463.3) (226.3) (355.6) (508.0) (384.8) (256.0) (12.7) (506.7) (570.7)
6 3x3 3 4 5/16 22.24 18.24 8.65 14.00 20.00 — 16.18 10.08 .50 19.76 22.28 80 (36.3)
(564.9) (463.3) (219.7) (355.6) (508.0) (411.0) (256.0) (12.7) (501.9) (565.9)

Advantage
January 2003
Vertical Reversing, Open Contactors, NEMA Sizes 1 – 6
A
G
F
I
A
G
4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
33
F (Max. 2 of #14 4 Circuit Aux.
I per Point) Cont. Blk.
(When Used)
4 Circuit Aux.
Cont. Blk.
(When Used)
H
D
H B
4 Circuit Aux.
D Cont. Blk.
B (When Used)
Control Wire TB
Control Wire TB for Customer 4 Pt. Control
for Customer Connection Terminal Block
Connection (Max. 2 of #14
per Point)
Slots for #10 C

Mounting Screws E Slots for 1/4-20
(3 Holes) Control Wire Mounting Screws C
E
Terminal Blk. (3 Places)
Figure 1 Figure 2
Sizes 1 and 2 Vertical Reversing Contactor Sizes 3 and 4 Vertical Reversing Contactor
A
G
4 Circuit Aux.
Cont. Blk.
(When Used)
4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
per Point)
H
D
B
Control Wire TB
for Customer
Connection
Holes for 5/16

Mounting Bolts E C
(4 Places)
Figure 3
Sizes 5 and 6 Vertical Reversing Contactor

Table 33-251. Catalog Number W251 Vertical Reversing Contactors

A B C
1, 2 3x3 1 3 #10 4.27 18.50 5.09 18.00 1.88 1.80 3.73 12.65 .52 7 (3.2)
(108.5) (469.9) (129.3) (457.2) (47.8) (45.7) (94.7) (321.3) (13.2)
3, 4 3x3 2 3 1/4-20 5.42 25.13 6.76 24.25 2.88 2.31 4.62 16.94 .52 17 (7.7)
(137.7) (638.3) (171.7) (616.0) (73.2) (58.7) (117.3) (430.3) (13.2)
5 3x3 3 4 5/16 13.24 34.94 8.64 32.00 10.00 — 12.04 33.29 — 80 (36.3)
(336.3) (887.5) (219.5) (812.8) (254.0) (305.8) (845.6)
6 3x3 3 4 5/16 13.24 34.94 8.64 32.00 10.00 — 12.04 33.16 — 80 (36.3)
(336.3) (887.5) (219.5) (812.8) (254.0) (305.8) (842.3)

Advantage
January 2003
Non-reversing Starters, NEMA Sizes 1 – 6
4 Circuit Aux. Communications

A Contact Block Connector 4 Circuit Aux. Communications
A
F G (When Used) (When Used) Contact Block Connector
I F G (When Used) (When Used)
CL
I
33 Push .02 (.5)
in to Reset Push .02 (.5)
(When Used) in to Reset
(When Used)
Manual Reset
(When Used) Manual Reset
D D (When Used)
H B H B
Trip Ind./Reset
Connector Trip Ind./Reset
(When Used) Connector
(When Used)
4 Pt. Control 4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14 (Max. 2 of #14
per Point) C C
per Point)
E E
OL Selection J Slots for #10 OL Selection J
DIP Switch Mounting Screws Slots for 1/4-20
DIP Switch Mounting Screws
(4 Holes)
(3 Places)
Figure 1 Figure 2
Sizes 1 and 2 Starter Sizes 3 and 4 Starter
A
4 Circuit Aux. I
Contact Block
(When Used) 4 Circuit Aux.
Contact Block
(When Used)
4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
per Point)
H
Communications B
Connector
Manual Reset (When Used)
(When Used)
Push .02 (.5) in
to Reset
OL Selection J
DIP Switch E
Trip Ind./Reset
Slots for 5/16 Connector
Mounting Bolts C
(When Used)
(4 Slots)
Figure 3
Sizes 5 and 6 Starter

Table 33-252. Catalog Number W200 Non-reversing Starters
Size of Poles Number Number Size Wide High Deep D E F G H I J Lbs. (kg)
A B C
1, 2 3 1 3 #10 2.50 6.50 4.96 5.12 1.88 1.25 .75 6.00 .52 .29 2 (.9)
(63.5) (165.1) (126.0) (130.0) (47.8) (31.8) (19.1) (152.4) (13.2) (7.4)
3, 4 3 2 3 1/4-20 3.68 8.00 6.54 6.45 2.80 1.84 .93 7.50 .52 .32 6 (2.7)
(93.5) (203.2) (166.1) (163.8) (71.1) (46.7) (23.6) (190.5) (13.2) (8.1)
5, 6 3 3 4 5/16 7.07 10.08 7.64 — 6.00 — — 9.20 .50 .46 30 (13.6)
(179.6) (256.0) (194.1) (152.4) (233.7) (12.7) (11.7)

Advantage
January 2003
Horizontal Reversing, Open Starters, NEMA Sizes 1 – 6
4 Circuit Aux. Cont. Blk. A 4 Circuit Aux. Cont. Blk.

(When Used) I F (When Used)
G 4 Pt. Control Terminal
4 Pt. Control Terminal Block Block (Max. 2 of #14
A (Max. 2 of #14 per Point)
F per Point)
I
G
Communication Connector
(When Used) 33
Manual
Manual Reset
Reset D J (When H
(When Used)
Used) B
K H Push
DJ .02 (.5)
Push
.02 (.5) B in to
in to Reset
Matches Reset (When
Bottom (When Used)
Mounting for Used)
A210 Size 1 C E C
Matches Matches Bottom
Bottom E Mounting for A210
Size 3 and 4 OL Selection Trip Ind./Reset
Mounting for OL Selection Connector
DIP Switch DIP Switch
A210 Size 2 Trip Ind./Reset (When Used)
Control Wire TB
Slots for #10 Connector for Customer Communication
Control Wire (When Used) Slots for 1/4-20
Mounting Screws Connection Mounting Screws Connector
TB for Customer (3 Holes)
Connection (3 Places) (When Used)
Figure 1 Figure 2
Sizes 1 and 2 Horizontal Reversing Contactor Sizes 3 and 4 Horizontal Reversing Contactor
A 4 Circuit Aux. C
Cont. Blk.
I (When Used)
4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14 J
per Point) H
K
D Manual B
Reset
(When Used)
Push .02 (.5)
in to Reset
(When Used)
Holes for 5/16 G

Mounting Bolts Trip Ind./Reset Communication
(4 Places) OL Selection Connector Connector
DIP Switch (When Used) (When Used)
Figure 3
Sizes 5 and 6 Horizontal Reversing Contactor

Table 33-253. Catalog Number W210 Horizontal Reversing Starters

Size of Poles Number Number Size Wide High Deep D E F G H I J K Lbs. (kg)
A B C
1, 2 3x3 1 3 #10 7.13 8.05 5.25 7.50 5.69 3.56 6.00 7.62 .33 6.75 6.00 7 (3.2)
(181.1) (204.5) (133.4) (190.5) (144.5) (90.4) (152.4) (192.5) (8.4) (171.5) (152.4)
3, 4 3x3 2 3 1/4-20 9.76 11.37 6.81 10.50 8.00 4.88 8.47 9.79 .45 9.25 — 18 (8.2)
(247.9) (288.8) (173.0) (266.7) (203.2) (124.0) (215.1) (248.7) (11.4) (235.0)
5 3x3 3 4 5/16 22.24 18.24 8.91 14.00 20.00 — 15.28 16.82 .50 21.76 22.47 85 (38.6)
(564.9) (463.3) (226.3) (355.6) (508.0) (388.1) (427.2) (12.7) (552.7) (570.7)
6 3x3 3 4 516 22.24 18.24 8.65 14.00 20.00 — 15.28 16.82 .50 21.57 22.28 85 (38.6)
(564.9) (463.3) (219.7) (355.6) (508.0) (388.1) (427.2) (12.7) (547.9) (565.9)

Advantage
January 2003
Vertical Reversing, Open Starters, NEMA Sizes 1 – 6
A A
G G
I F F
CL
I
4 Pt. Control
33 4 Circuit Aux.
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
Contact Block per Point) 4 Circuit Aux.
(When Used) Contact Block
(When Used)
Communications
Connector H
Communications
(When Used) Connector
4 Circuit Aux. (When Used)
B H
D Contact Block D
(When Used) B
Push .02 (.5)
Manual Reset 4 Pt. Control in to Reset
(When Used) Terminal Block
OL Selection (Max. 2 of #14
DIP Switch per Point)
Manual Reset
Push .02 (.5) OL Selection (When Used)
in to Reset DIP Switch
(When Used)
Control Wire TB
for Customer Trip Ind./Reset
Slots for #10 Connection Connector
Mounting Screws Control Wire TB C
E (When Used)
(3 Holes) for Customer
Connection Trip Indication/
Reset Connector Slots for 1/4-20
(When Used) E Mounting Screws C
(3 Places)
Figure 1 Figure 2
Sizes 1 and 2 Vertical Reversing Starter Sizes 3 and 4 Vertical Reversing Starter
A
G
4 Circuit Aux.
Contact Block
(When Used) 4 Pt. Control
Terminal Block
(Max. 2 of #14
per Point)
Communications H
D Connector
(When Used) B
OL Selection
DIP Switch Manual Reset
Push .02 (.5)
Control Wire TB in to Reset
for Customer
Connection
Holes for 5/16
Mounting Bolts Trip Ind./ Reset
E C
(4 Places) Connector
Figure 3 (When Used)
Sizes 5 and 6 Vertical Reversing Starter

Table 33-254. Catalog Number W250 Vertical Reversing Starters

A B C
1, 2 3x3 1 3 #10 4.27 18.50 5.25 18.00 1.88 1.80 3.73 14.72 .52 7.5 (3.4)
(108.5) (469.9) (133.4) (457.2) (47.8) (45.7) (94.7) (373.9) (13.2)
3, 4 3x3 2 3 1/4-20 5.42 25.13 6.81 24.25 2.88 2.31 4.62 20.28 .52 19.0 (8.6)
(137.7) (638.3) (173.0) (616.0) (73.2) (58.7) (117.3) (515.1) (13.2)
5 3x3 3 4 5/16 13.24 34.94 8.64 32.00 10.00 — 12.04 34.78 — 85.0 (38.6)
(336.3) (887.5) (219.5) (812.8) (254.0) (305.8) (883.4)
6 3x3 3 4 516 13.24 34.94 8.64 32.00 10.00 — 12.04 34.59 — 85.0 (38.6)
(336.3) (887.5) (219.5) (812.8) (254.0) (305.8) (878.6)

Advantage
January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0187] Wiring Diagrams
Non-reversing and Reversing Contactors, NEMA Sizes 1 – 6
L3 T3
L2 T2 L3 T3
Motor
L1 T1 L2 T2
Motor
M L1 T1
H1
X1
H2
X2
H1 H2
M
33
X1 X2
Optional
Start
Stop
Hand
Start Off 3
Stop 2 3 Jumper
1 P M
Automatic E
3 Remote C
No Connection Optional P M Control
When Optional Emergency Stop E Device
Start/Stop C
Pushbutton Used Optional
Emergency Stop
Optional Stopped Optional

Mb Mb Stopped
G G
Ma Running Ma
R Running
R
Cat. No. W201 Non-reversing Contactor Cat. No. W201 Non-reversing Contactor
3-Wire Control with Internal Holding Circuit 2-Wire Control with Maintained HOA Switch
Are Installer Connections
Conductors External to Baseplate
Operated by the Mechanical Interlock

Fm and Rm Are Electrical Contacts
= Accessible Terminals
L1 L2 L3
X1 H1
R
Forward
F
R
Reverse 3 – Start F
R
X2 H2
F
P – Run Permit
G
Stopped /Stop 3PEC Fm

R
Optional E – Power
C – Common
Mechancial
Interlocks
Interlocks
Electrical
Optional
Emergency
L1
Optional
Emergency
Stop
Stop L2
L3
R
Rm F R
Optional 3PEC
(Dashed Area)
C – Common
E – Power
P – Run Permit
3 – Start
/Stop
F
3 4 5 2
3 4 5 2 E C
Baseplate with Components as Supplied
F R R
R
E C
3PEC
F
Stop
T1
T2
Interlocks
Electrical
3 2
R R G T3
Mechanical
Fwd Rev
Interlock
Rm
Fm
Stopped
Forward
Reverse
4 5
3PEC
Baseplate
R
with Components
as Supplied
T2
T1 T3
Motor
X2 H2
X1 H1
Stop Fwd Rev

L1
L1 L2 L3
T1
T1
3 2 4 5 Fm and Rm Are Electrical Contacts

L2
Motor
T2

L3
T2
T3
T3
Cat. No. W251 Vertical Reversing Contactor

3-Wire Control with Internal Holding Circuit
R
Cat. No. W211 Horizontal Reversing Contactor a

Figure 33-123. Typical Wiring Diagrams

1 Sizes 5 and 6 horizontal reversing contactors have their Forward and Reverse contactor arrangement reversed. Reverse contactor is on left and
Forward contactor is on right.

Advantage
January 2003
Wiring Diagrams Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0188]
Non-reversing and Reversing Starters, NEMA Sizes 1 – 6
L3 T3
L2 T2 L3 T3
Motor
L1 T1 L2 T2
Motor
M (Current Sensors Are Integral L1 T1
Inside Starter Units)
33 H1
X1
H2
X2
M
H1 H2
(Current Sensors Are Integral
X1 X2 Inside Starter Units)
Optional
Start
Stop Trip
Ind./Reset To
Trip Stop Start Other
Ind./Reset Stop 2 3 (When Used)
Start 3 IMPACC
Stop 2 3 (When Used) Network
1 3 P M
Devices
P M E
Optional E Optional C
No Connection Emergency Stop Reset
When Optional Emergency Stop C
Start/Stop Reset
PONI I1
Pushbutton Used Mod. I2
Caution – Unplug
IMPACC Plug To
Optional Stopped Optional During IMPACC
Mb Mb Stopped Network PC
G Maintenance
G
Ma Running Ma
R Running
R
Cat. No. W200 Non-reversing Starter Cat. No. W200 Non-reversing Starter
3-Wire Control with Internal Holding Circuit Internal Holding Circuit, 3-Wire with IMPACC
R
Are Installer Connections
Conductors External to Baseplate

Fm and Rm Are Electrical Contacts
Forward L1 L2 L3
F
= Accessible Terminals
X1 H1
R
Reverse
R
3 – Start
G
Stopped P – Run Permit

R
F X2 H2
/Stop Fm
A
98 Tripped Optional E – Power 3PEC

C – Common
Mechanical
Interlocks
Emergency
Electrical
Interlock
Optional
Stop
Emergency L1
Stop L2
L3
R
Optional Rm F
3PEC
(Dashed Area)
C – Common
E – Power
P – Run Permit
3 – Start
3
/Stop
4 98 5 2
3 4 98 5 2
F
Baseplate with Components as Supplied
F R R
R
E C
1
3PEC
F
Stop
E C
in Energized OLR
96 95 98 E C
Interlocks
Electrical
3 2
R R G A
Contacts
Mechanical
Fwd Rev
Shown
Interlock
Fm
State
Rm
Lighted Also
Reset
(Optional)
Available
Contacts
Stopped
Forward
Reverse
Tripped
Reset
Shown in OLR T1 T2 T3
4 5
Energized
State
96 95 98 E C
Reset
3PEC
Reset
WPONI
R
May Also Be
Baseplate
Contactors
& Reverse
(Optional)
Mod.
Added to
98
Forward
(Optional)
WPONI
with
Mod.
Lighted Also (Optional) Components

Available May Also Be as Supplied
Added to
Forward T2
IMPACC/INCOM
T1 T3
& Reverse
Network
Contactors Motor
X2 H2
X1 H1
To
1
Stop Fwd Rev
To
L1
L1 L2 L3
F
IMPACC/INCOM
L2
3 2 4 5 Network
L3
T1
Motor
T1 T2 T3
Cat. No. W250 Vertical Reversing Starter

T2

T3
Cat. No. W210 Horizontal Reversing Starter a

Figure 33-124. Typical Wiring Diagrams

1 Sizes 5 and 6 horizontal reversing contactors have their Forward and Reverse contactor arrangement reversed. Reverse contactor is on left and
Forward contactor is on right.

Advantage
January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0189] PowerNet Communication Devices
Contents Parameters Displayed Technical Data

Description Page
■ Monitored values: ■ Device power requirement: 10 VA
Central Monitoring Unit . . . . . 33-171 ❑ Device description maximum
Product Operated Network ❑ 1A, 1B, 1C currents ■ Frequency: 50/60 Hz
Interface (PONI) . . . . . . . . . . 33-173 ❑ Control voltage (excluding IQ500)
■ Line characteristics: 120 or 240V AC
+20%, -20% (auto selected)
Central Monitoring Unit
❑ Present time, date
■ Operating temperature: 0° to 70°C 33
❑ Resettable operation count (32° to 158°F)
❑ Run time, hours ■ Storage temperature: -20° to 85°C
(-4° to 185°F)
■ Trip data — same as current values
with cause of trip ■ Humidity: 0 to 95%, R.H. non-
condensing
■ Set points:
■ Alarm contact ratings —
❑ Device size
❑ 240V AC: 10A, resistive
❑ OL trip current setting (FLA
❑ 30V DC: 10A, resistive
setting)
❑ OL trip class
❑ Ground fault protection —
Dimensions
ON/OFF
5.38
❑ Phase loss/unbalance protection (136.7)
— ON/OFF
.2 (5.1) Dia.
❑ Reset mode — AUTO/MANUAL (6 Holes)
Central Monitoring Unit 4.44
❑ Frequency (112.8)
❑ Ground fault trip level (IQ500

Product Description only) 9.38
(238.3)
The Advantage Central Monitoring ❑ Ground fault trip delay time
Unit is a communications center which (IQ500 only) 4.44
(112.8)
transmits to and receives data from up
❑ Phase unbalance % (IQ500 only)
to 99 Advantage starters or contactors
or IQ500s equipped with PONI cards. ■ IQ500M — Special Functions .13 2.56
The CMU can be mounted on the door Module set points — if LOAD .25 (3.3) (65)
5.12
(6.4)
of a motor control center or custom CONTROL selected: (130)
panel using the existing IQ cutout ❑ Load shed level
dimensions. Figure 33-125. Chassis Cutout Dimensions
❑ Load shed delay time in Inches (mm)
The eight-digit alphanumeric display ❑ Load resume level
monitors active data, trip data or set
❑ Load resume delay time
points. The group of data being dis-
played is indicated by one of three ❑ Long acceleration time
LEDs and is selected by the user. The
two-digit alphanumeric display indi- If UNDERLOAD/JAM selected:
cates the address of the device about ❑ Jam trip level
which the data is being displayed. This
❑ Jam trip delay time
address is also selected by the user.
❑ Jam start delay time
Five LEDs are provided which indicate
❑ Underload trip level
the present status of the selected
starter. Two additional LEDs are also ❑ Underload trip delay time
provided at the top of the panel, one ❑ Underload start delay time
which indicates that the CMU is
❑ Long acceleration time
OPERATIONAL, and another which
indicates ALARM status. An ❑ Relay control
ACKNOWLEDGE/RESET button
permits the user to reset the CMU
following a device trip.
The CMU can be interfaced into a
larger PowerNet network with the
addition of a PowerNet PONI
Communications Module.

Advantage
January 2003
PowerNet Communication Devices Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0190]
Wiring Diagram
6
Advantage CMU
J3 J5
1
33 Alarm 2 2 Wire Connector
3 (Supplied with CMU) 1. For Network Interconnection Use Twisted Pair
4 Conductors. No. 18 AWG Shielded. 1
2. Refer to Starter Wiring Diagrams for Actual
Trip 5
J6 Connections.
6 Communication 3. A 150 Ohm (1/2 Watt) Carbon Composition
120 or 7 Module Resistor Unit Must Be Installed on the Most
240V AC 8 (Optional) Remote Starter Terminals as Shown.
Ground 9 4. An Eaton‘s Cutler-Hammer CONI (Computer Operated
Network Interface) Card Must Be Inserted into
the Computer Frame. (See IL 17199)
6
1
5. Modular Telephone Connector. Type RJ11 is to
4 (Y) 1 Be Supplied by the Customer and Wired per View
To IBM 2 A Required at Computer.
Compatible 3 6. Ground Shielding at Only One Place as Shown.
Personal (BL) 4 7. Where Devices Are Daisy Chained, Tie Shielding
Computer Together for Continuity.
View A 8. On Last Device in Network, Tie Back Shield and Tape.
5
7 7
R 2
3
E
S
OL Relay Contactor Starter
0 9 8
O 0 0
F 0 0
F PONI 2 1
Communication
Module
IQ 500 3-Digit Incom
Address Register
Figure 33-126. Typical Wiring Diagram
Product Selection
Table 33-255. Central Monitoring Unit
Number U.S. $
Advantage Central Monitoring Unit WCMU 2,130.

Advantage
January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0191] PowerNet Communication Devices
Product Operated Network Communications Data Product Selection

Interface (PONI) ■ ON/OFF reset
Table 33-256. WPONI Network Interface
■ Status (ON, OFF, TRIPPED, NO
RESPONSE)
Product Description ■ 3-phase unbalance
Number U.S. $
Advantage WPONI WPONI 525.

To use the PowerNet Communications ■ % phase unbalance To panel mount WPONIBASE 26.
network with Advantage motor con-
trol, a PONI is required for each device.
■ Control voltage a WPONI 33
■ Overload protection settings Note: See Page 33-158 for WPONIDNA
The WPONI operates at 9600 baud. DeviceNet Interface Module.
■ Cause of trip
■ Trip data
Mounting Dimensions
Sizes 1 & 2 Sizes 3 & 4 Sizes 5 & 6

IMPACC
Connection
WPONI WPONI WPONI
(2 Wire)
Top (All Sizes)
View
Address Local LED Trip

Switches Indication
(All Sizes) (When Used)
(All Sizes)
1.61
(40.9)
1.68
(42.7)
2.14
(54.4)
Note: Plug
1.47 Orientation
For Removal (All Sizes)
(37.3) of WPONI
Front (All Sizes)
View
.29
(7.4)
.55 (14.0)
(All Sizes)
1.02 (25.9)
Optional Mounting Locations For Removal
of Plug
(All Sizes)
Figure 33-127. Mounting Procedures — WPONI — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1C

Advantage, 3-Phase Magnetic — Enclosed
January 2003
Contents Advantage is designed with a full Improved Protection and Motor

complement of features that make it
Description Page the most versatile motor starter in the
Utilization
Product Family Overview industry. Multifunction overload The motor circuit monitoring and over-
protection options provide application load protection functions of Advan-
Product Description . . . . . . . 33-174 tage starters are provided by three
flexibility while reducing inventory.
Features, Functions, Communication capability extends current sensors closely monitored by
Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-174 benefits, allowing Advantage to be the SURE chip. This sensor/micropro-
33 Catalog Number interactively linked to higher order cessor combination yields a protection
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-175 control systems for monitoring, scheme closely paralleling that of the
troubleshooting and control. motor heating damage boundary
Non-combination Starters . . . . 33-176
expressed in terms of current and
Combination Starters with Technological advances incorporated time. Accurate to 2%, Advantage
Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . . . 33-182 in the Advantage design, such as pre- allows full utilization of motor capability
start diagnostics, increased accuracy without motor damage or nuisance
Combination Starters with
and the ability to communicate with tripping.
HMCP/E or Magnetic
other systems, are benefits not
Trip CB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-187
realized in traditional motor starters. No Heaters, Small Size
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-113
Cover Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-193 Advantage starters eliminate the need
Features, Functions, Benefits for costly heater elements and their
Modification Codes . . . . . . . . . 33-119 associated installation expense. Stan-
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-127 Advantage Breakthroughs dard overload protection functions
To achieve the level of benefits envi- include phase loss and unbalance
sioned for Advantage controls at a protection, selectable trip class,
competitive price, it was discovered automatic/manual reset and ground
early in the development process that current protection.
simply improving existing design
concepts would fall short of the mark. Built-In Communications
A new approach involving a higher Capabilities Provide Two-Way
level of technology was required. The Control
result was the incorporation of three
technical breakthroughs — new Advantage also offers low cost
current sensing monitoring, an communication capability. ON-OFF
energy-balanced contact closure commands, status and motor data can
system that increased life by be linked to automated control
decreasing electrical and mechanical systems without the addition of costly
wear and an intelligent coil controller sensors, I/O modules and transducers,
Catalog Number ECH2211FAD in a language compatible with many
optimizing the contact closing process
based on varying control circuit condi- computer-based software systems in
Product Description tions. Coordinating these break- use today.
throughs to provide enhanced motor Protected by 22 patents and proven in
Setting a New Standard in Motor control performance is concentrated in many years of operating experience in
Control the SURE chip. harsh industrial applications, Advan-
Revolutionary in design, Advantage tage motor starters and contactors
motor starters employ state-of-the-art Patented SURE Chip Increases Life offer the user unprecedented value at
technology in solving motor control Advantage uses the right combination a price competitive with traditional
application problems that have existed of brains and brawn in effecting a devices.
for ages. Customer focus group input motor start. The power circuit of the
and 66,000 man-hours of engineering contactor employs heavy-duty silver
ingenuity have been combined to alloy contacts scientifically designed
create a motor starter that dramatically for long life. The addition of a uniquely
extends operating life in a physical developed application-specific micro-
space requirement one half the size processor chip, called the SURE chip,
of conventional motor starters. regulates power supplied to the oper-
ating coil. The regulated closing profile
Offering motor overcurrent protection is tailored to existing control circuit
accurate to 2% at maximum FLC, conditions by the SURE chip. This
Advantage also maintains constant results in an energy balanced system
coil power regardless of varying con- which reduces armature/magnet crash
trol circuit conditions, eliminating coil and contact bounce, extending
burnout, contact chatter and welding mechanical and electrical life.
due to low voltage of fluttering control
signals.

January 2003

Table 33-257. Advantage Line Enclosed Control Catalog Numbering System
ECA 22 2 1 A A F -
Design Modification Codes
A = Advantage (See Pages 33-119 – 33-126) 33
Class Page Disconnect Fuse Clip Ratings
01 - Contactors a A- None G - 100A/600V R N- 600A/600V R
02 - Reversing Contactors a B- 30A/250V R H - 200A/250V R P- 800A/600V R
05 - FVNR Starter, Non-combination 33-176 C- 30A/600V R J - 200A/600V R Q- 1200A/600V R
06 - Reversing, Non-combination 33-178 D- 60A/250V R K - 400A/250V R R- 1600A/600V R
07 - FVNR Non-combination, with CPT 33-180 E- 60A/600V R L - 400A/600V R S- 2000A/600V R
16 - Combination with Disconnect Switch 33-182 F - 100A/250V R M - 600A/250V R T- by Description
17 - Reversing, Combination with Disconnect Switch 33-184
18 - Combination with Disconnect Switch, with CPT 33-186 HMCP/E or Breaker Ratings
22 - Combination with HMCP/E 33-187
23 - Reversing, Combination with HMCP/E 33-189 A - None H - 150A P - 1200A 5- 3Ab
24 - Combination with HMCP/E with CPT 33-191 B - 3A J - 250A Q - 2000A 6- 7Ab
33 - Multispeed 2S2W Non-combination a C - 7A K - 400A R - 3000A 7- 15Ab
34 - Multispeed 2S1W CT or VT Non-combination a D - 15A L - 600A T - by Description 8- 30Ab
35 - Multispeed 2S1W CH Non-combination a E - 30A M - 800A X - 100A/T3C 9- 50Ab
36 - Multispeed with Disconnect Switch, 2S2W a F - 50A N - 1000A W- 70A I- 100Ab
37 - Multispeed with Disconnect Switch, 2S1W CT or VT a G -100A
38 - Multispeed with Disconnect Switch, 2S1W CH a
39 - Multispeed with HMCP/E, 2S2W a
40 - Multispeed with HMCP/E, 2S1W CT or VT a
Cover Control (Starters Only)
41 - Multispeed with HMCP/E, 2S1W CH a
(Pages 33-115 – 33-116 and 33-193)
42 - Autotransformer, Non-combination a
43 - Autotransformer, with Disconnect Switch a
Number of Poles (Contactors Only)
44 - Autotransformer, with HMCP/E a
45 - Part-Winding, Non-combination a
46 - Part-Winding, with Disconnect Switch a
47 - Part-Winding, with Circuit Breaker a Coil Voltage and/or Control Transformers
48 - Y-D, Open Transition, Non-combination a
49 - Y-D, Open Transition, with Disconnect Switch a (See Tables Below)
50 - Y-D, Open Transition, with Circuit Breaker a
51 - Y-D, Closed Transition, Non-combination a
52 - Y-D, Closed Transition, with Disconnect Switch a Enclosure Types
53 - Y-D, Closed Transition, with Circuit Breaker a
54 - Std Width Pump Panel, with Disconnect Switch a 1 - Type 1 – General Purpose
55 - Std Width Pump Panel, with HMCP/E a 2 - Type 3R – Rainproof
62 - Autotransformer Pump Panel, Disconnect Switch a 3 - Type 4 – Watertight (Painted Steel)
63 - Autotransformer Pump Panel, HMCP/E a 4 - Type 4X – Watertight (Stainless Steel)
64 - Part-Winding Pump Panel, Disconnect a 5 - Type 4X – Corrosion (nonmetallic)
65 - Part-Winding Pump Panel, Circuit Breaker a 6 - Type 7/9 – Bolted Hazardous Location
68 - Duplex, Non-combination a 7 - Type 7/9 – Threaded Hazardous Location
69 - Duplex, with Disconnect Switch a 8 - Type 12 – Dust-Tight
70 - Duplex, with HMCP/E a 9 - Type 12 – Dust-Tight with Safety Door Interlock
NEMA Size
L - Lower 1
1 - Size 1
2 - Size 2
3 - Size 3
4 - Size 4
5 - Size 5
6 - Size 6
1 Refer to Enclosed Control Product Guide, PG.3.02.T.E.

2 Use with Sizes L – 3, HMCP 600V applications only.
Table 33-258. Magnet Coil Codes (System Voltage) 3 Table 33-259. Control Power Transformer Codes (System Voltage)
Code Magnet Coil Code Magnet Coil Code Primary Secondary Code Primary Secondary
F 120/60 Z By Description B 240/480 – 220/440 120/60 – 110/50 H 277/60 120/60

N 110/50 Wired for 240V L 380/50 110/50
3 C 240/480 – 220/440 120/60 – 110/50 M 415/50 110/50
When control power transformer modification codes (C1 – C11) are
used or when starter class includes CPT (i.e. ECN07, 18), see Table 33-259 Wired for 480V X 240/480/600 120
for system voltage code. D 600/60 – 550/50 120/60 – 110/50 Wired for 480V
E 208/60 120/60 Z By Description

January 2003

■ Full Voltage
■ Solid-State Overload Relays
■ 600V Maximum
Table 33-260. Class ECA05 — NEMA Rated — Non-combination — Non-reversing — NEMA 3R, 4X, 12
NEMA Motor Maximum Magnet 3-Pole NEMA 3R 3-Pole NEMA 4X 3-Pole NEMA 12
33 Size Voltage hp Rating Coil Rainproof Watertight & Dust-Tight Dust-Tight Industrial
1 1 Voltage Stainless Steel External Reset (NEMA 3R) 56
34
12 200 1 120 ECA05L2FAA 458. ECA05L4FAA 665. ECA05L8FAA 458.

230 1
460 2
575 2
1 200 7-1/2 120 ECA0512FAA 458. ECA0514FAA 665. ECA0518FAA 458.
230 7-1/2
460 10
575 10
2 200 10 120 ECA0522FAA 870. ECA0524FAA 1,265. ECA0528FAA 870.
230 15
460 25
575 25
3 200 25 120 ECA0532FAA 1,330. ECA0534FAA 1,935. ECA0538FAA 1,330.
230 30
460 50
575 50
230 50
460 100
575 100
230 100
460 200
575 200
6 200 150 120 7 ECA0562EAA 18,300. ECA0564EAA 20,140. ECA0568EAA 18,300.
230 200 ECA0562BAA 18,300. ECA0564BAA 20,140. ECA0568BAA 18,300.
460 400 ECA0562CAA 18,300. ECA0564CAA 20,140. ECA0568CAA 18,300.
575 400 ECA0562DAA 18,300. ECA0564DAA 20,140. ECA0568DAA 18,300.
1 Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications: 4 Starters for 50 Hz operation use 110V 50 Hz magnet coil. Change 8th
NEMA Size 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 character from F to N.
Horsepower 1-1/2 10 25 50 75 150 300 of PG.3.02.T.E.
2 6 Choose a NEMA 12 enclosure for NEMA 1 applications.
For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to
1.25 service factor and for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V. 7 Size 6 includes control power transformer.
3 All starters provided with coils for separate control.

Cover Mounted Control –
10250T Series . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-115
Cover Mounted
Control – ACM Series . . . Pages 33-193
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-113, 33-114
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-160

January 2003
Table 33-261. Class ECA05 — NEMA Rated — Non-combination — Non-reversing — NEMA 7 and 9
NEMA Motor Maximum Magnet 3-Pole NEMA 7 and 9
Size Voltage hp Rating Coil Voltage Bolted Threaded
1 1 34
Catalog Catalog Price
Number Number U.S. $
L2 120 — — ECA05L6FAA ECA05L7FAA 1,475.

208 3 208
230 3 240 33
460 5 460
575 5 575
1 120 — — ECA0516FAA ECA0517FAA 1,475.
208 7-1/2 208
230 7-1/2 240
460 10 460
575 10 575
2 120 — — ECA0526FAA ECA0527FAA 2,060.
208 10 208
230 15 240
460 25 460
575 25 575
3 120 — — ECA0536FAA ECA0537FAA 3,695.
208 25 208
230 30 240
460 50 460
575 50 575
4 120 — — ECA0546FAA ECA0547FAA 5,950.
208 40 208
230 50 240
460 100 460
575 100 575
5 120 — — ECA0556FAA ECA0557FAA 12,620.
208 75 208
230 100 240
460 200 460
575 200 575
1 Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications: 2 For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to
NEMA Size 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 1.25 service factor and for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V.
Horsepower 1-1/2 10 25 50 75 150 300 4 Starters for 50 Hz operation use 110V 50 Hz magnet coil. Change 8th
character from F to N.

10250T Series . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-115
Cover Mounted
Control – ACM Series. . . . Pages 33-193
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-113, 33-114
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-160

January 2003
Table 33-262. Class ECA06 — NEMA Rated — Non-combination — Reversing 9 — NEMA 3R, 4X, 12
NEMA Motor Maximum Magnet 3-Pole NEMA 3R 3-Pole NEMA 4X 7 3-Pole NEMA 12
Size Voltage hp Coil Rainproof Watertight & Dust-Tight Dust-Tight Industrial
1 Rating Voltage Stainless or Painted Steel External Reset (NEMA 3R) 56
1 34
12 200 1 120 ECA06L2FAA 935. ECA06L4FAA 1,410. ECA06L8FAA 935.

33 230
460
1
2
575 2
1 200 7-1/2 120 ECA0612FAA 935. ECA0614FAA 1,410. ECA0618FAA 935.
230 7-1/2
460 10
575 10
230 15
460 25
575 25
230 30
460 50
575 50
230 50
460 100
575 100
230 100
460 200
575 200
6 200 150 120 8 ECA0662EAA 31,316. ECA0663EAA 33,237. ECA0668EAA 31,316.
1 Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications: 5 Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed — see Page i-5
NEMA Size 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 of PG.3.02.T.E.
6 Choose a NEMA 12 enclosure for NEMA 1 applications.
Horsepower 1-1/2 10 25 50 75 150 300 7 NEMA 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 1 – 5, NEMA 4 (Painted steel) Size 6.
2 For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to 8 Size 6 includes control power transformer.
1.25 service factor and for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V. 9 Reversing starters have status only ACM included as standard.
4 Starters for 50 Hz operation use 110V 50 Hz magnet coil. Change 8th

10250T Series . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-115
Cover Mounted

January 2003
Table 33-263. Class ECA06 — NEMA Rated — Non-combination — Reversing 5 — NEMA 7 and 9
NEMA Motor Maximum Magnet 3-Pole NEMA 7 and 9
Size Voltage hp Rating Coil Voltage Bolted Threaded Price
1 1 34
Catalog Catalog U.S. $
Number Number
L2 120 — — ECA06L6FAA ECA06L7FAA 2,410.

208 3 208
230 3 240 33
460 5 460
575 5 575
1 120 — — ECA0616FAA ECA0617FAA 2,410.
208 7-1/2 208
230 7-1/2 240
460 10 460
575 10 575
2 120 — — ECA0626FAA ECA0627FAA 3,770.
208 10 208
230 15 240
460 25 460
575 25 575
3 120 — — ECA0636FAA ECA0637FAA 6,060.
208 25 208
230 30 240
460 50 460
575 50 575
4 120 — — ECA0646FAA ECA0647FAA 9,420.
208 40 208
230 50 240
460 100 460
575 100 575
1 Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications: 3 All starters provided with coils for separate control.
4
NEMA Size 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 Starters for 50 Hz operation use 110V 50 Hz magnet coil. Change 8th
Horsepower 1-1/2 10 25 50 75 150 300 5 Reversing starters have status only ACM included as standard.
2 For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to
1.25 service factor and for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V.

10250T Series . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-115
Cover Mounted

January 2003
Table 33-264. Class ECA07 — NEMA Rated — Non-combination with CPT — Non-reversing — NEMA 3R, 4X, 12
NEMA Primary Maximum Secondary 3-Pole 3-Pole 3-Pole
Size Voltage hp Voltage NEMA 3R NEMA 4X NEMA 12
15 Rating Rainproof Watertight & Dust-Tight Dust-Tight Industrial
1 Magnet Stainless Steel External Reset (NEMA 3R) 34
Coil Catalog Price Catalog Price Catalog Price
Voltage Number U.S. $ Number U.S. $ Number U.S. $
33 12 208
240
1
1
120 ECA07L2EAA
ECA07L2BAA
680.
680.
ECA07L4EAA
ECA07L4BAA
880.
880.
ECA07L8EAA
ECA07L8BAA
680.
680.
480 2 ECA07L2CAA 680. ECA07L4CAA 880. ECA07L8CAA 680.
600 2 ECA07L2DAA 680. ECA07L4DAA 880. ECA07L8DAA 680.
1 208 7-1/2 120 ECA0712EAA 680. ECA0714EAA 880. ECA0718EAA 680.
240 7-1/2 ECA0712BAA 680. ECA0714BAA 880. ECA0718BAA 680.
480 10 ECA0712CAA 680. ECA0714CAA 880. ECA0718CAA 680.
600 10 ECA0712DAA 680. ECA0714DAA 880. ECA0718DAA 680.
2 208 10 120 ECA0722EAA 1,170. ECA0724EAA 1,570. ECA0728EAA 1,170.
1 Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications: 3 Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed — see Page i-5
NEMA Size 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 of PG.3.02.T.E.
4 Choose a NEMA 12 enclosure for NEMA 1 applications.
Horsepower 1-1/2 10 25 50 75 150 300 5 Other control power voltages, see Page 33-175.

10250T Series . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-115
Cover Mounted

January 2003
Table 33-265. Class ECA07 — NEMA Rated — Non-combination with CPT — Non-reversing — NEMA 7 and 9
NEMA Primary Maximum Secondary 3-Pole NEMA 7 and 9
Size Voltage hp Rating Voltage Bolted Threaded Price
13 1
Catalog Catalog U.S. $
Magnet
Coil Voltage Number Number
L2 208 3 208 ECA07L6EAA ECA07L7EAA 1,695.

230 3 240 ECA07L6BAA ECA07L7BAA 1,695.
460 5 460 ECA07L6CAA ECA07L7CAA 1,695. 33
575 5 575 ECA07L6DAA ECA07L7DAA 1,695.
1 208 7-1/2 208 ECA0716EAA ECA0717EAA 1,695.
230 7-1/2 240 ECA0716BAA ECA0717BAA 1,695.
460 10 460 ECA0716CAA ECA0717CAA 1,695.
575 10 575 ECA0716DAA ECA0717DAA 1,695.
2 208 10 208 ECA0726EAA ECA0727EAA 2,360.
230 15 240 ECA0726BAA ECA0727BAA 2,360.
460 25 460 ECA0726CAA ECA0727CAA 2,360.
575 25 575 ECA0726DAA ECA0727DAA 2,360.
3 208 25 208 ECA0736EAA ECA0737EAA 4,140.
230 30 240 ECA0736BAA ECA0737BAA 4,140.
460 50 460 ECA0736CAA ECA0737CAA 4,140.
575 50 575 ECA0736DAA ECA0737DAA 4,140.
4 208 40 208 ECA0746EAA ECA0747EAA 6,490.
230 50 240 ECA0746BAA ECA0747BAA 6,490.
460 100 460 ECA0746CAA ECA0747CAA 6,490.
575 100 575 ECA0746DAA ECA0747DAA 6,490.
5 208 75 208 ECA0756EAA ECA0757EAA 13,240.
230 100 240 ECA0756BAA ECA0757BAA 13,240.
460 200 460 ECA0756CAA ECA0757CAA 13,240.
575 200 575 ECA0756DAA ECA0757DAA 13,240.
1 Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications: 2 For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to
NEMA Size 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 1.25 service factor and for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V.
3 Other control power voltages, see Page 33-175.
Horsepower 1-1/2 10 25 50 75 150 300

10250T Series . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-115
Cover Mounted

January 2003

■ Full Voltage
■ 600V Maximum
■ 100,000 AIC Short Circuit — 600V Maximum
Table 33-266. Class ECA16 — NEMA Rated — Fusible Combination Disconnect Switch — Non-reversing
33 NEMA Motor Maximum Magnet Fuse 3-Pole 3-Pole 3-Pole 3-Pole
Size Voltage hp Coil Clip NEMA 1 NEMA 3R NEMA 4X 7 NEMA 12
Rating Voltage Amps. General Purpose Rainproof Watertight & Dust-Tight Dust-Tight Industrial
Dual 23 8 Stainless or Painted External Reset
Element Steel (NEMA 3R) 456
11 200 1 120 30A ECA16L1FAB 830. ECA16L2FAB 1,020. ECA16L4FAB 1,600. ECA16L8FAB 1,020.
230
460 2 120 30A ECA16L1FAC 850. ECA16L2FAC 1,045. ECA16L4FAC 1,620. ECA16L8FAC 1,045.
575
1 200 7-1/2 120 30A ECA1611FAB 830. ECA1612FAB 1,020. ECA1614FAB 1,600. ECA1618FAB 1,020.
230
460 10 120 30A ECA1611FAC 850. ECA1612FAC 1,045. ECA1614FAC 1,620. ECA1618FAC 1,045.
575
2 200 10 120 60A ECA1621FAD 1,290. ECA1622FAD 1,560. ECA1624FAD 2,465. ECA1628FAD 1,560.
230 15
460 25 120 60A ECA1621FAE 1,315. ECA1622FAE 1,585. ECA1624FAE 2,485. ECA1628FAE 1,585.
575
3 200 25 120 100A ECA1631FAF 2,140. ECA1632FAF 2,485. ECA1634FAF 4,185. ECA1638FAF 2,485.
230 30
460 50 120 100A ECA1631FAG 2,180. ECA1632FAG 2,525. ECA1634FAG 4,215. ECA1638FAG 2,525.
575
4 200 40 120 200A ECA1641FAH 4,060. ECA1642FAH 5,030. ECA1644FAH 6,690. ECA1648FAH 5,030.
230 50
460 100 120 200A ECA1641FAJ 4,095. ECA1642FAJ 5,060. ECA1644FAJ 6,720. ECA1648FAJ 5,060.
575
5 200 75 120 400A ECA1651FAK 9,040. ECA1652FAK 11,400. ECA1654FAK 15,740. ECA1658FAK 11,400.
230 100
460 200 120 400A ECA1651FAL 9,040. ECA1652FAL 11,400. ECA1654FAL 15,740. ECA1658FAL 11,400.
575
6 200 150 120 600A ECA1661EAM 23,870. ECA1662EAM 30,200. ECA1663EAM 30,200. ECA1668EAM 30,200.
230 200 9 ECA1661BAM 23,870. ECA1662BAM 30,200. ECA1663BAM 30,200. ECA1668BAM 30,200.
460 400 600A ECA1661CAN 23,870. ECA1662CAN 30,200. ECA1663CAN 30,200. ECA1668CAN 30,200.
575 ECA1661DAN 23,870. ECA1662DAN 30,200. ECA1663DAN 30,200. ECA1668DAN 30,200.
4 Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed —
see Page i-5 of PG.3.02.T.E.
5 All NEMA 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For inter-
nal reset, order Mod Code R5.
6 NEMA 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door
interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e.
ECA1618FAC would become ECA1619FAC. ECA1611FAA
7 NEMA 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 1 – 5, NEMA 4 (Painted steel) Size 6.
8 Fuse clips are for Class R fuses only. For H and J fuses see mods,
Page 33-122.
9 Size 6 includes control power transformer.

10250T Series . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-115
Cover Mounted

January 2003
Table 33-267. Class ECA16 — NEMA Rated — Non-fusible Combination Disconnect Switch — Non-reversing
NEMA Motor Max. Magnet Disconnect 3-Pole 3-Pole 3-Pole 3-Pole
Size Voltage hp Coil Amperes NEMA 1 NEMA 3R NEMA 4X 7 NEMA 12
Rating Voltage General Purpose Rainproof Watertight & Dust-Tight Dust-Tight Industrial
23 Stainless or Painted External Reset
Steel (NEMA 3R) 456
11 200 1 120 30A ECA16L1FAA 805. ECA16L2FAA 995. ECA16L4FAA 1,570. ECA16L8FAA 995.
33
230 1
460 2
575 2
1 200 7-1/2 120 30A ECA1611FAA 805. ECA1612FAA 995. ECA1614FAA 1,570. ECA1618FAA 995.
230 7-1/2
460 10
575 10
2 200 10 120 60A ECA1621FAA 1,255. ECA1622FAA 1,525. ECA1624FAA 2,435. ECA1628FAA 1,525.
230 15
460 25
575 25
230 30
460 50
575 50
230 50
460 100
575 100
230 100
460 200
575 200
6 200 150 120 8 600A ECA1661EAA 23,020. ECA1662EAA 25,750. ECA1663EAA 29,380. ECA1668EAA 25,750.
230 200 ECA1661BAA 23,020. ECA1662BAA 25,750. ECA1663BAA 29,380. ECA1668BAA 25,750.
460 400 ECA1661CAA 23,020. ECA1662CAA 25,750. ECA1663CAA 29,380. ECA1668CAA 25,750.
575 400 ECA1661DAA 23,020. ECA1662DAA 25,750. ECA1663DAA 29,380. ECA1668DAA 25,750.
1 For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to 5 All NEMA 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For
1.25 service factor and for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V. internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
2 All starters provided with coils for separate control. 6 NEMA 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety
3 Starters for 50 Hz operation use 110V 50 Hz magnet coil. Change 8th door interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e.
character from F to N. ECA1618FAA would become ECA1619FAA.
4 7 NEMA 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 1 – 5, NEMA 4 (Painted steel) Size 6.
Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed — see Page i-5
of PG.3.02.T.E. 8 Size 6 includes control power transformer.

10250T Series . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-115
Cover Mounted

January 2003
Table 33-268. Class ECA17 — NEMA Rated — Fusible Combination Disconnect Switch — Reversing jk
NEMA Motor Max. Magnet Fuse Clip 3-Pole 3-Pole 3-Pole 3-Pole
Rating Voltage 8 General Purpose Rainproof Watertight & Dust-Tight Dust-Tight Industrial
Dual 23 Stainless or Painted External Reset
Element Steel (NEMA 3R) 456
33 11 200 1 120 30A ECA17L1FAB 1,335. ECA17L2FAB 1,605. ECA17L4FAB 2,310. ECA17L8FAB 1,605.
230
460 2 120 30A ECA17L1FAC 1,350. ECA17L2FAC 1,625. ECA17L4FAC 2,320. ECA17L8FAC 1,625.
575
1 200 7-1/2 120 30A ECA1711FAB 1,335. ECA1712FAB 1,605. ECA1714FAB 2,310. ECA1718FAB 1,605.
230
460 10 120 30A ECA1711FAC 1,350. ECA1712FAC 1,625. ECA1714FAC 2,320. ECA1718FAC 1,625.
575
2 200 10 120 60A ECA1721FAD 2,195. ECA1722FAD 2,540. ECA1724FAD 3,670. ECA1728FAD 2,540.
230 15
460 25 120 60A ECA1721FAE 2,220. ECA1722FAE 2,575. ECA1724FAE 3,695. ECA1728FAE 2,575.
575
3 200 25 120 100A ECA1731FAF 3,635. ECA1732FAF 4,095. ECA1734FAF 6,240. ECA1738FAF 4,095.
230 30
460 50 120 100A ECA1731FAG 3,670. ECA1732FAG 4,130. ECA1734FAG 6,270. ECA1738FAG 4,130.
575
4 200 40 120 200A ECA1741FAH 7,540. ECA1742FAH 8,790. ECA1744FAH 10,800. ECA1748FAH 8,790.
230 50
460 100 120 200A ECA1741FAJ 7,570. ECA1742FAJ 8,830. ECA1744FAJ 10,840. ECA1748FAJ 8,830.
575
5 200 75 120 400A ECA1751FAK 14,670. ECA1752FAK 17,670. ECA1754FAK 23,030. ECA1758FAK 17,670.
230 100
460 200 120 400A ECA1751FAL 14,670. ECA1752FAL 17,670. ECA1754FAL 23,030. ECA1758FAL 17,670.
575
6 200 150 120 9 600A ECA1761EAM 35,820. ECA1762EAM 37,950. ECA1763EAM 39,810. ECA1768EAM 37,950.
230 200 ECA1761BAM 35,820. ECA1762BAM 37,950. ECA1763BAM 39,810. ECA1768BAM 37,950.
460 400 120 9 600A ECA1761CAN 35,820. ECA1762CAN 37,950. ECA1763CAN 39,810. ECA1768CAN 37,950.
575 ECA1761DAN 35,820. ECA1762DAN 37,950. ECA1763DAN 39,810. ECA1768DAN 37,950.
1 For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to 8 Fuse clips are for Class R fuses only. For H and J fuses see mods,
1.25 service factor and for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V. Page 33-122.
2 All starters provided with coils for separate control. 9 Size 6 includes control power transformer.
3 Starters for 50 Hz operation use 110V 50 Hz magnet coil. Change 8th j Reversing starters have status only ACM included as standard.
character from F to N. k 100,000 AIC short circuit — 600V maximum.
of PG.3.02.T.E.
5 All NEMA 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For
internal reset, order Mod Code R5.
ECA1718FAC would become ECA1719FAC.

10250T Series . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-115
Cover Mounted

January 2003
Table 33-269. Class ECA17 — NEMA Rated — Non-fusible Combination Disconnect Switch — Reversing 9
NEMA Motor Max. Magnet Disconnect 3-Pole 3-Pole 3-Pole 3-Pole

Rating Voltage General Purpose Rainproof Watertight & Dust-Tight Dust-Tight Industrial
23 Stainless or Painted External Reset
Steel (NEMA 3R) 456
11 200 1 120 30A ECA17L1FAA 1,315. ECA17L2FAA 1,585. ECA17L4FAA 2,280. ECA17L8FAA 1,585.
33
230 1
460 2
575 2
1 200 7-1/2 120 30A ECA1711FAA 1,315. ECA1712FAA 1,585. ECA1714FAA 2,280. ECA1718FAA 1,585.
230 7-1/2
460 10
575 10
230 15
460 25
575 25
230 30
460 50
575 50
230 50
460 100
575 100
230 100
460 200
575 200
6 200 150 120 8 600A ECA1761EAA 32,475. ECA1762EAA 34,980. ECA1763EAA 38,960. ECA1768EAA 34,980.
1 For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to 6 NEMA 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door
1.25 service factor and for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V. interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e.
2 All starters provided with coils for separate control. ECA1718FAA would become ECA1719FAA.
3 7 NEMA 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 1 – 5, NEMA 4 (Painted steel) Size 6.
Starters for 50 Hz operation use 110V 50 Hz magnet coil. Change 8th
character from F to N. 8 Size 6 includes control power transformer.
4 Suitable for outdoor application when properly installed — see Page i-5 9 Reversing starters have status only ACM included as standard.
of PG.3.02.T.E.

10250T Series . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-115
Cover Mounted

January 2003
Table 33-270. Class ECA18 — NEMA Rated — Fusible and Non-fusible Combination Disconnect Switch with CPT— Non-reversing
NEMA Primary Max. Secondary Fuse 3-Pole NEMA 1 3-Pole NEMA 3R 3-Pole NEMA 4X 6 3-Pole NEMA 12
Size Voltage hp Voltage Clip General Purpose Rainproof Watertight & Dust- Dust-Tight Industrial
2 Rating Amps. Tight Stainless or External Reset
Dual Magnet 7 Painted Steel (NEMA 3R)345
Element Coil Catalog Price Catalog Price Catalog Price Catalog Price
Fuses Voltage Number U.S. $ Number U.S. $ Number U.S. $ Number U.S. $
33 Fusible 8
11 208 1 120 30A ECA18L1EAB 1,050. ECA18L2EAB 1,240. ECA18L4EAB 1,820. ECA18L8EAB 1,240.
240 ECA18L1BAB 1,050. ECA18L2BAB 1,240. ECA18L4BAB 1,820. ECA18L8BAB 1,240.
480 2 120 30A ECA18L1CAC 1,060. ECA18L2CAC 1,255. ECA18L4CAC 1,825. ECA18L8CAC 1,255.
600 ECA18L1DAC 1,060. ECA18L2DAC 1,255. ECA18L4DAC 1,825. ECA18L8DAC 1,255.
1 208 7-1/2 120 30A ECA1811EAB 1,050. ECA1812EAB 1,240. ECA1814EAB 1,820. ECA1818EAB 1,240.
240 ECA1811BAB 1,050. ECA1812BAB 1,240. ECA1814BAB 1,820. ECA1818BAB 1,240.
480 10 120 30A ECA1811CAC 1,060. ECA1812CAC 1,255. ECA1814CAC 1,825. ECA1818CAC 1,255.
600 ECA1811DAC 1,060. ECA1812DAC 1,255. ECA1814DAC 1,825. ECA1818DAC 1,255.
2 208 10 120 60A ECA1821EAD 1,590. ECA1822EAD 1,855. ECA1824EAD 2,770. ECA1828EAD 1,855.
240 15 ECA1821BAD 1,590. ECA1822BAD 1,855. ECA1824BAD 2,770. ECA1828BAD 1,855.
480 25 120 60A ECA1821CAE 1,610. ECA1822CAE 1,885. ECA1824CAE 2,790. ECA1828CAE 1,885.
600 ECA1821DAE 1,610. ECA1822DAE 1,885. ECA1824DAE 2,790. ECA1828DAE 1,885.
3 208 25 120 100A ECA1831EAF 2,585. ECA1832EAF 2,930. ECA1834EAF 4,630. ECA1838EAF 2,930.
240 30 ECA1831BAF 2,585. ECA1832BAF 2,930. ECA1834BAF 4,630. ECA1838BAF 2,930.
480 50 120 100A ECA1831CAG 2,625. ECA1832CAG 2,975. ECA1834CAG 4,665. ECA1838CAG 2,975.
600 ECA1831DAG 2,625. ECA1832DAG 2,975. ECA1834DAG 4,665. ECA1838DAG 2,975.
4 208 40 120 200A ECA1841EAH 4,600. ECA1842EAH 5,570. ECA1844EAH 7,230. ECA1848EAH 5,570.
240 50 ECA1841BAH 4,600. ECA1842BAH 5,570. ECA1844BAH 7,230. ECA1848BAH 5,570.
480 100 120 200A ECA1841CAJ 4,630. ECA1842CAJ 5,600. ECA1844CAJ 7,260. ECA1848CAJ 5,600.
600 ECA1841DAJ 4,630. ECA1842DAJ 5,600. ECA1844DAJ 7,260. ECA1848DAJ 5,600.
Non-fusible
11 208 1 120 30A ECA18L1EAA 1,020. ECA18L2EAA 1,215. ECA18L4EAA 1,785. ECA18L8EAA 1,215.
240 1 ECA18L1BAA 1,020. ECA18L2BAA 1,215. ECA18L4BAA 1,785. ECA18L8BAA 1,215.
480 2 ECA18L1CAA 1,020. ECA18L2CAA 1,215. ECA18L4CAA 1,785. ECA18L8CAA 1,215.
600 2 ECA18L1DAA 1,020. ECA18L2DAA 1,215. ECA18L4DAA 1,785. ECA18L8DAA 1,215.
1 208 7-1/2 120 30A ECA1811EAA 1,020. ECA1812EAA 1,215. ECA1814EAA 1,785. ECA1818EAA 1,215.
240 7-1/2 ECA1811BAA 1,020. ECA1812BAA 1,215. ECA1814BAA 1,785. ECA1818BAA 1,215.
2 208 10 120 60A ECA1821EAA 1,560. ECA1822EAA 1,825. ECA1824EAA 2,740. ECA1828EAA 1,825.
1 For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to 6 NEMA 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 1 – 5, NEMA 4 (Painted steel) Size 6.
1.25 service factor and for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V. 7 Fuse clips are for Class R fuses only. For H and J Fuses see mods,
2 Other control power transformer primary and/or secondary voltages, Page 33-122.
see Page 33-175. 8 100,000 AIC short circuit.
of PG.3.02.T.E.
ECA1818EAA would become ECA1819EAA.
10250T Series . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-115
Cover Mounted

January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0205] Starters — Combination with HMCP, HMCPE or Magnetic Trip

■ Full Voltage
■ 600V Maximum
Table 33-271. Class ECA22 — NEMA Rated — Combination HMCP or Magnetic Trip Circuit Breaker — Non-reversing — NEMA 1, 3R, 4X
NEMA Motor Max. hp Magnet Circuit Breaker 3-Pole NEMA 1 3-Pole NEMA 3R 3-Pole NEMA 4X 4
Size Voltage Rating Coil Type General Purpose Rainproof Watertight & Dust-Tight 33
Voltage Stainless or Painted Steel
23
1-L 1 200 1 120 HMCPE 7A ECA22L1FAC 1,100. ECA22L2FAC 1,290. ECA22L4FAC 1,855.
230 1 HMCPE 7A ECA22L1FAC 1,100. ECA22L2FAC 1,290. ECA22L4FAC 1,855.
460 1 HMCPE 3A ECA22L1FAB 1,100. ECA22L2FAB 1,290. ECA22L4FAB 1,855.
3 HMCPE 7A ECA22L1FAC 1,100. ECA22L2FAC 1,290. ECA22L4FAC 1,855.
575 1 HMCP 3A ECA22L1FA5 1,100. ECA22L2FA5 1,290. ECA22L4FA5 1,855.
3 HMCP 7A ECA22L1FA6 1,100. ECA22L2FA6 1,290. ECA22L4FA6 1,855.
1 200 1 120 HMCPE 7A ECA2211FAC 1,100. ECA2212FAC 1,290. ECA2214FAC 1,855.
3 HMCPE 15A ECA2211FAD 1,100. ECA2212FAD 1,290. ECA2214FAD 1,855.
5 HMCPE 30A ECA2211FAE 1,100. ECA2212FAE 1,290. ECA2214FAE 1,855.
7-1/2 HMCPE 50A ECA2211FAF 1,100. ECA2212FAF 1,290. ECA2214FAF 1,855.
230 1 120 HMCPE 7A ECA2211FAC 1,100. ECA2212FAC 1,290. ECA2214FAC 1,855.
460 1 120 HMCPE 3A ECA2211FAB 1,100. ECA2212FAB 1,290. ECA2214FAB 1,855.
3 HMCPE 7A ECA2211FAC 1,100. ECA2212FAC 1,290. ECA2214FAC 1,855.
575 1 120 HMCP 3A ECA2211FA5 1,100. ECA2212FA5 1,290. ECA2214FA5 1,855.
3 HMCP 7A ECA2211FA6 1,100. ECA2212FA6 1,290. ECA2214FA6 1,855.
2 200 10 120 HMCPE 50A ECA2221FAF 1,530. ECA2222FAF 1,800. ECA2224FAF 2,705.
230 10 HMCPE 50A ECA2221FAF 1,530. ECA2222FAF 1,800. ECA2224FAF 2,705.
15 HMCPE 70A ECA2221FAW 1,530. ECA2222FAW 1,800. ECA2224FAW 2,705.
575 15 HMCP 30A ECA2221FA8 1,530. ECA2222FA8 1,800. ECA2224FA8 2,705.
3 200 20 120 HMCPE 100A ECA2231FAG 2,210. ECA2232FAG 2,565. ECA2234FAG 4,265.
25 HMCPE 100A ECA2231FAX 2,210. ECA2232FAX 2,565. ECA2234FAX 4,265.
230 25 HMCPE 100A ECA2231FAG 2,210. ECA2232FAG 2,565. ECA2234FAG 4,265.
50 HMCP 100A ECA2231FAI 2,210. ECA2232FAI 2,565. ECA2234FAI 4,265.
4 200 40 120 HMCP 150A ECA2241FAH 4,790. ECA2242FAH 5,770. ECA2244FAH 7,420.
230 50 HMCP 150A
460 100 HMCP 150A
575 100 HMCP 150A
5 200 50 120 HMCP 250A ECA2251FAJ 11,060. ECA2252FAJ 12,800. ECA2254FAJ 17,750.
75 HMCP 400A ECA2251FAK 11,060. ECA2252FAK 12,800. ECA2254FAK 17,750.
230 60 HMCP 250A ECA2251FAJ 11,060. ECA2252FAJ 12,800. ECA2254FAJ 17,750.
6 200 150 120 5 HMCP 600A ECA2261EAL 25,730. ECA2262EAL 26,090. ECA2264EAL 27,920.
230 200 HMCP 600A ECA2261BAL 25,730. ECA2262BAL 26,090. ECA2264BAL 27,920.
460 350 HMCP 600A ECA2261CAL 25,730. ECA2262CAL 26,090. ECA2264CAL 27,920.
400 HMCP 1200A ECA2261FAP 25,730. ECA2262FAP 26,090. ECA2264FAP 27,920.
575 400 HMCP 600A ECA2261DAL 25,730. ECA2262DAL 26,090. ECA2264DAL 27,920.
2
All starters provided with coils for separate control.
3
Starters for 50 Hz operation use 110V 50 Hz magnet coil. Change 8th
10250T Series . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-115
Cover Mounted
5 Size 6 includes control power transformer.

January 2003
Starters — Combination with HMCP, HMCPE or Magnetic Trip Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0206]
Table 33-272. Class ECA22 — NEMA Rated — Combination HMCP or Magnetic Trip Circuit Breaker — Non-reversing — NEMA 12, 7, 9
NEMA Motor Max. hp Magnet Circuit Breaker 3-Pole NEMA 12 3-Pole NEMA Type 7 and 9
Size Voltage Rating Coil Type Dust-Tight Industrial Explosion Proof
Voltage External Reset
23 (NEMA 3R) 456 Bolted Threaded Price
33 1-L 1 200 1 120 HMCPE 7A ECA22L8FAC 1,290. ECA22L6FAC ECA22L7FAC 2,465.

230 1 HMCPE 7A ECA22L8FAC 1,290. ECA22L6FAC ECA22L7FAC 2,465.
460 1 HMCPE 3A ECA22L8FAB 1,290. ECA22L6FAB ECA22L7FAB 2,465.
3 HMCPE 7A ECA22L8FAC 1,290. ECA22L6FAC ECA22L7FAC 2,465.
575 1 HMCP 3A ECA22L8FA5 1,290. ECA22L6FA5 ECA22L7FA5 2,465.
3 HMCP 7A ECA22L8FA6 1,290. ECA22L6FA6 ECA22L7FA6 2,465.
1 200 1 120 HMCPE 7A ECA2218FAC 1,290. ECA2216FAC ECA2217FAC 2,465.
3 HMCPE 15A ECA2218FAD 1,290. ECA2216FAD ECA2217FAD 2,465.
5 HMCPE 30A ECA2218FAE 1,290. ECA2216FAE ECA2217FAE 2,465.
7-1/2 HMCPE 50A ECA2218FAF 1,290. ECA2216FAF ECA2217FAF 2,465.
230 1 120 HMCPE 7A ECA2218FAC 1,290. ECA2216FAC ECA2217FAC 2,465.
460 1 120 HMCPE 3A ECA2218FAB 1,290. ECA2216FAB ECA2217FAB 2,465.
3 HMCPE 7A ECA2218FAC 1,290. ECA2216FAC ECA2217FAC 2,465.
575 1 120 HMCP 3A ECA2218FA5 1,290. ECA2216FA5 ECA2217FA5 2,465.
3 HMCP 7A ECA2218FA6 1,290. ECA2216FA6 ECA2217FA6 2,465.
2 200 10 120 HMCPE 50A ECA2228FAF 1,810. ECA2226FAF ECA2227FAF 3,270.
230 10 HMCPE 50A ECA2228FAF 1,810. ECA2226FAF ECA2227FAF 3,270.
15 HMCPE 70A ECA2228FAW 1,810. ECA2226FAW ECA2227FAW 3,270.
575 15 HMCP 30A ECA2228FA8 1,810. ECA2226FA8 ECA2227FA8 3,270.
3 200 20 120 HMCPE 100A ECA2238FAG 2,565. ECA2236FAG ECA2237FAG 6,030.
25 HMCPE 100A ECA2238FAX 2,565. ECA2236FAX ECA2237FAX 6,030.
230 25 HMCPE 100A ECA2238FAG 2,565. ECA2236FAG ECA2237FAG 6,030.
50 HMCP 100A ECA2238FAI 2,565. ECA2236FAI ECA2237FAI 6,030.
4 200 40 120 HMCP 150A ECA2248FAH 5,770. ECA2246FAH ECA2247FAH 7,850.
230 50 HMCP 150A
460 100 HMCP 150A
575 100 HMCP 150A
5 200 50 120 HMCP 250A ECA2258FAJ 12,800. N/A N/A —
75 HMCP 400A ECA2258FAK 12,800.
230 60 HMCP 250A ECA2258FAJ 12,800.
100 HMCP 400A ECA2258FAK 12,800.
460 125 HMCP 250A ECA2258FAJ 12,800.
200 HMCP 400A ECA2258FAK 12,800.
575 150 HMCP 250A ECA2258FAJ 12,800.
200 HMCP 400A ECA2258FAK 12,800.
6 200 150 120 7 HMCP 600A ECA2268EAL 26,090. N/A N/A —
230 200 HMCP 600A ECA2268BAL 26,090.
460 350 HMCP 600A ECA2268CAL 26,090.
400 HMCP 1200A ECA2268FAP 26,090.
575 400 HMCP 600A ECA2268DAL 26,090.
4
of PG.3.02.T.E.
10250T Series . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-115
internal reset, order Mod Code R5. Cover Mounted
6 NEMA 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door Control – ACM Series . . . Pages 33-193
interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-119 – 33-126
ECA2218FAC would become ECA2219FAC. Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-113, 33-114
7 Size 6 includes control power transformer. Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-153 – 33-157

January 2003
Table 33-273. Class ECA23 — NEMA Rated — Combination HMCP or Magnetic Trip Circuit Breaker — Reversing 6 — NEMA 1, 3R, 4X
NEMA Motor Max. hp Magnet Circuit Breaker 3-Pole NEMA 1 3-Pole NEMA 3R 3-Pole NEMA 4X 4
Size Voltage Rating Coil Type General Purpose Rainproof Watertight & Dust-Tight
Voltage Stainless or Painted Steel
23
1-L 1 200 1 120 HMCPE 7A ECA23L1FAC 1,565. ECA23L2FAC 1,835. ECA23L4FAC 2,530.
230
460
1
1
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 3A
ECA23L1FAC
ECA23L1FAB
1,565.
1,565.
ECA23L2FAC
ECA23L2FAB
1,835.
1,835.
ECA23L4FAC
ECA23L4FAB
2,530.
2,530.
33
3 HMCPE 7A ECA23L1FAC 1,565. ECA23L2FAC 1,835. ECA23L4FAC 2,530.
575 1 HMCP 3A ECA23L1FA5 1,565. ECA23L2FA5 1,835. ECA23L4FA5 2,530.
3 HMCP 7A ECA23L1FA6 1,565. ECA23L2FA6 1,835. ECA23L4FA6 2,530.
1 200 1 120 HMCPE 7A ECA2311FAC 1,565. ECA2312FAC 1,835. ECA2314FAC 2,530.
230 1 120 HMCPE 7A ECA2311FAC 1,565. ECA2312FAC 1,835. ECA2314FAC 2,530.
460 1 120 HMCPE 3A ECA2311FAB 1,565. ECA2312FAB 1,835. ECA2314FAB 2,530.
3 HMCPE 7A ECA2311FAC 1,565. ECA2312FAC 1,835. ECA2314FAC 2,530.
575 1 120 HMCP 3A ECA2311FA5 1,565. ECA2312FA5 1,835. ECA2314FA5 2,530.
2 200 10 120 HMCPE 50A ECA2321FAF 2,470. ECA2322FAF 2,820. ECA2324FAF 3,955.
15 HMCPE 70A ECA2321FAW 2,470. ECA2322FAW 2,820. ECA2324FAW 3,955.
3 200 20 120 HMCPE 100A ECA2331FAG 3,670. ECA2332FAG 4,130. ECA2334FAG 6,270.
50 HMCP 100A ECA2331FAI 3,670. ECA2332FAI 4,130. ECA2334FAI 6,270.
4 200 40 120 HMCP 150A ECA2341FAH 8,270. ECA2342FAH 9,530. ECA2344FAH 11,540.
230 50
460 100
575 100
5 200 50 120 HMCP 250A ECA2351FAJ 16,690. ECA2352FAJ 19,670. ECA2354FAJ 25,040.
6 200 150 120 5 HMCP 600A ECA2361EAL 35,880. ECA2362EAL 38,040. ECA2364EAL 39,880.
400 HMCP 1200A ECA2361FAP 35,880. ECA2362FAP 38,040. ECA2364FAP 39,880.
5 Size 6 includes control power transformer. Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-127 – 33-146
6 Reversing starters have status only ACM included as standard. Cover Mounted Control –
10250T Series . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-115
Cover Mounted

January 2003
Table 33-274. Class ECA23 — NEMA Rated — Combination HMCP or Magnetic Trip Circuit Breaker — Reversing 8 — NEMA 12, 7, 9
NEMA Motor Max. hp Magnet Circuit Breaker 3-Pole NEMA 12 3-Pole NEMA Type 7 and 9
Size Voltage Rating Coil Type Dust-Tight Industrial
Voltage External Reset
23 (NEMA 3R) 456 Bolted Threaded Price
33 1-L 1 200 1 120 HMCPE 7A ECA23L8FAC 1,835. ECA23L6FAC ECA23L7FAC 3,020.

230 1 HMCPE 7A ECA23L8FAC 1,835. ECA23L6FAC ECA23L7FAC 3,020.
460 1 HMCPE 3A ECA23L8FAB 1,835. ECA23L6FAB ECA23L7FAB 3,020.
3 HMCPE 7A ECA23L8FAC 1,835. ECA23L6FAC ECA23L7FAC 3,020.
575 1 HMCP 3A ECA23L8FA5 1,835. ECA23L6FA5 ECA23L7FA5 3,020.
3 HMCP 7A ECA23L8FA6 1,835. ECA23L6FA6 ECA23L7FA6 3,020.
1 200 1 120 HMCPE 7A ECA2318FAC 1,835. ECA2316FAC ECA2317FAC 3,020.
230 1 120 HMCPE 7A ECA2318FAC 1,835. ECA2316FAC ECA2317FAC 3,020.
460 1 120 HMCPE 3A ECA2318FAB 1,835. ECA2316FAB ECA2317FAB 3,020.
3 HMCPE 7A ECA2318FAC 1,835. ECA2316FAC ECA2317FAC 3,020.
575 1 120 HMCP 3A ECA2318FA5 1,835. ECA2316FA5 ECA2317FA5 3,020.
2 200 10 120 HMCPE 50A ECA2328FAF 2,820. ECA2326FAF ECA2327FAF 4,605.
15 HMCPE 70A ECA2328FAW 2,820. ECA2326FAW ECA2327FAW 4,605.
3 200 20 120 HMCPE 100A ECA2338FAG 4,130. ECA2336FAG ECA2337FAG 8,050.
50 HMCP 100A ECA2338FAI 4,130. ECA2336FAI ECA2337FAI 8,050.
4 200 40 120 HMCP 150A ECA2348FAH 9,530. ECA2346FAH ECA2347FAH 11,780.
230 50
460 100
575 100
5 200 50 120 HMCP 250A ECA2358FAJ 19,670. — — —
75 HMCP 400A ECA2358FAK 19,670.
230 60 HMCP 250A ECA2358FAJ 19,670.
100 HMCP 400A ECA2358FAK 19,670.
460 125 HMCP 250A ECA2358FAJ 19,670.
200 HMCP 400A ECA2358FAK 19,670.
575 150 HMCP 250A ECA2358FAJ 19,670.
200 HMCP 400A ECA2358FAK 19,670.
6 200 150 120 7 HMCP 600A ECA2368EAL 38,040. — — —
230 200 HMCP 600A ECA2368BAL 38,040.
460 350 HMCP 600A ECA2368CAL 38,040.
400 HMCP 1200A ECA2368FAP 38,040.
575 400 HMCP 600A ECA2368DAL 38,040.
4
of PG.3.02.T.E.
10250T Series . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-115
internal reset, order Mod Code R5. Cover Mounted
6 NEMA 12 enclosure is without safety door interlock. When safety door Control – ACM Series . . . Pages 33-193
interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-119 – 33-126
ECA2318FAC would become ECA2319FAC. Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-113, 33-114
7 Size 6 includes control power transformer. Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-153 – 33-157
8 Reversing starters have status only ACM included as standard. Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-160

January 2003
Table 33-275. Class ECA24 — NEMA Rated — Combination HMCP or Magnetic Trip Circuit Breaker with CPT — Non-reversing — NEMA 1, 3R, 4X
NEMA Primary Max. hp Secondary Circuit Breaker 3-Pole NEMA 1 3-Pole NEMA 3R 3-Pole NEMA 4X 3
Size Voltage Rating Magnet Type General Purpose Rainproof Watertight & Dust-Tight
2 Coil Voltage Stainless or Painted Steel
1-L 1 200 1 120 HMCPE 7A ECA24L1EAC 1,315. ECA24L2EAC 1,505. ECA24L4EAC 2,070.
230
460
1
1
HMCPE 7A
HMCPE 3A
ECA24L1BAC
ECA24L1CAB
1,315.
1,315.
ECA24L2BAC
ECA24L2CAB
1,505.
1,505.
ECA24L4BAC
ECA24L4CAB
2,070.
2,070.
33
3 HMCPE 7A ECA24L1CAC 1,315. ECA24L2CAC 1,505. ECA24L4CAC 2,070.
575 1 HMCP 3A ECA24L1DA5 1,315. ECA24L2DA5 1,505. ECA24L4DA5 2,070.
3 HMCP 7A ECA24L1DA6 1,315. ECA24L2DA6 1,505. ECA24L4DA6 2,070.
1 200 1 120 HMCPE 7A ECA2411EAC 1,315. ECA2412EAC 1,505. ECA2414EAC 2,070.
3 HMCPE 15A ECA2411EAD 1,315. ECA2412EAD 1,505. ECA2414EAD 2,070.
5 HMCPE 30A ECA2411EAE 1,315. ECA2412EAE 1,505. ECA2414EAE 2,070.
7-1/2 HMCPE 50A ECA2411EAF 1,315. ECA2412EAF 1,505. ECA2414EAF 2,070.
230 1 120 HMCPE 7A ECA2411EAC 1,315. ECA2412EAC 1,505. ECA2414EAC 2,070.
3 HMCPE 15A ECA2411EAD 1,315. ECA2412EAD 1,505. ECA2414EAD 2,070.
5 HMCPE 30A ECA2411EAE 1,315. ECA2412EAE 1,505. ECA2414EAE 2,070.
7-1/2 HMCPE 50A ECA2411EAF 1,315. ECA2412EAF 1,505. ECA2414EAF 2,070.
460 1 120 HMCPE 3A ECA2411CAB 1,315. ECA2412CAB 1,505. ECA2414CAB 2,070.
3 HMCPE 7A ECA2411CAC 1,315. ECA2412CAC 1,505. ECA2414CAC 2,070.
5 HMCPE 15A ECA2411CAD 1,315. ECA2412CAD 1,505. ECA2414CAD 2,070.
10 HMCPE 30A ECA2411CAE 1,315. ECA2412CAE 1,505. ECA2414CAE 2,070.
575 1 120 HMCP 3A ECA2411DA5 1,315. ECA2412DA5 1,505. ECA2414DA5 2,070.
3 HMCP 7A ECA2411DA6 1,315. ECA2412DA6 1,505. ECA2414DA6 2,070.
2 200 10 120 HMCPE 50A ECA2421EAF 1,835. ECA2422EAF 2,100. ECA2424EAF 3,010.
230 10 HMCPE 50A ECA2421BAF 1,835. ECA2422BAF 2,100. ECA2424BAF 3,010.
15 HMCPE 70A ECA2421BAW 1,835. ECA2422BAW 2,100. ECA2424BAW 3,010.
460 25 HMCPE 50A ECA2421CAF 1,835. ECA2422CAF 2,100. ECA2424CAF 3,010.
575 15 HMCP 30A ECA2421DA8 1,835. ECA2422DA8 2,100. ECA2424DA8 3,010.
3 200 20 120 HMCPE 100A ECA2431EAG 2,660. ECA2432EAG 3,010. ECA2434EAG 4,435.
25 HMCPE 100A ECA2431EAX 2,660. ECA2432EAX 3,010. ECA2434EAX 4,435.
230 25 HMCPE 100A ECA2431BAG 2,660. ECA2432BAG 3,010. ECA2434BAG 4,435.
30 HMCPE 100A ECA2431BAX 2,660. ECA2432BAGX 3,010. ECA2434BAX 4,435.
460 50 HMCPE 100A ECA2431CAG 2,660. ECA2432CAG 3,010. ECA2434CAG 4,435.
575 30 HMCP 50A ECA2431DA9 2,660. ECA2432DA9 3,010. ECA2434DA9 4,435.
50 HMCP 100A ECA2431DAI 2,660. ECA2432DAI 3,010. ECA2434DAI 4,435.
4 200 40 120 HMCP 150A ECA2441EAH 5,340. ECA2442EAH 6,310. ECA2444EAH 7,960.
230 50 HMCP 150A ECA2441BAH 5,340. ECA2442BAH 6,310. ECA2444BAH 7,960.
460 100 HMCP 150A ECA2441CAH 5,340. ECA2442CAH 6,310. ECA2444CAH 7,960.
575 100 HMCP 150A ECA2441DAH 5,340. ECA2442DAH 6,310. ECA2444DAH 7,960.
5 200 50 120 HMCP 250A ECA2451EAJ 11,680. ECA2452EAJ 13,410. ECA2454EAJ 18,360.
75 HMCP 400A ECA2451EAK 11,680. ECA2452EAK 13,410. ECA2454EAK 18,360.
230 60 HMCP 250A ECA2451BAJ 11,680. ECA2452BAJ 13,410. ECA2454BAJ 18,360.
100 HMCP 400A ECA2451BAK 11,680. ECA2452BAK 13,410. ECA2454BAK 18,360.
460 125 HMCP 250A ECA2451CAJ 11,680. ECA2452CAJ 13,410. ECA2454CAJ 18,360.
200 HMCP 400A ECA2451CAK 11,680. ECA2452CAK 13,410. ECA2454CAK 18,360.
575 150 HMCP 250A ECA2451DAJ 11,680. ECA2452DAJ 13,410. ECA2454DAJ 18,360.
200 HMCP 400A ECA2451DAK 11,680. ECA2452DAK 13,410. ECA2454DAK 18,360.
6 200 150 120 HMCP 600A ECA2461EAL 24,520. ECA2462EAL 26,870. ECA2464EAL 28,700.
400 HMCP 1200A ECA2461CAP 24,520. ECA2462CAP 26,870. ECA2464CAP 28,700.
1 For motor full load current (FLA) range of .47A – 3.81A with a 1.15 to 2 Other control power transformer primary voltages, see Page 33-175.
1.25 service factor and for motor hp range of 1/4 hp to 2 hp at 460V. 3 NEMA 4X (Stainless steel) Sizes 1 – 5, NEMA 4 (Painted steel) Size 6.

10250T Series . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-115
Cover Mounted

January 2003
Table 33-276. Class ECA24 — NEMA Rated — Combination HMCP or Magnetic Trip Circuit Breaker with CPT — Non-reversing — NEMA 12, 7, 9
NEMA Primary Max. hp Secondary Circuit Breaker 3-Pole NEMA 12 3-Pole NEMA Type 7 and 9
Size Voltage Rating Magnet Type Dust-Tight Industrial
2 Coil Voltage External Reset
33 1-L 1 200 1 120 HMCPE 7A ECA24L8EAC 1,505. ECA24L6FAC ECA24L7FAC 2,680.

230 1 HMCPE 7A ECA24L8BAC 1,505. ECA24L6FAC ECA24L7FAC 2,680.
460 1 HMCPE 3A ECA24L8CAB 1,505. ECA24L6FAB ECA24L7FAB 2,680.
3 HMCPE 7A ECA24L8CAC 1,505. ECA24L6FAC ECA24L7FAC 2,680.
575 1 HMCP 3A ECA24L8DA5 1,505. ECA24L6FA5 ECA24L7FA5 2,680.
3 HMCP 7A ECA24L8DA6 1,505. ECA24L6FA6 ECA24L7FA6 2,680.
1 200 1 120 HMCPE 7A ECA2418EAC 1,505. ECA2416FAC ECA2417FAC 2,680.
3 HMCPE 15A ECA2418EAD 1,505. ECA2416FAD ECA2417FAD 2,680.
5 HMCPE 30A ECA2418EAE 1,505. ECA2416FAE ECA2417FAE 2,680.
7-1/2 HMCPE 50A ECA2418EAF 1,505. ECA2416FAF ECA2417FAF 2,680.
230 1 120 HMCPE 7A ECA2418EAC 1,505. ECA2416FAC ECA2417FAC 2,680.
3 HMCPE 15A ECA2418EAD 1,505. ECA2416FAD ECA2417FAD 2,680.
5 HMCPE 30A ECA2418EAE 1,505. ECA2416FAE ECA2417FAE 2,680.
7-1/2 HMCPE 50A ECA2418EAF 1,505. ECA2416FAF ECA2417FAF 2,680.
460 1 120 HMCPE 3A ECA2418CAB 1,505. ECA2416FAB ECA2417FAB 2,680.
3 HMCPE 7A ECA2418CAC 1,505. ECA2416FAC ECA2417FAC 2,680.
5 HMCPE 15A ECA2418CAD 1,505. ECA2416FAD ECA2417FAD 2,680.
10 HMCPE 30A ECA2418CAE 1,505. ECA2416FAE ECA2417FAE 2,680.
575 1 120 HMCP 3A ECA2418DA5 1,505. ECA2416FA5 ECA2417FA5 2,680.
3 HMCP 7A ECA2418DA6 1,505. ECA2416FA6 ECA2417FA6 2,680.
2 200 10 120 HMCPE 50A ECA2428EAF 2,100. ECA2426FAF ECA2427FAF 3,370.
230 10 HMCPE 50A ECA2428BAF 2,100. ECA2426FAF ECA2427FAF 3,370.
15 HMCPE 70A ECA2428BAW 2,100. ECA2426FAW ECA2427FAW 3,370.
460 25 HMCPE 50A ECA2428CAF 2,100. ECA2426FAF ECA2427FAF 3,370.
575 15 HMCP 30A ECA2428DA8 2,100. ECA2426FA8 ECA2427FA8 3,370.
3 200 20 120 HMCPE 100A ECA2438EAG 3,010. ECA2436FAG ECA2437FAG 6,480.
25 HMCPE 100A ECA2438EAX 3,010. ECA2436FAX ECA2437FAX 6,480.
230 25 HMCPE 100A ECA2438BAG 3,010. ECA2436FAG ECA2437FAG 6,480.
30 HMCPE 100A ECA2438BAX 3,010. ECA2436FAX ECA2437FAX 6,480.
460 50 HMCPE 100A ECA2438CAG 3,010. ECA2436FAG ECA2437FAG 6,480.
575 30 HMCP 50A ECA2438DA9 3,010. ECA2436FA9 ECA2437FA9 6,480.
50 HMCP 100A ECA2438DAI 3,010. ECA2436FAI ECA2437FAI 6,480.
4 200 40 120 HMCP 150A ECA2448EAH 6,310. ECA2446FAH ECA2447FAH 8,390.
230 50 HMCP 150A ECA2448BAH 6,310.
460 100 HMCP 150A ECA2448CAH 6,310.
575 100 HMCP 150A ECA2448DAH 6,310.
5 200 50 120 HMCP 250A ECA2458EAJ 13,410. — — —
75 HMCP 400A ECA2458EAK 13,410.
230 60 HMCP 250A ECA2458BAJ 13,410.
100 HMCP 400A ECA2458BAK 13,410.
460 125 HMCP 250A ECA2458CAJ 13,410.
200 HMCP 400A ECA2458CAK 13,410.
575 150 HMCP 250A ECA2458DAJ 13,410.
200 HMCP 400A ECA2458DAK 13,410.
6 200 150 120 HMCP 600A ECA2468EAL 26,870. — — —
230 200 HMCP 600A ECA2468BAL 26,870.
460 350 HMCP 600A ECA2468CAL 26,870.
400 HMCP 1200A ECA2468CAP 26,870.
575 400 HMCP 600A ECA2468DAL 26,870.
2 Other control power transformer primary voltages, see Page 33-175.
of PG.3.02.T.E.
4
All NEMA 12 enclosures are standardized with external reset. For
10250T Series . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-115
interlock is required, change seventh character from 8 to 9, i.e. Cover Mounted
ECA2418EAC would become ECA2419EAC. Control – ACM Series . . . Pages 33-193

January 2003
Flange Mounted Pilot ACM Devices — Factory Installed —

NEMA 1, 12 Only
For Factory Installed flange mounted pilot devices using Advantage Control
Modules (ACMs), change the 9th character from A to Y and add one of the following
(A49 through A62) Mod Code Suffixes to the Catalog Number. In addition, one A63
Mod may be added if desired.
Table 33-277. Cover Control Product Selection 33
Flange Mounted Pilot Devices Catalog Number Price Mod Code Adder
Description Field Installation Kits U.S. $ Suffix U.S. $
Full Voltage
Status Only with Reset WPBFV1 195.00 A49 381.00
START/STOP WPBFV2 286.00 A50 458.00
START/STOP/HOA WPBFV3 351.00 A51 525.00
ON/OFF/AUTO WPBFV4 257.00 A52 441.00
Reversing
Status Only with Reset WPBR1 286.00 A53 490.00
FWD/REV/STOP WPBR2 411.00 A54 610.00
FWD/REV/STOP/HOA WPBR3 474.00 A55 680.00
2-Speed
Status Only with Reset WPB2S1 286.00 A56 490.00
FAST/SLOW/STOP WPB2S2 411.00 A57 610.00
FAST/SLOW/STOP/HOA WPB2S3 474.00 A58 680.00
Reduced Voltage
Status Only with Reset WPBRV1 203.00 A59 435.00
START/STOP WPBRV2 286.00 A60 515.00
START/STOP/HOA WPBRV3 351.00 A61 575.00
ON/OFF/AUTO WPBRV4 268.00 A62 496.00
Metering Module WMETER 459.00 A63 489.00
10 ft. Interconnect Cable WACM10 121.00 — —
1 ft. Interconnect Jumper WACM1 23.30 — —
2.25 (57.2)
RES RES RES RES

Reset Reset Reset Reset
OL Alarm OL Alarm OL Alarm OL Alarm
Run Run Run Run
OL Trip OL Trip OL Trip OL Trip
Off Off Off Off
Trip Trip Trip Trip
3.5 HAND ON
(88.9) START START
OFF OFF
STOP STOP
AUTO AUTO
Status Only START/STOP HAND/OFF/AUTO Control ON/OFF/AUTO

Control with START/STOP Pushbutton Control
Control in HAND Mode
Figure 33-128. Flange Mounted Pilot ACM Devices
Other Cover Control Devices

See Pages 33-115 – 33-116 in NEMA
Contactors & Starters, Freedom Line.

A200
January 2003
Contents Class A201 Contactors, Sizes 00 – 4;

Description Page Three-Phase, 1-1/2 – 100 hp
Contactors — Non-reversing A201 magnetic contactors are 600V
and Reversing. . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-194 rated devices available in NEMA Sizes
00 – 4, 10A through 150A (open rating).
Product Description — Product features include:
Sizes 00 – 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-194
33 Product Description — ■ Straight-through wiring to line and
Sizes 5 – 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-195 load terminals located up front for
ease of installation.
Instructional Leaflets . . . . . . 33-195
■ Moving and stationary contacts are
Dimensions and Shipping front accessible, simplifying inspec-
Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-196 tion and maintenance.
Product Selection — ■ Reliable U-shaped magnet for
Non-reversing, reduced power consumption.
Sizes 00 – 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-198 Size 1 Contactor
■ Coil design reduces inventory/main-
Product Selection — tenance expenses. For a given volt-
Reversing, Product Description — age, one size coil fits all contactors
Sizes 00 – 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-199 Sizes 00 – 2, and a second coil fits
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-208
Sizes 00 – 4 three-pole Model J Sizes 3 and 4.
Model K coils are different design.
Factory Modifications . . . . . . . 33-212 Application
Accessories and Field A201 contactors have normally open
Magnetic contactors are used to switch
Modification Kits . . . . . . . . . . 33-212 holding circuit interlocks which are
transformers and capacitors and to
supplied as standard.
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-215 control electrical power circuits such as
heating, lighting and motors that Panel layout and drilling are simplified
require no overload protection, or through the use of common backplates,
where overload protection is separately one for Sizes 00 – 2 and one for Sizes
provided. They can be operated 3 – 4. In addition, panel space is
remotely by manual or automatic pilot reduced dramatically through the use
devices. of unique corner cavities for mounting
the wide variety of modifications
shown on Page 33-212.
For reversing applications, two contac-
tors are supplied on a common base
with electrical and mechanical inter-
locks which prevent both contactors
from being closed at the same time.
A201 contactors are UL listed
components and also have CSA
certification.
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 33-208 – 33-211

A200
January 2003
Multi-voltage coil ratings allow selec- The shunt for each pole is made of
tion of the voltage which closely flexible, braided copper cable for free-
matches the actual system voltage to dom of movement and long life.
assure optimum contactor operation.
The rugged DC operating coils are
Each contactor accommodates two designed to operate at high temperature
Type J11 auxiliary contacts, providing and insulated to meet Class H service.
up to four auxiliary circuits, normally-
open or normally-closed (NO and NC). An integrally mounted avalanche type
silicon rectifier supplies DC coil volt-
33
A201 Size 5 and 6 contactors and start- age from the AC control circuit.
ers are UL recognized when supplied
without terminals. When supplied with Sizes 7 and 8 accommodate three
terminals, the devices are UL listed. Type L-63 auxiliary contacts which are
easily converted from normally-open
Two special configurations of the to normally-closed, providing auxiliary
Class A201 Size 5 and 6 contactors circuit flexibility. Size 9 uses L-64
Size 5 Contactor are available: auxiliary contacts with a total of four
circuits.
■ Latched Design — This is a mechani-
Product Description — cally held, electrically released A201 Size 7, 8 and 9 contactors and
Sizes 5 – 9 device. It is applied where the con- starters are UL recognized when
tactor must remain closed during supplied without terminals. When
Class A201, Contactors, Sizes 5 – 9; extreme voltage fluctuations or supplied with terminals, the devices
power failure. It is also suitable for are UL listed.
Three-Phase, Over 100 hp applications requiring quiet opera-
These AC magnetic contactors utilize tion since the operating coil is de-
clapper design and feature straight- energized when the contactor is Instructional Leaflets
through wiring. closed. The latch assembly consists 16960B Sizes 00 – 1 Magnetic
of a mechanical latch mechanism, Contactor, Non-reversing or
Contacts are silver alloy for longer life. electrically operated AC trip sole-
The contacts close with optimum wip- Reversing
noid and a clearing contact.
ing action which serves to keep the ■ DC Operated — This device is DC 16961E Size 2 Magnetic Contactor,
contacting surfaces clean. De-ion ® arc operated. It is used where low drop- Non-reversing or Reversing
quenchers draw the arc away from the out voltage or exceptionally quiet
contacts at opening, which reduces 13238G Size 3 Magnetic Contactor,
operation is desired. The DC assem- Non-reversing or Reversing
burning and pitting and increases con- bly consists of a DC operating coil,
tact life. integrally mounted rectifier and 17001C Size 4 Magnetic Contactor,
All of the contactors are complete with shorting contact. Non-reversing or Reversing
one unwired, normally-open (NO) auxil-
Size 7, 900A, 600V, Open 17049D Size 5 Magnetic Contactor,
iary contact mounted and have accom-
Non-reversing or Reversing
modations for additional auxiliary Size 8, 1350A, 600V, Open
contacts. No control circuit wiring or 17053B Size 6 Magnetic Contactor,
terminal markings are included.
Size 9, 2500A, 600V, Open Non-reversing or Reversing
Class A201 Size 7 and 8 contactors are
Size 5, 300A, 600V, Open DC operated side clapper design with 17048 Sizes 7 – 8 Magnetic Contactor,
the shaft mounted on dual needle Non-reversing or Reversing
Size 6, 600A, 600V, Open bearings to ensure positive contact
Class A201 Size 5 and 6 contactors are 16978 Size 9 Magnetic Contactor,
alignment and long contact life. Non-reversing or Reversing
front clapper design, AC operated with
the armature pivoting on dual needle A steel panel base permits mounting on
bearings which assure accurate con- angle or channel without additional sup-
tact alignment. port, for versatile low cost installation.
The contactor base is molded of a Each stationary contact assembly is

high impact, non-tracking, non- mounted on an individual molded
hygroscopic glass polyester material insulator. Each pair of contacts is sur-
permitting front mounting and wiring rounded by a De-ion grid type arc
on a steel panel. quencher for rapid and confined arc
interruption and long contact life.
Floating magnet assures quiet
operation.
Size 5 and 6 contactors must be
mounted with the line terminals
directly above the load terminals.

A200
January 2003
Dimensions and Shipping Weights

Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.
Table 33-278. Non-reversing Open Contactors Dimensions
NEMA No. Fig. Mounting Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight,
Size of Screws Lbs. (kg)
Poles No. Size A B C D E F G H
33 00, 0, 1 2 – 4 A 3 #10 3.31 (84.1) 4.38 (111.3) 4.61 (117.1) 3.95 (100.3) 1.50 (38.1) 1.66 (42.2) .23 (5.8) — 2.6 (1.2)
5 A 3 #10 4.19 (106.4) 4.38 (111.3) 4.61 (117.1) 3.95 (100.3) 1.50 (38.1) 2.09 (53.1) .23 (5.8) — 3.2 (1.5)
2 2, 3 A 3 #10 3.31 (84.1) 4.38 (111.3) 4.94 (125.5) 3.95 (100.3) 1.50 (38.1) 1.66 (42.2) .23 (5.8) — 3.3 (1.5)
4, 5 A 3 #10 5.06 (128.5) 4.38 (111.3) 4.94 (125.5) 3.95 (100.3) 1.50 (38.1) 2.53 (64.3) .23 (5.8) — 4.5 (2.0)
3, 4 2, 3 A 3 1/4 in. 4.63 (117.6) 6.63 (168.4) 6.75 (171.5) 6.00 (152.4) 1.88 (47.8) 2.31 (58.7) .38 (9.7) — 9.3 (4.2)
4, 5 A 3 1/4 in. 7.25 (184.2) 6.63 (168.4) 6.75 (171.5) 6.00 (152.4) 1.88 (47.8) 3.63 (92.2) .38 (9.7) — 13.0 (5.9)
5 2, 3 B 4 3/8 in. 7.22 (183.4) 12.00 (304.8) 7.75 (196.9) 11.00 (279.4) 2.75 (69.9) — .59 (15.0) 2.22 (56.4) 25.0 (11.4)
6 2, 3 C 4 3/8 in. 7.22 (183.4) 13.50 (342.9) 9.50 (251.3) 11.00 (279.4) 2.75 (69.9) — .59 (15.0) 2.22 (56.4) 42.0 (19.1)
7 3 D 4 3/8 in. 23.50 (596.9) 18.63 (473.2) 11.00 (279.4) 12.00 (304.8) 22.00 (558.8) — 5.63 (143.0) .75 (19.1) 215.0 (97.6)
8 3 D 4 3/8 in. 23.50 (596.9) 19.25 (489.0) 11.00 (279.4) 12.00 (304.8) 22.00 (558.8) — 5.63 (143.0) .75 (19.1) 265.0 (120.3)
9 3 D 4 1/2 in. 33.00 (838.2) 29.75 (755.7) 12.94 (328.7) 8.00 (203.2) 30.75 (781.1) — 14.50 (368.3) 1.63 (41.4) 315.0 (143.0)
.22 (5.6)
Dia. Hole .38 x .5 (9.7 x 12.7) G
2 Mounting Slots
A C
F
.12
(3)
D
B
D
B
C E
E 2
2 G .20 (5.1) 4 .38 (9.7) Dia. Open End E H
Mounting Slot A
E Mounting Slots (2 Places)
Figure A Figure B
Sizes 00 – 4 A201 Contactors Size 5
.38 x .5 (9.7 x 12.7) G

2 Mounting Slots C A
E H
.12 G
(3.0)
D
B
B D
C E
2
E H 4 Holes for .38 (9.7) Dia.
A Mounting Hardware
Figure C Figure D
Size 6 Sizes 7 – 9
Figure 33-129. Non-reversing Open Contactors Dimensions

A200
January 2003

Table 33-279. Reversing Open Contactors Dimensions
NEMA No. Fig. Mounting Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight,
Poles No. Size A B C D E F G H
00, 0, 1 3 x 3 H. A 3 #10 7.13 (181.1) 4.45 (113.0) 5.05 (128.3) 3.95 (100.3) 5.31 (134.9) 3.56 (90.4) .25 (6.4) — 7.8 (3.5)
3 x 3 V. B 3 #10 3.33 (84.6) 9.61 (244.1) 5.05 (128.3) 9.08 (230.6) 2.16 (54.9) .75 (19.1) .25 (6.4) 4.52 (114.8) 8.9 (4.0)
2 3 x 3 H. A 3 #10 7.13 (181.1) 4.45 (113.0) 5.38 (136.7) 3.95 (100.3) 5.31 (134.9) 3.56 (90.4) .25 (6.4) — 9.1 (4.1)
33
3 x 3 V. B 3 #10 3.33 (84.6) 9.61 (244.1) 5.38 (136.7) 9.08 (230.6) 2.16 (54.9) .75 (19.1) .25 (6.4) 4.52 (114.8) 10.0 (4.5)
3, 4 3 x 3 H. A 3 1/4 in. 9.75 (247.7) 6.88 (174.8) 7.25 (184.2) 6.00 (152.4) 7.00 (177.8) 4.88 (124.0) .44 (11.2) — 24.0 (10.9)
3 x 3 V. B 3 1/4 in. 4.63 (117.6) 16.56 (420.6) 7.25 (184.2) 15.69 (398.5) 2.75 (69.9) .94 (23.9) .44 (11.2) 7.78 (197.6) 25.0 (11.4)
5 3 x 3 H. C 8 3/8 in. 17.22 (437.4) 12.00 (304.8) 7.75 (196.9) 11.00 (279.4) 2.75 (69.9) 10.00 (254.0) .59 (15.0) 1.38 (35.1) 55.0 (25.0)
3 x 3 V. D 8 3/8 in. 8.25 (209.6) 30.00 (762.0) 7.75 (196.9) 18.00 (457.8) 2.75 (69.9) — — 1.38 (35.1) 55.0 (26.0)
6 3 x 3 H. C 8 3/8 in. 17.22 (437.4) 13.50 (342.9) 8.75 (222.3) 11.00 (279.4) 2.75 (69.9) 10.00 (254.0) .59 (15.0) 1.38 (35.1) 90.0 (40.9)
3 x 3 V. D 8 3/8 in. 8.25 (209.6) 41.50 (1054.1) 8.75 (222.3) 28.00 (711.2) 2.75 (69.9) — — 1.38 (35.1) 90.0 (40.9)
7 3 x 3 V. E 8 3/8 in. 23.50 (596.9) 38.63 (981.2) 11.00 (279.4) 20.00 (508.0) 22.00 (558.8) — 5.63 (143.0) .75 (19.1) 450.0 (204.3)
8 3 x 3 V. E 8 3/8 in. 23.50 (596.9) 39.25 (997.0) 11.00 (279.4) 20.00 (508.0) 22.00 (558.8) — 5.63 (143.0) .75 (19.1) 550.0 (249.7)
9 3 x 3 V. E 8 1/2 in. 33.00 (838.2) 62.75 (1593.9) 12.94 (328.7) 33.00 (838.2) 30.75 (781.1) — 14.50 (368.3) 1.63 (41.4) 650.0 (295.1)
A
F G C
D
B
D B
E
E 2
2 .20 (5.1) Dia. C
3 Mounting F E H
E A
Slots
Figure A Figure C
Sizes 00 – 4 Horizontal Sizes 5, 6 Horizontal
A
A G C C E H
H
D
E
D B C 2
E H D
.20 (5.1) A
Dia. B .53 (13.5) Dia. — 3 Holes B
3 Mtg.
Holes
F
Figure B
Sizes 00 – 4 Vertical
Figure D Figure E
Sizes 5, 6 Vertical Sizes 7 – 9 Vertical
Figure 33-130. Reversing Open Contactors Dimensions

A200
January 2003
33
A201 Size 1 Contactor
Product Selection —
Non-reversing, Sizes 00 – 9
Order by Catalog Number from Table
33-280, plus Suffix for coil voltages,
verifying usage of appropriate sizes.
Table 33-280. Front Connected Contactors Selection

Size Amps Max. UL Horsepower 2 Poles 3 Poles 4 Poles 5 Poles
1-Phase 3-Phase Open Price Open Price Open Price Open Price
115V 230V 208V 240V 480V 600V Catalog U.S. $ Catalog U.S. $ Catalog U.S. $ Catalog U.S. $
Number Number Number Number
Sizes 00 – 6
00 9 1/3 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 A201KAB_ 174. A201KAC_ 200. A201KAD_ 267. A201KAE_ 363.
0 18 1 2 3 3 5 5 A201K0B_ 225. A201K0C_ 251. A201K0D_ 319. A201K0E_ 416.
1 27 2 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 A201K1B_ 267. A201K1C_ 294. A201K1D_ 362. A201K1E_ 457.
2 45 3 7-1/2 10 15 25 25 A201K2B_ 500. A201K2C_ 535. A201K2D_ 705. A201K2E_ 1,045.
3 90 — — 25 30 50 50 A201K3B_ 805. A201K3C_ 870. A201K3D_ 1,115. A201K3E_ 1,665.
4 135 — — 40 50 100 100 A201K4B_ 1,915. A201K4C_ 2,080. A201K4D_ 2,880. A201K4E_ 3,980.
5 270 — — 75 100 200 200 A201K5B_ 4,145. A201K5C_ 4,500. — — — —
6 540 — — 150 200 400 400 A201K6B_ 10,510. A201K6C_ 12,280. — — — —
Sizes 7 – 9
71 810 — — 200 300 600 600 A201K7B_ 15,350. A201K7C_ 17,510. — — — —
81 1215 — — 400 450 900 900 A201K8B_ 24,620. A201K8C_ 27,020. — — — —
91 2250 — — — 800 1600 — A201K9B_ 26,920. A201K9C_Z1 23 37,420. — — — —
1 Sizes 7 – 9 use rectifier with DC coil.
2 For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 120V.
3 Supplied without terminal lugs.
Table 33-281. Rear Connected Contactors Table 33-282. Coils for Sizes 00 – 6 Table 33-283. Coils for Sizes 7, 8 and 9 4
Selection Coil Volts and Hz Code Suffix Coil Volts and Hz Code Suffix
120 Volt Rectified Coil/Open Only
120/60 or 110/50 A 110 – 120/50 or 60 J
Size Catalog Number Price
U.S. 200 – 208/60 B 220 – 240/50 or 60 K
240/60 W 440 – 480/50 or 60 U
7 A201K7CJZ1Z4 18,800.
8 A201K8CJZ1Z4 28,750. 480/60 X 600/60 E
9 A201K9CJZ1Z4 38,720. 600/60 E 4 For Size 9, only available coil voltage is
120V.
Modification Kits,
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-212 – 33-214
Factory Modifications. . . . . Page 33-212
Other Coil Voltages . . . . . . . Page 33-211
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-196
Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . 1CD1

A200
January 2003
Class A211 Reversing Contactors — Horizontally Mounted

Class A251 Reversing Contactors — Vertically Mounted
Table 33-284. Reversing Contactors Selection
Size Amps Max. UL Horsepower Horizontal Design Vertical Design
1-Phase 3-Phase Catalog Price Catalog Price
115V 230V 208V 240V 480V 600V Number U.S. $ Number U.S. $
Sizes 0 – 6
0 18 1 2 3 3 5 5 A211K0C_ 630. A251K0C_ 630.
33
1 27 2 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 A211K1C_ 715. A251K1C_ 715.
Size 1 Horizontal Reversing Contactor 2 45 3 7-1/2 10 15 25 25 A211K2C_ 1,355. A251K2C_ 1,355.

3 90 — — 25 30 50 50 A211K3C_ 2,235. A251K3C_ 2,235.
4 135 — — 40 50 100 100 A211K4C_ 5,560. A251K4C_ 5,560.
Product Selection — 5 270 — — 75 100 200 200 A211K5C_ 10,190. A251K5C_ 10,190.
Reversing, Sizes 00 – 9 6 540 — — 150 200 400 400 A211K6C_ 25,410. A251K6C_ 25,410.
When Ordering Specify Sizes 7 – 9

71 810 — — 200 300 600 600 — — A251K7C_ 36,060.
33-284, plus Suffix for coil voltages, 81 1215 — — 400 450 900 900 — — A251K8C_ 55,850.
verifying usage of appropriate sizes. 91 2250 — — — 800 1600 — — — A251K9C_ 2 74,780.
Table 33-285. Coils for Sizes 00 – 6 Table 33-286. Coils for Sizes 7, 8 and 9 3
Coil Volts and Hz Code Suffix Coil Volts and Hz Code Suffix
120/60 or 110/50 A 110 – 120/50 or 60 J

200 – 208/60 B 220 – 240/50 or 60 K
240/60 W 440 – 480/50 or 60 U
480/60 X 600/60 E
600/60 E 3 For Size 9, only available coil voltage is
120V.
Modification Kits,
Factory
Modifications. . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-212
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-197

A200
January 2003
Contents Type B Overload Relay, Manual Reset Only

Description Page Supplied as standard on Class A200
and A900 starters (two-speed). The bi-
Starters — Non-reversing and metallic overload relay offers ambient
Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-200 compensation and trip-to-test feature
Product Description — (relay contact status check) as stan-
Sizes 00 – 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-200 dard. In addition, an isolated normally-
33 Product Description —
open contact is available in kit form for
customer mounting. Type B overload
Sizes 5 – 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-200 relays are manual reset only.
Features and Benefits . . . . . 33-201
Type A Overload Relay, Manual
Instructional Leaflets . . . . . . 33-201
or Automatic Reset
Dimensions and This is an optional overload relay,
Shipping Weights . . . . . . . 33-202 offering the capability of field conver-
Product Selection — sion to automatic reset. It is available
Non-reversing, as an ambient compensated or non-
Sizes 00 – 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-205 compensated type.
Size 5 Starter
Product Selection —
Reversing,
Sizes 00 – 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-206 Non-reversing starters are supplied as Product Description —
open devices. All starters are supplied
Starters — Two-Speed. . . . . . . 33-207 with a normally-open holding circuit Sizes 5 – 9
Technical Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-208 interlock.
Factory Modifications . . . . . . . 33-212
NEMA Sizes 5 – 9;
Class A200 starters are available as UL
Accessories and Field listed or recognized components, as
Three-Phase 75 to 1600 hp
Modification Kits . . . . . . . . . . 33-212 well as with CSA certification. Non-reversing (Class A200), and
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-215 reversing (Classes A210, A250) full
Reversing Starters voltage starters are used for across-
For reversing applications (Class the-line starting of squirrel cage induc-
A210), a starter and a contactor electri- tion motors. They are used with
cally and mechanically interlocked are motors rated above 50 hp at 230V, and
supplied on a common baseplate. above 100 hp at 460 through 600V.
Reversing starters are used to start,
stop and reverse AC squirrel cage Sizes 5 and 6 starters use Class A201
motors and for primary control of contactors as described on Page 33-
reversing wound-rotor motors. 195. In addition to standard motor
starters, special application devices
For plugging or inching, when opera- are available: Sizes 5 and 6 starters
tions exceed five times per minute, with integrally rectified AC to DC coils
decreased horsepower ratings in for applications where low voltage
accordance with NEMA Standard ICS problems are prevalent are available.
2-321 are recommended.
Class A200 starters are UL listed
Size 1 Starter Two-Speed Starters, A900s and recognized and also carry CSA
certification.
Product Description — For across-the-line starting of two-
speed constant hp, constant torque Front Removable Parts — All operat-
Sizes 00 – 4 and variable torque squirrel cage ing parts can be removed quickly and
motors, two-speed starters (Class easily from the front. Straight-through
General wiring and conveniently located con-
A900) are available. These starters
Magnetic starters are used for full- consist of two starters, one for each nection points for external wires and
voltage, across-the-line starting and motor speed, mechanically and electri- cables minimize installation time.
stopping of squirrel cage motors. They cally interlocked and wired for manual
can be operated locally or remotely by Type B Block Type Thermal Overload
speed selection by means of pushbut-
manual or automatic pilot devices. Relay — Dependable overload protec-
tons. Auxiliary relays may be added to
tion is assured by these snap-action,
provide automatic acceleration or
NEMA Sizes 00 – 4; deceleration.
manual reset relays. Automatic reset
Three-Phase, 1-1/2 – 100 hp Type A relays are available as an
Starters for two-speed, two indepen- option.
These starters use Class A201 contac- dent winding motors consist of two-,
tors as described on Page 33-194. three- or four-pole starters electrically
Contactor features are enhanced and mechanically interlocked. Starters
through the ability to provide positive for two-speed, single reconnectable
motor protection in the form of several winding motors consist of one three-
types of overload relays. See Pages pole and one five-pole starter mechan-
33-220 – 33-228. ically and electrically interlocked.

A200
January 2003
Types of Starters Features and Benefits Instructional Leaflets

Class A200, Sizes 5 and 6 — Non-
reversing starters contain an AC Sizes 00 – 4 16958 Sizes 00 – 1, 3-Pole Motor
magnetically-operated Size 5 or Size 6 Controller
line contactor and block Type B three- ■ Straight-Through Wiring, Up-Front,
Out-Front Terminals for ease in 16956 Sizes 00 – 1, 2-Pole, Single-
pole overload relay, along with three
installation. Phase Motor Controller
current transformers. A control relay
■ Unique Accessory Mounting
whose contacts handle the coil current
of the starter is provided with Size 6 Cavities reduce panel space
16959 Size 2, 3-Pole Motor
Controller
33
starters. requirements.
■ Snap-in Accessories for application 16957 Size 2, 2-Pole, Single-Phase
Class A200, Sizes 7, 8 and 9 — Non- flexibility. Motor Controller
reversing starters contain a DC
operated line contactor, DC power sup- ■ Vertical and Horizontal Interlocking 15465C Sizes 3 and 4J Motor
ply, block Type B three-pole overload capability increases application Controller
relay with three current transformers flexibility.
17000C Size 4, Model K Motor
and a control relay. ■ Ambient Compensated Overload
Controller
Relays available as standard, offer-
Class A960/A970/A980 Multi-Speed ing superior motor protection in 17054C Size 5 Motor Controller
Starters: Refer to Page 33-207. variable motor/controller
environments. 17055C Size 6 Motor Controller
■ Isolated Normally Open Relay
Contact available in kit mounting
form on Type B Overload Relay.
Sizes 5 – 9
■ Rectified AC/DC Coils available
to reduce premature drop-out or
“kiss” problems due to inherent low
voltage conditions.
■ Clapper Design armature assembly
pivots on needle bearings resulting
in quick, smooth opening and clos-
ing of the magnet.
■ Stainless Steel Kick-Out Spring
assures quick, positive drop-out
time.
■ Front Removable Parts all current
carrying parts front removable for
easy inspection and maintenance.

A200
January 2003
Dimensions and Shipping Weights

Table 33-287. Open Non-reversing Starters Dimensions
NEMA No. Fig. Mounting Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight,
Poles No. Size A B C D E F G H J K L M
33 00, 0, 1 2, 3 A 3 #10 3.31 6.42 4.61 6.00 1.88 1.66 .23 — .39 .59 4.48 .27 35.0
(84.1) (163.1) (117.1) (152.4) (47.8) (42.2) (5.8) (9.9) (15.0) (113.8) (6.9) (15.9)
2 2, 3 A 3 #10 3.31 7.17 4.94 6.75 1.88 1.66 .23 — .41 .77 4.53 .27 43.0
(84.1) (182.1) (125.5) (171.5) (47.8) (42.2) (5.8) (10.4) (19.6) (115.1) (6.9) (19.5)
3, 4 2, 3 A 3 1/4 in. 4.63 9.94 6.75 9.25 2.88 .94 .38 — .55 .80 6.36 .27 115.0
(117.6) (252.5) (171.5) (235.0) (73.2) (23.9) (9.7) (14.0) (20.3) (161.5) (6.9) (52.2)
5 3 B 4 3/8 in. 7.59 16.22 7.75 11.00 2.75 3.81 2.69 2.42 .33 .33 7.00 .27 29.0
(192.8) (412.0) (196.9) (279.4) (69.9) (96.8) (68.3) (61.5) (8.4) (8.4) (177.8) (6.9) (13.2)
6 3 C 4 3/8 in. 9.25 23.50 9.50 11.00 2.75 4.81 2.75 3.06 — 6.50 8.44 .27 55.0
(235.0) (596.9) (241.3) (279.4) (69.9) (122.2) (69.9) (77.7) (165.1) (214.4) (6.9) (25.0)
7 3 1 1 1 37.88 21.50 11.75 — — — — — — — — — —
(962.2) (546.1) (298.5)
1 1 1
8 3 37.88 21.50 11.75 — — — — — — — — — —
(962.2) (546.1) (298.5)
9 3 1
1 Refer to factory.
A C .38 x .5 (9.7 x 12.7)

(2 Mtg. Slots)
G
B D B
D
G
E Reset Rod
F M 2 F
M Reset Travel Term. Lug
E J Supplied L CL Cont'r Mtg.
E H Holes
2 L When C K J
E Ordered A
CL of Cont'r
Figure A, Sizes 00 – 4 Figure B, Size 5
E
E
.38 (9.7) Wide 2 H
4 Mtg. Slots
G
Reset
Rod D
M
L F
C A
Figure C, Size 6
Figure 33-131. Open Non-reversing Starters Dimensions

A200
January 2003

Table 33-288. Open Reversing Starters Dimensions
NEMA Number Fig. Mounting Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight,
Size of Poles Screws Lbs. (kg)
No. Size A B C D E F G J K L M N
00, 0, 1 3 x 3 Horiz. A 3 #10 7.13 6.50 5.05 6.00 5.69 3.56 .25 2.3 .59 4.92 .27 — 9.0 (4.0)
(181.1) (165.1) (128.3) (152.4) (144.5) (90.4) (6.4) (58.4) (15.0) (125.0) (6.9)
3 x 3 Vert. B 3 #10 3.33 11.63 5.05 11.13 1.88 1.66 .25 .39 .59 4.92 .27 4.52 9.8 (4.4) 33
(84.6) (295.4) (128.3) (282.7) (47.8) (42.2) (6.4) (9.9) (15.0) (125.0) (6.9) (114.8)
2 3 x 3 Horiz. A 3 #10 7.13 7.25 5.38 6.75 5.69 3.56 .25 2.31 .77 4.97 .27 — 10.8 (4.9)
(181.1) (184.2) (136.7) (171.5) (144.5) (90.4) (6.4) (58.7) (19.6) (126.2) (6.9)
3 x 3 Vert. B 3 #10 3.33 12.38 5.38 11.88 1.88 1.66 .25 .39 .77 4.97 .27 4.52 12.2 (5.5)
(84.6) (314.5) (136.7) (301.8) (47.8) (42.2) (6.4) (9.9) (19.6) (126.2) (6.9) (114.8)
3, 4 3 x 3 Horiz. A 3 1/4 in. 9.75 10.13 7.25 9.25 8.00 4.88 .44 3.11 .80 6.86 .27 — 26.0 (11.8)
(247.7) (257.3) (184.2) (235.0) (203.2) (124.0) (11.2) (79.0) (20.3) (174.2) (6.9)
3 x 3 Vert. B 3 1/4 in. 4.63 19.81 7.25 18.94 2.88 2.94 .44 .55 .80 6.86 .27 7.91 28.0 (12.7)
(117.6) (503.2) (184.2) (481.1) (73.2) (74.7) (11.2) (14.0) (20.3) (174.2) (6.9) (200.9)
5 3 x 3 Horiz. — 4 3/8 in. 35.25 25.50 8.75 — — — — — — — — — 73.0 (33.1)
(895.4) (647.7) (222.3)
6 3 x 3 Horiz. — 4 3/8 in. 35.25 25.50 10.50 — — — — — — — — — 127.0 (57.7)
(895.4) (647.7) (266.7)
7 1
8 1
9 1
1 Refer to factory.
A C
A C G F
G
F
D B B D
.28 (7.1) Dia.

3 Mtg. Holes
K
.28 (7.1) Dia. J M K

3 Mtg. Holes Reset
E Travel L
J Reset Travel M
E L
Figure A Figure B
Sizes 00 – 4 Horizontal Sizes 00 – 4 Vertical
Figure 33-132. Open Reversing Starters Dimensions

A200
January 2003

Table 33-289. Open Multi-Speed Starters Dimensions
NEMA Number Fig. Mounting Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight,
Poles No. Size A B C D E F G J K L M N P R
00, 0, 1 3 x 3 Horiz. A 3 #10 7.13 6.50 5.05 6.00 5.69 3.56 .25 2.30 .33 4.92 .27 3.81 — 2.91 10.0 (4.5)
(181.1) (165.1) (128.3) (152.4) (144.5) (90.4) (6.4) (58.4) (8.4) (125.0) (6.9) (96.8) (73.9)
33 5 x 3 Horiz. B 3 #10 8.00 6.50 5.05 6.00 6.53 3.56 .25 2.30 .48 4.92 .27 4.66 — 2.91 11.0 (5.0)
(203.2) (165.1) (128.3) (152.4) (165.9) (90.4) (6.4) (58.4) (12.2) (125.0) (6.9) (118.4) (73.9)
2 3 x 3 Horiz. A 3 #10 7.13 7.25 5.38 6.75 5.69 3.56 .25 2.69 .69 4.97 .27 3.81 — 2.91 11.0 (5.0)
(181.1) (184.2) (136.7) (171.5) (144.5) (90.4) (6.4) (68.3) (17.5) (126.2) (6.9) (96.8) (73.9)
5 x 3 Horiz. B 3 #10 8.88 7.25 5.38 6.75 6.56 3.56 .25 2.69 .69 4.97 .27 4.66 — 2.84 13.0 (5.9)
(225.6) (184.2) (136.7) (171.5) (166.6) (90.4) (6.4) (68.3) (17.5) (126.2) (6.9) (118.4) (72.1)
3, 4 3 x 3 Horiz. A 3 1/4 in. 9.75 10.13 7.25 9.25 8.00 4.88 .44 3.11 .80 6.86 .27 5.13 — 4.00 28.0 (12.7)
(247.7) (257.3) (184.2) (235.0) (203.2) (124.0) (11.2) (79.0) (20.3) (174.2) (6.9) (130.3) (101.6)
5 x 3 Horiz. B 3 1/4 in. 12.38 10.13 7.25 9.25 9.31 4.88 .44 3.11 .80 6.86 .27 6.44 — 4.00 33.5 (15.2)
(314.5) (257.3) (184.2) (235.0) (236.5) (124.0) (11.2) (79.0) (20.3) (174.2) (6.9) (163.6) (101.6)
5 1
6 1
1 Refer to factory.
A G
F C
D B
N M Reset Travel
J .2 (5.1) Dia. L
R 3 Mounting Slots
E
Figure A, Sizes 00 – 4
G
A C
D B
J .2 (5.1) Dia. M Reset Travel

E 3 Mounting Slots L
Figure B, Size 2
Note: 3-Pole x 3-Pole Devices Are for Wye-Wye Two-Winding Motors Only
Figure 33-133. Open Multi-Speed Starters Dimensions

A200
January 2003
Table 33-290. Non-reversing Starters Selection — 2 Poles 2

Size Amps Max. UL Horsepower Open Price
1-Phase 3-Phase Catalog U.S $
Number 1
115V 230V 208V 240V 480V 600V
Sizes 00 – 2
00 9 1/3 — 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 A200MABR 235.
0 18 1 — 3 3 5 5 A200M0BR 263.
1 27 2 — 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 A200M1BR 338.
33
1-1/2 36 3 — — — — — A200MDBR 400.
2 45 7-12 — 10 15 25 25 A200M2BR 620.
1 For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Suffix D.
2 Single-phase with one single-pole overload relay.
Table 33-291. Non-reversing Starters Selection — 3 Poles

Size 3 Starter Size Amps Max. UL Horsepower Open Price
1-Phase 3-Phase Catalog U.S. $
Number 3
115V 230V 208V 240V 480V 600V
Product Selection — Sizes 00 – 6
Non-reversing, Sizes 00 – 9 00 9 1/3 — 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 A200MAC_ 235.
When Ordering Specify 0 18 1 — 3 3 5 5 A200M0C_ 294.

1 27 2 — 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 A200M1C_ 338.
33-290 or Table 33-291, plus Suffix for 2 45 7-12 — 10 15 25 25 A200M2C_ 620.
coil voltages, verifying usage of appro- 3 90 — — 25 30 50 50 A200M3C_ 1,000.
priate sizes. 4 135 — — 40 50 100 100 A200M4C_ 2,270.
5 270 — — 75 100 200 200 A200M5C_ 5,540.
Heaters
6 540 — — 150 200 400 400 A200M6C_ 13,130.
Enter heaters as separate item by
listing Catalog Number from tables, Sizes 7 – 9
Pages 33-227 – 33-228, as required per 74 810 — — 200 300 600 600 A200M7C_ 19,490.
starter. 84 1215 — — 400 450 900 900 A200M8C_ 29,170.
94 2250 — — — 800 1600 — A200M9C_ 5 47,070.
Table 33-292. Coils for Sizes 00 – 6 Table 33-293. Coils for Sizes 7, 8 and 9 6
120/60 or 110/50 AC 110 – 120/50 or 60 J

200 – 208/60 B 220 – 240/50 or 60 W
240/60 W 440 – 480/50 or 60 X
480/60 X 600/60 E
120V.

Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-227 – 33-228
Factory
Modifications. . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-212
Modification Kits,
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-203

A200
January 2003
Table 33-294. Reversing Starters Selection

Size Amps Max. UL Horsepower Horizontal Design Vertical Design
1-Phase 3-Phase Catalog Price Catalog Price
1 U.S $ Number 1
115V 230V 208V 240V 480V 600V Number U.S. $
Sizes 00 – 6
00 9 1/3 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 A210MAC_ 565. A250MAC_ 565.
0 18 1 2 3 3 5 5 A210M0C_ 670. A250M0C_ 670.
33 1 27 2 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 A210M1C_ 760. A250M1C_ 760.
2 45 3 7-1/2 10 15 25 25 A210M2C_ 1,430. A250M2C_ 1,430.
3 90 — — 25 30 50 50 A210M3C_ 2,145. A250M3C_ 2,145.
4 135 — — 40 50 100 100 A210M4C_ 5,770. A250M4C_ 5,770.
5 270 — — 75 100 200 200 A210M5C_ 11,240. A250M5C_ 11,240.
6 540 — — 150 200 400 400 A210M6C_ 26,260. A250M6C_ 26,260.
Size 1 Horizontal Reversing Starter
Sizes 7 – 9
72 810 — — 200 300 600 600 — — A250M7C_ 37,820.
Product Selection — 82 1215 — — 400 450 900 900 — — A250M8C_ 55,970.
Reversing, Sizes 00 – 9 92 2250 — — — 800 1600 — — — A250M9C_ 3 88,940.
When Ordering Specify 2 Sizes 7 – 9 use rectifier with DC coil.
Order by Catalog Number from Table 3 For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 120V.
33-294, plus Suffix for coil voltages,
verifying usage of appropriate sizes. Table 33-295. Coils for Sizes 00 – 6 Table 33-296. Coils for Sizes 7, 8 and 9 4
Heaters
Enter heaters as separate item by 120/60 or 110/50 AC 110 – 120/50 or 60 J
listing Catalog Number from tables, 200 – 208/60 B 220 – 240/50 or 60 W
Pages 33-227 – 33-228, as required per 240/60 W 440 – 480/50 or 60 X
starter. 480/60 X 600/60 E
120V.

Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-227 – 33-228
Factory Modifications. . . . . Page 33-212
Modification Kits,
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-203

A200
January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0225] Starters — Two-Speed
Product Selection
For Separate Two-Winding Motors
Heaters
Enter heaters as separate item by listing Catalog Number from table, Pages 33-227
– 33-228, as required per starter.
Table 33-297. Three-Phase, Non-reversing, Reversing 60 Hz Starters — Heater Selection Table 33-299. Coils for Sizes 0 – 6 33
NEMA Amps Constant Horsepower Constant or Variable Torque 3 Poles Coil Volts and Hz Coil Suffix
208V 240V 480V 600V 208V 240V 480V 600V Open Price
120/60 or 110/50 AC
Catalog U.S. $
Number 1 200 – 208/60 B
Sizes 0 – 6 240/60 W
0 18 3 3 5 5 2 2 3 3 A960M0C_ 920. 480/60 X
1 27 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 5 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 A960M1C_ 1,025. 600/60 E
2 45 10 15 25 25 7-1/2 10 20 20 A960M2C_ 1,780.
3 90 25 30 50 50 20 25 40 40 A960M3C_ 2,765.
4 135 40 50 100 100 30 40 75 75 A960M4C_ 6,900.
5 270 75 100 200 200 60 75 150 150 A960M5C_ 16,410.
6 540 150 200 400 400 100 150 300 300 A960M6C_ 28,440.
For Single-Winding Motors

Table 33-298. Product Selection — Sizes 0 – 6 Table 33-300. Coils for Sizes 0 – 6
NEMA Amps 208V 240V 480V 600V 3-Poles Coil Volts and Hz Coil Suffix
Open Price
120/60 or 110/50 AC
Catalog U.S. $
Number 2 200 – 208/60 B
Constant Horsepower 240/60 W
0 18 3 3 5 5 A970M0C_ 1,300. 480/60 X
1 27 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 A970M1C_ 1,390. 600/60 E
2 45 10 15 25 25 A970M2C_ 2,450.
3 90 25 30 50 50 A970M3C_ 3,685.
4 135 40 50 100 100 A970M4C_ 9,530.
5 270 75 100 200 200 A970M5C_ 18,960.
6 540 150 200 400 400 A970M6C_ 42,380.
Constant or Variable Torque
0 18 2 2 3 3 A980M0C_ 1,300.
1 27 5 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 A980M1C_ 1,390.
2 45 7-1/2 10 20 20 A980M2C_ 2,450.
3 90 20 25 40 40 A980M3C_ 3,685.
4 135 30 40 75 75 A980M4C_ 9,530.
5 270 60 75 150 150 A980M5C_ 18,960.
6 540 100 150 300 300 A980M6C_ 42,380.

Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-227 – 33-228
Factory Modifications . . . . Page 33-212
Modification Kits,
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-203

A200
January 2003
Electrical Characteristics
Table 33-301. Electrical Characteristics — Sizes 00 – 4 Table 33-302. Electrical Characteristics — Sizes 5 – 9
Size 00 Size 0 Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5 Size 6 Size 7 Size 8 Size 9
Max. Voltage 600V 600V 600V 600V 600V 600V Max. Voltage 600V 600V 600V 600V 600V
Rating Rating
Ampere Rating Ampere Rating
33 (Open) 10A 20A 30A 50A 100A 150A (Open) 300A 600A 900A 1350A 2500A
(Enclosed) 9A 18A 27A 45A 90A 135A (Enclosed) 270A 540A 810A 1215A 2250A
Squirrel Cage Motor Squirrel Cage Motor
Maximum Maximum
Horsepower At: Horsepower At:
200V/60 Hz 1-1/2 hp 3 hp 7-1/2 hp 10 hp 25 hp 40 hp 200V/60 Hz 75 hp 150 hp — — —
230V/ 60 Hz 1-1/2 hp 3 hp 7-1/2 hp 15 hp 30 hp 50 hp 230V/60 Hz 100 hp 200 hp 300 hp 450 hp 800 hp
380V/50 Hz 1-1/2 hp 5 hp 10 hp 25 hp 50 hp 75 hp 380V/50 Hz 150 hp 300 hp — — —
460V – 575V/ 2 hp 5 hp 10 hp 25 hp 50 hp 100 hp 460V – 575V/ 200 hp 400 hp 600 hp 900 hp 1600 hp
60 Hz 60 Hz
Resistive Heating kW 1 Resistive Heating kW 4
Single-Phase, Single-Phase,
2-Pole 2-Pole
120V — — 3 kW 5 kW 10 kW 15 kW 120V 30 kW 60 kW 90 kW 3 3
Three-Phase, Three-Phase,
3-Pole 3-Pole
120V — — 5 kW 8.5 kW 17 kW 26 kW 120V 52 kW 105 kW 155 kW 3 3
Capacitor Switching kVAR, Three-Phase Capacitor Switching kVAR, Three-Phase

240V — — — 12 kVAR 27 kVAR 40 kVAR 240V 80 kVAR 160 kVAR 240 kVAR 360 kVAR 665 kVAR
Transformer Switching kVA 2 Transformer Switching kVA 5
Single-Phase, Single-Phase,
2-Pole 2-Pole
120V — .6 kVA 1.2 kVA 2.1 kVA 4.1 kVA 6.8 kVA 120V 14 kVA 27 kVA 41 kVA 61 kVA 112 kVA
240V — 1.2 kVA 2.4 kVA 4.1 kVA 8.1 kVA 14 kVA 240V 27 kVA 54 kVA 81 kVA 122 kVA 225 kVA
480V — 2.4 kVA 4.9 kVA 8.3 kVA 16 kVA 27 kVA 480V 54 kVA 108 kVA 162 kVA 244 kVA 450 kVA
600V — 3 kVA 6.2 kVA 10 kVA 20 kVA 34 kVA 600V 68 kVA 135 kVA 203 kVA 304 kVA 562 kVA
Three-Phase, Three-Phase,
3-Pole 3-Pole
480V — 4.2 kVA 8.5 kVA 14 kVA 28 kVA 47 kVA 480V 94 kVA 188 kVA 280 kVA 420 kVA 783 kVA
600V — 5.2 kVA 11 kVA 18 kVA 35 kVA 59 kVA 600V 117 kVA 234 kVA 351 kVA 526 kVA 975 kVA
1 Resistive loads having inrush currents not exceeding 1.5 times 3 For ratings refer to factory.
continuous rating. 4 Resistive loads having inrush currents not exceeding 1.5 times
2 These ratings are for transformers having inrush currents not more continuous rating.
than 20 times peak of continuous current ratings. For inrush currents 5 These ratings are for transformers having inrush currents not more
greater than 20 times, refer to factory. than 20 times peak of continuous current ratings. For inrush currents
greater than 20 times, refer to factory.

A200
January 2003
DC Power Pole Ratings

The following represent typical pro-
duction test values and should not be
interpreted as a guarantee of actual
performance.
Table 33-303. DC Operated 120 and 240V Coils
Contactor
Size
DC Contact
Amp Rating
33
2 Poles in Series 1
120V 240V
0 — —
1 20 10
2 45 30
3 75 40
4 90 70
1 Non-inductive load.
380V, 50 Hz Starter Maximum Horsepower Ratings

Table 33-304. 380V, 50 Hz Starters — Maximum Horsepower Ratings
NEMA Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Maximum 1-1/2 5 10 25 50 75 150 300 450 700

Horsepower
Operating Coil Characteristics at Rated Coil Volts, Sizes 00 – 9

The following represent typical production test values and should not be interpreted as a guarantee of actual performance.
Table 33-305. Operating Coil Characteristics
Sizes 00, 0, 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 2 Size 5 Size 6 Size 7 Size 8 Size 9
AC Coil
Burden (Open VA) 160 VA 160 VA 625 VA 700 VA 1700 VA 2900 VA 3 3 3
(Closed VA) 25 VA 25 VA 50 VA 64 VA 180 VA 220 VA 3 3 3
(Closed Watts) 7.8 W 7.8 W 18 W 21 W 32 W 42 W — — —
Pick-Up Volts 4 85% 85% 85% 85% 78% 70% — — —
Drop-Out Volts 4 40 – 60% 40 – 60% 40 – 60% 40 – 60% 65 to 75% 60 to 70% — — —
Pick-Up Time Hz 78 1 – 1-1/2 1-1/2 – 2 2 – 2-1/2 1 – 1-1/2 1.5 4.0 — — —
Drop-Out Time Hz 7 3/4 – 1 3/4 – 1 3/4 – 1 3/4 – 1 .75 .75 — — —
DC Coil
Burden (Open VA) 17 VA 17 VA 35 VA 35 VA 600 VA 2120 VA 400 VA 400 VA 2100 VA
(Closed VA) 17 VA 17 VA 35 VA 35 VA 22 VA 21 VA 400 VA 400 VA 350 VA
(Closed Watts) 18 W 18 W 35 W 35 W 20 W 20 W 400 W 400 W 350 W
Pick-Up Volts 4 80% 80% 80% 80% 64% 73% 45% – 65% 5 45% – 65% 5 50% – 65% 5
Drop-Out Volts 4 5 – 10% 5 – 10% 5 – 10% 5 – 10% 18% 13% 30% – 45% 5 30% – 45% 5 40% – 50% 5
Pick-Up Time Hz 8 — 25 – 75 mS 25 – 75 mS 25 – 75 mS 2.7 Hz 7 3 Hz 7 21 – 41 Hz 57 17 – 29 Hz 57 16 – 18 57
Drop-Out Time Hz 7 — 16 – 25 mS 16 – 25 mS 16 – 25 mS 9.3 Hz 7 17.5 Hz 7 7 – 12 Hz 67 7 – 12 Hz 67 18 – 20 Hz 57
2 AC coil data pertains to Model K, DC coil data pertains to Model J.
3 DC Operated only.
4 Percent of rated coil voltage.
5 Lower figure when coil is cold. Higher figure when coil is hot.
6 Drop-out time to clear arc. Time varies with type of load and contact wear.
7 At 60 Hz base.
8 To contact touch.

A200
January 2003
Mechanical Characteristics
NEMA Standard ICS 2-110
Direct-current operated contactors Alternating-current operated contac-
shall withstand 110% of their rated tors shall withstand 110% of their
voltage continuously without injury to rated voltage continuously without
the operating coils and shall close suc- injury to the operating coils and shall
33 cessfully at 80% of their rated voltage. close successfully at 85% of their rated
voltage.
Table 33-306. Mechanical Characteristics, Sizes 00 –9

Sizes 00, 0, 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5 Size 6 Size 7 Size 8 Size 9
Dimensions in
Inches (mm)
Height 6.45 7.16 9.93 9.93 12.00 13.50 18.62 19.25 25.00
(163.8) (181.9) (252.2) (252.2) (304.8) 1 (342.9) 1 (472.9) 1 (489) 1 (635) 1
Width 3.31 3.31 4.62 4.62 7.00 7.00 23.50 23.50 32.00
(84.1) (84.1) (117.3) (117.3) (177.8) 1 (177.8) 1 (596.9) 1 (596.9) 1 (812.8) 1
Depth 4.61 4.96 6.75 6.75 7.75 8.75 11.00 11.00 13.00
(117.1) (126) (171.5) (171.5) (196.9) 1 (222.3) 1 (279.4) 1 (279.4) 1 (330.2) 1
Panel Area —
Square Inches 21.35 23.7 46.0 46.0 84.0 94.5 437.5 452.4 800
Weight — Pounds 3.5 Lbs. 3.5 Lbs. 11.5 Lbs. 11.5 Lbs. 25 Lbs. 42 Lbs. 215 Lbs. 265 Lbs. 315 Lbs.
Cable Connection — — — — Front Front Front/Rear Front/Rear Front/Rear
Maximum Cable 6 AWG 3 AWG 1/0 4/0 1-500 MCM 2-500 MCM 3-500 MCM 4-500 MCM 8-500 MCM
Size/Phase Copper
(AWG/MCM)
Auxiliary Electrical 8 6 6 6 4 4 3 3 4
Circuits Available
Latched Version Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No
Available
Mechanical
Interlock
Combinations
Available
Sizes 00, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 Verti., Horiz. Vert., Horiz. Vert., Horiz. Vert., Horiz. Vert., Horiz. — — — —
5 — — — — Vert., Horiz. Vert., Horiz. — — —
6 — — — — Vert., Horiz. Vert., Horiz. Vertical Vertical —
7, 8 — — — — — Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical
9 — — — — — — Vertical Vertical Vertical
1 For Sizes 5 – 9 contactors only; for starter Sizes 5 – 9, refer to factory.
Table 33-307. Data from Tables 430 — 147 Through 150 of 1996 NEC: Motor Amperes at Full Load 2, Three-Phase AC
hp Single-Phase Induction Type Squirrel-Cage DC hp Single-Phase Induction Type Squirrel-Cage DC
AC and Wound-Rotor Amperes AC and Wound-Rotor Amperes
115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V 120V 240V 115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V 120V 240V
1/6 4.4 2.2 — — — — — — 30 — — 92 80 40 32 — 106

1/4 5.8 2.9 — — — — 3.1 1.6 40 — — 120 104 52 41 — 140
1/3 7.2 3.6 — — — — 4.1 2.0 50 — — 150 130 65 52 — 173
1/2 9.8 4.9 2.5 2.2 1.1 .9 5.4 2.7 60 — — 177 154 77 62 — 206
3/4 13.8 6.9 3.7 3.2 1.6 1.3 7.6 3.8 75 — — 221 192 96 77 — 255
1 16 8 4.8 4.2 2.1 1.7 9.5 4.7 100 — — 285 248 124 99 — 341
1-1/2 20 10 6.9 6.0 3.0 2.4 13.2 6.6 125 — — 359 312 156 125 — 425
2 24 12 7.8 6.8 3.4 2.7 17 8.5 150 — — 414 360 180 144 — 506
3 34 17 11.0 9.6 4.8 3.9 25 12.2 200 — — 552 480 240 192 — 675
5 56 28 17.5 15.2 7.6 6.1 40 20 250 — — — — 302 242 — —
7-1/2 80 40 25.3 22 11 9 58 29 300 — — — — 361 289 — —
10 100 50 32.2 28 14 11 76 38 350 — — — — 414 336 — —
15 — — 48.3 42 21 17 — 55 400 — — — — 477 382 — —
20 — — 62.1 54 27 22 — 72 450 — — — — 515 412 — —
25 — — 78.2 68 34 27 — 89 500 — — — — 590 472 — —
2 These current values are for motors running at usual speeds and with normal torque characteristics. Motors for special low speed or high torque may
require higher current. In all cases, heaters should be selected on basis of information on motor nameplate or motor card data.

A200
January 2003
Combination Ratings
Table 33-308. Combination Ratings — Sizes 00 – 2 Table 33-309. Combination Ratings — Sizes 3 and 4
Short-Circuit Max. Circuit Breaker Short-Circuit Short-Circuit Max. Circuit Breaker Short-Circuit
Protective Device Rating Interrupting Withstand Capability Protective Device Rating Interrupting Withstand Capability
(SCPD) SCPD Rating Current Voltage (SCPD) SCPD Rating Current Voltage
Sizes 00, 0, 1 Size 3
Class H Fuse 60A — 5,000A 600V Class H Fuse 60A — 5,000A 600V
Class J Fuse
Class R Fuse
60A
60A
—
—
100,000A
100,000A
600V
600V
Class J Fuse
Class R Fuse
60A
60A
—
—
100,000A
100,000A
600V
600V
33
Class T Fuse 60A — 100,000A 600V Class T Fuse 60A — 100,000A 600V
Magnetic Only 1 30A Marked HMCP 100,000A 480V Magnetic Only 6 100A Marked HMCP 100,000A 480V
Type CB 2 50,000A 600V Type CB 7 50,000A 600V
Thermal/Mag. 50A 65,000A 65,000A 480V Thermal/Mag. 150A 65,000A 65,000A 480V
Type CB 3 25,000A 25,000A 600V Type CB 8 25,000A 25,000A 600V
100,000A 100,000A 480V 100,000A 100,000A 480V
35,000A 35,000A 600V 35,000A 35,000A 600V
Magnetic Only 30A HMCP + 100,000A 600V Magnetic Only 100A HMCP + 100,000A 600V
Type CB + CL 4 Current Limiter Type CB + CL i Current Limiter
Type CLB 5 Type CLB j
Size 2 Size 4
Class H Fuse 100A — 5,000A 600V Class H Fuse 400A — 10,000A 600V
Class J Fuse 100A — 100,000A 600V Class J Fuse 400A — 100,000A 600V
Class R Fuse 100A — 100,000A 600V Class R Fuse 400A — 100,000A 600V
Class T Fuse 100A — 100,000A 600V Class T Fuse 400A — 100,000A 600V
Magnetic Only 1 50A Marked HMCP 100,000A 480V Magnetic Only 6 150A Marked HMCP 100,000A 480V
Type CB 2 50,000A 600V Type CB 7 50,000A 600V
Type CB 3 25,000A 25,000A 600V Type CB 8 25,000A 25,000A 600V
100,000A 100,000A 480V 100,000A 100,000A 480V
35,000A 35,000A 600V 35,000A 35,000A 600V
Magnetic Only 50A HMCP + 100,000A 600V Magnetic Only 150A HMCP + 100,000A 600V
Type CB + CL 4 Current Limiter Type CB + CL i Current Limiter
Type CLB 5 Type CB + CL j
1 Instantaneous Adjustable Trip. Thermal/Mag. 250A 150,000A 100,000A 480V
2 Circuit Breaker. Type CLB k
3 Inverse Time Circuit Breaker. 6 Instantaneous Adjustable Trip.
4 Instantaneous Adjustable Trip with Current Limiting Attachment. 7 Circuit Breaker.
5 Inverse Time with Built-In Current Limiting Attachment. 8 Inverse Time Circuit Breaker.
i Instantaneous Adjustable Trip with Current Limiting Attachment.
j Inverse Time with Built-In Current Limiting Attachment.
k Inverse Time Current Limiting Breaker.
Coil Suffix
Table 33-310. Other Available Coil Voltages — AC and DC Coils q Table 33-311. Other DC Coils Available (For Q Suffix) r
Coils Catalog Coil Rating Catalog Coil Rating Voltages Sizes 0 & 1 Size 2 Voltages Sizes 0 & 1 Size 2
Number (Volts/Hertz) Number (Volts/Hertz) 1- to 4-Pole 1- to 3-Pole 1- to 4-Pole 1- to 3-Pole
Suffix Suffix
Style Number Style Number
AC A 120/60, 110/50 N 110/50
12 1268C86G07 79 1268C86G08
B 200-208/60 P 48/60
Cl 240/60 and 480/60 Qp AC/DC Volts Specified 28 1268C86G06 96 1268C86G15
D 440/50 Rl 120/60 and 240/60 32 1268C86G09 200 1268C86G11
E 600/60 Hz U 440-480/50 or 34 1268C86G16 300 1268C86G14
G 220/50 60 Rect. to DC
37.5 1268C86G17 315 1268C86G12
H 380/50 V 110/60
I 24/60 W 240/60 40 1268C86G13 125/250 1268C86G03
J 110-120/50 or X 480/60 50 1268C86G10 —
60 Rect. to DC Y 415/50 r For Q suffixes “order by description” consult Technical Support Center.
K 220-240/50 or Z 277/60 Availability may be limited.
60 Rect. to DC
Table 33-312. Other Available Coil Voltage Adders
DC mno L 24V DC S 125V DC
M 48V DC T 250V DC NEMA Coil
l Size Dual Voltage AC Coil DC Coil (24, 48, 125, 250V DC)
List Price Addition for dual voltage coils. See Table 33-312.
m List Price Addition for DC coils. See Table 33-312. Adder Price, U.S. $ Adder Price, U.S. $
n DC coils for Size 5 and 6 contactors and starters are intermittent duty
0, 1 16. 134.
rated only. A mechanical latch is required.
o
2 16. 150.
DC coils. Use only on contactors originally supplied with a DC coil. 3 16. 260.
p For Q suffixes “order by description” consult Technical Support Center. 4 16. 346.
q Availability may be limited. 5, 6 16. 542.

A200
January 2003
Factory Modifications
Table 33-313. A200 Factory Modifications
Modifications Description Catalog NEMA Size
Number 00 – 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Suffix
Adder U.S. $
33 Control
Circuit
1 Extra Auxiliary Contact (1NO-1NC) J1
Non-reversing, 97.00 97.00 97.00 97.00 97.00 97.00 97.00 291.00 291.00
Reversing, 2-Speed Unwired 194.00 194.00 194.00 194.00 194.00 194.00 194.00 585.00 585.00
2 Extra Auxiliary Contact J2
Non-reversing, 194.00 194.00 194.00 194.00 194.00 194.00 194.00 585.00 585.00
Reversing, 2-Speed Unwired 388.00 388.00 388.00 388.00 388.00 388.00 388.00 1,170.00 1,170.00
3 Extra Auxiliary Contact J3 291.00 291.00 291.00 291.00 — — — — —
Non-reversing, Unwired
4 Extra Auxiliary Contact J4 388.00 388.00 388.00 388.00 — — — — —
Non-reversing, Unwired
Wired for Separate Control (NC) C N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C
Omit Control Wiring (NC) X 213.00 213.00 213.00 213.00 213.00 213.00 213.00 213.00 213.00
Overload Ambient Compensated with D N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C — — —
Relays Auto Reset (NC)
(Substitu- Fast Trip — Ambient Compensated D7 176.00 176.00 176.00 176.00 176.00 176.00 — — —
tions) (Specify Motor FLA)
Overload Relay Alarm Contact E 43.75 43.75 43.75 43.75 43.75 43.75 — — —
(NO) per overload
Accessories and Field Modification Kits

■ Provides two separate electrical Table 33-314. Auxiliary Contact Ratings
contact sets which wire vertically Voltage Make Break
and are color coded; black desig-
NEMA A600
nates NC and silver designates NO.
120 – 600V AC 7200 VA 720 VA
Please note that the vertical wiring
72 – 120V AC 60A 720 VA
is contrary to the horizontal wiring 28 – 72V AC 60 VA 10A
of the L-56 auxiliary contacts.
NEMA R300
■ Designed to fit within dimensions of
28 – 300V DC 28 VA 28 VA
starter; no additional panel space is
required. Table 33-315. Auxiliary Contact Types
■ Provides circuit isolation (no polar-
Contact Max. Catalog Price
ity restrictions) and single break Type Number U.S. $
Type J Auxiliary Contact bifurcated contacts.
1NO and 1NC 4 J11 70.50
Type J Auxiliary Contact 2NC 4 J02 70.50
■ Capable of being field mounted in a 2NO 4 J20 70.50
1 Coil Clearing 4 J1C 70.50
contactor or starter (Classes A200, NC and 1NO
A900 Sizes 00 – 6, V200, V201 vacuum
and definite purpose controllers).

A200
January 2003
F-56 Fuse Block B3NO Bell Alarm Contact

■ Facilitates installation of fuses (15A, ■ Isolated Normally Open Bell Alarm
600V max.) in control circuits. Contact.
■ Utilizes Bussman type KTK fuses, ■ Mounts in Type B block-type over-
or equivalent. load relay.
■ Mounts in same cavity as Type J Table 33-320. Bell Alarm Contact
auxiliary contact.
■ No tools or mounting hardware
Kit Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
33
needed.
B3NO-2 26.
■ Fuse not included. B3NO-4 4 26.
4 For Size 3 and 4.
SS-56 Surge Suppressor Table 33-317. Fuse Block
Mounting Kit Catalog Price Table 33-321. Control Contact Ratings (B600)
SS-56 Surge Suppressor Number U.S. $
AC Volts Maximum Amperes
■ Designed to be used with magnetic Starter F56 35. Make Break
motor controllers through Size 4 in Panel F56-P 35.
120V, 60 Hz control circuit applica- 24 – 120 30 3.00
121 – 600 3600 VA 360 VA
tions where electronic equipment is R-56 Interposing Relay
used. Continuous Current Rating: 5A
The R-56AA interposing relay is a low
■ Steady State Coil Volts: 120, 60 Hz,
energy solid-state device with a single Overload Relay Reset Extension
RMS
NO solid-state contact. It can be used as
■ Peak Input Volts: 169.6, 60 Hz, a 120V AC control relay, and will oper- ■ Used to adjust overload reset rod
Max. Amplitude ate on as little as 40V AC input. Is useful depth of Class A200 Model J starters
■ Max. Ambient Temperature: 65°C in applications requiring long control and current design overload relays
■ Nominal Limiting Volts: 270 Peak wiring runs where excessive voltage to same dimensions as obsolete
drop would prevent the contactor or B200 starters and overloads identi-
■ Nominal Rate of Volt Rise: fied by suffix B, i.e., BA13B.
.5 per mS relay from energizing. Will operate a
Size 4 contactor from 10,000 feet using When replacing obsolete B200 device
Table 33-316. Surge Suppressor 1 18 AWG wire. with Class A200 starter and Type B
Type Mounting Kit Catalog Price overload, order Style 6710C11H03. No
Table 33-318. Interposing Relay charge.
Number U.S. $ 2
Type Kit Catalog Price
Starter SS-56 80. Mounting Number U.S. $ 3 When replacing obsolete B200 device
1 Can be used on Sizes 5 and 6 with 120V coil. with Class A200 starter and Type A
Starter or Panel R56-AA 505. overload, order Style 1490C15H10. No
Mounting bracket required — order sepa-
rately. Mounting Bracket 177C043G04. 3 Discount Symbol 1CD1. charge.
2 Discount Symbol 1CD1.
Power Pole Kit
■ Adds 1NO or 1NC power pole to
Mechanical Interlock Size 00 – 1 A201 Class contactors.
■ Factory installed or field mountable
■ Prevents closing of one member of ■ Lever type mechanism assures posi-
in load side auxiliary cavities.
a reversing or multi-speed contactor tive action.
until the opposite member is com- ■ 600V AC.
■ Can be factory assembled or field
pletely open. mounted on A200 and A900 starters ■ Continuous current rating of 18A for
and contactors. Size 0, 27A for Size 1.
Table 33-322. Power Pole Kit 5
Table 33-319. Mechanical Interlock
Continuous Kit Kit Price
Contactor Arrangement Continuous Interlock Price Current Size Catalog U.S. $
(Number of Poles, Size Catalog U.S. $ Rating Number
Horizontal or Vertical) Number
Normally Open
3 x 3 Horizontal 0, 1 M-33-1B 52. 18 0 PNO-0 96.
4 x 4 Horizontal 0, 1 M-33-1B 52. 27 1 PNO-1 130.
5 x 3 Horizontal 0, 1 M-33-1B 52.
Normally Closed
All Pole Combination, Vertical 0, 1 M-34-1A 52.
3 x 3 Horizontal Reversing 2 M-33-2B 52. 18 0 PNC-0 96.
3 x 3 Vertical Reversing 2 M-34-2A 52. 27 1 PNC-1 130.
5 Do not use with DC operated contactors.
5 x 3 Horizontal 2 M-35-2A 52.
4 x 4 Horizontal 2 M-36-2A 52.
All Pole Combination Horizontal 3, 4 M-33-3B 87.
All Pole Combination Vertical 3, 4 M-34-3 87.

A200
January 2003
Replacement Auxiliary Contacts Mechanical Interlocks

Table 33-323. Replacement Auxiliary Contacts Table 33-326. Mechanical Interlocks
Contactor Contact Aux. Elect. Contact Price Contactor Sizes Style Numbers Price
Size Arrangement Catalog Style U.S. $ Horizontal Vertical U.S. $
Number Number
3, 4 and 5 2050A11G75 2050A11G65 423.00
5, 6 1NO + 1NC J11 9084A17G01 70.50 5 and 5 2050A11G25 2050A11G15 423.00
33 2NO
2NC
J20
J02
9084A17G02
9084A17G03
70.50
70.50
5 and 6
6 and 6
2050A11G27
2050A11G26
2050A11G17
2050A11G16
423.00
423.00
7, 8 1NO — 578D461G01 184.00 6 and 7, 8 — 2050A11G55 423.00
1NC — 578D461G03 196.00 7, 8 and 7, 8 No (Rear Conn.) 567D624G01 650.00
9 1NO + 1NC — 843D943G04 173.00 7, 8 and 7, 8 No (Front Conn.) 567D624G03 650.00
2NO — 843D943G05 173.00 7, 8 and 9 No (Rear Conn.) 9944D56G06 650.00
2NC — 843D943G06 173.00 9 and 9 No (Rear Conn.) 9944D56G01 650.00
Extra Auxiliary Contact Kits Overload Protection

All starters include an auxiliary contact with 1NO and 1NC
contact. These kits include an auxiliary contact with contacts Overload Protection Size 5 Starters
as shown, plus operating arm and mounting bracket when Type B overload relay is a three-pole, block type, thermal
required. ambient compensated device with manual reset mounted
Table 33-324. Extra Auxiliary Contact Kits integrally. Current transformers are enclosed in a protective
case and integrally mounted to save panel space. Standard
Contactor Contact Style Price ratio is 300:5.
Size Arrangement Number U.S. $
5, 6 1NO + 1NC 3463D94G18 105.00

Overload Protection Size 6 Starters
2NO 3463D94G04 105.00 Overload protection assembly consists of three current
2NC 3463D94G19 105.00 transformers, Type B three-pole block overload relay and an
7, 8 1 2NO 818D498G06 550.00 optional interposing relay. These parts are mounted on a
1NO 818D498G04 273.00 panel which connects directly to the load terminal of the
1 Size 7 and larger use DC coils as standard. contactor. Current transformers are 600:5 ratio as standard.
DC Coil Conversion Kits If automatic reset is required, the Type A, three-pole block,
ambient compensated relay is available upon request.
Kits listed below include all necessary parts to convert from
AC to DC control including the DC coil with built-in diode, Overload Relay Kits
rectifier, auxiliary interlock and all mounting hardware.
Each kit includes three current transformers (standard ratio)
Table 33-325. DC Coil Conversion Kits and one Type B, three-pole block overload relay, ambient
Size Voltage Kit Style Number Price compensated with manual reset.
U.S. $
Table 33-327. Overload Relay Kits
5 110-120 7864A28G01 555.00 Kit Size Kit Part Number Price
220-240 7864A28G02 555.00 U.S. $
440-480 7864A28G03 555.00
6 110-120 7864A29G01 615.00 5 2057A34G01 605.00
220-240 7864A29G02 615.00 6 6379D80G10 820.00
440-480 7864A29G03 615.00
Table 33-328. Replacement Terminal Lugs 2
Contactor Cable Kit Style Price Terminals
Size Size Number U.S. $ Qty. Qty.
in Kit Req’d.
per Pole
5 1-500 MCM 2119A76G01 83.50 6 2

6 2-500 MCM 7858A96G01 197.00 6 2
7 4-500 MCM 7858A96G02 392.00 12 4
8 4-500 MCM 7858A96G03 392.00 12 4
2 All mounting hardware is included in kit.

A200
January 2003
When Ordering Specify General Information To maintain maximum operating

Use this renewal parts data to identify This renewal parts data will provide efficiency and dependability of your
device by style number, catalog num- the proper identification of standard equipment, only genuine Cutler-
ber and/or description. parts which may be required for main- Hammer replacement parts should
tenance of Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer be used.
Select style number of replacement components.
part from the following pages. This section identifies the replace-
It is the intent of this catalog section to ments parts which are available. Order
For clarification of ordering procedure, make it possible to quickly select the by style number. 33
pricing and discounts, contact the Cus- parts needed.
tomer Support Center.
An investment in renewal parts and
regular maintenance program will
protect against downtime and ensure
a proper duty cycle for your
equipment.
JF Autostarters
Table 33-329. JF Autostarter Kits
Frame Size Start Contacts Run Contacts Grid Stack Kit
Required Style Price Required Style Price Required Style Price
2–3 1 38A7018G12 260. 1 38A7018G13 850. 1 3354D90G10 289.

4 – 5 5L 1 550D409G18 424. 1 550D409G19 2,640. 1 3354D90G10 289.
5M – 5MM 1 3354D90G08 1,730. 1 3354D90G09 3,145. 2 3354D90G10 289.
Note: Kits contain a complete set of moving contacts, stationary contacts and springs.
Table 33-330. Solenoid Assembly with Coil

(All Sizes) 1
Volt Hz Style Price
Number 2 U.S. $
115 60 5264C05H01 660.

230 60 5264C05H02 660.
460 60 5264C05H03 660.
575 60 5264C05H04 660.
1 When replacing solenoid assembly series
416C160 use adapter plate style
9917D02H01 — 1 required.
2 These styles replace coil style 296B892G__.
When ordering new style as replacement,
customer must order adapter plate
9917D02H01, Quantity 1 required.

A200
January 2003
AC Starters, Contactors A200, A201

Table 33-331. AC Contactors Model J Sizes 00, 0, 1, 2 Kits 1
Part Poles Size 00 Size 0 Size 1 Size 2
Style Price Style Price Style Price Style Price
Contact Kit 2 373B331G17 51.50 373B331G02 63.50 373B331G07 73.50 373B331G11 132.00
3 373B331G18 76.00 373B331G04 94.50 373B331G09 110.00 373B331G12 196.00
33 4
5
373B331G18
373B331G19
76.00
128.00
373B331G04
373B331G05
94.50
158.00
373B331G09
373B331G10
110.00
183.00
373B331G13
3
196.00
Arc Box 2 2, 3, 4 6714C74G01 24.10 6714C74G02 24.10 6714C74G03 24.10 6714C74G07 43.50
(2-, 3-pole)
5 6714C74G04 24.10 6714C74G05 24.10 6714C74G06 22.40 6714C74G08 70.00
(4-, 5-pole)
Cross Bar 2, 3 N/A — N/A — N/A — 672B788G32 54.50
4, 5 N/A — N/A — N/A — 672B788G34 83.50
Upper Base (for single rated 2, 3 N/A — N/A — N/A — 672B788G33 90.00
coils only) 4, 5 N/A — N/A — N/A — 672B788G35 109.00
Lower Base 2, 3 N/A — N/A — N/A — 1250C33G09 66.00
4, 5 N/A — N/A — N/A — 1250C33G05 130.00
KO Spring (Pk of 10) All N/A — N/A — N/A — 503C796G01 54.50
Terminal Line/Load (Pk of 3) All N/A — N/A — N/A — 371B870G03 45.75
1 Model C contact tips and coils 00-4, 2-, 3-, 4- and 5-pole contactors are same as Model J. All other parts are unavailable.
2 Mounting hardware included.
3 Use one each of 373B331G11 and 373B331G12.
Table 33-332. AC Coils

Voltage Hz Size 00, 0, 1 Size 2
2-, 3-, 4-Pole 5-Pole 2-, 3-Pole 4-, 5-Pole
120/110 60/50 505C806G01 66.00 505C808G01 85.00 505C806G01 66.00 505C818G01 85.00
208 60 505C806G02 66.00 505C808G02 85.00 505C806G02 66.00 505C818G02 85.00
600/550 60/50 505C806G05 66.00 505C808G05 85.00 505C806G05 66.00 505C818G05 85.00
380 50 505C806G07 66.00 505C808G07 85.00 505C806G07 66.00 505C818G07 85.00
240/220 60/50 505C806G12 66.00 505C808G12 85.00 505C806G12 66.00 505C818G12 85.00
480/440 60/50 505C806G13 66.00 505C808G13 85.00 505C806G13 66.00 505C818G13 85.00
24 60 505C806G16 66.00 N/A — 505C806G16 66.00 505C818G15 85.00
277 60 505C806G18 66.00 505C808G16 85.00 505C806G18 66.00 505C818G16 85.00
240/480 4 60/60 505C806G03 85.00 505C808G03 85.00 505C806G03 85.00 505C818G03 85.00
120/240 5 60/60 505C806G10 85.00 505C808G10 85.00 505C806G10 85.00 505C818G10 85.00
4 Dual Voltage Coils. Use only on contactors or starters originally supplied with a dual voltage coil.
5 Use only on contactors originally supplied with a DC coil.
Table 33-333. DC Coil 7 Accessories for Size 5 – 9 AC Contactors

Voltage Size 0, 1 Size 2 Price Note: A rectifier circuit converts the AC supply to DC supply. This
1, 2, 3, 4 Pole 1, 2, 3 Pole U.S. $ conversion provides pick up and drop out characteristics. All neces-
sary parts are included in the kit.
Style
Number Table 33-334. AC-DC Coil Conversion Kits
Voltage Size 5 Size 6
12 1268C86G07 132.00
24 1268C86G04 132.00 Style Number Price U.S. $ Style Number Price U.S. $
48 1268C86G05 132.00 120V AC 7864A28G01 555.00 7864A29G01 615.00
125 1268C86G02 132.00 240V AC 7864A28G02 555.00 7864A29G02 615.00
250 1268C86G01 132.00 480V AC 7864A28G03 555.00 7864A29G03 615.00
125/250 6 1268C86G03 132.00
6 Dual Voltage Coils. Use only on contactors or starters originally sup- Table 33-335. Replacement Coils for Above
plied with a dual voltage coil. Voltage Size 5 Size 6
7 Use only on contactors originally supplied with a DC coil. Style Number Price U.S. $ Style Number Price U.S. $
120V AC 7856A15G05 335.00 7856A16G05 335.00
240V AC 7856A15G10 356.00 7856A16G10 356.00
480V AC 7856A15G15 335.00 7856A16G15 356.00

A200
January 2003
AC Starters, Contactors A200, A201 (Continued)

Accessories for Size 5 – 9 AC Contactors
Table 33-336. Auxiliary Electrical Interlocks Size 7 – 9 AC
and All DC Units
Type Circuits Application Style Price
Number U.S. $
L63 NO Size 7 – 8 578D461G01 184.00 33

L63 NC Size 7 – 8 578D461G03 196.00
L64 NO-NC Size 9 843D943G04 173.00
L64 2NO Size 9 843D943G05 173.00
L64 2NC Size 9 843D943G06 173.00
Accessories for Size 00 – 6 AC Contactors

Table 33-337. Auxiliary Electrical Interlocks
Catalog Style Circuits Catalog Style Price
Number Number Number Number U.S. $
(Obsolete) (Obsolete) Current Current
(L-56) (2609D01G01) 1NO & 1NC J11 9084A17G01 70.50

2NO
(L-56D) (2609D01G02) 1NO & 1NC J20 9084A17G02 70.50
(L-56E) (2609D01G03) 2NO J11 9084A17G01 70.50
2NO
(L-56B) (2609D01G04) J20 9084A17G02 70.50
(L-56H) (2609D01G05) J20 9084A17G02 70.50
(L-56J) (2609D01G06) 1NO & 1NC J1C 9084A17G04 70.50
DB
(L-56A) (2609D01G07) N/A N/A N/A —
(L-56B) (2609D01G08) N/A N/A N/A —
(L-56F) (2609D01G09) N/A N/A N/A —
(L-56G) (2609D01G10) 1NO & 1NC J1C 9084A17G04 70.50
DB
(L-56C) (2609D01G11) 2NC J02 9084A17G03 70.50
(L-56M) (2609D01G12) N/A N/A N/A —
(L-56P) (2609D01G17) 1NO & 1NC J11 9084A17G01 70.50
2NC
(L-56R) (2609D01G18) 1NO & 1NC J02 9084A17G03 70.50
(L-56S) (2609D01G19) J11 9084A17G01 70.50
Model J – K, Sizes 3 and 4

Table 33-338. Model J – K Series 3, 4 Kits 1
Part Poles Size 3 – Model J Size 4 – Model J 3 Size 4 – Model K 2
Style Price Style Price Style Price
Contact Kit 2 626B187G12 214.00 626B187G16 448.00 5250C81G16 448.00

3 626B187G13 321.00 626B187G17 680.00 5250C81G17 680.00
4 4 6 5250C81G18 900.00
5 5 7 5250C81G19 1,125.00
Arc Box 2, 3 6714C74G09 100.00 6714C74G11 100.00 6714C74G11 100.00
4, 5 6714C74G10 123.00 6714C74G12 123.00 6714C74G12 123.00
Cross Bar 2, 3 672B788G36 107.00 672B788G36 107.00 672B788G40 107.00
4, 5 672B788G38 138.00 672B788G38 138.00
Upper Base 2, 3 672B788G37 161.00 672B788G37 161.00 672B788G52 161.00
4, 5 672B788G39 218.00 672B788G39 218.00
Lower Base 2, 3 1250C33G03 121.00 1250C33G03 121.00 1250C33G10 85.00
4, 5 1250C33G06 164.00 1250C33G06 164.00
KO Spring (Pk of 10) All 503C796G02 54.50 503C796G02 54.50 672B788G50 54.50
Terminal Line/Load (Pk of 3) All 372B357G12 45.75 372B357G18 45.75 372B357G18 45.75
1 Model C contact tips and coils 00-4, 2-, 3-, 4- and 5-pole contactors are same as model J. All other parts are unavailable.
2 Model K replaces Model J, offering superior design life characteristics. Renewal parts are different. Use parts for proper model only.
3 For 200 Amp A202 Magnetically Latched Lighting Contactors order 3-pole contact kit style 672B788G07.
4 Use Qty. 2 of 626B187G12.
5 Use Qty. 1 each of 626B187G12 and 626B187G13.
6 Use Qty. 2 of 626B187G16.
7 Use Qty. 1 each of 626B187G16 and 626B187G17.

A200
January 2003
AC Starters, Contactors A200, A201 (Continued)

Accessories for Model J – K, Series 3, 4
Table 33-339. DC Coils 1
Voltage Model J Size 3, 4
2-, 3-Pole
Style Price
33 Number U.S. $
24 1255C68G04 221.00
48 1255C68G05 221.00
125 1255C68G01 221.00
250 1255C68G02 221.00
125/250 2 1255C68G03 221.00
1 Use only on units originally supplied with
DC coil.
2 Dual Voltage Coils. Use only on contactors
or starters originally supplied with dual volt-
age coil.

Voltage Hz Model J Size 3, 4 Model K Size 4 3
2-, 3-Pole 4-, 5-Pole 2-, 3-Pole 4-, 5-Pole
120/110 60/50 505C633G01 147.00 505C635G01 201.00 5250C79G01 147.00 5250C80G01 201.00
208 60 505C633G02 147.00 505C635G02 201.00 5250C79G02 147.00 5250C80G02 201.00
600/550 60/50 505C633G05 147.00 505C635G05 201.00 5250C79G05 147.00 5250C80G05 201.00
380 50 505C633G07 147.00 505C635G07 201.00 5250C79G07 147.00 5250C80G07 201.00
240/220 60/50 505C633G12 147.00 505C635G12 201.00 5250C79G12 147.00 5250C80G12 201.00
480/440 60/50 505C633G13 147.00 505C635G13 201.00 5250C79G13 147.00 5250C80G13 201.00
24 60 505C633G34 147.00 N/A — 5250C79G34 147.00 N/A —
277 60 505C633G14 147.00 N/A — 5250C79G14 147.00 N/A —
240/480 4 60/60 505C633G03 147.00 505C635G03 201.00 5250C79G03 147.00 5250C80G03 201.00
120/244 4 60/60 505C633G10 147.00 505C635G10 201.00 5250C79G10 147.00 5250C80G10 201.00
3 Model K replaces Model J, offering superior design life characteristics. Renewal parts are different. Use parts for proper model only.
4 Dual Voltage Coils. Use only on contactors or starters originally supplied with dual voltage coil.
A201 Contactors — Size 5 – 9

Table 33-341. GCA 530/630 — GPD 7, 8, 9 Kits 5
Part Size 5 Size 6 Size 7 Size 8 Size 9
Style Price Style Price Style Price Style Price Style Price
Number U.S. $ Number U.S. $ Number U.S. $ Number U.S. $ Number U.S. $
Contact Kit 477B477G05 6 405.00 2066A10G11 1,145.00 461A757G17 1,395.00 646C829G05 1,890.00 5264C42G01 (R.C.) 4,220.
(1 per pole) 5264C42G02 (F.C.) 4,220.
Arc Box 2050A15G45 459.00 2066A10G45 462.00 831D580G01 670.00 831D580G01 670.00 9917D69G02 8
Magnet Assy. 2050A15G46 427.00 2050A15G46 427.00 N/A — N/A — N/A —
Mag. Spg. Kit 2050A15G47 76.50 2050A15G47 76.50 N/A — N/A — N/A —
Acr Cup Kit 2050A15G48 43.50 N/A — N/A — N/A — N/A —
Load Conn. Kit 2050A15G49 149.00 2066A10G49 407.00 N/A — N/A — N/A —
Line Conn. Kit 2050A15G50 149.00 2066A10G50 407.00 N/A — N/A — N/A —
K.O. Spring – 6 2050A15G51 64.00 2066A10G46 72.00 N/A — N/A — N/A —
C.T. 300/5 655C285H03 245.00 N/A — N/A — N/A — N/A —
C.T. 400/5 655C285H04 245.00
C.T. 600/5 7 N/A — 2066A10G18 432.00 N/A — N/A — N/A —
C.T. 800/5 7 N/A — 2066A10G19 432.00 N/A — N/A — N/A —
Phase Barrier N/A — N/A — 640C441G01 115.00 640C441G01 115.00 5264C35G03 (R.C.) 115.00
Cross Bar 2050A15G12 222.00 2066A10G15 715.00 N/A — N/A — N/A —
Shunt N/A — 2066A10G48 126.00 650C129G01 134.00 646C831G02 820.00 5264C39G02 1,095.
(Set of 3) (Set of 4)
5 Catalog Number A201/A200 Series replaces GCA/GPD series. Renewal parts are the same.
6 Use 477B477G06 for Silver Tungsten applications.
7 C.T. kit which replaces the single molded 1 CT assembly used on the old size 6 airbreak. The kit includes a single molded 3 C.T. assembly, 2 bus bar and
hardware. This C.T. kit also replaces the single molded 3 C.T. assembly used on the present size 6 airbreak and size vacuum.
8 Consult factory for prices.

A200
January 2003
Accessories for A201 Contactors — Size 5 – 9

Table 33-342. Coils
Voltage Hz Size 5 Size 6
Style Price Style Price
Sizes 5 and 6
110/120 60 2050A14G05 285. 2050A12G05 401.
110/120 50 2050A14G06 285. 2050A12G06 401. 33
200/208 50 2050A14G07 285. 2050A12G07 401.
220/240 50 2050A14G08 285. 2050A12G08 401.
200/208 60 2050A14G09 285. 2050A12G09 401.
220/240 60 2050A14G10 285. 2050A12G10 401.
277/303 60 2050A14G12 285. 2050A12G12 401.
380/415 50 2050A14G14 285. 2050A12G14 401.
440/480 60 2050A14G15 285. 2050A12G15 401.
440/480 50 2050A14G16 285. 2050A12G16 401.
550/600 60 2050A14G17 285. 2050A12G17 401.
550/600 50 2050A14G18 285. 2050A12G18 401.
380/415 60 2050A14G19 285. 2050A12G19 401.
120/240 60 2050A14G20 285. 2050A12G20 401.
24 DC 2050A14G21 285. 2050A12G21 401.
48 DC 2050A14G22 285. 2050A12G22 401.
125 DC 2050A14G25 285. 2050A12G25 401.
250 DC 2050A14G27 285. 2050A12G27 401.
Line Voltage Size 7, 8 Required

Style Price
Number U.S. $
Sizes 7 and 8
125V DC 438C805G04 1,065. 2
230V DC 438C805G02 1,065. 2
250V DC 438C805G03 1,065. 2
110/120V AC 1 4 438C805G12 1,065. 2
220/240V AC 2 4 438C805G11 1,065. 2
380V AC 3 4 438C805G15 1,065. 2
440/480V AC 3 4 438C805G10 1,065. 2
550/575V AC 3 4 438C805G13 1,065. 2
Line Voltage Size 9

Style Price
Number U.S. $
Size 9
110V DC 5264C34G01 5 1,065.
1 Rectifier 125V 2018A40G01 (1 required).
4 These coils require an external rectifier. If
the rectifier needs replacement, order by the
appropriate style number.
5 Contains coil and resistor.

A200
January 2003
Relays — Thermal and Fast Trip, Product Family Overview Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0238]
Contents Fast trip relays can be identified by the Positive Contact Break
green reset rods. They are available for
Description Page panel or starter mounting. The three- A follow-through contact, provided on
pole fast trip design is composed of the stationary terminal of the snap
Thermal and Fast Trip action control switch, provides reliable
Overload Relays three single-pole relays on a common
baseplate, with a common reset bar. electrical continuity during toggling,
Product Family thus eliminating false trip sometimes
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-220 The bimetal element is actuated by prevalent with thermally operated
33 Design Features . . . . . . . . . 33-220 precisely calibrated heater elements switches. This contact also allows con-
which are connected directly in the cir- tact wipe for further reliability.
Instruction Leaflets . . . . . . . 33-220
cuit to be protected. Thermal actuation
Thermal Type B, Class 20, of this device opens the contacts in the Ambient Compensation
Manual Reset . . . . . . . . . . 33-221 coil circuit of a contactor or relay Motor overload protection can be pro-
Thermal Type A, Class 20, which results in the disconnection of vided with the same trip characteris-
Auto/Manual Reset . . . . . 33-223 power to the overloaded circuit. tics in ambient temperature from -40°
Type FT Fast Trip, to 77°C (-40° to 167°F). A compensat-
Interchangeable thermal heater ele-
Class 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-225 ing bimetal maintains a constant
ments for single-pole standard trip and
“travel to trip” distance independent
Heater Selection . . . . . . . . . 33-227 block type overload relays are avail-
of ambient conditions. The compen-
able to cover motor full load currents
sating feature is fully automatic and no
from .29 to 133A in approximately 10%
adjustments are required over wide
steps (see Heater Application Table).
fluctuations in ambient temperatures.
Fast trip overload relays do not have
Compensated relays are identified by
interchangeable heater elements but
black reset rods on the Type A and
are available in a series of ratings to
light gray reset rods on the Type B,
cover motor full load currents from 1.6
while non-compensated relays use red
to 150A in approximately 50% steps.
reset rods. AA three-pole units have
gray reset rods. AA one-pole units
Design Features have black reset rods.
Manual or Automatic Reset Control Contact

The Type B is furnished with a manual Single-pole and block type relays are
reset. The Type A is normally fur- supplied as standard with a SPST NC
nished set for manual reset operation control contact. A SPDT NO-NC with
and may be quickly adjusted for auto- common is available as a factory mod-
matic reset when required. Automatic ification on the Type A. An isolated NO
reset should not be used with 2-wire contact can be supplied on the Type B
Type A Overload Relay control or where automatic restarting as either a factory modification or as a
3-Pole Panel Mount would endanger either personnel or field kit.
equipment.
Product Family Overview Instruction Leaflets
Trip Indication 14885B Fast Trip A Sizes 0 – 4,
Type B and Type A, Class 20 Thermal An immediate visible indication of trip 3-Pole OL Relay
Overload Relays will protect the motor is provided on the overload relay.
against abnormal overload condi- 14567E Type A Sizes 1 – 2, 1-Pole
When an overload occurs, which OL Relay Mod A
tions. Bimetallic actuated, they are causes the relay to operate, a trip indi-
available as either ambient compen- cator projects out and thus shows pos- 14568 Type A Sizes 1 – 2, 3-Pole
sated or non-compensated in either itive visual indication of trip. The Type OL Relay Mod J
single-pole or block type three-pole B has a mechanical trip bar to manu-
design. The Type B use one pole of the ally check the NC contact operation on 14570D Type A Sizes 3 – 4, 3-Pole
three-pole block for single-phase. the overload relay. OL Relay Mod J
Single-pole relays are also available as 14569C Type A Sizes 3 – 4, 1-Pole
Fast Trip Class 10 ambient compen- Adjustable Trip OL Relay Mod A
sated type, which provides approxi- On the Type A, the trip rating of a spe-
mately 125% motor protection with a 17093A Type B OLR for Sizes 7, 8
cific heater element can be adjusted
tripping time of less than 10 seconds, and 9 Contactors
over a range of approximately 85% to
at 600% of heater current rating. 115% of its respective rating to permit 16955A Type B Sizes 1 – 2, 1-Pole
the desired close protection. OL Relay
This is accomplished by turning the 16954A Type B Sizes 1 – 2, 3-Pole
adjusting knob on the relay to the OL Relay
respective stop position.
15392B Type B Sizes 3 – 4, 3-Pole
OL Relay
13676F Fast Trip Sizes 0 – 4, 1-Pole
OL Relay

A200
January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0239] Relays — Thermal and Fast Trip, Thermal Type B
Thermal Type B, Class 20, Ambient Compensation Standards and Certifications

Manual Reset The Type B ambient compensated ■ UL508
design is supplied as standard on all ■ CSA
A200 starters. This design uses a sec- ■ ANSI/NEMA ICS 2-222
ond compensating bimetal responsive
to ambient air temperature in the sur-
rounding enclosure. This feature Technical Data 33
reduces nuisance tripping in applica-
tions using compact control panels Table 33-343. Control Contact Ratings —
and motor control centers where inter- NEMA B600 NO and NC Control Contact
nal temperature rise is significant com- Rating
pared to motor ambient temperature. AC Volts Make Break
The compensating characteristic is
24 – 120 30A 3A
maintained in ambient temperatures 120 – 600 3600 VA 360 VA
from 40° to 77°C.
Accessories
Table 33-344. Alarm Contact Kit Selection 1
Type B Catalog Price
Type B Overload Relay Overload Number U.S. $
Panel Mounting Relay Size
1, 2 B3NO-2 26.00
Application Description 3, 4 B3NO-4 26.00
1 Alarm contact available as factory modifica-
The Type B overload relay is designed tion of field mountable. For factory modifica-
to protect industrial motors against tion, add suffix B.
overload conditions. Using modern
block type, bimetallic design, this relay
will provide Class 20 operation in either Product Selection
single-phase or 3-phase applications.
Heaters
Features Enter heaters as separate item by listing Catalog Number from tables,
Pages 33-227 – 33-228, as required per starter.
■ Ambient compensation standard
Relays
■ Alarm contact field mountable
Table 33-345. Product Selection — Thermal Type B Overload Relay Selection
■ Class 20 — 600V design
Motor Full Panel Mounted Starter Mounted Catalog Numbers Price
■ Inverse time delay trip Load Amps Catalog Numbers Replacement for Replacement for Type U.S. $
■ Test trip device for weld check Type B Overload A Overload Relays in
■ Hi-visibility up-front trip indication Relays Manual Reset Mode
(3-Pole Only) 2
■ Trip-free reset mechanism
Ambient Non Ambient Non- Ambient Non-
Comp. comp. Comp. comp. Comp. comp.
Operation Single-Pole (One NC Contact)
.25 – 26.2 BA11JP BN11JP BA11A BN11A — — 39.25
The Type B overload relay is a bimetal- 26.3 – 45 BA21JP BN21JP BA21A BN21A — — 56.50
lic actuated device. The bimetal
19 – 90 Use 3-Pole Design, Wire 3 Poles in Series
elements are operated by precisely 19 – 135
calibrated heaters. The heater ele-
Three-Pole (One NC Contact)
ments are connected either directly in
the circuit to be measured, or through .25 – 26.2 BA13JP BN13JP BA13A 3 BN13A 3 BA13J BN13J 78.50
26.3 – 45 BA23JP BN23JP BA23A BN23A BA23J BN23J 113.00
current transformers on applications 19 – 90 BA33P BN33P BA33A BN33A BA33A BN33A 150.00
NEMA Size 5 and larger. 19 – 135 BA43P BN43P BA43A BN43A BA43A BN43A 235.00
2 Includes contactor mounting bracket, overload relay and connection straps to contactor.
As the bimetals are heated by motor
3 For replacement on B200 size 00, 0, 1 use BA23A instead of BA13A and use BN23A instead of
current flow, a deflection force is pro-
BN13A.
duced. Upon a sustained level of
abnormal current flow, the deflection
becomes great enough to open the
snap-action output contact.

A200
January 2003
Relays — Thermal and Fast Trip, Thermal Type B Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0240]
Dimensions
Table 33-346. Thermal Type B Overload Relays Dimensions
Relay Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Size A B C D
33 3
4
3.13 (79.5)
3.38 (85.9)
4.06 (103.1)
4.38 (111.3)
.44 (11.2)
.31 (7.9)
.31 (7.9)
.19 (4.8)
.2 (5.1) Dia. .28 (7.1) Dia.

6 Mtg. Slots 3 Mtg. Slots
2.22
.17 (56.4) .25
(4.3) C (6.4)
3.38 3.88
.8 2.81 3.14 A (85.9) (98.6)
(20.3) (71.4) (79.8)
1.38 (35.1)
D
.94 (23.9)
1.98 1.34 (34) 1.75 (44.5)
(50.3)
.41 (10.4) .53 .47 .47 (11.9)
(13.5) (11.9)
4
(101.6) 5.28
2.22 B (134.1)
(56.4)
3.31 4.44
(84.1) (112.8)
Sizes 1 and 2 Sizes 3 and 4

3-Pole, Panel Mounted 3-Pole, Panel Mounted
Figure 33-134. Thermal Type B Overload Relays Dimensions in Inches (mm)

A200
January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0241] Relays — Thermal and Fast Trip, Thermal Type A
Thermal Type A, Class 20, Operation Standards and Certifications

Auto/Manual Reset The Type A overload relay is a bimetal- ■ UL508
lic actuated device. The bimetal ele- ■ CSA
ments are operated by precisely ■ ANSI/NEMA ICS 2-222
calibrated heaters. The heater ele-
ments are connected either directly in
the circuit to be measured, or through Technical Data 33
current transformers on applications
NEMA Size 5 and larger. Table 33-347. Control Contact Ratings
AC Normally Normally
As the bimetals are heated by motor Volts Closed Open
current flow, a deflection force is pro- Make Break Make Break
duced. Upon a sustained level of
abnormal current flow, the deflection Three-Pole Control Contact Ratings
becomes great enough to open the 24 – 120 20A 2A .5A .5A
120 – 600 2400 VA 240 VA 600 VA 60 VA
snap-action output contact.
One-Pole Control Contact Ratings
24 – 120 30A 3A 10A 1A
Automatic Reset 120 – 600 3600 VA 360 VA 1200 VA 120 VA
Type A Overload Relay
1-Pole Panel Mounting The Type A overload relay can be sup-
plied as an option on all A200 starters
to provide automatic reset operation.
Application Description The overload relay is always shipped
in the non-automatic mode. To set up
The Type A overload relay is designed
auto operation, reposition the reset
to protect industrial motors against
rod by loosening and re-tightening a
overload conditions. Using modern
hold-down clamp at the base of over-
block type, bimetallic design, this relay
load relay.
will provide Class 20 operation in
either single- or 3-phase applications.
Product Selection
Features Heaters
■ Field selectable manual/auto reset Enter heaters as separate item by listing Catalog Number from tables,
Pages 33-227 – 33-228, as required per starter.
■ Alarm contract factory available
■ Class 20 — 600V design Relays
■ Inverse time delay trip Table 33-348. Product Selection — Thermal Type A Overload Relay Selection
■ Adjustable trip rating ± 15% Motor Full Panel Mounted Starter Replacement Price
■ Color coded reset rod: Load Amps Catalog Number Catalog Number U.S. $
❑ Compensated (Gray) Ambient Comp. Non-comp. Ambient Comp. Non-comp.

Single-Pole (One NC Contact)
❑ Non-compensated (Red)
.25 – 26.2 AA11P AN11P AA11A AN11A 55.00
26.3 – 45 AA21P AN21P AA21A AN21A 78.50
19 – 90 AA31P AN31P AA31A AN31A 103.00
19 – 135 AA41P AN41P AA41A AN41A 164.00
Three-Pole (One NC Contact)
.25 – 26.2 AA13P 1 AN13P 1 AA13A 1 AN13A 1 107.00
26.3 – 45 AA23P 1 AN23P 1 AA23A 1 AN23A 1 156.00
19 – 90 AA33P 1 AN33P 1 AA33A 1 AN33A 1 205.00
19 – 135 AA43P 1 AN43P 1 AA43A 1 AN43A 1 325.00
Note: For Alarm Contact (Form C), add Suffix B. Available only as factory modification on
Type A relay. Adder U.S. $54.00
1 3-Pole Type B Overload Relay is a suitable alternative to a 3-Pole Type A Overload Relay in
Manual Reset Mode. For example, BA13JP for AA13P, BN23J for AN23A, etc. (See Page 33-221.)

A200
January 2003
Relays — Thermal and Fast Trip, Thermal Type A Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0242]
Dimensions
Table 33-349. Type A Single-Pole —
C N Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Q P Dim. Relay Size
33 1 2 3 4
A 2.72 3.48 4.19 4.5

(69.1) (88.4) (106.4) (114.3)
B .94 .67 .25 .38
(23.9) (17.0) (6.4) (9.7)
C 2.75 3.5 3.53 3.78
Trip Indicator R (69.9) (88.9) (89.7) (96.0)
A
K Dia. Common Terminal Dim. 1, 2 3, 4
2 Mtg. No Terminal D 3.25 (82.6) 4.13 (104.9)
B Holes (When Supplied) E 2.63 (66.8) 3.38 (85.9)
T F 1.34 (34.0) 2.19 (55.6)
NC Terminal G .25 (6.4) .28 (7.1)
H .31 (7.9) .38 (9.7)
S F M J .06 (1.5) .06 (1.5)
G H E J L K .22 (5.6) .27 (6.8)
D L 1.34 (34.0) 1.69 (42.9)
M .66 (16.8) .88 (22.4)
Single-Pole (Size 4 Shown) N .16 (4.1) .27 (6.8)
P .22 (5.6) .34 (8.6)
Figure 33-135. Type A Single-Pole Approximate Dimensions Q .06 (1.5) .69 (17.5)
R 4.00 (101.6) 5.19 (131.8)
S .47 (11.9) .59 (15.0)
T 1.11 (28.2) .69 (17.5)
Table 33-350. Type A Three-Pole —

D E Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Dim. Relay Size
C 1 2 3 4
A 2.38 2.44 3.13 3.38

(60.5) (62.0) (79.5) (85.9)
A G F B 3.13 3.17 4.06 4.38
(79.5) (80.5) (103.1) (111.3)
C .36 .33 .44 .31
R (9.1) (8.4) (11.2) (7.9)
Dim. 1, 2 3, 4
N
J Dia. – 3 Mtg. Slots D 1.66 (42.2) 2.22 (56.4)
Q P E .17 (4.3) .25 (6.4)
F 2.81 (71.4) 3.38 (85.9)
G 3.08 (78.2) 3.88 (98.6)
H .47 (11.9) .47 (11.9)
K H J .20 (5.1) .28 (7.1)
K .28 (7.1) .47 (11.9)
L 4.00 (101.6) 5.28 (134.1)
M 3.31 (84.1) 4.44 (112.8)
N 1.80 (45.7) 2.77 (70.4)
P 1.89 (48.0) 1.75 (44.5)
Q 1.00 (25.4) 1.34 (34.0)
B L R 1.03 (26.2)
M
Three-Pole (Size 4 Shown)
Figure 33-136. Type A Three-Pole Approximate Dimensions

A200
January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0243] Relays — Thermal and Fast Trip, Type FT Fast Trip
Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10 Operation Features

The Type FT overload relay is a bime- ■ Class 10 — 600V design
Application Description tallic actuated device. The bimetal ele- ■ Inverse time delay trip
ments are operated directly from line ■ Color coded reset rod — green
The Type FT overload relay is designed current, thus separate calibrating
to protect special purpose motors hav- heater elements are not utilized. The ■ Alarm contact factory available
ing restricted thermal and locked rotor overload relay may be wired directly in ■ Field selectable manual/auto reset
capabilities. Using modern block type, the motor circuit, or through-current ■ Adjustable trip rating ±20%
33
bimetallic design, this relay will pro- transformers on applications larger ■ Ambient compensation included
vide Class 10 operation in single- or than 150A.
three-phase applications.
As the bimetals are heated by motor Technical Data
current flow, a deflection force is pro-
duced. Upon a sustained level of Table 33-351. Control Contact Ratings
abnormal current flow, the deflection AC Normally Normally
becomes great enough to open the Volts Closed Open
snap action output contact. Make Break Make Break
24 – 120 30A 3A 10A 1A

120 – 600 3600 VA 360 VA 1200 VA 120 VA
Product Selection
Table 33-352. Type FT Single-Pole (One NC Contact); Three-Phase (Three NC Contacts in Series)
Motor Full Load Panel Mounted Starter Replacement
Amperes Single-Pole Three-Pole NEMA Single-Pole
Catalog Price Catalog Price Size Catalog Price
.76 – 1.1 FT11P-1.1 70.50 FT13P-1.1 209.00 — FT11A-1.1 70.50

1.1 – 1.6 FT11P-1.6 70.50 FT13P-1.6 209.00 — FT11A-1.6 70.50
1.6 – 2.4 FT11P-2.4 70.50 FT13P-2.4 209.00 0, 1 FT11A-2.4 70.50
2.4 – 3.6 FT11P-3.6 70.50 FT13P-3.6 209.00 0, 1 FT11A-3.6 70.50
3.6 – 5.4 FT11P-5.4 70.50 FT13P-5.4 209.00 0, 1 FT11A-5.4 70.50
5.4 – 8.0 FT11P-8.0 70.50 FT13P-8 209.00 0, 1 FT11A-8 70.50
8.0 – 12 FT11P-12 70.50 FT13P-12 209.00 0, 1 FT11A-12 70.50
12 – 18 FT11P-18 70.50 FT13P-18 209.00 1 FT11A-18 70.50
16 – 24 — — FT13P-24 209.00 — —
22 – 32 FT11P-32 70.50 FT13P-32 209.00 0, 1 FT11A-32 70.50
24 – 36 FT21P-36 87.00 FT23P-36 260.00 2 FT21A-36 87.00
36 – 54 FT21P-54 87.00 FT23P-54 260.00 2 FT21A-54 87.00
22 – 32 FT31P-32 105.00 FT33P-32 312.00 3 FT31A-32 105.00
32 – 48 FT31P-48 105.00 FT33P-48 312.00 3 FT31A-48 105.00
48 – 72 FT31P-72 105.00 FT33P-72 312.00 3 FT31A-72 105.00
72 – 110 FT41P-110 150.00 FT43P-110 440.00 4 FT41A-110 150.00
100 – 150 FT41P-150 150.00 FT43P-150 440.00 4 FT41A-150 150.00
Note: Single-Pole (1NO-NC Contact): Add Suffix B.
Three-Pole (3NO-NC Contacts): Add Suffix B. Example: FT13PB-12.

A200
January 2003
Relays — Thermal and Fast Trip, Type FT Fast Trip Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0244]
Dimensions
Table 33-353. Type FT Overload Relays Dimensions
Relay Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Size A B C D E
33 3
4
4.25 (108.0)
4.50 (114.3)
.53 (13.5)
.59 (15.0)
2.91 (73.9)
3.03 (77.0)
.09 (2.3)
.22 (5.6)
.06 (1.5)
.19 (4.8)
3.28 (83.3) 4.49 (114) Hand Reset Pos.

.17 .11 1.64 .22 4.38 (111.3) Auto Reset Pos.
(4.3) (2.8) (41.7) (5.6) 2.72
(69.1) .06
(1.5)
.69
(17.5) .06
3.25 2.81 (1.5)
(82.6) (71.4)
1.3
(33)
.19 .17 (4.3)

(4.8) .5 (12.7) 3 Mtg.
Holes .63 .38
1 (25.4) (16) (9.7)
Three-Pole, Size 1
.11 4.49 (114) Hand Reset Pos.

3.28 (83.3)
(2.8) 4.38 (111.3) Auto Reset Pos.
1.64 .22
(41.7) (5.6) 3.48
(88.4) .06
(1.5)
.06
.69 (1.5)
3.61 (17.5)
(91.7) 3.25
(82.6) 2.81
(71.4)
1.3
(33)
.19 .06 .17 (4.3) 3.28 (83.3)

(4.8) (1.5) .5 (12.7) 3 Mtg.
Holes
1 (25.4)
Three-Pole, Size 2
5.63 (143) Hand Reset Pos.

.16 (4.1) 4.41 (112) 5.52 (140.2) Auto Reset Pos.
2.2 (55.9) .48
(12.2) A
1.42 3.31 (84.1)
D .06
(36.1) (1.5)
.06
(1.5)
2.81 (71.4)
3.88 B .74
(98.6) 3.38 C (18.8)
(85.9)
1.75 .69
(44.5) (17.5)
.28 (7.1)
.88 (22.4) 3 Mtg.
.25 E Holes .28 (7.1)
1.75 (44.5)
(6.4)
Three-Pole, Sizes 3, 4
Figure 33-137. Type FT Overload Relays Dimensions in Inches (mm)

A200
January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0245] Relays — Thermal and Fast Trip, Heater Selection
Heater Selection Heater coils are rated to protect 40°C rise motors, and
open and drip-proof motors having a service factor of 1.15
where the motor and the controller are at the same ambient
General Information on Heater Coil Selection temperature.
For maximum motor protection and compliance with Article
430-32 of the National Electrical Code, select heater coils For other conditions:
from the tables in this section on the basis of motor name- 1. For 50°C, 55°C, 75°C rise motors and enclosed motors
plate full load current. having a service factor of 1.0, select one size smaller
coil.
33
When the full load current is unknown, selection may be
made on the basis of average full load currents as shown on 2. Ambient temperature of controller lower than motor by
Pages 33-251 – 33-252 of the Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer 26°C (47°F), use one size smaller coil.
product guide.
Caution — The average ratings could be high or low for a 3. Ambient temperature of controller higher than motor by
specific motor and therefore selection on this basis always 26°C (47°F), use one size larger coil.
involves risk. For fully reliable motor protection, select
heater coils on the basis of full load current rating as shown Ultimate tripping current of heater coils is approximately
on the motor nameplate. 1.25 times the minimum current rating listed in the tables.
Table 33-354. Heater Selection — Type A and B Overload Relays, Table 33-355. Heater Selection — Type A and B Overload Relays,
Sizes 3 and 4 Sizes 5 and 6
Size Ambient Non- Heater Price Compensated Overload Relay Heater Price
Starter Compensated compensating Catalog U.S. $ Open Starter Enclosed Starter Catalog U.S. $
Enclosed Enclosed Number Number
Starters Starters (One Heater Full Load Current of Motor (Amps) (One Heater
All Applications per Catalog per Catalog
Number) Number)
Full Load Current of Motor Amps
Size 5 (with 300/5 Current Transformers)
12.8 – 14.1 11.9 – 13.0 FH68 13. — — FH23 13.
14.2 – 15.5 13.1 – 14.3 FH69 13. 118 – 129 118 – 129 FH24 13.
15.6 – 17.1 14.4 – 15.9 FH70 13. 130 – 141 130 – 141 FH25 13.
17.2 – 18.9 16.0 – 17.4 FH71 13. 142 – 155 142 – 155 FH26 13.
19.0 – 20.8 17.5 – 19.1 FH72 13. 156 – 170 156 – 170 FH27 13.
20.9 – 22.9 19.2 – 21.1 FH73 13. 171 – 187 171 – 187 FH28 13.
23.0 – 25.2 21.2 – 23.2 FH74 13. 188 – 205 188 – 205 FH29 13.
25.3 – 27.8 23.3 – 25.6 FH75 13. 206 – 224 206 – 224 FH30 13.
For Size 4 Starters
For Size 3 Starters
27.9 – 30.6 25.7 – 28.1 FH76 13. 225 – 244 225 – 244 FH31 13.
30.7 – 33.5 28.2 – 30.8 FH77 13. 245 – 263 245 – 263 FH32 13.
264 – 292 264 – 292 FH33 13.
33.6 – 37.5 30.9 – 34.5 FH78 13. 293 – 300 — FH34 13.
37.6 – 41.5 34.6 – 38.2 FH79 13.
41.6 – 56.3 38.3 – 42.6 FH80 13. Size 6 (with 600/5 Current Transformers)
46.4 – 50 42.7 – 46 FH81 13. — — FH23 13.
51 – 55 47 – 51 FH82 13. 236 – 259 236 – 259 FH24 13.
56 – 61 52 – 56 FH83 13. 260 – 283 260 – 283 FH25 13.
62 – 66 57 – 61 FH84 13. 284 – 310 284 – 310 FH26 13.
67 – 73 62 – 67 FH85 13. 311 – 340 311 – 340 FH27 13.
74 – 78 68 – 72 FH86 13. 341 – 374 341 – 374 FH28 13.
375 – 411 375 – 411 FH29 13.
79 – 84 73 – 77 FH87 13.
412 – 448 412 – 448 FH30 13.
85 – 92 78 – 84 FH88 13.
449 – 489 449 – 489 FH31 13.
93 – 101 85 – 91 FH89 13. 490 – 527 490 – 527 FH32 13.
102 – 110 92 – 99 FH90 13. 528 – 585 528 – 540 FH33 13.
111 – 122 100 – 110 FH91 13. 586 – 600 — FH34 13.
123 – 129 111 – 122 FH92 13. Note: Size 7 and Larger — Advise Full Load Current.
130 – 133 123 – 128 FH93 13.
— 129 – 133 FH94 13.

A200
January 2003
Relays — Thermal and Fast Trip, Heater Selection Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0246]
Table 33-356. Heater Selection — Type A and B Overload Relays, Sizes 0, 1 and 2
Size Non-compensated Open Starters Heater Price Non-compensating Heater Price
Starter and Ambient Comp. Open and Catalog U.S. $ Enclosed Starters Catalog U.S. $
Enclosed Starters Number Number
Block Type Single-Pole Type (One Heater Block Type Single-Pole Type
Overload Using 3 Overload per Catalog Overload Using 3 Overload
Heaters Number) Heaters
Full Load Current of Motor (Amps)
33
.25 – .27 .29 – .31 FH03 13. .24 – .25 .28 – .30 FH03 13.
.28 – .31 .32 – .35 FH04 13. .26 – .28 .31 – .34 FH04 13.
.32 – .34 .36 – .39 FH05 13. .29 – .31 .35 – .37 FH05 13.
.35 – .38 .40 – .43 FH06 13. .32 – .35 .38 – .42 FH06 13.
.39 – .42 .44 – .48 FH07 13. .36 – .39 .43 – .47 FH07 13.
.43 – .46 .49 – .53 FH08 13. .40 – .43 .48 – .52 FH08 13.
.47 – .50 .54 – .58 FH09 13. .44 – .47 .53 – .56 FH09 13.
.51 – .55 .59 – .64 FH10 13. .48 – .51 .57 – .63 FH10 13.
.56 – .62 .65 – .71 FH11 13. .52 – .57 .64 – .70 FH11 13.
.63 – .68 .72 – .79 FH12 13. .58 – .63 .71 – .77 FH12 13.
.69 – .75 .80 – .87 FH13 13. .64 – .70 .78 – .85 FH13 13.
.76 – .83 .88 – .96 FH14 13. .71 – .77 .86 – .94 FH14 13.
.84 – .91 .97 – 1.06 FH15 13. .78 – 85 .95 – 1.03 FH15 13.
.92 – 1.00 1.07 – 1.16 FH16 13. .86 – .93 1.04 – 1.13 FH16 13.
1.01 – 1.11 1.17 – 1.28 FH17 13. .94 – 1.03 1.14 – 1.25 FH17 13.
1.12 – 1.22 1.29 – 1.41 FH18 13. 1.04 – 1.13 1.26 – 1.38 FH18 13.
1.23 – 1.34 1.42 – 1.55 FH19 13. 1.14 – 1.25 1.39 – 1.52 FH19 13.
1.35 – 1.47 1.56 – 1.71 FH20 13. 1.26 – 1.37 1.53 – 1.67 FH20 13.
1.48 – 1.62 1.72 – 1.87 FH21 13. 1.38 – 1.51 1.68 – 1.83 FH21 13.
1.63 – 1.78 1.88 – 2.06 FH22 13. 1.52 – 1.65 1.84 – 2.01 FH22 13.
1.79 – 1.95 2.07 – 2.26 FH23 13. 1.66 – 1.81 2.02 – 2.21 FH23 13.
For Size 0 Starters
1.96 – 2.15 2.27 – 2.48 FH24 13. 1.82 – 1.99 2.22 – 2.43 FH24 13.
2.16 – 2.35 2.49 – 2.72 FH25 13. 2.00 – 2.19 2.44 – 2.66 FH25 13.
For Size 1 Starters
2.36 – 2.58 2.73 – 2.99 FH26 13. 2.20 – 2.39 2.67 – 2.92 FH26 13.
2.59 – 2.83 3.00 – 3.28 FH27 13. 2.40 – 2.63 2.93 – 3.21 FH27 13.
2.84 – 3.11 3.29 – 3.60 FH28 13. 2.64 – 2.89 3.22 – 3.53 FH28 13.
For Size 2 Starters
3.12 – 3.42 3.61 – 3.95 FH29 13. 2.90 – 3.17 3.54 – 3.87 FH29 13.
3.43 – 3.73 3.96 – 4.31 FH30 13. 3.18 – 3.47 3.88 – 4.22 FH30 13.
3.74 – 4.07 4.32 – 4.71 FH31 13. 3.48 – 3.79 4.23 – 4.61 FH31 13.
4.08 – 4.39 4.72 – 5.14 FH32 13. 3.80 – 4.11 4.62 – 4.9 FH32 13.
4.40 – 4.87 5.15 – 5.6 FH33 13. 4.12 – 4.55 5.0 – 5.5 FH33 13.
4.88 – 5.3 5.7 – 6.2 FH34 13. 4.56 – 5.0 5.6 – 6.0 FH34 13.
5.4 – 5.9 6.3 – 6.8 FH35 13. 5.1 – 5.5 6.1 – 6.6 FH35 13.
6.0 – 6.4 6.9 – 7.5 FH36 13. 5.6 – 5.9 6.7 – 7.3 FH36 13.
6.5 – 7.1 7.6 – 8.2 FH37 13. 6.0 – 6.6 7.4 – 8.0 FH37 13.
7.2 – .78 8.3 – 9.0 FH38 13. 6.7 – 7.2 8.1 – 8.7 FH38 13.
7.9 – 8.5 9.1 – 9.9 FH39 13. 7.3 – 7.9 8.8 – 9.7 FH39 13.
8.6 – 9.4 10.0 – 10.8 FH40 13. 8.0 – 8.7 9.8 – 10.5 FH40 13.
9.5 – 10.3 10.9 – 11.9 FH41 13. 8.8 – 9.5 10.6 – 11.7 FH41 13.
10.4 – 11.3 12.0 – 13.1 FH42 13. 9.6 – 10.5 11.8 – 12.7 FH42 13.
11.4 – 12.4 13.2 – 14.3 FH43 13. 10.6 – 11.5 12.8 – 14.0 FH43 13.
12.5 – 13.5 14.4 – 15.7 FH44 13. 11.6 – 12.6 14.1 – 15.3 FH44 13.
13.6 – 14.9 15.8 – 17.2 FH45 13. 12.7 – 13.8 15.4 – 16.6 FH45 13.
15.0 – 16.3 17.3 – 18.9 FH46 13. 13.9 – 15.1 16.7 – 18.3 FH46 13.
16.4 – 18.0 19.0 – 20.8 FH47 13. 15.2 – 16.7 18.4 – 20.0 FH47 13.
18.1 – 19.8 20.9 – 22.9 FH48 13. 16.8 – 18.3 20.1 – 21.9 FH48 13.
19.9 – 21.7 23.0 – 25.2 FH49 13. 18.4 – 20.2 22.0 – 23.9 FH49 13.
21.8 – 23.9 25.3 – 27.6 FH50 13. 20.3 – 22.2 24.0 – 26.2 FH50 13.
24.0 – 26.2 27.7 – 30.3 FH51 13. 22.3 – 24.3 26.3 – 28.8 FH51 13.
26.3 – 28.7 30.4 – 33.3 FH52 13. 24.4 – 26.6 28.9 – 31.4 FH52 13.
28.8 – 31.4 33.4 – 36.4 FH53 13. 26.7 – 29.1 31.5 – 34.5 FH53 13.
31.5 – 34.5 36.5 – 39.9 FH54 13. 29.2 – 32.0 34.6 – 37.9 FH54 13.
34.6 – 37.9 40.0 – 43.9 FH55 13. 32.1 – 35.2 3.80 – 41.9 FH55 13.
38.0 – 41.5 FH56 13. 35.3 – 38.5 42.0 – 45.0 FH56 13.
41.6 – 45.0 FH57 13. 38.6 – 42.3 FH57 13.

Citation
January 2003
For Catalog Numbers A10, A11, A13, A30, A31, A40, A41, A50, A51, A70, A71, A80, A81, B10, B11, B50, B51, B52, C10,
C30 and C50 Contactors and Starters
Note: For a complete listing of parts refer to the Renewal Parts Publication Number referenced on the device nameplate.
Table 33-357. Citation Renewal Parts

Description Size 00 Size 0
Series A1 1
Part
Series B1
Part
Series C1
Part
Series D1/C2
Part
Price
U.S. $ Part Price
33
Number Number Number Number Number U.S. $
Set of Contacts
Part Number on Contactor
or Starter Nameplate
2-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21 2 2 2 50.00 6-22 63.50
3-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21-2 2 2 2 76.00 6-22-2 94.50
3-Pole with Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21-3 2 2 2 76.00 — —
4-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — — 6-22-3 127.00
5-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — — 6-22-4 158.00
Magnet Coils Coil
Suffix
120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . A 9-1945-1 4 9-2650-1 9-2823-1 66.00 9-1887-1 66.00
240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . B 9-1945-2 4 9-2650-2 9-2823-2 66.00 9-1887-2 66.00
480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . C 9-1945-3 4 9-2650-3 9-2823-3 66.00 9-1887-3 66.00
600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . D 9-1945-4 4 9-2650-4 9-2823-4 66.00 9-1887-4 66.00
208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 9-1945-5 4 9-2650-5 9-2823-5 66.00 9-1887-5 66.00
24V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T 9-1945-8 4 9-2650-7 9-2823-7 66.00 9-1887-7 66.00
380V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L 9-1945-6 4 9-2650-6 9-2421-18 3 66.00 9-1887-8 66.00
120/240V 60 Hz or 110/220V 50 Hz . . . . F — — — — — 9-1888-1 66.00
240/480V 60 Hz or 220/440V 50 Hz . . . . G — — — — — 9-1888-2 66.00
277V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H 9-1945-16 4 9-2650-13 9-2823-12 66.00 9-1887-16 66.00
208/240V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J — — — 9-2823-17 66.00 — —
120V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A1 — — — — — 9-2024-2 149.00
240V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1 — — — — — 9-2024-1 149.00
24V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T1 — — — — — 9-2024-4 149.00
48V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W1 — — — — — 9-2024-3 149.00
Replacement Thermal Elements
Standard Trip Eutectic (12 teeth) . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4767 10-4767 10-4767 10-4767 20.60 10-4767 20.60
Slow Trip Eutectic (24 teeth) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5018 10-5018 10-5018 10-5018 19.60 10-5018 19.60
Current Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — — — —
1 For non-reversing contactors and starters only. For Size 00 reversing, select parts from adjoining size 0 column.
2 Replace complete contactor.
3 Non-encapsulated coil.
4 Obsolete.

Citation
January 2003
Table 33-357. Citation Renewal Parts (Continued)

Description Size 1 Size 2 Size 3
Series A1 Series B1 Series A1 Series B1
Part Price Part Price Part Price Part Price Part Price
Set of Contacts
33 or Starter Nameplate
2-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23 73.50 6-24 132.00 6-34 132.00 6-25 214.00 6-35 214.00
3-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23-2 110.00 6-24-2 196.00 6-34-2 196.00 6-25-2 321.00 6-35-2 321.00
3-Pole with Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — — — — — — —
4-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23-3 145.00 — — 6-34-3 260.00 — — — —
5-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23-4 183.00 — — 6-34-4 325.00 — — — —
Magnet Coils Coil
Suffix
120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . A 9-1887-1 66.00 9-1889-1 78.50 9-2526-1 78.50 9-1891-1 130.00 9-1889-1 78.50
240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . B 9-1887-2 66.00 9-1889-2 78.50 9-2526-2 78.50 9-1891-2 130.00 9-1889-2 78.50
480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . C 9-1887-3 66.00 9-1889-3 78.50 9-2526-3 78.50 9-1891-3 130.00 9-1889-3 78.50
600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . D 9-1887-4 66.00 9-1889-4 78.50 9-2526-4 78.50 9-1891-4 130.00 9-1889-4 78.50
208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 9-1887-5 66.00 9-1889-13 78.50 9-2526-5 78.50 9-1891-13 130.00 9-1889-13 78.50
24V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T 9-1887-7 66.00 9-1889-20 78.50 9-2526-6 78.50 9-1891-15 130.00 9-1889-20 78.50
380V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L 9-1887-8 66.00 9-1889-14 78.50 9-2526-7 78.50 9-1891-14 130.00 9-1889-14 78.50
120/240V 60 Hz or 110/220V 50 Hz . . . . . F — — 9-1890-1 78.50 — — — — — —
277V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H 9-1887-16 66.00 9-1889-31 78.50 9-2526-15 78.50 9-1891-26 130.00 9-1889-31 78.50
120V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A1 9-2024-2 149.00 9-2025-2 187.00 9-2626-2 114.00 9-2026-2 236.00 9-2025-2 187.00
240V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1 9-2024-1 149.00 9-2025-1 187.00 9-2626-1 114.00 9-2026-1 236.00 9-2025-1 187.00
24V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T1 9-2024-4 149.00 9-2025-4 187.00 9-2626-4 114.00 9-2026-4 236.00 9-2025-4 187.00
48V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W1 9-2024-3 149.00 9-2025-3 187.00 9-2626-3 114.00 9-2026-3 236.00 9-2025-3 187.00
Standard Trip Eutectic (12 teeth) . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4767 20.60 10-4767 20.60 10-4767 20.60 10-4767 20.60 10-4767 20.60
Slow Trip Eutectic (24 teeth) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5018 19.60 10-5018 19.60 10-5018 19.60 10-5018 19.60 10-5018 19.60
Current Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — — — — — — —
Description Size 4 Size 5 Size 6

Series A1 Series B1 Series C1
Part Price Part Price Part Price Part Price Part Price
Set of Contacts
or Starter Nameplate
2-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36-3 1 448.00 6-27 820.00 6-28 1,940.00 — — 6-601-2 2,050.00
3-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36-4 1 680.00 6-27-2 1,220.00 6-28-2 2,900.00 6-570 4,590.00 6-601 3,075.00
3-Pole with Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — — — — — — —
4-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — — — — — — —
5-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — — — — — — —
Magnet Coils Coil
Suffix
120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . A 9-1891-1 130.00 9-1891-1 130.00 9-1875-1 865.00 9-2651 1,195.00 9-2698 865.00
240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . B 9-1891-2 130.00 9-1891-2 130.00 9-1875-2 865.00 9-2651-2 1,195.00 9-2698-2 865.00
480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . C 9-1891-3 130.00 9-1891-3 130.00 9-1875-3 865.00 9-2651-3 1,195.00 9-2698-3 865.00
600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . D 9-1891-4 130.00 9-1891-4 130.00 9-1875-4 865.00 9-2651-4 1,195.00 9-2698-4 865.00
208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 9-1891-13 130.00 9-1891-13 130.00 9-1875-14 865.00 9-2651-6 1,195.00 9-2698-5 865.00
24V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T 9-1891-15 130.00 9-1891-15 130.00 — — — — — —
380V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L 9-1891-14 130.00 9-1891-14 130.00 — — 9-2651-5 1,195.00 9-2698-6 865.00
120/240V 60 Hz or 110/220V 50 Hz . . . . . F — — — — — — — — — —
240/480V 60 Hz or 220/440V 50 Hz . . . . . G — — — — — — — — — —
277V 60Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H 9-1891-26 130.00 9-1891-26 130.00 — — — — — —
120V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A1 9-2026-2 236.00 9-2026-2 236.00 — — — — — —
240V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1 9-2026-1 236.00 9-2026-1 236.00 — — — — — —
24V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T1 9-2026-4 236.00 9-2026-4 236.00 — — — — — —
48V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W1 9-2026-3 236.00 9-2026-3 236.00 — — — — — —
Standard Trip Eutectic (12 teeth) . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4767 20.60 10-4767 20.60 10-4767 20.60 10-4767 20.60 10-4767 20.60
Slow Trip Eutectic (24 teeth) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5018 19.60 10-5018 19.60 — — — — — —
Current Transformer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — — — — — — —
1 #Series B1. For Series A1, order 6-26 or 6-26-2 (list price is the same).

Citation
January 2003
Table 33-357. Citation Renewal Parts (Continued)

Description Size 7 Size 8
Series A1 Price Series B1 Price
Part U.S. $ Part U.S. $ Part Price
Number Number Number U.S. $
Set of Contacts
or Starter Nameplate 33
2-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28 1,940.00 — — — —
3-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28-2 2,900.00 6-570 4,590.00 6-571 5,070.00
3-Pole with Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — — —
4-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — — —
5-Pole without Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — — —
Magnet Coils Coil
Suffix
120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . A 9-1875-1 865.00 9-2651 1,195.00 9-2654 1,425.00
240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . B 9-1875-2 865.00 9-2651-2 1,195.00 9-2654-2 1,425.00
480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . C 9-1875-3 865.00 9-2651-3 1,195.00 9-2654-3 1,425.00
600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . D 9-1875-4 865.00 9-2651-4 1,195.00 9-2654-4 1,425.00
208V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E 9-1875-14 865.00 9-2651-6 1,195.00 9-2654-6 1,425.00
24V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T — — — — — —
380V 50 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L — — 9-2651-5 1,195.00 9-2654-5 1,425.00
120/240V 60 Hz or 110/220V 50 Hz . . . . F — — — — — —
240/480V 60 Hz or 220/440V 50 Hz . . . . G — — — — — —
277V 60 Hz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H — — — — — —
120V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A1 — — — — — —
240V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1 — — — — — —
24V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T1 — — — — — —
48V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W1 — — — — — —
Standard Trip Eutectic (12 teeth) . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4767 20.60 10-4767 20.60 10-4767 20.60
Slow Trip Eutectic (24 teeth) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — — —
Current Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — — — —

Type N
January 2003
For Type N Control

Table 33-358. Contact Kits
Poles NEMA Size Part Price
Number U.S. $
3 0 1605226 294.
1 1605212 356.
2 1605202 404.
33 3 1625563 660.
4 1625564 1,115.

Voltage Hz 2-, 3-Pole 4-, 5-Pole
Obsolete Current Price Obsolete Current Price
Part Number Part Number U.S. $ Part Number Part Number U.S. $
Size 0, 1 1
110 60 1470241 9969D90G01 325. 1470261 9969D90G16 325.
110/208/220 25/60/60 1470242 9969D90G02 325. 1470262 9969D90G17 325.
220/380/440 25/50/60 1470243 9969D90G03 325. 1470263 9969D90G18 325.
550 60 1470244 9969D90G04 325. N/A N/A —
220 50 1470247 9969D90G06 325. N/A N/A —
440 50 1470248 9969D90G07 325. 1470268 9969D90G19 325.
440 25 1470250 9969D90G08 325. 1470270 9969D90G21 325.
120 60 1605268 9969D90G09 325. N/A N/A —
115/208/230 60/60/60 1605513 9969D90G15 325. N/A N/A —
600 60 1470245 9969D90G20 325. N/A N/A —
550 25 1470251 9969D90G22 325. N/A N/A —
Size 2 1
110 60 1470201 9969D92G01 325. 1470221 9969D93G01 325.
110/208/220 25/60/60 1470202 9969D92G02 325. 1470222 9969D93G02 325.
220/380/440/480 25/50/60/60 1470203 9969D92G03 325. N/A N/A —
550 60 1470204 9969D92G04 325. 1470224 9969D93G10 325.
110 50 1470206 9969D92G05 325. 1470226 9969D93G05 325.
220 50 1470207 9969D92G06 325. 1470227 9969D93G06 325.
440 50 1470208 9969D92G07 325. N/A N/A —
600 60 1470205 9969D92G08 325. 1470225 9969D93G08 325.
440 25 1470210 9969D92G09 325. N/A N/A —
120/110 60/50 1605478 9969D92G10 325. N/A N/A —
550 50 1470209 9969D92G11 325. N/A N/A —
415 50 N/A N/A — L1557647 9969D93G09 325.
220/380/440 25/60/60 N/A N/A — 1470223 9969D93G03 325.
Size 3 1
110 60 1490645 9969D96G04 455. 1490645 9969D96G04 455.
110/208/220 25/60/60 1490646 9969D96G05 455. 1490646 9969D96G05 455.
220/380/400/440 25/50/50/60 1490647 9969D96G06 455. 1490647 9969D96G06 455.
110 50 1490652 9969D96G08 455. 1490652 9969D96G08 455.
120/110 60/50 1600770 9969D96G09 455. 1600770 9969D96G09 455.
600/500 60/50 1490649 9969D96G21 455. 1490649 9969D96G21 455.
600/500/400 60/50/40 1659421 9969D96G23 455. 1659421 9969D96G23 455.
220 50 1490653 9969D93G24 455. 1490653 9969D93G24 455.
240 60 1490648 9969D96G29 455. 1490648 9969D96G29 455.
Size 4
110 60 1596633 9969D96G10 455. 1597723 9969D96G01 455.
110/208/220 25/60/60 1490658 9969D96G11 455. 1597724 9969D96G02 455.
110 50 1596636 9969D96G13 455. N/A N/A —
220 50 1596637 9969D96G14 455. N/A N/A —
240 50 1596639 9969D96G15 455. N/A N/A —
600/500 60/50 1596635 9969D96G16 455. 1490649 9969D96G21 455.
440 25 1596641 9969D96G17 455. N/A N/A —
600 60 1596634 9969D96G19 455. N/A N/A —
440 60 1490659 9969D96G12 455. N/A N/A —
120/110 60/50 1600771 9969D96G20 455. N/A N/A —
220/380/400/440 25/50/50/60 N/A N/A — 1597725 9969D96G31 455.
1 Minimum order quantity of 3 required.

Solenoids — Alternating Current
January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0251] 10370 Series
Contents Dimensions
Description Page
Table 33-360. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) and Shipping Weights
AC Solenoids Size Push Type Pull Type
Product Description . . . . . 33-233 Dimensions in Inches (mm) Ship. Dimensions in Inches (mm) Ship.
Wide High Deep Mounting Wt. Wide High Deep Mounting Wt.
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-233 Lbs. A Lbs.
A B1 C D E B1 C D E
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-233 (kg) (kg)
Wall Mounted
33
Product Selection . . . . . . . 33-234
A 2.38 3.63 2.25 1.13 1.63 2.0 2.38 2.63 2.25 1.13 1.63 2.0
(60.5) (92.2) (57.2) (28.7) (41.4) (.9) (60.5) (66.8) (57.2) (28.7) (41.4) (.9)
B 2.63 4.88 3.00 2.00 2.13 2.5 2.63 3.63 3.00 2.00 2.13 2.5
(66.8) (124.0) (76.2) (50.8) (54.1) (1.1) (66.8) (92.2) (76.2) (50.8) (54.1) (1.1)
C 3.00 6.13 4.13 2.38 3.13 5.0 3.00 4.88 4.13 2.38 3.13 5.0
(76.2) (155.7) (104.9) (60.5) (79.5) (2.3) (76.2) (124.0) (104.9) (60.5) (79.5) (2.3)
D 4.00 6.13 4.13 2.75 3.13 7.0 4.00 4.88 4.13 2.75 3.13 7.0
(101.6) (155.7) (104.9) (69.9) (79.5) (3.2) (101.6) (124.0) (104.9) (69.9) (79.5) (3.2)
Floor Mounted
B 3.13 4.88 3.00 1.50 2.25 2.5 3.13 3.88 3.00 1.50 2.25 2.5
(79.5) (124.0) (76.2) (38.1) (57.2) (1.1) (79.5) (98.6) (76.2) (38.1) (57.2) (1.1)
C 3.50 6.13 3.75 1.75 3.13 5.0 3.50 4.88 3.75 1.75 3.13 5.0
(88.9) (155.7) (95.3) (44.5) (79.5) (2.3) (88.9) (124.0) (95.3) (44.5) (79.5) (2.3)
D 3.88 6.13 3.75 2.25 3.13 7.0 3.88 4.88 3.75 2.25 3.13 7.0
(98.6) (155.7) (95.3) (57.2) (79.5) (3.2) (98.6) (124.0) (95.3) (57.2) (79.5) (3.2)
1 In sealed state.
Cat. No. 10370
Product Description E B
These solenoids are used for a wide

variety of applications where straight
line motion is to be obtained automati- D
cally or at a remote point. A C
Wall Mounted
Features
■ Plunger and frame are machined to B
ensure quiet operation
■ Push- and pull-type operation
■ With and without terminal box D E
■ Plunger provided with connecting A C
pin Floor Mounted
■ Size C and D solenoids are provided

with special bearing to minimize Figure 33-138. Approximate Dimensions
wear in clevis under severe service

Solenoids — Alternating Current
January 2003
10370 Series Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0252]
Product Selection
■ Catalog Number
Table 33-361. AC Solenoids — 60 Hz, Continuous Duty

Size Voltage Operating Data 2
33 Magnetic Force in Lbs. Max. Current Catalog Numbers
Horizontal With Against Stroke in Inrush Sealed Without Conduit With Conduit
Position Gravity Gravity Inches Box Box
(mm)
At 100% At 85% At 100% At 85% At 100% At 85% Floor Mtg. Wall Mtg. Price Mtg. 1 Price
Voltage Voltage Voltage Voltage Voltage Voltage U.S.$ U.S.$
60 Hertz Pull Type
A 110 .72 .50 .90 .68 .55 .33 1 (25.4) 1.83 .34 — 10370H1 176. 10370H610 205.
220 .72 .50 .90 .68 .55 .33 1 (25.4) .92 .17 — 10370H2 176. 10370H611 205.
440 .72 .50 .90 .68 .55 .33 1 (25.4) .45 .08 — 10370H3 176. 10370H612 205.
B 110 4.2 3 4.5 3.3 3.9 2.7 1 (25.4) 5.4 .87 10370H57 10370H694 258. 10370H69 286.
220 4.2 3 4.5 3.3 3.9 2.7 1 (25.4) 2.6 .42 10370H58 10370H696 258. 10370H70 286.
440 4.2 3 4.5 3.3 3.9 2.7 1 (25.4) 1.29 .20 10370H59 10370H697 258. 10370H71 286.
C 110 7 5.25 8 6.25 6 4.25 1.25 (31.8) 10.4 1.07 10370H244 — 260. 10370H256 322.
220 7 5.25 8 6.25 6 4.25 1.25 (31.8) 5.2 .52 10370H245 — 260. 10370H257 322.
440 7 5.25 8 6.25 6 4.25 1.25 (31.8) 2.5 .26 10370H246 — 260. 10370H258 322.
D 110 12.4 10 13.65 11.25 11.15 8.75 1.25 (31.8) 18 1.58 10370H356 10370H814 346. 10370H368 381.
220 12.4 10 13.65 11.25 11.15 8.75 1.25 (31.8) 9.3 .81 10370H357 10370H816 346. 10370H369 381.
440 12.4 10 13.65 11.25 11.15 8.75 1.25 (31.8) 4.4 .40 10370H358 10370H817 346. 10370H370 381.
60 Hertz Push Type
A 110 .72 .50 .90 .68 .55 .33 1 (25.4) 1.83 .34 — 10370H13 205. 10370H25 237.
220 .72 .50 .90 .68 .55 .33 1 (25.4) .92 .17 — 10370H14 205. 10370H26 237.
440 .72 .50 .90 .68 .55 .33 1 (25.4) .45 .08 — 10370H15 205. 10370H27 237.
B 110 4.2 3 4.5 3.3 3.9 2.7 1 (25.4) 5.4 .87 10370H81 10370H708 286. 10370H93 322.
220 4.2 3 4.5 3.3 3.9 2.7 1 (25.4) 2.6 .42 10370H82 10370H710 286. 10370H94 322.
440 4.2 3 4.5 3.3 3.9 2.7 1 (25.4) 1.29 .20 10370H83 10370H711 286. 10370H95 322.
C 110 7 5.25 8 6.25 6 4.25 1.25 (31.8) 10.4 1.07 10370H268 — 322. 10370H280 355.
220 7 5.25 8 6.25 6 4.25 1.25 (31.8) 5.2 .52 — 10370H774 322. 10370H281 355.
440 7 5.25 8 6.25 6 4.25 1.25 (31.8) 2.5 .26 — 10370H775 322. 10370H282 355.
D 110 12.4 10 13.65 11.25 11.15 8.75 1.25 (31.8) 18 1.58 10370H380 10370H828 381. 10370H392 415.
220 12.4 10 13.65 11.25 11.15 8.75 1.25 (31.8) 9.3 .81 10370H381 10370H830 381. 10370H393 415.
440 12.4 10 13.65 11.25 11.15 8.75 1.25 (31.8) 4.4 .40 10370H382 10370H831 381. 10370H394 415.
1 Recommended selection of solenoids on basis of 85% voltage values.
2 Mounting of solenoids “with conduit box” — Size A are for wall mounting — Size B, C and D are for floor mounting.

Shoe Brakes — AC and DC Magnetic
January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0253] 511 Series
Contents Features DC Brakes

Description Page Standard DC brakes are equipped with
The brake wheel is of relatively large
shunt coils. The magnet coil circuit on
AC and DC Magnetic Shoe Brakes size in relation to the torque developed
DC brakes consists of two separate
Product Description . . . . . 33-235 by the brake. This permits use of a
windings and a protective switch.
larger brake shoe lining and lower
Application Description . . . 33-235 shoe pressures. Low shoe pressure,
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-235 equally distributed over a large lining
Mounting
area, results in even wear of the fric- Type S brakes are designed and rec- 33
Brake Selection . . . . . . . . . 33-235
tion surfaces and even braking torque. ommended for use and mounting only
Shipping Weights. . . . . . . . 33-235 The oversize wheel type construction in the horizontal position. Side or verti-
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-236 also permits use of a smaller operating cal mountings are not recommended
Product Selection . . . . . . . . 33-237 solenoid that requires less current for because the solenoid loading is
a given torque rating. altered, resulting in accelerated wear
and premature coil failure.
Brake Selection
The method most generally used to
Z
determine required braking torque is
to calculate the full load motor torque
by the following formula:
T = 5252 x hp
rpm A Y
T = Full load motor torque in lb-ft

hp = Motor horsepower
rpm = Speed of shaft on which
Size S-7 Brake and Wheel X W
brake wheel is mounted
The torque rating of the brake selected Figure 33-139. Standard Brake Wheels —
Product Description should be at least equal to the full load Approximate Dimensions
motor torque for the duty considered.
Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Type S Brakes
are electrically released and spring Table 33-362. Standard Brake Wheel Dimensions
applied providing “fail-safe” opera-
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Bore
tion. The retarding torque developed is
directly proportional to the spring A Z W1 X Y Max. Min.
pressure. 4.00 (101.6) 2.75 (69.9) 1.63 (41.4) 1.38 (35.1) 2.50 (63.5) 1.38 (35.1) .50 (12.7)
5.50 (139.7) 3.25 (82.6) 2.00 (50.8) 1.63 (41.4) 3.25 (82.6) 2.00 (50.8) .75 (19.1)
7.00 (177.8) 4.25 (108.0) 3.00 (76.2) 1.25 (31.8) 4.00 (101.6) 2.25 (57.2) 1.00 (25.4)
Application Description 10.00 (254.0) 4.25 (108.0) 3.25 (82.6) 1.25 (31.8) 4.88 (124.0) 2.88 (73.2) 1.38 (35.1)
1 Hub lengths other than standard are not available.
■ Conveyors
■ Machine tools
■ Printing presses
Shipping Weights
■ Small cranes Table 33-363. Approximate Shipping Weights
■ Overhead doors Brake Size Torque Rating Weight in Lbs. (kg)
ft-lb Net — Net — Boxed —
■ Dumb waiters
Brake with Wheel Wheel Only Brake with Wheel
■ Vacuum molding machines
Type “S” AC Shoe Brakes
■ Carnival rides
S-4 3 15.8 (7.2) 3.4 (1.5) 17.0 (7.7)
S-4 10 15.8 (7.2) 3.4 (1.5) 17.0 (7.7)
S-4 15 15.8 (7.2) 3.4 (1.5) 17.0 (7.7)
S-5-1/2 25 33.2 (15.1) 7.5 (3.4) 36.0 (16.3)
S-5-1/2 35 33.2 (15.1) 7.5 (3.4) 36.0 (16.3)
S-7 50 52.1 (23.7) 18.8 (8.5) 55.0 (25.0)
S-7 75 52.1 (23.7) 18.8 (8.5) 55.0 (25.0)
S-10 125, 160 200.0 (90.8) 38.5 (17.3) 225.0 (102.2)
Type “S” DC Shoe Brakes
S-4 3 18.0 (8.2) 3.4 (1.5) 20.0 (9.1)
S-4 10 18.0 (8.2) 3.4 (1.5) 20.0 (9.1)
S-4 15 18.0 (8.2) 3.4 (1.5) 20.0 (9.1)
S-5-1/2 25 35.0 (15.9) 7.5 (3.4) 38.0 (17.3)
S-5-1/2 35 35.0 (15.9) 7.5 (3.4) 38.0 (17.3)
S-7 50 54.0 (24.5) 18.8 (8.5) 58.0 (26.3)
S-7 75 54.0 (24.5) 18.8 (8.5) 58.0 (26.3)
S-7 85 54.0 (24.5) 18.8 (8.5) 58.0 (26.3)
S-7 110 54.0 (24.5) 18.8 (8.5) 58.0 (26.3)

January 2003
511 Series Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0254]
Dimensions
.69 (17.5) Dia. 4.25 (108)

4 Mtg. Holes Wheel Face 1.75
For Removal of 1.12 7.38 (44.5)
Wing Nuts (28.4) (187.5) .88
(22.4) .88
(22.4)
3.75 R
33 9.38 (95.3)
2.25
(57.2) 6.25
U E Q
(238.3) 3.75 2.25 (158.8)

4.69 (57.2) P
(119.1) (95.3) K
Hub M L
Length .88
(22.4)
15.19
(385.8) C
13.25 A
(336.6) 10.0 (254) B O
2.0 J
Dia. (50.8) 7.38 Hub
4.0 (187.5) Length
(101.6)
N
6.0 6.0 D D (2) "H" Dia. Holes
(2) Holes (152.4) (152.4) .88 T for Mounting
for 1/2 Conduit 6.88 (22.4) S F G
(174.8)
26.62
(676.1)
Type S10 Types S4, S5-1/2, and S7
Clapper Type Magnet Operated Solenoid Operated
Table 33-364. Approximate Dimensions

Brake Torque Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Size Rating A B1 C D E F G H J K L M N O P Q R
ft-lb
Type “S” AC Shoe Brakes
S-4 3 4.00 2.88 7.50 2.63 1.25 7.50 3.13 .38 .63 2.88 .25 2.75 1.63 1.63 2.88 3.00 3.13
(101.6) (73.2) (190.5) (66.8) (31.8) (190.5) (79.5) (9.7) (16.0) (73.2) (6.4) (69.9) (41.4) (41.4) (73.2) (76.2) (79.5)
S-4 10 4.00 2.88 7.50 2.63 1.25 7.50 3.13 .38 .63 2.88 .25 2.75 1.63 1.63 2.88 3.00 3.13
(101.6) (73.2) (190.5) (66.8) (31.8) (190.5) (79.5) (9.7) (16.0) (73.2) (6.4) (69.9) (41.4) (41.4) (73.2) (76.2) (79.5)
S-4 15 4.00 2.88 7.50 2.63 1.25 7.50 3.13 .38 .63 2.88 .25 2.75 1.63 1.63 2.88 3.00 3.13
(101.6) (73.2) (190.5) (66.8) (31.8) (190.5) (79.5) (9.7) (16.0) (73.2) (6.4) (69.9) (41.4) (41.4) (73.2) (76.2) (79.5)
S-5-1/2 25 5.50 4.00 9.50 3.50 2.00 8.38 4.13 .44 1.00 4.88 .38 3.25 2.00 2.00 3.13 3.75 3.13
(139.7) (101.6) (241.3) (88.9) (50.8) (212.9) (104.9) (11.2) (25.4) (124.0) (9.7) (82.6) (50.8) (50.8) (79.5) (95.3) (79.5)
S-5-1/2 35 5.50 4.00 9.50 3.50 2.00 8.38 4.13 .44 1.00 7.88 .38 3.25 2.00 2.00 3.13 3.75 3.13
(139.7) (101.6) (241.3) (88.9) (50.8) (212.9) (104.9) (11.2) (25.4) (200.2) (9.7) (82.6) (50.8) (50.8) (79.5) (95.3) (79.5)
S-7 50 7.00 5.00 11.50 4.38 2.50 9.50 5.00 .56 1.00 6.00 — 4.25 2.13 3.00 3.13 4.75 3.13
(177.8) (127.0) (292.1) (111.3) (63.5) (241.3) (127.0) (14.2) (25.4) (152.4) (108.0) (54.1) (76.2) (79.5) (120.7) (79.5)
S-7 75 7.00 5.00 11.50 4.38 2.50 9.50 5.00 .56 1.00 6.00 — 4.25 2.13 3.00 3.13 4.75 3.13
(177.8) (127.0) (292.1) (111.3) (63.5) (241.3) (127.0) (14.2) (25.4) (152.4) (108.0) (54.1) (76.2) (79.5) (120.7) (79.5)
S-10 125, Refer to above drawing.
160
Type “S” DC Shoe Brakes
S-4 3 4.00 3.50 8.00 2.63 1.25 7.56 3.25 .38 .75 2.88 .25 2.75 1.63 1.63 2.63 3.00 4.06
(101.6) (88.9) (203.2) (66.8) (31.8) (192.0) (82.6) (9.7) (19.1) (73.2) (6.4) (69.9) (41.4) (41.4) (66.8) (76.2) (103.1)
S-4 10 4.00 3.50 8.00 2.63 1.25 7.56 3.25 .38 .75 2.88 .25 2.75 1.63 1.63 2.63 3.00 4.06
(101.6) (88.9) (203.2) (66.8) (31.8) (192.0) (82.6) (9.7) (19.1) (73.2) (6.4) (69.9) (41.4) (41.4) (66.8) (76.2) (103.1)
S-4 15 4.00 3.50 8.00 2.63 1.25 7.56 3.25 .38 .75 2.88 .25 2.75 1.63 1.63 2.63 3.00 4.06
(101.6) (88.9) (203.2) (66.8) (31.8) (192.0) (82.6) (9.7) (19.1) (73.2) (6.4) (69.9) (41.4) (41.4) (66.8) (76.2) (103.1)
S-5-1/2 25 5.50 4.00 9.50 3.50 2.00 8.38 4.13 .44 .75 4.88 .38 3.25 2.00 2.00 2.88 3.75 4.06
(139.7) (101.6) (241.3) (88.9) (50.8) (212.9) (104.9) (11.2) (19.1) (124.0) (9.7) (82.6) (50.8) (50.8) (73.2) (95.3) (103.1)
S-5-1/2 35 5.50 4.00 9.50 3.50 2.00 8.38 4.13 .44 .75 4.88 .38 3.25 2.00 2.00 2.88 3.75 4.06
(139.7) (101.6) (241.3) (88.9) (50.8) (212.9) (104.9) (11.2) (19.1) (124.0) (9.7) (82.6) (50.8) (50.8) (73.2) (95.3) (103.1)
S-7 50 7.00 5.00 11.50 4.38 2.50 9.50 5.00 .56 .75 6.00 — 4.25 2.13 3.00 2.88 4.88 4.06
(177.8) (127.0) (292.1) (111.3) (63.5) (241.3) (127.0) (14.2) (19.1) (152.4) (108.0) (54.1) (76.2) (73.2) (124.0) (103.1)
S-7 75 7.00 5.00 11.50 4.38 2.50 9.50 5.00 .56 .75 6.00 — 4.25 2.13 3.00 2.88 4.88 4.06
(177.8) (127.0) (292.1) (111.3) (63.5) (241.3) (127.0) (14.2) (19.1) (152.4) (108.0) (54.1) (76.2) (73.2) (124.0) (103.1)
S-7 85 7.00 5.00 11.50 4.38 2.50 9.50 5.00 .56 .75 6.00 — 4.25 2.13 3.00 2.88 4.88 4.06
(177.8) (127.0) (292.1) (111.3) (63.5) (241.3) (127.0) (14.2) (19.1) (152.4) (108.0) (54.1) (76.2) (73.2) (124.0) (103.1)
S-7 110 7.00 5.00 11.50 4.38 2.50 9.50 5.00 .56 .75 6.00 — 4.25 2.13 3.00 2.88 4.88 4.06
(177.8) (127.0) (292.1) (111.3) (63.5) (241.3) (127.0) (14.2) (19.1) (152.4) (108.0) (54.1) (76.2) (73.2) (124.0) (103.1)
1 Open type brake only.

January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0255] 511 Series
Product Selection ■ Enclosure

❑ Catalog Number
When Ordering Specify ❑ Example: 511ED50
■ Brake
❑ Catalog Number plus Suffix
Number for coil
❑ Example: 511H1193-41
■ Wheel
33
❑ Catalog Number plus Suffix
Number for bore size
❑ Example: 511H1150-3
Size S-4 Brake and Wheel
Table 33-365. Type S Brakes — Floor Mounting

Torque — lb-ft Brake AC DC
Continuous Intermittent 1 Size Base Price For Type S4, S5-1/2, Base Price Coil Coil
Catalog U.S. $ S7, S10 Catalog U.S. $ Voltage Suffix 2
Number 23 Coil Volts Coil Number 23
and Hertz Suffix 2
3 3 S-4 511H1194 1,000. 120V 60 Hz -39 511H955 1,335. 120V DC -97

10 10 S-4 511H1193 1,000. 208V 60 Hz -45 511H956 1,335. 240V DC -98
— 15 S-4 511H1192 1,000. 240V 60 Hz -40 511H957 1,335.
25 25 S-5-1/2 511H992 1,250. 480V 60 Hz -41 511H994 1,585.
— 35 S-5-1/2 511H993 1,250. 600V 60 Hz -58 511H995 1,585.
110V 50 Hz -5
50 50 S-7 511H970 1,990. 220V 50 Hz -6 511H975 2,170.
— 75 S-7 511H971 1,990. 380V 50 Hz -7 511H976 2,170.
85 85 S-7 511H1195 3,320. 400V 50 Hz -8 511H1197 3,505.
— 110 S-7 511H1196 3,320. 550V 50 Hz -9 511H1198 3,505.
125 125 S-10 511H996 8,060. — —
— 160 S-10 511H997 8,060. — —
1 Intermittent duty indicates that the coil can be placed across the line continuously for one hour maximum without excessive heating. It is equivalent
to 1/2 time ON and 1/2 time OFF.
2 Add Suffix Number for coil voltage to Base Catalog Number.
3 Does not include Wheel.
Table 33-366. Enclosures Only

Brake NEMA 2 – 3R 4
Size Dripproof, Rainproof
and Sleet Resistant
Catalog Price
Number U.S. $
S-4 511ED50 650.

S-5-1/2 511ED51 700.
S-7 511ED52 755.
4 Can be mounted either right or left hand.

January 2003
511 Series Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0256]
Table 33-367. Brake Wheels

Wheel Size Min. Max. Pilot WK2 Straight Bore 3 Tapered Bore 1
in Inches Bore in Bore in Bore in Base 2 Finished Pilot Base 2 Finished Pilot
Inches Inches Inches Catalog Number Bore Bore Only Catalog Number Bore Bore Only
(mm) (mm) (mm)
Price Price Price Price
U.S. $ U.S. $ U.S. $ U.S. $
4.0 .50 (12.7) 1.38 (35.1) .50 (12.7) .06 511H1150 251.00 235.00 511H1151 505.00 472.00
33 5.5 .75 (19.1) 2.00 (50.8) .75 (19.1) .26 511H1160 378.00 383.00 511H1161 710.00 650.00
7.0 1.00 (25.4) 2.25 (57.2) .75 (19.1) .77 511H1170 570.00 570.00 511H1171 945.00 860.00
10.0 1.38 (35.1) 2.88 (73.2) 1.13 (28.7) 3.10 511H1190 1,250.00 1,245.00 511H1191 1,690.00 1,685.00
1 Taper is at rate of 1.25 inches per foot on diameter. In bore size selection, use diameter of tapered shaft. Bore tolerance: +.000 -.005 inches.
2 Add Suffix Number for bore size to Base Catalog Number.
3 Bore tolerance: +.000 -.001 inches.
Table 33-368. Brake Wheel Suffix Numbers

Bore Size Suffix Number — Add to Base Catalog Number
Bore 4 in Inches (mm) Keyway in Inches Suffix Number Bore 4 in Inches (mm) Keyway in Inches (mm) Suffix Number
Standard Bore Sizes — No Price Addition
Pilot Bore None -1 1.625 (41.28) 3/38 x 3/16 -9
.625 (15.88) 3/16 x 3/32 -2 1.875 (47.63) 1/2 x 1/4 -10
.750 (19.05) 3/16 x 3/32 -3 2.125 (53.98) 1/2 x 1/4 -11
.875 (22.23) 3/16 x 3/32 -4 2.375 (60.33) 5/8 x 5/16 -12
1.000 (25.40) 1/4 x 1/8 -5 2.500 (63.50) 5/8 x 5/16 -63
1.125 (28.58) 1/4 x 1/8 -6 2.625 (66.68) 5/8 x 5/16 -13
1.250 (31.75) 1/4 x 1/8 -7 2.750 (69.85) 5/8 x 5/16 -18
1.375 (34.93) 5/16 x 5/32 -8 2.875 (73.03) 3/4 x 3/8 -14
Non-standard Bore Sizes — Make Necessary Price Addition 5
.500 (12.70) 1/8 x 1/16 -50 1.687 (42.85) 3/8 x 3/16 -58
.750 (19.05) 1/4 x 1/8 -51 1.750 (44.45) 3/8 x 3/16 -59
.875 (22.23) 1/4 x 1/8 -52 1.937 (49.20) 1/2 x 1/4 -60
1.000 (25.40) 5/16 x 5/32 -53 2.000 (50.80) 1/2 x 1/4 -61
1.187 (30.15) 1/4 x 1/8 -54 2.250 (57.15) 1/2 x 1/4 -62
1.375 (34.93) 3/8 x 3/16 -55 — — —
1.437 (36.50) 3/8 x 3/16 -56 — — —
1.500 (38.10) 3/8 x 3/16 -57 — — —
4 Bore size selected must be between minimum and maximum dimensions listed in brake wheel selection table.
5 Price Additions
Description Adder
U.S. $
4.0 Inch (101.6 mm) 70.50

5.5 Inch (139.7 mm) 92.50
7.0 Inch (177.8 mm) 123.00
10.0 Inch (254.0 mm) 189.00

Pump Panels with 3R Enclosure
January 2003
Contents
Description Page
Product Family Overview. . . . 33-239
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-240
Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-241
Freedom Pump Panels . . . . . . 33-242
33
Advantage Pump Panels . . . . 33-246
Freedom Vacuum
Pump Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-248

The irrigation pump controllers are
combination starters with accessories
and modifications designed to meet
the particular requirements of the irri-
gation, pumping and oil well indus-
tries. The enclosure is NEMA 3R to
provide weathertight protection and is
available in several sizes, depending NEMA 3R with Eaton’s Cutler- NEMA 3R Enclosure, Narrow,
on the customer’s control or control Hammer Size 1 – 3 Starter with Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer
option requirements. The disconnect, Size 1, 2 Starter
contactor and overload relay are the
same as used in Freedom Line and
Advantage combination starters. In
Freedom Line versions, this includes
the innovative overload feature that
allows conversion from Class 20 to
Class 10 by merely inserting different
heater packs. These controllers are
available in standard full voltage as
well as reduced voltage configura-
tions, with vacuum contactors as well
as the standard electromechanical
contactors.
NEMA 3R Size 1, Narrow, NEMA 3R Part Winding

with Electronic Overload Pump Panel, Size 3

January 2003
Features ■ Mounting — Pole mounting feet Optional Features

with keyhole slots for easy mount-
ing are standard on enclosures for ■ Backspin Timer — .2 seconds to 3
The Freedom Series and Advantage
Sizes 1 – 5 (removable for Sizes minutes. Prevents restart until
starters are available in either fusible
1 – 5 standard width flange type motor and pump have stopped.
or circuit breaker types utilizing NEMA
3R Rainproof and Sleet Resistant enclosures). Brackets can be formed ■ Program Timer — 24 hour, 7 day
enclosures. Convenient straight- to the contour of the pole after with day omission.
through wiring with top line connec- mounting. ■ Control Transformer — Available
33 tions and bottom load connections ■ Padlocking — Provision on door as standard, either as a field kit or
features easily accessible pressure latch for locking door closed, as well factory installed. Includes 2 primary
connections for line, load and control. as provision for padlocking discon- and 1 secondary fuses.
Starter and disconnect are factory nect switch in OFF position. With a ■ Electrical Interlocks — Side
wired. Freedom overload relays with simple modification, disconnect can mounted in NO, NC and NO-NC.
trip indication feature bimetallic type also be padlocked in ON position. Maximum of 2 contacts on either
operation with ambient compensation ■ UL Listed — Underwriters Laborato- side of starter through Size 2, maxi-
and a choice of either manual or ries Inc. listed under File E1491, mum of 3 per side Sizes 3 – 5.
automatic reset. guide NLDX, includes the “Suitable ■ Control Circuit Fuse Kit — 30A, 600V
■ Motor Circuit Switch — Long life, for Use as Service Equipment” rating.
heavy-duty, quick acting, double label. ■ Lightning Arrestor — Offers protec-
break action. Positive ON and position to control from lightning
Interrupting Ratings
tive OFF available in either fusible or induced surges.
non-fusible versions. Fuse clip kits ■ Fusible — Sizes 1 – 5 suitable for use
■ “R” Fuse Clip Kits — 30 – 200A,
are available for field installation on a circuit capable of delivering not
250V and 600V ratings.
and can be converted in the field for more than 100,000 rms symmetrical
amperes. 600V maximum where a ■ Disconnect Control Circuit
maximum job flexibility. Interlock — To disconnect separate
Class R fuse clip kit is properly
■ Motor Circuit Protector — Similar to installed and Class R fuses are used. control circuits.
a magnetic trip only circuit breaker. If Class R fuses are not used, the ■ Enclosure Conduit Hubs — Hole
Features an adjustable magnetic trip switch should not be installed on provided in enclosure top covered
characteristic for accurate, depend- circuits capable of delivering more with hole closer. Will accept 3/4",
able fault protection and simulta- than 10,000 rms symmetrical 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2", 2-1/2" and 3"
neous trip of all poles to prevent amperes. Size 6 is limited to 18,000 conduit sizes.
single phasing. and Size 7 is limited to 30,000 rms ■ Pad Mounting Feet — For standard
■ HAND/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch symmetrical amperes. width enclosures Sizes 1 – 5.
and START Pushbutton — 10250T ■ Circuit Breaker HMCPE — Sizes 1 – 3 ■ Electronic Overload
heavy-duty units mounted on the controllers are suitable for use on
flange of the enclosure for outside circuits capable of delivering not
accessibility. more than 100,000 rms symmetrical
■ RESET Button — Accessible from amperes at 480V maximum; for
front of enclosure (booted for envi- 600V applications, see below.
ronmental protection) for operation ■ Circuit Breaker HMCP — Sizes 4 and 5
of overload relay reset function. controllers are suitable for use on
■ Enclosure — NEMA 3R Rainproof circuits capable of delivering not
and Sleet Resistant construction more than 100,000 rms symmetrical
with stainless steel door latches and amperes at 480V maximum; Sizes 1
special corrosion resistant paint. and 2 are suitable for use on circuits
Enclosure features include ground- capable of delivering not more than
ing lugs, padlocking feature on door 25,000 rms symmetrical amperes at
latch, drip hood over door and pro- 600V maximum; and Sizes 3 and 4
visions for top mounting conduit are suitable for use on circuits capa-
hubs. Most enclosures include gen- ble of delivering not more than
erous panel space for mounting 50,000 rms symmetrical amperes at
optional control and accessories. 600V maximum. Size 5 is suitable
for use on circuits capable of deliv-
ering not more than 35,000 rms
symmetrical amperes at 600V maxi-
mum. Size 6 is limited to 18,000 and
Size 7 is limited to 30,000 rms sym-
metrical amperes.

January 2003
Kits
Table 33-369. Kits for Field Mounting
Description Catalog Adder Catalog Price Description Catalog Adder Catalog Price
Suffix Suffix
Backspin Timer — Auxiliary Contact Types

.2 sec. to 3 min. (60 Hz) B12 565.00 — — Advantage
2NO, 2NC A37 317.00 — —
33
Control Transformers
240/480V Pri., 120V Sec. 3NO, 1NC A36 317.00 — —
Size 1 C1 196.00 — — 4NO, 0NC A39 317.00 — —
Size 2 C1 274.00 — — 0NO, 4NC A40 317.00 — —
Size 3 C1 403.00 — — 1NO, 3NC A38 317.00 — —
Size 4 C1 488.00 — — 24-Hour Programming Clock P44 570.00 — —
Size 5 C1 555.00 — — Interchangeable Hubs for
Lightning Arrestor L3 310.00 — — Enclosure. 1
Control Circuit Fuse Kit (600V) C31 161.00 — — Enclosure has removable top
plate. If conduit hub is
Electrical Interlocks — required, order:
Freedom Line/Vacuum 3/4" Conduit Size — — DS075H1 26.75
NO A27 81.00 — — 1-1/4" Conduit Size — — DS125H1 26.75
NC A28 81.00 C320KGS2 21.70 1-1/2" Conduit Size — — DS150H1 26.75
NO & NC A29 161.00 C320KGS3 29.00 2" Conduit Size — — DS200H1 43.50
Time Delay Relay — 2-1/2" Conduit Size — — DS250H2 78.00
3 minutes 3" Conduit Size — — DS300H2 90.50
ON Delay (unwired) T6 585.00 — — 1 Does not apply to reduced voltage controllers.
OFF Delay (unwired) T7 585.00 — —

January 2003
Freedom with Motor Circuit Switch Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0260]
Pump Panels with Motor Accessories

Circuit Switch Table 33-370. C351 — Fuse Clip Selection — 3-Pole (3 Fuses)
NEMA Motor Fuse Clip Rating Fuse Clip Kit for Field Installation in
Size Voltage Non-fusible Starter
Amperes Volts For Non-rejection For use with “R”
Type Fuses Rejection Type Fuses
33 Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
1 200/230 30 250 C351KC21 14.50 C351KC21R 14.50

460 – 575 30 600 C351KD22-61 18.10 C351KD22-61R 18.10
2 200 60 250 C351KD22-61 18.10 C351KD22-61R 18.10
230 60 250 C351KD22-61 18.10 C351KD22-61R 18.10
460 – 575 60 600 C351KD62 21.70 C351KD62R 21.70
3 200 100 250 C351KE23-63 76.00 C351KE23-63 1 76.00
230 100 250 C351KE23-63 76.00 C351KE23-63 1 76.00
460 – 575 100 600 C351KE23-63 76.00 C351KE23-63 1 76.00
4 200 200 250 C351KF24-64 117.00 C351KF24-64 1 117.00
230 200 250 C351KF24-64 117.00 C351KF24-64 1 117.00
460 – 575 200 600 C351KF24-64 117.00 C351KF24-64 1 117.00
1 Fuse clip “R” rejection members for use with Class R fuses are supplied loose both in Fuse Clip
Kits and when fuse clips are factory installed.
Wiring Diagram
Narrow Width
Size 2 NEMA 3R
L1 L2 L3
Circuit
Product Description Breaker or
Motor Circ.
■ 3-Phase Magnetic Switch
■ Interchangeable Heater OLR
Hand
Auto
Standard ECN54 controllers have a

OFF
HAND/OFF/AUTO selector switch and M

START pushbutton mounted on the Pressure Switch
enclosure and are wired as illustrated OL
in Figure 33-141.
T2 Start M OL
Note: NEMA 3R enclosure does not include
top conduit hubs. Hubs are available in kit
T1 T3
form — see Page 33-241. M
Motor
Note: If branch circuit protective device is
45A or greater, C320FBR1 fuse kit (panel Figure 33-141. Typical Wiring Diagram
mounted) may be required for control
circuit protection per NEC 430-72.

■ UL Listed — File #E1491, Guide
NLDX

January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0261] Freedom with Motor Circuit Switch
Product Selection
Table 33-371. Freedom Pump Panels with Motor Circuit Switch
Motor Max. hp NEMA Fuse Clip Rating 2 Narrow Width 3 Standard Width 3
Voltage 1 50/60 Hz Size Amperes Volts Catalog Price Catalog Price
230 7-1/2 1 30 250 ECN5412BAB-E14 995. ECN5412BAB 1,025.

460 10 30 600 ECN5412CAC-E14 995. ECN5412CAC 1,030. 33
— — Not Installed Not Installed ECN5412AAA-E14 980. ECN5412AAA 1,015.
230 15 2 60 250 ECN5422BAD-E14 1,340. ECN5422BAD 1,400.
460 25 60 600 ECN5422CAE-E14 1,340. ECN5422CAE 1,425.
— — Not Installed Not Installed ECN5422AAA-E14 1,340. ECN5422AAA 1,380.
230 30 3 100 250 — — ECN5432BAF 2,030.
460 50 100 600 — — ECN5432CAG 2,060.
— — Not Installed Not Installed — — ECN5432AAA 1,960.
230 50 4 200 250 — — ECN5442BAH 3,755.
460 100 200 600 — — ECN5442CAJ 3,785.
— — Not Installed Not Installed — — ECN5442AAA 3,640.
230 100 5 400 250 — — ECN5452BAK 8,040.
460 200 400 600 — — ECN5452CAL 8,190.
230 200 6 600 250 — — ECN5462BAM 21,710.
460 400 600 600 — — ECN5462CAN 21,710.
460 600 7 1200 600 — — ECN5472CAQ 41,010.
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. Heater pack selection, Pages 33-80 – 33-81.
Starters with Electronic Overload — See Pages 33-124 of Modification Codes.
1 Dual element fuse ratings.
2 Class R fuse clips, except for Size 7 which uses Class L fuse clips. For starters with clips “Not Installed”, select fuse clip kit from Table 33-370.
3 To order without the START pushbutton, add Modification Code P6.
For Other Volts and Hertz

Applications
For other than listed volts and hertz,
select required controller by Catalog
Number and replace the magnet coil
alpha designation, 8th digit in Catalog
Number with proper Code Suffix from
Table 33-372.
Example: For 600V 60 Hz coil, change
ECN5412BAC to ECN5412DAC
Table 33-372. Coil Voltage
Coil Volts and Hertz Suffix Code
120/60 or 110/50 A
240/60 or 220/50 B
480/60 or 440/50 C
600/60 or 550/50 D
208/60 E
Panel Space. . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-244

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-127 – 33-146
Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-241
Modifications. . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-119 – 33-126

January 2003
Freedom with Circuit Breaker Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0262]
Pump Panels with Circuit Breaker Dimensions

Table 33-373. Panel Space
Product Description Panel Size NEMA Position (see Approximate Dimensions
Size Figure 33-142) in Inches (mm)
■ 3-Phase Magnetic Width W Height H
■ Interchangeable Heater OLR Narrow 1 1–2 — 5.5 (140) 6.0 (152)
33 These ECN55 Irrigation Pump Controllers feature the Cutler- Standard 1–3
4
—
—
8.5 (216)
8.5 (216)
26.0 (660)
39.0 (991)
Hammer Freedom Line starters. They have a HAND/OFF/
5 A 10.0 (254) 22.0 (559)
AUTO selector switch and START pushbutton mounted on B 15.0 (381) 12.0 (305)
the enclosure and a RESET button on the front — wiring is Oversize 1–2 — 12.0 (318) 39.0 (991)
as illustrated in the wiring diagram on Page 33-242. 3 — 11.0 (279) 39.0 (991)
1 Space is between disconnect switch or circuit breaker and starter.
Note: NEMA 3R enclosure does not include top conduit hubs. Hubs
are available in kit form — see Page 33-241.
W
Note: If branch circuit protective device is 45A or greater, C320FBR1
fuse kit (panel mounted) may be required for control circuit protec- Pos.
H
tion per NEC 430-72. A
H
Standards and Certifications Panel

Space
Pos.
B
H
■ UL Listed — File #E1491, Guide NLDX W W
NEMA Sizes 1 – 4 NEMA Size 5
Figure 33-142. Panel Space

Product Selection
Table 33-374. Freedom Pump Panels with Circuit Breaker
Motor Max. hp NEMA Circuit Breaker Narrow Width 2 Standard Width 2
Voltage 50/60 Hz Size Type Catalog Price Catalog Price
230 1 1 HMCPE 7A ECN5512BAC-E14 1,250. ECN5512BAC 1,270.
3 HMCPE 15A ECN5512BAD-E14 1,250. ECN5512BAD 1,270.
7-1/2 HMCPE 30A ECN5512BAE-E14 1,250. ECN5512BAE 1,270.
460 1 HMCPE 3A ECN5512CAB-E14 1,250. ECN5512CAB 1,270.
3 HMCPE 7A ECN5512CAC-E14 1,250. ECN5512CAC 1,270.
5 HMCPE 15A ECN5512CAD-E14 1,250. ECN5512CAD 1,270.
10 HMCPE 30A ECN5512CAE-E14 1,250. ECN5512CAE 1,270.
230 10 2 HMCPE 50A ECN5522BAF-E14 1,580. ECN5522BAF 1,580.
460 25 HMCPE 50A ECN5522CAF-E14 1,580. ECN5522CAF 1,580.
230 30 3 HMCPE 100A — — ECN5532BAG 2,055.
460 50 HMCPE 100A — — ECN5532CAG 2,055.
230 50 4 HMCP 150A — — ECN5542BAH 4,380.
460 100 HMCP 150A — — ECN5542CAH 4,380.
230 60 5 HMCP 250A — — ECN5552BAJ 9,990.
230 100 HMCP 400A — — ECN5552BAK 9,990.
460 150 HMCP 250A — — ECN5552CAJ 9,990.
460 200 HMCP 400A — — ECN5552CAK 9,990.
230 125 6 HMCP 600A — — ECN5562BAL 20,930.
230 200 MD 800A — — ECN5562BAM 20,930.
460 300 HMCP 600A — — ECN5562CAL 20,930.
460 400 MD 800A — — ECN5562CAM 20,930.
230 250 73 4 — — ECN5572BAU 42,450.
230 300 4 — — ECN5572BAU 42,450.
460 500 4 — — ECN5572CAU 42,450.
460 600 4 — — ECN5572CAU 42,450.
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs. Heater pack selection, Pages 33-80 – 33-81.
2 To order without the START pushbutton, add Mod Code P6. Table 33-375. Coil Voltage
3 Consult factory in the event ground fault protection is required. Coil Volts and Hertz Suffix Code
4 Supply hp, voltage, FLA and whether motor is design E or not when
ordering the starter. 120/60 or 110/50 A
240/60 or 220/50 B
For Other Volts and Hertz Applications 480/60 or 440/50 C
600/60 or 550/50 D
For other than listed volts and hertz, select required control- 208/60 E
ler by Catalog Number and replace the magnet coil alpha
designation, 8th digit in Catalog Number with proper Code
Suffix from Table 33-375. Example: For 600V 60 Hz coil, Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-127 – 33-146
change ECN5512CAC to ECN5512DAC. Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-241

January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0263] Freedom — Reduced Voltage/Part Winding
Pump Panels — Reduced Voltage/Part Winding Product Selection

Table 33-376. ECN64 Irrigation Pump Control with Motor Circuit
Product Description Motor Max. hp NEMA Fuse Clip Rating Catalog Price
Voltage 50/60 Size Amperes Volts Number U.S. $
■ 3-Phase Magnetic Hz1
230 50 3PW 200 250 ECN6432BAH 5,850.
Standard ECN64, 65 controllers have a HAND/OFF/AUTO 460
460
50
75
100
200
600
600
ECN6432CAG
ECN6432CAJ
5,850.
5,850.
33
selector switch and START pushbutton mounted on the
flange of the enclosure and are wired as illustrated 230 75 4PW 400 250 ECN6442BAK 10,980.
in Figure 33-143. 460 125 200 600 ECN6442CAJ 11,770.
460 150 400 600 ECN6442CAL 11,770.
Note: If branch circuit protective device is 45A or greater, C320FBR1 230 100 5PW 400 250 ECN6452BAK 21,020.
fuse kit (panel mounted) may be required for control circuit protec- 230 150 600 250 ECN6452BAM 21,360.
tion per NEC 430-72. 460 200 400 600 ECN6452CAL 22,730.
460 350 600 600 ECN6452CAN 23,002.
230 300 6PW 1200 2 250 ECN6462BAQ 42,110.
Wiring Diagram 460 600 1200 2 600 ECN6462CAQ 42,110.
1 Horsepower ratings based on dual element fuses.
2 Class L fuse mounting.
Lines
L1 L2 L3
Table 33-377. ECN65 Irrigation Pump Control with Thermal Magnetic
Circuit Breaker
Circuit Motor Max. hp NEMA Circuit Breaker Catalog Price
Breaker or Voltage 50/60 Hz3 Size Type Number U.S. $
Motor Circ.
Switch Motor Windings 230 40 3PW HFD 125 ECN6532BAL 7,650.
2M 2OL 230 50 HFD 150 ECN6532BAM 7,650.
460 50 HFD 100 ECN6532CAK 7,650.
1M 1OL T1 460 75 HFD 125 ECN6532CAL 7,650.
T7
T4 230 60 4PW JD 200 ECN6542BAP 11,770.
T5 230 75 JD 250 ECN6542BAR 11,770.
2M 2OL T9 T2 460 100 HFD 150 ECN6542CAM 11,770.
T6 460 125 JD 225 ECN6542BAQ 11,770.
1M 1OL T3 T8 460 150 JD 250 ECN6542CAR 11,770.
10
2M 2OL T1 230 100 5PW KD 350 ECN6552BAV 24,790.
230 125 KD 400 ECN6552BAW 24,790.
1M 1OL 230 150 LD 500 ECN6552BAY 24,790.
460 200 KD 350 ECN6552CAV 24,790.
460 250 KD 400 ECN6552CAW 24,790.
T3 T2 460 300 LD 500 ECN6552CAY 24,790.
Pressure Switch Typical 6 Lead 460 350 LD 600 ECN6552CAZ 24,790.
4 2M Delta Connections
Auto T7 230 350 6PW ND 1200 ECN6562BA4 44,710.
460 600 ND 1200 ECN6562CA4 44,710.
OFF 1M T.C.
Hand Start 1M 1OL 2OL Starters do not include heater packs. Select 2 cartons of 3 heater packs.
Heater pack selection, Pages 33-80 – 33-81. Select heaters based on 50% of
2
1M 3 6 7 8 9 rated full-load motor current.
T9 T8 3 Horsepower ratings based on dual element fuses.

Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-241

January 2003
Advantage with Motor Circuit Switch Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0264]
Pump Panels with Motor in Figure 33-144. Controllers provided Standards and Certifications
with control transformer and 120V AC
Circuit Switch 60 Hz coils as standard. ■ UL Listed — File #E1491, Guide NLDX
Product Description Note: NEMA 3R enclosure does not include

■ Solid-State OL Relay form — see Page 33-241.
■ Suitable for Franklin Motors
33 Standard ECA54 controllers have a 45A or greater, C320FBR1 fuse kit (panel
HAND/OFF/AUTO selector switch and mounted) may be required for control
START pushbutton mounted on the circuit protection per NEC 430-72.
enclosure and are wired as illustrated
Accessories Wiring Diagram

Table 33-378. C351 — Fuse Clip Selection — 3-Pole (3 Fuses)
NEMA Motor Fuse Clip Rating Fuse Clip Kit for Field Installation in L1 L2 L3
Size Voltage Non-fusible Starter
Circuit
Amperes Volts For Non-rejection For use with “R” Breaker or
Type Fuses Rejection Type Fuses Motor Circ.
Switch
Catalog Price Catalog Price
Hand
Auto
1 200/230 30 250 C351KC21 14.50 C351KC21R 14.50
OFF
460 – 575 30 600 C351KD22-61 18.10 C351KD22-61R 18.10 M
2 200 60 250 C351KD22-61 18.10 C351KD22-61R 18.10
Pressure Switch
230 60 250 C351KD22-61 18.10 C351KD22-61R 18.10 OL
460 – 575 60 600 C351KD62 21.70 C351KD62R 21.70
3 200 100 250 C351KE23-63 76.00 C351KE23-63 1 76.00 Start
230 100 250 C351KE23-63 76.00 C351KE23-63 1 76.00 T2 M OL
460 – 575 100 600 C351KE23-63 76.00 C351KE23-63 1 76.00
T1 T3
4 200 200 250 C351KF24-64 117.00 C351KF24-64 1 117.00 M
230 200 250 C351KF24-64 117.00 C351KF24-64 1 117.00 Motor
460 – 575 200 600 C351KF24-64 117.00 C351KF24-64 1 117.00
1 Fuse clip “R” rejection members for use with Class R fuses are supplied loose both in Fuse Figure 33-144. Typical Wiring Diagram
Clip Kits and when fuse clips are factory installed.Pump Panels with 3R Enclosure
Product Selection
Table 33-379. Advantage Pump Panels with Motor Circuit Switch
Motor Max. hp NEMA Fuse Clip Rating 2 Narrow Width 34 Standard Width 34
Voltage 1 50/60 Hz Size Amperes Volts Catalog Price Catalog Price
230 7-1/2 1 30 250 ECA5412BAB-C1E14 1,140.00 ECA5412BAB-C1 1,140.00

460 10 30 600 ECA5412CAC-C1E14 1,145.00 ECA5412CAC-C1 1,145.00
— — Not Installed Not Installed ECA5412CAA-C1E14 1,130.00 ECA5412CAA-C1 1,130.00
230 15 2 60 250 ECA5422BAD-C1E14 1,590.00 ECA5422BAD-C1 1,555.00
460 25 60 600 ECA5422CAE-C1E14 1,590.00 ECA5422CAE-C1 1,555.00
— — Not Installed Not Installed ECA5422CAA-C1E14 1,530.00 ECA5422CAA-C1 1,530.00
230 30 3 100 250 — — ECA5432BAF-C1 2,255.00
460 50 100 600 — — ECA5432CAG-C1 2,255.00
— — Not Installed Not Installed — — ECA5432CAA-C1 2,175.00
230 50 4 200 250 — — ECA5442BAH-C1 4,170.00
460 100 200 600 — — ECA5442CAJ-C1 4,170.00
— — Not Installed Not Installed — — ECA5442CAA-C1 4,045.00
230 100 5 400 250 — — ECA5452BAK-C1 8,930.00
460 200 400 600 — — ECA5452CAL-C1 9,100.00
230 200 6 600 250 — — ECA5462BAM-C1 24,120.00
460 400 600 600 — — ECA5462CAN-C1 24,120.00
1 Dual element fuse ratings.
2 Class R fuse clips. For starters with clips “Not Installed”, select fuse clip kit from Table 33-378.
3 Transformer may be omitted if 120V 60 Hz coil power is available; change 8th character of Catalog
Number from B or C to F and remove C1 after the dash in the Catalog Number. Example:
ECA5422BAD-C1 becomes ECA5422FAD.
4 To order without the START pushbutton, add Mod Code P6.
Panel Space . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-244
Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-241

January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0265] Advantage with HMCP Circuit Breaker
Pump Panels with HMCP Note: NEMA 3R enclosure does not include
Wiring Diagram
Circuit Breaker form — see Page 33-241.
L1 L2 L3
Product Description 45A or greater, C320FBR1 fuse kit (panel Circuit
Breaker or
mounted) may be required for control
Motor Circ.
■ Solid-State OL Relay circuit protection per NEC 430-72. Switch
■ Suitable for Franklin Motors 33
Standard ECA55 controllers have a Standards and Certifications
Hand
Auto
OFF
HAND/OFF/AUTO selector switch and ■ UL Listed — File #E1491, Guide M
START pushbutton mounted NLDX Pressure Switch
on the enclosure and are wired as OL
illustrated in Figure 33-145. Controllers
provided with control transformer and Start
120V AC 60 Hz coils as standard. T2 M OL
T1 T3
M
Motor
Product Selection
Table 33-380. Advantage Pump Panels with HMCP Circuit Breaker
Motor Max. hp NEMA Circuit Breaker Narrow Width 12 Standard Width 12
Voltage 50/60 Hz Size Type Catalog Price Catalog Price
230 1 1 HMCPE 7A ECA5512BAC-C1E14 1,370. ECA5512BAC-C1 1,410.
2 HMCPE 15A ECA5512BAD-C1E14 1,370. ECA5512BAD-C1 1,410.
7-1/2 HMCPE 30A ECA5512BAE-C1E14 1,370. ECA5512BAE-C1 1,410.
460 3/4 HMCPE 3A ECA5512CAB-C1E14 1,370. ECA5512CAB-C1 1,410.
2 HMCPE 7A ECA5512CAC-C1E14 1,370. ECA5512CAC-C1 1,410.
5 HMCPE 15A ECA5512CAD-C1E14 1,370. ECA5512CAD-C1 1,410.
10 HMCPE 30A ECA5512CAE-C1E14 1,370. ECA5512CAE-C1 1,410.
230 15 2 HMCPE 50A ECA5522BAF-C1E14 1,715. ECA5522BAF-C1 1,755.
460 25 HMCPE 50A ECA5522CAF-C1E14 1,715. ECA5522CAF-C1 1,755.
230 30 3 HMCPE 100A — — ECA5532BAG-C1 2,285.
460 50 HMCPE 100A — — ECA5532CAG-C1 2,285.
230 50 4 HMCP 150A — — ECA5542BAH-C1 4,865.
460 100 HMCP 150A — — ECA5542CAH-C1 4,865.
230 75 5 HMCP 250A — — ECA5552BAJ-C1 11,100.
230 100 HMCP 400A — — ECA5552BAK-C1 11,100.
460 150 HMCP 250A — — ECA5552CAJ-C1 11,100.
460 200 HMCP 400A — — ECA5552CAK-C1 11,100.
230 125 6 HMCP 600A — — ECA5562BAL-C1 25,090.
230 200 MD 800A — — ECA5562BAM-C1 25,090.
460 300 HMCP 600A — — ECA5562CAL-C1 25,090.
460 400 MD 800A — — ECA5562CAM-C1 25,090.
1 To order without the START pushbutton, add Mod Code P6.
2 Transformer may be omitted if 120V 60 Hz coil power is available; change 8th character of Catalog Number from B or C to F and remove C1 after the
dash in the Catalog Number. Example: ECA5522BAF-C1 becomes ECA5522FAF.
Panel Space. . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-244

Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-241

January 2003
Freedom — Vacuum Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0266]
Vacuum Pump Panels Product Selection

Table 33-381. ECV54 — Fusible
Product Description Motor Max. hp NEMA Fuse Clip Rating With START Pushbutton
Voltage 50/60 Hz Size Amperes Volts Catalog Price
■ 3-Phase Magnetic
Number U.S. $
230 50 4 200 250 ECV5442BAH 4,185.
33 Standard ECV54, 55 controllers have a HAND/OFF/AUTO 460 100 200 600 ECV5442CAJ 4,185.
selector switch and START pushbutton mounted on the 230 100 5 400 250 ECV5452BAK 8,640.
enclosure and are wired as illustrated in Figure 33-146. 460 200 400 600 ECV5452CAL 8,640.
Note: NEMA 3R enclosure does not include top conduit hubs. Hubs 230 200 6 600 250 ECV5462BAM 23,080.
are available in kit form — see Page 33-241. 460 400 600 600 ECV5462CAN 23,080.
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs.
Note: If branch circuit protective device is 45A or greater, C320FBR1 Heater pack selection, Pages 33-80 – 33-81.
fuse kit (panel mounted) may be required for control circuit protec-
tion per NEC 430-72. Table 33-382. ECV55 — HMCP Circuit Breaker
Motor Max. hp NEMA Circuit Breaker With START Pushbutton
Voltage 50/60 Hz Size Type
Wiring Diagram Catalog
Number
Price
U.S. $
Lines 230 50 4 HMCP 150A ECV5542BAH 4,670.

L1 L2 L3 460 100 HMCP 150A ECV5542CAH 4,670.
230 75 5 HMCP 250A ECV5552BAJ 10,430.
230 100 HMCP 400A ECV5552BAK 10,430.
460 150 HMCP 250A ECV5552CAJ 10,430.
DS or CB
Disconnecting Means 460 200 HMCP 400A ECV5552CAK 10,430.
Fusible 230 200 6 HMCP 600A ECV5562BAL 24,750.
Disconnect Switch 460 400 HMCP 600A ECV5562CAL 24,750.
or Circuit Breaker
Starters do not include heater packs. Select 1 carton of 3 heater packs.
Heater pack selection, Pages 33-80 – 33-81.
OFF
3 4
Hand Auto
1 1
4 A
3
3
6
”D” 2 4
2
1 10
9
Coil Aux. 3
Contact
M
+ M
A B
C – D
98
97
OL 96
Reset
95
T1 T2 T3

Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 33-241

Motor Control Technical Data
January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0267] Wire and Conduit Tables
Ampacities of Insulated Conductors (Based on 1996 NEC 1) Notes to Tables 310-16, 310-18
1. 120/240V, 3-Wire, Single-Phase
Table 310-16. Allowable Ampacities of Insulated Conductors Rated 0 – 2000V, 60° – 90°C
Dwelling Services and Feeders. For
(140° – 194°F), Not More Than Three Current-Carrying Conductors in Raceway or Cable
or Earth (Directly Buried), Based on Ambient Temperature of 30°C (86°F) dwelling units, conductors, as listed
below, shall be permitted to be utilized
Size Temperature Rating of Conductor. See NEC Table 310-13. Size
as 120/240V, 3-wire, single-phase
AWG 60°C 75°C 90°C 60°C 75°C 90°C AWG service-entrance conductors, service
kcmil (140°F) (167°F) (194°F) (140°F) (167°F) (194°F) kcmil
Types Types Types Types Types Types
lateral conductors and feeder conductors 33
TW†, UF† FEPW†, TBS, SA, TW†, UF† RH†, TBS, SA,
that serve as the main power feeder to
RH†, SIS, FEP†, RHW†, SIS, a dwelling unit and are installed in
RHW†, FEPB†, MI, THHW†, THHN†, raceway or cable with or without an
THHW†, RHH†, THW†, THHW†, equipment grounding conductor. For
THW†, RHW-2, THWN†, THW-2, applications of this note, the feeder
THWN†, THHN†, XHHW†, THWN-2,
XHHW†, THHW†, USE† RHH†,
conductors to a dwelling unit shall
USE†, THW-2†, RHW-2, not be required to be larger than its
ZW† THWN-2†, USE-2, service-entrance conductors. The
USE-2, XHH, grounded conductor shall be permitted
XHH, XHHW, to be smaller than the ungrounded
XHHW†, XHHW-2, conductors, provided the requirements
XHHW-2, ZW-2
ZW-2 of Sections 215-2, 220-22 and 230-42
Copper Aluminum or Copper-Clad
are met.
Aluminum
Conductor Types and Sizes RH-RHH-RHW-
18 — — 14 — — — — THHW-THW-THWN-THHN-XHHW-USE
16 — — 18 — — — —
Copper Aluminum or Service or
14 20✝ 20✝ 25† — — — —
Copper-Clad Feeder Rating
12 25✝ 25✝ 30† 20† 20† 25† 12
Aluminum in Amps
10 30 35✝ 40† 25 30† 35† 10
8 40 50 55 30 40 45 8 AWG AWG
6 55 65 75 40 50 60 6 4 2 100
4 70 85 95 55 65 75 4 3 1 110
3 85 100 110 65 75 85 3 2 1/0 125
2 95 115 130 75 90 100 2 1 2/0 150
1 110 130 150 85 100 115 1 1/0 3/0 175
1/0 125 150 170 100 120 135 1/0 2/0 4/0 200
2/0 145 175 195 115 135 150 2/0 3/0 250 kcmil 225
3/0 165 200 225 130 155 175 3/0 4/0 300 kcmil 250
4/0 195 230 260 150 180 205 4/0 250 kcmil 350 kcmil 300
250 215 255 290 170 205 230 250 350 kcmil 500 kcmil 350
300 240 285 320 190 230 255 300 400 kcmil 600 kcmil 400
350 260 310 350 210 250 280 350
400 280 335 380 225 270 305 400 8. Adjustment Factors.
500 320 380 430 260 310 350 500
600 355 420 475 285 340 385 600 (a) More Than Three Current-Carrying
700 385 460 520 310 375 420 700 Conductors in a Raceway or Cable.
750 400 475 535 320 385 435 750 Where the number of current-carrying
800 410 490 555 330 395 450 800 conductors in a raceway or cable
900 435 520 585 355 425 480 900 exceeds three, the allowable ampaci-
1000 455 545 615 375 445 500 1000 ties shall be reduced as shown in the
1250 495 590 665 405 485 545 1250
1500 520 625 705 435 520 585 1500
following table:
1750 545 650 735 455 545 615 1750
Number of Current- Percent of Values in
2000 560 665 750 470 560 630 2000
Carrying Conductors Tables as Adjusted for
Correction Factors Ambient Temperature
Ambient For Ambient Temperatures Other Than 30°C (86°F), Multiply the Allowable Ambient if Necessary
Temp. °C Ampacities Shown Above by the Appropriate Factor Shown Below Temp. °F
4–6 80
21 – 25 1.08 1.05 1.04 1.08 1.05 1.04 70 – 77 7–9 70
26 – 30 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 78 – 86 10 – 20 50
31 – 35 .91 .94 .96 .91 .94 .96 87 – 95 21 – 30 45
36 – 40 .82 .88 .91 .82 .88 .91 96 – 104 31 – 40 40
41 – 45 .71 .82 .87 .71 .82 .87 105 – 113 41 and above 35
46 – 50 .58 .75 .82 .58 .75 .82 114 – 122
51 – 55 .41 .67 .76 .41 .67 .76 123 – 131
56 – 60 — .58 .71 — .58 .71 132 – 140 Where single conductors or multicon-
61 – 70 — .33 .58 — .33 .58 141 – 158 ductor cables are stacked or bundled
71 – 80 — — .41 — — .41 159 – 176 longer than 24 in. (610 mm) without
1 Reprinted by permission from NFPA 70-1996. National Electrical Code®, Copyright© 1996. maintaining spacing and are not
National Fire Protection Association, Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269. installed in raceways, the allowable
† Unless otherwise specifically permitted elsewhere in this Code, the overcurrent protection for ampacity of each conductor shall be
conductor types marked with an obelisk (†) shall not exceed 15A for No. 14, 20A for No. 12 and reduced as shown in the above table.
30A for No. 10 copper; or 15A for No. 12 and 25A for No. 10 aluminum and copper-clad aluminum
after any correction factors for ambient temperature and number of conductors have been applied.

January 2003
Wire and Conduit Tables Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0268]
Ampacities of Insulated Conductors (Based on 1996 NEC 1) — Continued Exception No. 4

Table 310-18. Allowable Ampacities of Three Single Insulated Conductors Rated 0 – 2000V, Derating factors shall not apply to
150° – 250°C (302° – 482°F), in Raceway or Cable Based on Ambient Air Temperature of underground conductors entering or
40°C (104°F) leaving an outdoor trench if those con-
ductors have physical protection in the
Size Temperature Rating of Conductor. See NEC Table 310-13. Size
form of rigid metal conduit, intermedi-
AWG 150°C 200°C 250°C 150°C AWG
ate metal conduit, or rigid nonmetallic
kcmil (302°F) (392°F) (482°F) (302°F) kcmil
33 conduit having a length not exceeding
Type Types Types Type
10 ft. (3.05m) and the number of con-
Z FEP, FEPB, PFA PFAH, TFE Z
ductors does not exceed four.
Copper Nickel or Aluminum or
Nickel-Coated Copper-Clad Exception No. 5.
Copper Aluminum
For other loading conditions, adjust-
14 34 36 39 — 14 ment factors and ampacities shall be
12 43 45 54 30 12 permitted to be calculated under
10 55 60 73 44 10 Section 310-15(b).
8 76 83 93 57 8
6 96 110 117 75 6 (FPN): See Appendix B, Table B-310-11,
4 120 125 148 94 4 for adjustment factors for more than
3 143 152 166 109 3 three current-carrying conductors in a
2 160 171 191 124 2
1 186 197 215 145 1
raceway or cable with load diversity.
1/0 215 229 244 169 1/0 (b) More Than One Conduit, Tube
2/0 251 260 273 198 2/0 or Raceway. Spacing between con-
3/0 288 297 308 227 3/0 duits, tubing or raceways shall be
4/0 332 346 361 260 4/0
maintained.
250 — — — — 250
300 — — — — 300 9. Overcurrent Protection. Where
350 — — — — 350 the standard ratings and settings of
400 — — — — 400
500 — — — — 500
overcurrent devices do not correspond
with the ratings and settings allowed
600 — — — — 600
700 — — — — 700
for conductors, the next higher
750 — — — — 750 standard rating and setting shall be
800 — — — — 800 permitted.
1000 — — — — 1000
1500 — — — — 1500
Exception: As limited in Section 240-3.
2000 — — — — 2000 10. Neutral Conductor.
Correction Factors
Ambient For Ambient Temperatures Other Than 40°C (104°F), Multiply the Ambient
(a) A neutral conductor that carries
Temp. °C Allowable Ampacities Shown Above By the Appropriate Factor Temp. °F only the unbalanced current from
Shown Below other conductors of the same circuit
need not be counted when applying
41 – 50 .95 .97 .98 .95 105 – 122 the provisions of Note 8.
51 – 60 .90 .94 .95 .90 123 – 140
61 – 70 .85 .90 .93 .85 141 – 158 (b) In a 3-wire circuit consisting of two
71 – 80 .80 .87 .90 .80 159 – 176
81 – 90 .74 .83 .87 .74 177 – 194
phase wires and the neutral of a 4-wire,
91 – 100 .67 .79 .85 .67 195 – 212 3-phase wye-connected system, a com-
101 – 120 .52 .71 .79 .52 213 – 248 mon conductor carries approximately
121 – 140 .30 .61 .72 .30 249 – 284 the same current as the line-to-neutral
141 – 160 — .50 .65 — 285 – 320 load currents of the other conductors
161 – 180 — .35 .58 — 321 – 356
181 – 200 — — .49 — 357 – 392
and shall be counted when applying
201 – 225 — — .35 — 393 – 437 the provisions of Note 8.
1 Reprinted by permission from NFPA 70-1996. National Electrical Code®, Copyright© 1996. (c) On a 4-wire, 3-phase wye circuit
National Fire Protection Association, Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269. where the major portion of the load
consists of nonlinear loads, there are
Notes to Tables 310-16, 310-18 — Continued harmonic currents present in the neu-
8. Adjustment Factors. (continued) Exception No. 2 tral conductor, and the neutral shall be
For conductors installed in cable trays, considered to be a current-carrying
Exception No. 1 conductor.
the provisions of Section 318-11 shall
Where conductors of different sys- apply.
tems, as provided in Section 300-3, 11. Grounding or Bonding Conductor.
are installed on a common raceway Exception No. 3 A grounding or bonding conductor
or cable, the derating factors shown shall not be counted when applying
Derating factors shall not apply to con- the provisions of Note 8.
shall apply to the number of power ductors in nipples having a length not
and lighting (Articles 210, 215, 220 exceeding 24 in. (610 mm).
and 230) conductors only.

January 2003
Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0269] Motor Rating Data
Ampere Rating of AC and DC Motors Caution — These average ratings could be high or low for
a specific motor and therefore heater coil selection on this
Ampere ratings of motors vary somewhat, depending upon basis always involves risk. For fully reliable motor protection,
the type of motor. The values given below are for drip-proof, select heater coils on the basis of full load current rating as
Class B insulated (T Frame) where available, 1.15 service shown on the motor nameplate.
factor, NEMA Design B motors. These values represent an
average full load motor current which was calculated from
the motor performance data published by several motor
manufacturers. In the case of high torque squirrel cage 33
motors, the ampere ratings will be at least 10% greater
than the values given below.
Ampere Ratings of Three-Phase, 60 Hz, AC Induction Motor

hp Syn. Current in Amperes hp Syn. Current in Amperes
Speed 200V 230V 380V 1 460V 575V 2200V Speed 200V 230V 380V 1 460V 575V 2200V
RPM RPM
1/4 1800 1.09 .95 .55 .48 .38 — 25 3600 69.9 60.8 36.8 30.4 24.3 —
1200 1.61 1.40 .81 .70 .56 — 1800 74.5 64.8 39.2 32.4 25.9 —
900 1.84 1.60 .93 .80 .64 — 1200 75.4 65.6 39.6 32.8 26.2 —
1/3 1800 1.37 1.19 .69 .60 .48 — 900 77.4 67.3 40.7 33.7 27.0 —
1200 1.83 1.59 .92 .80 .64 — 30 3600 84.8 73.7 44.4 36.8 29.4 —
900 2.07 1.80 1.04 .90 .72 — 1800 86.9 75.6 45.7 37.8 30.2 —
1/2 1800 1.98 1.72 .99 .86 .69 — 1200 90.6 78.8 47.6 39.4 31.5 —
1200 2.47 2.15 1.24 1.08 .86 — 900 94.1 81.8 49.5 40.9 32.7 —
900 2.74 2.38 1.38 1.19 .95 — 40 3600 111 96.4 58.2 48.2 38.5 —
3/4 1800 2.83 2.46 1.42 1.23 .98 — 1800 116 101 61.0 50.4 40.3 —
1200 3.36 2.92 1.69 1.46 1.17 — 1200 117 102 61.2 50.6 40.4 —
900 3.75 3.26 1.88 1.63 1.30 — 900 121 105 63.2 52.2 41.7 —
1 3600 3.22 2.80 1.70 1.40 1.12 — 50 3600 138 120 72.9 60.1 48.2 —
1800 4.09 3.56 2.06 1.78 1.42 — 1800 143 124 75.2 62.2 49.7 —
1200 4.32 3.76 2.28 1.88 1.50 — 1200 145 126 76.2 63.0 50.4 —
900 4.95 4.30 2.60 2.15 1.72 — 900 150 130 78.5 65.0 52.0 —
1-1/2 3600 5.01 4.36 2.64 2.18 1.74 — 60 3600 164 143 86.8 71.7 57.3 —
1800 5.59 4.86 2.94 2.43 1.94 — 1800 171 140 90.0 74.5 59.4 —
1200 6.07 5.28 3.20 2.64 2.11 — 1200 173 150 91.0 75.0 60.0 —
900 6.44 5.60 3.39 2.80 2.24 — 900 177 154 93.1 77.0 61.5 —
2 3600 6.44 5.60 3.39 2.80 2.24 — 75 3600 206 179 108 89.6 71.7 —
1800 7.36 6.40 3.87 3.20 2.56 — 1800 210 183 111 91.6 73.2 —
1200 7.87 6.84 4.14 3.42 2.74 — 1200 212 184 112 92.0 73.5 —
900 9.09 7.90 4.77 3.95 3.16 — 900 222 193 117 96.5 77.5 —
3 3600 9.59 8.34 5.02 4.17 3.34 — 100 3600 266 231 140 115 92.2 —
1800 10.8 9.40 5.70 4.70 3.76 — 1800 271 236 144 118 94.8 23.6
1200 11.7 10.2 6.20 5.12 4.10 — 1200 275 239 145 120 95.6 24.2
900 13.1 11.4 6.90 5.70 4.55 — 900 290 252 153 126 101 24.8
5 3600 15.5 13.5 8.20 6.76 5.41 — 125 3600 — 292 176 146 116 —
1800 16.6 14.4 8.74 7.21 5.78 — 1800 — 293 177 147 117 29.2
1200 18.2 15.8 9.59 7.91 6.32 — 1200 — 298 180 149 119 29.9
900 18.3 15.9 9.60 7.92 6.33 — 900 — 305 186 153 122 30.9
7-1/2 3600 22.4 19.5 11.8 9.79 7.81 — 150 3600 — 343 208 171 137 —
1800 24.7 21.5 13.0 10.7 8.55 — 1800 — 348 210 174 139 34.8
1200 25.1 21.8 13.2 10.9 8.70 — 1200 — 350 210 174 139 35.5
900 26.5 23.0 13.9 11.5 9.19 — 900 — 365 211 183 146 37.0
10 3600 29.2 25.4 15.4 12.7 10.1 — 200 3600 — 452 257 226 181 —
1800 30.8 26.8 16.3 13.4 10.7 — 1800 — 458 265 229 184 46.7
1200 32.2 28.0 16.9 14.0 11.2 — 1200 — 460 266 230 184 47.0
900 35.1 30.5 18.5 15.2 12.2 — 900 — 482 279 241 193 49.4
15 3600 41.9 36.4 22.0 18.2 14.5 — 250 3600 — 559 338 279 223 —
1800 45.1 39.2 23.7 19.6 15.7 — 1800 — 568 343 284 227 57.5
1200 47.6 41.4 25.0 20.7 16.5 — 1200 — 573 345 287 229 58.5
900 51.2 44.5 26.9 22.2 17.8 — 900 — 600 347 300 240 60.5
20 3600 58.0 50.4 30.5 25.2 20.1 — 300 1800 — 678 392 339 271 69.0
1800 58.9 51.2 31.0 25.6 20.5 — 1200 — 684 395 342 274 70.0
1200 60.7 52.8 31.9 26.4 21.1 — 400 1800 — 896 518 448 358 91.8
900 63.1 54.9 33.2 27.4 21.9 — 500 1800 — 1110 642 555 444 116
1 380V 50 Hz.

January 2003
Motor Rating Data Vol. 2, Ref. No. [0270]
Single-Phase AC Motors DC Motors hp Armature Voltage Ampere

Rating 2 Capacity of
Table 430-148. Full-Load Currents in Table 430-147. Full-Load Current in Fuses for Motors
Amperes, Single-Phase Alternating- Amperes, Direct-Current Motors Recommended
Current Motors Values
The following values of full-load cur-
120V 240V 120V 240V
The following values of full-load rents are for motors running at base
currents are for motors running at speed. 1/4 3.1 1.6 5 3
33 usual speeds and motors with normal
torque characteristics. Motors built for
Note: These are average direct-current
1/3
1/2
4.1
5.4
2.0
2.7
5
7
3
3
quantities. 3/4 7.6 3.8 10 5
especially low speeds or high torques
may have higher full-load currents and 1 9.5 4.7 15 7
1-1/2 13.2 6.6 20 10
multispeed motors will have full-load 2 17 8.5 25 12
current varying with speed, in which 3 25 12.2 30 15
case the nameplate current ratings 5 40 20 50 25
shall be used. 7-1/2 58 29 80 40
10 76 38 100 50
The voltages listed are rated motor 15 — 55 — 75
voltages. The currents listed shall be 20 — 72 — 100
permitted for system voltage ranges of 25 — 89 — 125
110 to 120 and 220 to 240V. 30 — 106 — 150
40 — 140 — 200
50 — 173 — 250
hp 115V 200V 208V 230V
60 — 206 — 275
1/6 4.4 2.5 2.4 2.2 75 — 255 — 350
1/4 5.8 3.3 3.2 2.9 100 — 341 — 500
1/3 7.2 4.1 4.0 3.6 125 — 425 — 600
1/2 9.8 5.6 5.4 4.9 150 — 506 — —
3/4 13.8 7.9 7.6 6.9 200 — 675 — —
1 16 9.2 8.8 8 2 These are average direct-current quantities.
1-1/2 20 11.5 11 10
2 24 13.8 13.2 12
3 34 19.6 18.7 17
5 56 32.2 30.8 28
7-1/2 80 46 44 40
10 100 57.5 55 50
Three-Phase AC Motors Table 430-150. Full-Load Current Three-Phase Alternating-Current Motors

hp Induction Type Squirrel-Cage and Synchronous Type Unity
The following values of full-load
Wound-Rotor Amperes Power Factor 1 Amperes
currents are typical for motors running
115V 200V 208V 230V 460V 575V 2300V 230V 460V 575V 2300V
at speeds usual for belted motors
and motors with normal torque 1/2 4.4 2.5 2.4 2.2 1.1 .9 — — — — —
characteristics. 3/4 6.4 3.7 3.5 3.2 1.6 1.3 — — — — —
1 8.4 4.8 4.6 4.2 2.1 1.7 — — — — —
Motors built for low speeds (1,200 RPM 1-1/2 12.0 6.9 6.6 6.0 3.0 2.4 — — — — —
or less) or high torques may require 2 13.6 7.8 7.5 6.8 3.4 2.7 — — — — —
more running current and multispeed 3 — 11.0 10.6 9.6 4.8 3.9 — — — — —
motors will have full-load current 5 — 17.5 16.7 15.2 7.6 6.1 — — — — —
varying with speed. In these cases 7-1/2 — 25.3 24.2 22 11 9 — — — — —
the nameplate current rating shall 10 — 32.2 30.8 28 14 11 — — — — —
be used. 15 — 48.3 46.2 42 21 17 — — — — —
20 — 62.1 59.4 54 27 22 — — — — —
The voltages listed are rated motor 25 — 78.2 74.8 68 34 27 — 53 26 21 —
voltages. The currents listed shall be 30 — 92 88 80 40 32 — 63 32 26 —
permitted for system voltage ranges of 40 — 120 114 104 52 41 — 83 41 33 —
110 to 120, 220 to 240, 440 to 480 and 50 — 150 143 130 65 52 — 104 52 42 —
550 to 600V. 60 — 177 169 154 77 62 16 123 61 49 12
75 — 221 211 192 96 77 20 155 78 62 15
100 — 285 273 248 124 99 26 202 101 81 20
125 — 359 343 312 156 125 31 253 126 101 25
150 — 414 396 360 180 144 37 302 151 121 30
200 — 552 528 480 240 192 49 400 201 161 40
250 — — — — 302 242 60 — — — —
300 — — — — 361 289 72 — — — —
350 — — — — 414 336 83 — — — —
400 — — — — 477 382 95 — — — —
450 — — — — 515 412 103 — — — —
500 — — — — 590 472 118 — — — —
1 For 90 and 80 percent power factor, the above figures shall be multiplied by 1.1 and 1.25
respectively.

Ge Kontaktor Katalog

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ge Kontaktor Katalog

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

NEMA Contactors & Starters 33-1

NEMA Contactors and Starters

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com 0330000

ISO 9002 Certification

For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com CA08102001E

Catalog Number Selection (Open Components)

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com

Contents Product Description ■ Built-in logic to provide either 2- or

NEMA Full Voltage Reversing Contactor,

For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com CA08102001E

Cat. No. N111BS0X3N

Table 33-2. Full Voltage 3-Pole DC-Operated Non-reversing Contactors 1

00 9 1/3 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 1-1/2 N111BSAX3N 164.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-13 – 33-24

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com

Cat. No. N511BS0X3N

Table 33-3. Full Voltage 3-Pole DC-Operated Reversing Contactors 1

00 9 1/3 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 1-1/2 N511BSAX3N 425.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-13 – 33-24

For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com CA08102001E

Contents Product Description ■ IP20 Finger Protection

NEMA Full Voltage Reversing

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com

00 9 .25 – .8 1/3 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 1-1/2 N101BSAA3A 199.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-13 – 33-24

For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com CA08102001E

00 9 .25 – .8 1/3 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 1-1/2 N501BSAA3A 474.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 33-13 – 33-24

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com

Table 33-6. Specifications

For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com CA08102001E

Table 33-6. Specifications, continued

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com

Electrical Life — AC-1, AC-2, AC-3 and AC-4 Utilization Categories

AC-1 Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads: Resistance furnaces, heating.

Trip Time (Seconds)

Figure 33-1. Electrical Life — AC-3 Utilization Category

For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com CA08102001E

Modular Components — Contactor Field Assembly

NEMA Non-reversing FVNR

EXAMPLE FOR A FULL VOLTAGE NON-REVERSING CONTACTOR:

(2) NEMA Reversing Coil Mechanical Mounting FVR

EXAMPLE FOR A FULL VOLTAGE REVERSING CONTACTOR:

Figure 33-3. Modular Contactor Assembly

Modular Components — Starter Field Assembly

NEMA Non-reversing FVNR

EXAMPLE FOR A FULL VOLTAGE NON-REVERSING STARTER: Reversing Kit

(2) NEMA Reversing Mechanical Mounting FVR

EXAMPLE FOR A FULL VOLTAGE REVERSING STARTER:

Figure 33-4. Modular Starter Assembly

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com

NEMA Contact Block NEMA Coil Controller

33 Size 00-1 Non-reversing

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1

For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com CA08102001E

Auxiliary Contacts Table 33-15. IEC Ratings

EMA13 EMA14 EMA15 EMA16 EMA17 EMA70

Figure 33-5. Connecting Diagram — Sizes 00 – 5

Table 33-14. Auxiliary Contact — Size 5

1 1NO Base auxiliary (max. 1 per side) EMASB13 —

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CD1

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.cutler-hammer.eaton.com

Mounting Plates Reversing Kits